NLS2017026, Emergency Plan, Revision 69: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
Line 17: | Line 17: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:NLS2017026 Attachment Page 1 of2 Attachment Summary of 50.54(q) Analyses, Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 69 Change 1 Description of Change: The Alert and Notification System (ANS) sirens in the 10-Mile Plume Exposure Pathway around Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) were upgraded to a newer generation of sirens. Because of the higher degree of sound output, some sirens were removed and some relocated to provide better coverage. | {{#Wiki_filter:NLS2017026 Attachment Page 1 of2 Attachment Summary of 50.54(q) Analyses, Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 69 Change 1 Description of Change: | ||
This Emergency Plan (E-Plan) change revises the number of ANS sirens on Page 110 based upon the current Federal Emergency Management Agency-approved revision to the CNS Alert and Notification System Design Report. Change2 Description of Change: E-Plan, Appendix D, provides the listing of Letters of Agreement (LOA) with off-site support agencies which may be called upon to provide support to the Emergency Response Organization. | The Alert and Notification System (ANS) sirens in the 10-Mile Plume Exposure Pathway around Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) were upgraded to a newer generation of sirens. Because of the higher degree of sound output, some sirens were removed and some relocated to provide better coverage. This Emergency Plan (E-Plan) change revises the number of ANS sirens on Page 110 based upon the current Federal Emergency Management Agency-approved revision to the CNS Alert and Notification System Design Report. | ||
The LOA with the Nebraska State Patrol (NSP) on Page 176 is updated to reference the latest letter revision. | Change2 Description of Change: | ||
The only change in the new LOA is the name of the new NSP Captain commanding the NSP Headquarters Troop. There are no changes in titles, responsibilities, contact numbers, etc. The change in the Captain's name is insignificant and does not reduce the effectiveness of the CNS Emergency Plan. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54( q) evaluation was not required. | E-Plan, Appendix D, provides the listing of Letters of Agreement (LOA) with off-site support agencies which may be called upon to provide support to the Emergency Response Organization. | ||
Change 3 Description of Change: The E-Plan cover page is being revised to include new revision number (and also all subsequent pages) and name of new approval authority. | The LOA with the Nebraska State Patrol (NSP) on Page 176 is updated to reference the latest letter revision. The only change in the new LOA is the name of the new NSP Captain commanding the NSP Headquarters Troop. There are no changes in titles, responsibilities, contact numbers, etc. The change in the Captain's name is insignificant and does not reduce the effectiveness of the CNS Emergency Plan. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | ||
The proposed change is editorial. | Change 3 Description of Change: | ||
The 10 CFR 50.54( q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54( q) evaluation was not required. | The E-Plan cover page is being revised to include new revision number (and also all subsequent pages) and name of new approval authority. The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | ||
Change4 Description of Change: Updated the CNS power output from 815 megawatt-electrical (Mw(e)) to 830 Mw(e) on Page 7, based on new high pressure turbine efficiencies. | Change4 Description of Change: | ||
The proposed change is editorial. | Updated the CNS power output from 815 megawatt-electrical (Mw(e)) to 830 Mw(e) on Page 7, based on new high pressure turbine efficiencies. The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | ||
The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | |||
NLS2017026 Attachment Page 2 of2 Change 5 | NLS2017026 Attachment Page 2 of2 Change 5 | ||
* Description of Change: This change revises the title "Station Technical Engineer" on Page 47 to the correct title of "Shift Technical Engineer." The proposed change is editorial. | * Description of Change: | ||
The 10 CFR 50.54( q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54( q) evaluation was not required. | This change revises the title "Station Technical Engineer" on Page 47 to the correct title of "Shift Technical Engineer." The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | ||
Change 6 Description of Change: The words "at least" were added in front of the word "biennially" on Page 98 to better describe the minimum frequency of the conduct of Quality Assurance audits. The proposed change is editorial. | Change 6 Description of Change: | ||
The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | The words "at least" were added in front of the word "biennially" on Page 98 to better describe the minimum frequency of the conduct of Quality Assurance audits. The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required. | ||
NLS2017026 Enclosure Page 1 of 193 Enclosure Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 69 NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT EMERGENCY PLAN FOR COOPER NUCLEAR STATION APPROVED BY/ | |||
;;l-I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 1OF192 I | NLS2017026 Enclosure Page 1 of 193 Enclosure Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 69 | ||
: 1. DEFINITIONS | |||
................................................................................................... , ................. | NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT EMERGENCY PLAN FOR COOPER NUCLEAR STATION APPROVED BY/DATE Dir. Nuc. Safety Assurance Dan uman | ||
\-~~l\..-- ;;l- ~\cl | |||
......................................................................................... | / | ||
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 1OF192 I | |||
: 1. DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................,................. 8 | |||
: 2. SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY .........................................................................................10 | |||
: 3. | |||
==SUMMARY== | ==SUMMARY== | ||
OF THE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT (NPPD) CNS EMERGENCY PLAN . | |||
* CNS EAL Referenced Tables A-1, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, H-1, S-1, S-2, S-3, and F-1 along with the Notes Table can be found in the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification. | * CNS EAL Referenced Tables A-1, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, H-1, S-1, S-2, S-3, and F-1 along with the Notes Table can be found in the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 5OF192 FIGURE NO. 5.2-1 | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 5OF192 | ||
-Control Room CNS Emergency Response Organization | |||
-Technical Support Center (TSC) CNS Emergency Response Organization | LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE 5.2-1 CNS Normal Operating Organization - Control Room 47 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Technical Support 5.2-2 48 Center (TSC) | ||
-Emergency Operations Facility {EOF) CNS Emergency Response Organization | CNS Emergency Response Organization - Emergency Operations 5.2-3 49 Facility {EOF) | ||
-Operations Support Center (OSC) CNS Emergency Response Organization | CNS Emergency Response Organization - Operations Support 5.2-4 50 Center (OSC) | ||
-Joint Information Center (JJC) Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations Federal Response Management Diagram -Cooper Nuclear Station TSC Floor Plan OSC Floor Plan EOF Floor Plan JIC Floor Plan Notification Chart for Emergency Classification | CNS Emergency Response Organization - Joint Information 5.3-1 51 Center (JJC) 5.4-1 Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations 52 Federal Response Management Diagram - Cooper Nuclear 5.4-2 53 Station 7.2-1 TSC Floor Plan 84 7.2-2 OSC Floor Plan 85 7.2-3 EOF Floor Plan 86 7.2-4 JIC Floor Plan 87 7.4-1 Notification Chart for Emergency Classification 88 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 6OF192 | ||
The station is located on the west bank of the Missouri River between the towns of Brownville and Nemaha, Nebraska. | |||
Cooper Nuclear Station has been in commercial operation since July 1974. An independent spent fuel storage installation is located within the Protected Area of CNS. This Emergency Plan: (1) describes the organization formed to manage emergency situations; (2) provides the mechanism to classify emergencies according to severity of consequences; (3) defines and assigns functional responsibilities for emergency response actions; (4) outlines courses-of-action and protective measures to mitigate the consequences of an accident and to safeguard station personnel and the public; and {5) presents a general post-emergency plan and District organization for restoring the plant to normal operating status. Detailed implementing procedures for specific emergency actions during an incident are contained in the Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. | THE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT EMERGENCY PLAN FOR COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INTRODUCTION The Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) is a one-unit Boiling Water Reactor power station rated at approximately 830 Mw( e) operated by the Nebraska Public Power District. The station is located on the west bank of the Missouri River between the towns of Brownville and Nemaha, Nebraska. Cooper Nuclear Station has been in commercial operation since July 1974. An independent spent fuel storage installation is located within the Protected Area of CNS. | ||
This Emergency Plan establishes the policies and practices involving the Nebraska Public Power District in the unlikely event of an emergency at the Cooper Nuclear Station. Additions, deletions, or modifications to this Emergency Plan must be reviewed by the Station Operations Review Committee and approved by the Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance before such changes can be incorporated. | This Emergency Plan: (1) describes the organization formed to manage emergency situations; (2) provides the mechanism to classify emergencies according to severity of consequences; (3) defines and assigns functional responsibilities for emergency response actions; (4) outlines courses-of-action and protective measures to mitigate the consequences of an accident and to safeguard station personnel and the public; and {5) presents a general post-emergency plan and District organization for restoring the plant to normal operating status. Detailed implementing procedures for specific emergency actions during an incident are contained in the Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. | ||
The Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance has overall authority and responsibility for radiological emergency response planning at CNS. The Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures for the Nebraska Public Power District emergency response activities are the documents which implement the requirements of this plan. Additions, deletions, or modifications to the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures are made in accordance with the CNS Administrative Procedures. | This Emergency Plan establishes the policies and practices involving the Nebraska Public Power District in the unlikely event of an emergency at the Cooper Nuclear Station. Additions, deletions, or modifications to this Emergency Plan must be reviewed by the Station Operations Review Committee and approved by the Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance before such changes can be incorporated. The Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance has overall authority and responsibility for radiological emergency response planning at CNS. | ||
Copies of this Plan and the implementing documents shall be issued via a system of controlled distribution which will assure that all copies remain current. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 7OF192 | The Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures for the Nebraska Public Power District emergency response activities are the documents which implement the requirements of this plan. Additions, deletions, or modifications to the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures are made in accordance with the CNS Administrative Procedures. | ||
: 1. DEFINITIONS The following are definitions of terms commonly used in the Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) Emergency Plan. 1.1 Annual -Once during every calendar year. 1.2 Assessment Actions -Actions taken during or after an emergency to obtain and process information necessary to determine the character and magnitude of the emergency and specific corrective emergency measures. | Copies of this Plan and the implementing documents shall be issued via a system of controlled distribution which will assure that all copies remain current. | ||
1.3 Class "A" Dose Assessment Model -A dose assessment computer code which utilizes actual 15 minute average meteorological data from the meteorological instrumentation maintained by the licensee or from alternate meteorological sources. This model provides calculations of relative concentrations and transit times within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The output from a Class A model typically includes the plume dimensions and position, and the location, magnitude, and arrival time of ( 1) the peak relative concentration, and (2) the relative concentrations at appropriate locations. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 7OF192 | ||
1.4 Control Room -The Control Room, operating under the direction of the Shift Manager, is the primary point from which station conditions are monitored and controlled. | : 1. DEFINITIONS The following are definitions of terms commonly used in the Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) Emergency Plan. | ||
It is the point where many corrective actions are taken to mitigate an emergency and where the initial assessment and classification of an emergency are made. 1.5 Corrective Actions -Measures taken to reduce the severity of, or terminate an emergency at or near the source of the problem; to prevent an uncontrolled release bf radioactive material; or to reduce the magnitude of the radioactive release. 1.6 Dosimeter of Legal Record (DLR) -A radiation dose monitoring device. A device used to determine an individual's accumulated external occupational radiation exposure including Deep Dose Equivalent (DOE), Lens Dose Equivalent (LOE), and Shallow Dose Equivalent (SOE). The term DLR is inclusive of Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeters (OSLDs) and Thermoluminescent Dosimeters (TLDs). 1. 7 Emergency Action Levels -Parameter thresholds or sets of conditions used to classify an emergency. | 1.1 Annual - Once during every calendar year. | ||
These parameters or conditions are indicators of the severity or potential severity of the emergency. | 1.2 Assessment Actions - Actions taken during or after an emergency to obtain and process information necessary to determine the character and magnitude of the emergency and specific corrective emergency measures. | ||
1.8 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) -The Emergency Response Facility which is the focal point for overall NPPD Management of an emergency at CNS, and coordination of off-site radiological emergency operations. | 1.3 Class "A" Dose Assessment Model - A dose assessment computer code which utilizes actual 15 minute average meteorological data from the meteorological instrumentation maintained by the licensee or from alternate meteorological sources. This model provides calculations of relative concentrations and transit times within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The output from a Class A model typically includes the plume dimensions and position, and the location, magnitude, and arrival time of ( 1) the peak relative concentration, and (2) the relative concentrations at appropriate locations. | ||
When activated, the EOF is under the direction of the EOF Director, who is responsible for maintaining continued coordination with governmental authorities regarding radiological consequences of an incident. | 1.4 Control Room - The Control Room, operating under the direction of the Shift Manager, is the primary point from which station conditions are monitored and controlled. It is the point where many corrective actions are taken to mitigate an emergency and where the initial assessment and classification of an emergency are made. | ||
1.9 Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) -Defined area established around CNS for which emergency planning is set forth in detail. These are the areas in which the potential need for protective action(s) is recognized and addressed. | 1.5 Corrective Actions - Measures taken to reduce the severity of, or terminate an emergency at or near the source of the problem; to prevent an uncontrolled release bf radioactive material; or to reduce the magnitude of the radioactive release. | ||
The two EPZs are defined as the plume exposure pathway and ingestion exposure pathway. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 8OF192 1.1 O Hostile Action -An act toward a nuclear power plant or its personnel that includes the use of violent force to destroy equipment, take hostages, and/or intimidate the licensee to achieve an end. This includes attack by air, land, or water using guns, explosives, projectiles, vehicles, or other devices used to deliver destructive force. Other acts that satisfy the overall intent may be included. | 1.6 Dosimeter of Legal Record (DLR) - A radiation dose monitoring device. A device used to determine an individual's accumulated external occupational radiation exposure including Deep Dose Equivalent (DOE), Lens Dose Equivalent (LOE), and Shallow Dose Equivalent (SOE). The term DLR is inclusive of Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeters (OSLDs) and Thermoluminescent Dosimeters (TLDs). | ||
1 .11 Information Authentication Center -That portion of the EOF where information concerning the emergency is gathered, coordinated, and disseminated. | : 1. 7 Emergency Action Levels - Parameter thresholds or sets of conditions used to classify an emergency. These parameters or conditions are indicators of the severity or potential severity of the emergency. | ||
1.12 Ingestion Exposure Pathway -The pathway through which principal exposure would be from the ingestion of contaminated water, milk, or food. The ingestion exposure pathway is referred to as the 50-mile EPZ since it includes the area within a 50-mile radius of CNS. 1.13 Joint Information Center (JIC) -The Off-Site Emergency Response Facility which is the prime location for coordinating news releases of information concerning the emergency between Utility, State, and Federal representatives. | 1.8 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) - The Emergency Response Facility which is the focal point for overall NPPD Management of an emergency at CNS, and coordination of off-site radiological emergency operations. When activated, the EOF is under the direction of the EOF Director, who is responsible for maintaining continued coordination with governmental authorities regarding radiological consequences of an incident. | ||
Employee information and rumor control activities are also coordinated from this location. | 1.9 Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) - Defined area established around CNS for which emergency planning is set forth in detail. These are the areas in which the potential need for protective action(s) is recognized and addressed. The two EPZs are defined as the plume exposure pathway and ingestion exposure pathway. | ||
1.14 Legal Record -A document that satisfies State and Federal Regulations concerning radiation exposure to individuals. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 8OF192 | ||
1 .15 Local Emergency Response Plans -Plans for local governmental response to radiological emergencies at CNS by Nemaha, Otoe, and Richardson counties in Nebraska and Atchison County in Missouri. | |||
1.16 Operational Support Center (OSC) -The On-Site Emergency Response Facility from which Emergency Repair Teams, Monitoring Teams, Damage Control Teams, in-plant assignments, or other emergency response activities are coordinated and dispatched. | 1.1 O Hostile Action - An act toward a nuclear power plant or its personnel that includes the use of violent force to destroy equipment, take hostages, and/or intimidate the licensee to achieve an end. This includes attack by air, land, or water using guns, explosives, projectiles, vehicles, or other devices used to deliver destructive force. | ||
Other acts that satisfy the overall intent may be included. | |||
1 .11 Information Authentication Center - That portion of the EOF where information concerning the emergency is gathered, coordinated, and disseminated. | |||
1.12 Ingestion Exposure Pathway - The pathway through which principal exposure would be from the ingestion of contaminated water, milk, or food. The ingestion exposure pathway is referred to as the 50-mile EPZ since it includes the area within a 50-mile radius of CNS. | |||
1.13 Joint Information Center (JIC) - The Off-Site Emergency Response Facility which is the prime location for coordinating news releases of information concerning the emergency between Utility, State, and Federal representatives. Employee information and rumor control activities are also coordinated from this location. | |||
1.14 Legal Record - A document that satisfies State and Federal Regulations concerning radiation exposure to individuals. | |||
1 .15 Local Emergency Response Plans - Plans for local governmental response to radiological emergencies at CNS by Nemaha, Otoe, and Richardson counties in Nebraska and Atchison County in Missouri. | |||
1.16 Operational Support Center (OSC) - The On-Site Emergency Response Facility from which Emergency Repair Teams, Monitoring Teams, Damage Control Teams, in-plant assignments, or other emergency response activities are coordinated and dispatched. | |||
The OSC is under the direction of the OSC Supervisor. | The OSC is under the direction of the OSC Supervisor. | ||
1.17 Plume Exposure Pathway -The pathway through which principal exposure is by whole body exposure to gamma radiation (from the plume and deposited materials) and inhalation exposure (from the passing radioactive plume). The time of potential exposure could range in length from minutes to days. The dimensions of the plume exposure planning zone are depicted in Appendix C and is also referred to as the 10-mile EPZ. 1.18 Process Radiation Monitoring System -Instrumentation designed to detect abnormal radiation levels and to. activate appropriate alarms and controls for process and effluent plant system pathways. | 1.17 Plume Exposure Pathway - The pathway through which principal exposure is by whole body exposure to gamma radiation (from the plume and deposited materials) and inhalation exposure (from the passing radioactive plume). The time of potential exposure could range in length from minutes to days. The dimensions of the plume exposure planning zone are depicted in Appendix C and is also referred to as the 10-mile EPZ. | ||
1.19 Protective Actions -Actions taken to prevent or minimize radiological exposure. | 1.18 Process Radiation Monitoring System - Instrumentation designed to detect abnormal radiation levels and to. activate appropriate alarms and controls for process and effluent plant system pathways. | ||
1.19 Protective Actions - Actions taken to prevent or minimize radiological exposure. | |||
These may include in-house shelter, evacuation, respiratory protection, and thyroid blocking. | These may include in-house shelter, evacuation, respiratory protection, and thyroid blocking. | ||
1.20 Protective Action Guides -The projected radiological dose which warrants protective action to minimize exposure to radioactive material. ( | 1.20 Protective Action Guides - The projected radiological dose which warrants protective action to minimize exposure to radioactive material. ( | ||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
"Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents" as revised May 1992, EPA 400-R-92-001.) | "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents" as revised May 1992, EPA 400-R-92-001.) | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 9OF192 1.21 Recovery Actions -Post-emergency assessment, planning, resource allocation and corrective actions taken to restore the station as nearly as possible to its pre-emergency condition. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 9OF192 | ||
1.22 State Emergency Response Plans -Plans for the States of Nebraska, Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas responding to radiological emergencies at CNS. Each plan sets forth specific responsibilities and procedures for emergency agencies responsible for off-site emergency operations and the protection of the affected population. | |||
1.23 Technical Support Center (TSC) -The On-Site Emergency Response Facility which provides space and equipment for e*mergency response personnel to monitor station conditions, analyze problems, and provide technical guidance and assistance to the Control Room, OSC, and EOF. It also contains technical documents and drawings, and is the focal point for on-site corrective action implementation during an emergency. | 1.21 Recovery Actions - Post-emergency assessment, planning, resource allocation and corrective actions taken to restore the station as nearly as possible to its pre-emergency condition. | ||
This facility is under the direction of the TSC Director. | 1.22 State Emergency Response Plans - Plans for the States of Nebraska, Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas responding to radiological emergencies at CNS. Each plan sets forth specific responsibilities and procedures for emergency agencies responsible for off-site emergency operations and the protection of the affected population. | ||
: 2. SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY 2.1 The Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) 'Emergency Plan for CNS provides the mechanism to classify various types of emergencies and provides prior planning of emergency preparedness implementation actions. It delineates organized functions and responsibilities for the control and mitigation of an emergency to assure maximum protection of the public, station personnel, and plant equipment. | 1.23 Technical Support Center (TSC) - The On-Site Emergency Response Facility which provides space and equipment for e*mergency response personnel to monitor station conditions, analyze problems, and provide technical guidance and assistance to the Control Room, OSC, and EOF. It also contains technical documents and drawings, and is the focal point for on-site corrective action implementation during an emergency. This facility is under the direction of the TSC Director. | ||
This plan delineates responsibilities and actions to be taken by station, general office personnel, and other agencies during emergencies. | : 2. SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY 2.1 The Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) 'Emergency Plan for CNS provides the mechanism to classify various types of emergencies and provides prior planning of emergency preparedness implementation actions. It delineates organized functions and responsibilities for the control and mitigation of an emergency to assure maximum protection of the public, station personnel, and plant equipment. This plan delineates responsibilities and actions to be taken by station, general office personnel, and other agencies during emergencies. | ||
2.2 The Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs) designate responsibilities and define actions to be taken by assigned personnel in order to reduce or confine the consequences of an emergency. | 2.2 The Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs) designate responsibilities and define actions to be taken by assigned personnel in order to reduce or confine the consequences of an emergency. Appendix A provides the titles and summaries of the EPIPs. | ||
Appendix A provides the titles and summaries of the EPIPs. 2.3 The NPPD Emergency Plan interfaces with several State and Local Emergency Response Plans for areas that comprise the CNS Emergency Planning Zones (EPZs). Within the Nebraska portion of the 10-mile EPZ this Plan interfaces with the Nemaha County, Richardson County, and State of Nebraska Radiological Response Plans, as well as the Reception Area Plans for Otoe and Richardson Counties. | 2.3 The NPPD Emergency Plan interfaces with several State and Local Emergency Response Plans for areas that comprise the CNS Emergency Planning Zones (EPZs). | ||
Within the Missouri portion of the 10-mile EPZ, this plan interfaces with the Atchison County Nuclear Emergency Response Plan and the State of Missouri Nuclear Accident Plan. For the 50-miie ingestion Pathway EPZ, the NPPD plan interfaces with the Radiological Response Plans of the states of Iowa and Kansas, as well as those of Nebraska and Missouri. | Within the Nebraska portion of the 10-mile EPZ this Plan interfaces with the Nemaha County, Richardson County, and State of Nebraska Radiological Response Plans, as well as the Reception Area Plans for Otoe and Richardson Counties. Within the Missouri portion of the 10-mile EPZ, this plan interfaces with the Atchison County Nuclear Emergency Response Plan and the State of Missouri Nuclear Accident Plan. | ||
In the event of a radiological emergency, th.e State and Local Agencies are responsible for coordinating their efforts in dealing with radiological concerns beyond the CNS site boundaries. | For the 50-miie ingestion Pathway EPZ, the NPPD plan interfaces with the Radiological Response Plans of the states of Iowa and Kansas, as well as those of Nebraska and Missouri. In the event of a radiological emergency, th.e State and Local Agencies are responsible for coordinating their efforts in dealing with radiological concerns beyond the CNS site boundaries. | ||
2.4 In addition to State and Local support, Federal agencies may also provide assistance in accordance with the National Response Framework (NRF) (i.e., Department of Homeland Security (OHS), Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department of Energy (DOE), Coast Guard, and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)). The NRC, acting as the coordinating agency, has technical leadership for the Federal government's response to an event. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 10OF192 I 2.5 The protection of the health and safety of the general public is the prime concern; accordingly, the appropriate Local, State, and Federal Agencies will be supported by NPPD to the fullest extent practical. | 2.4 In addition to State and Local support, Federal agencies may also provide assistance in accordance with the National Response Framework (NRF) (i.e., Department of Homeland Security (OHS), Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department of Energy (DOE), Coast Guard, and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)). The NRC, acting as the coordinating agency, has technical leadership for the Federal government's response to an event. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 10OF192 I | |||
2.5 The protection of the health and safety of the general public is the prime concern; accordingly, the appropriate Local, State, and Federal Agencies will be supported by NPPD to the fullest extent practical. | |||
: 3. | : 3. | ||
==SUMMARY== | ==SUMMARY== | ||
OFTHE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT (NPPD) CNS EMERGENCY PLAN 3.1 Nuclear power plant emergency plans are required to fulfill the requirements of 10CFR50.47 and Appendix E. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to determine the adequacy of the licensee Emergency Plan. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is required to determine the adequacy of State and Local Plans. Together, the two agencies determine the adequacy of overall emergency preparedness. | OFTHE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT (NPPD) CNS EMERGENCY PLAN 3.1 Nuclear power plant emergency plans are required to fulfill the requirements of 10CFR50.47 and Appendix E. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to determine the adequacy of the licensee Emergency Plan. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is required to determine the adequacy of State and Local Plans. Together, the two agencies determine the adequacy of overall emergency preparedness. | ||
3.2 The CNS Emergency Plan has been structured with NRC and FEMA guidance contained in NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA-REP-1 | 3.2 The CNS Emergency Plan has been structured with NRC and FEMA guidance contained in NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA-REP-1 ), "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants", Revision 1, November 1980. Appendix B of this plan provides a cross-index of the CNS Emergency Plan to NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1). | ||
), "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants", Revision 1, November 1980. Appendix B of this plan provides a cross-index of the CNS Emergency Plan to NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1). 3.3 The plan delineates the organization for emergencies, provides the methodology for classifying emergencies according to severity, defines and assigns responsibilities and authorities, and outlines measures to mitigate the consequences of an accident and minimize effects on the health and safety of the public and station personnel. | 3.3 The plan delineates the organization for emergencies, provides the methodology for classifying emergencies according to severity, defines and assigns responsibilities and authorities, and outlines measures to mitigate the consequences of an accident and minimize effects on the health and safety of the public and station personnel. In addition, the plan presents a general approach and organization for station recovery. | ||
In addition, the plan presents a general approach and organization for station recovery. | 3.4 Radiological emergency planning for CNS has been coordinated with State and Local Emergency Response Agencies. The States of Nebraska, Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas, as well as the appropriate local government agencies which would be involved in emergency response operations, are aware of the emergency response measures described in the CNS Emergency Plan and will be advised of changes or modifications to these measures resulting from plan reviews and audits. | ||
3.4 Radiological emergency planning for CNS has been coordinated with State and Local Emergency Response Agencies. | 3.5 The CNS Emergency Response Organization (ERO) is responsible for on-site emergency operations and for maintaining a continuous flow of accurate radiological and station status information to off-site emergency authorities. | ||
The States of Nebraska, Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas, as well as the appropriate local government agencies which would be involved in emergency response operations, are aware of the emergency response measures described in the CNS Emergency Plan and will be advised of changes or modifications to these measures resulting from plan reviews and audits. 3.5 The CNS Emergency Response Organization (ERO) is responsible for on-site emergency operations and for maintaining a continuous flow of accurate radiological and station status information to off-site emergency authorities. | |||
3.6 Sections of the Emergency Plan in the balance of this document detail the emergency preparedness program. The contents of those sections are summarized below: | 3.6 Sections of the Emergency Plan in the balance of this document detail the emergency preparedness program. The contents of those sections are summarized below: | ||
* Section* 4 -Emergency Conditions | * Section* 4 - Emergency Conditions - Describes emergency classifications, initiating events, emergency actions levels, and corresponding NPPD and State and Local actions in response to ea~h emergency classification. Emergency action levels and corresponding actions noted are based upon design and operating characteristics specific to CNS and described in NRC Endorsed Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) Document 99-01, Revision 5, MethodologyFor Development of Emergency Action Levels. | ||
-Describes emergency classifications, initiating events, emergency actions levels, and corresponding NPPD and State and Local actions in response to emergency classification. | I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 11 OF 192 I | ||
Emergency action levels and corresponding actions noted are based upon design and operating characteristics specific to CNS and described in NRC Endorsed Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) Document 99-01, Revision 5, MethodologyFor Development of Emergency Action Levels. I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 11 OF 192 I | * Section 5 - Organizational Control of Emergencies - Describes the function and responsibilities of the CNS emergency response organization. Interfaces with off-site emergency agencies are defined and specified. This section also defines the specific assignments of personnel and identifies local and contract support service arrangements. | ||
* Section 5 -Organizational Control of Emergencies | * Section 6 - Emergency Measures - Describes the activation of the emergency response organization, assessment of plant conditions, initiation of protective and corrective actions on-site, recommendation of protective actions off-site, and measures to aid injured or contaminated personnel. | ||
-Describes the function and responsibilities of the CNS emergency response organization. | * Section 7 - Emergency Response Facilities and Equipment - Describes facilities, emergency response equipment, and communications systems (on-site and off-site) available to assess emergency conditions, support emergency operations, notify off-site support agencies, provide aid to injured or contaminated personnel, and to control and mitigate incident-related damage. | ||
Interfaces with off-site emergency agencies are defined and specified. | * Section 8 - Maintaining Emergency Preparedness - Describes the Emergency Preparedness Department and Emergency Preparedness Training Program, emergency drills and exercises, methods to review and update the Emergency Plan, and the process to maintain an adequate inventory of emergency equipment and supplies. This section also outlines methods used to provide emergency preparedness information to the general public. | ||
This section also defines the specific assignments of personnel and identifies local and contract support service arrangements. | * Section 9 - Recovery - Defines, in general terms, post-emergency re-entry and recovery plans and org*anization. Recovery operations are divided into short-term activities, which are conducted during and immediately after an emergency, and long-term recovery activities, which comprise the more involved post-emergency efforts to return the station to a normal operating status. | ||
* Section 6 -Emergency Measures -Describes the activation of the emergency response organization, assessment of plant conditions, initiation of protective and corrective actions on-site, recommendation of protective actions off-site, and measures to aid injured or contaminated personnel. | |||
* Section 7 -Emergency Response Facilities and Equipment | |||
-Describes facilities, emergency response equipment, and communications systems (on-site and off-site) available to assess emergency conditions, support emergency operations, notify off-site support agencies, provide aid to injured or contaminated personnel, and to control and mitigate incident-related damage. | |||
* Section 8 -Maintaining Emergency Preparedness | |||
-Describes the Emergency Preparedness Department and Emergency Preparedness Training Program, emergency drills and exercises, methods to review and update the Emergency Plan, and the process to maintain an adequate inventory of emergency equipment and supplies. | |||
This section also outlines methods used to provide emergency preparedness information to the general public. | |||
* Section 9 -Recovery -Defines, in general terms, post-emergency re-entry and recovery plans and org*anization. | |||
Recovery operations are divided into short-term activities, which are conducted during and immediately after an emergency, and long-term recovery activities, which comprise the more involved post-emergency efforts to return the station to a normal operating status. | |||
* Appendix A contains summaries of each EPIP and a cross-reference to the appropriate section of the CNS Emergency Plan. | * Appendix A contains summaries of each EPIP and a cross-reference to the appropriate section of the CNS Emergency Plan. | ||
* Appendix B contains the cross:-reference of the CNS Emergency Plan to NUREG-0654, Rev 1, (FEMA REP 1 ). | * Appendix B contains the cross:-reference of the CNS Emergency Plan to NUREG-0654, Rev 1, (FEMA REP 1). | ||
* Appendix C contains maps and other references which depict evacuation routes, environmental sampling points, population distribution, etc., as defined in NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 Section J.10.(a) and (b) | * Appendix C contains maps and other references which depict evacuation routes, environmental sampling points, population distribution, etc., as defined in NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 Section J.10.(a) and (b) | ||
* Appendix D contains a listing of the Letters of Agreement maintained with off-site support agencies. | * Appendix D contains a listing of the Letters of Agreement maintained with off-site support agencies. The Emergency Plan signature page verifies that current Letters of Agreement are maintained in the Emergency Preparedness files as specified in Appendix D. | ||
The Emergency Plan signature page verifies that current Letters of Agreement are maintained in the Emergency Preparedness files as specified in Appendix D. | |||
* Appendix E contains a list of supplies and emergency equipment typical of the inventory kept in the emergency response equipment lockers and storage areas. | * Appendix E contains a list of supplies and emergency equipment typical of the inventory kept in the emergency response equipment lockers and storage areas. | ||
* Appendix F contains a listing of the interfacing emergency response plans of the various Local, State, and Federal Support Agencies. | * Appendix F contains a listing of the interfacing emergency response plans of the various Local, State, and Federal Support Agencies. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVIS!ON69 PAGE 12OF192 | EMERGENCY PLAN REVIS!ON69 PAGE 12OF192 | ||
: 4. EMERGENCY CONDITIONS CNS maintains the capability to assess, classify, and declare an emergency condition within 15 minutes after the availability of indications to plant Operators that an emergency action level has been exceeded and shall promptly declare the emergency condition as soon as possible following identification of the appropriate emergency classification level. The types of emergencies considered in the CNS Emergency Plan are classified into four categories as recommended in Emergency Action Level Guidelines for Nuclear Power Plants, Appendix 1, NUREG-0654, Rev. 1. The initiating conditions of NRC endorsed document NEI 99-01, Revision 5, "Methodology For Development of Emergency Action Levels", as well as the postulated accidents described in Chapter XIV of the Nuclear Station (CNS) Updated Safety Analysis Report, have been considered in developing the criteria presented in Section 4.1. Tables 4.1-1through4.1-4 provide specific Emergency Action Levels. Emergency Action Levels and corresponding classifications are included in EPIP 5. 7 .1, Emergency Classification. | : 4. EMERGENCY CONDITIONS CNS maintains the capability to assess, classify, and declare an emergency condition within 15 minutes after the availability of indications to plant Operators that an emergency action level has been exceeded and shall promptly declare the emergency condition as soon as possible following identification of the appropriate emergency classification level. | ||
The types of emergencies considered in the CNS Emergency Plan are classified into four categories as recommended in Emergency Action Level Guidelines for Nuclear Power Plants, Appendix 1, NUREG-0654, Rev. 1. The initiating conditions of NRC endorsed document NEI 99-01, Revision 5, "Methodology For Development of Emergency Action Levels", as well as the postulated accidents described in Chapter XIV of the C~oper Nuclear Station (CNS) Updated Safety Analysis Report, have been considered in developing the criteria presented in Section 4.1. Tables 4.1-1through4.1-4 provide specific Emergency Action Levels. Emergency Action Levels and corresponding classifications are included in EPIP 5. 7 .1, Emergency Classification. | |||
Each successive classification is more severe. This classification system results in responses that are both timely and appropriate for a wide range of emergency conditions. | Each successive classification is more severe. This classification system results in responses that are both timely and appropriate for a wide range of emergency conditions. | ||
There are three principal advantages of the graded classification system: | There are three principal advantages of the graded classification system: | ||
* To assure timely notification of particular events which could lead to significant consequences should events continue to deteriorate, which might be indicative of more serious conditions not fully appreciated at the time of discovery. | * To assure timely notification of particular events which could lead to significant consequences should events continue to deteriorate, which might be indicative of more serious conditions not fully appreciated at the time of discovery. | ||
* To provide an assessment of the actual or likely implications of the event which can be clearly communicated to various affected parties during the early stages of the event. | * To provide an assessment of the actual or likely implications of the event which can be clearly communicated to various affected parties during the early stages of the event. | ||
* To provide a means for setting in motion appropriate, prearranged, near-term emergency actions by affected parties. 4.1 CLASSIFICATIONS The four classifications of emergencies are: | * To provide a means for setting in motion appropriate, prearranged, near-term emergency actions by affected parties. | ||
4.1 CLASSIFICATIONS The four classifications of emergencies are: | |||
* NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT | * NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT | ||
* ALERT | * ALERT | ||
Line 292: | Line 150: | ||
* GENERAL EMERGENCY The fundamental logic connecting the four classifications of emergencies is to provide an escalating gradation of events related to the severity of their consequences. | * GENERAL EMERGENCY The fundamental logic connecting the four classifications of emergencies is to provide an escalating gradation of events related to the severity of their consequences. | ||
Section 5 of the CNS Emergency Plan provides a description of the portions of the Emergency Response Organization which will be activated in the event of a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or GENERAL EMERGENCY. | Section 5 of the CNS Emergency Plan provides a description of the portions of the Emergency Response Organization which will be activated in the event of a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or GENERAL EMERGENCY. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 13OF192 I 4.1.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT 4.1.1.1 Events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant or indicate a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 13OF192 I | ||
No releases of radioactive material requiring off-site response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. These types of events may progress to a more severe emergency classification if they are not mitigated. | |||
Therefore, appropriate off-site agencies will be notified of such events in order to be better prepared for response if the event should progress to a more severe classification. | 4.1.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT 4.1.1.1 Events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant or indicate a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. No releases of radioactive material requiring off-site response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. These types of events may progress to a more severe emergency classification if they are not mitigated. Therefore, appropriate off-site agencies will be notified of such events in order to be better prepared for response if the event should progress to a more severe classification. | ||
4.1.1.2 The purpose of this classification and its associated off-site notifications is to assure that the first step in any response later found to be necessary has been initiated. | 4.1.1.2 The purpose of this classification and its associated off-site notifications is to assure that the first step in any response later found to be necessary has been initiated. This brings the operating staff into a state of readiness, and provides a systematic handling of information and decision-making. These conditions may not be particularly significant from an emergency or safety standpoint, but have the potential to increase in significance from a safety standpoint if proper action is not taken or if circumstances beyond the control of the operating staff render the situation more serious. Upon declaration of a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, key on-site personnel, as well as specified management within NPPD will be notified (see Section 7.4). The NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT is maintained until the event is terminated or an escalation to a more severe emergency class is required. | ||
This brings the operating staff into a state of readiness, and provides a systematic handling of information and decision-making. | |||
These conditions may not be particularly significant from an emergency or safety standpoint, but have the potential to increase in significance from a safety standpoint if proper action is not taken or if circumstances beyond the control of the operating staff render the situation more serious. Upon declaration of a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, key on-site personnel, as well as specified management within NPPD will be notified (see Section 7.4). The NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT is maintained until the event is terminated or an escalation to a more severe emergency class is required. | |||
4.1.1.3 Table 4.1-1 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-5 lists expected actions for the NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT classification. | 4.1.1.3 Table 4.1-1 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-5 lists expected actions for the NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT classification. | ||
4.1.2 ALERT 4.1.2.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant or a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of HOSTILE ACTION. Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels. At this classification, minor releases of radioactivity may occur or may have occurred. | 4.1.2 ALERT 4.1.2.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant or a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of HOSTILE ACTION. | ||
Operator modification of station operating status is a probable corrective action if such modification has not already been accomplished by automatic protection systems. 4.1.2.2 Upon declaration of an ALERT, notifications will be made (see Section 7.4). Notifying off-site agencies at an ALERT classification assures emergency personnel are readily available to respond if the situation becomes more serious, or to perform confirmatory radiation monitoring, if required. | Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels. At this classification, minor releases of radioactivity may occur or may have occurred. Operator modification of station operating status is a probable corrective action if such modification has not already been accomplished by automatic protection systems. | ||
The TSC, EOF, and OSC are manned and activated at the declaration of an ALERT. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 140F 192 1 4.1.2.3 The ALERT status is maintained until the event is downgraded, terminated, or escalated to a more severe emergency class. 4; 1.2.4 Table 4.1-2 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-6 lists expected actions for the ALERT classification. | 4.1.2.2 Upon declaration of an ALERT, notifications will be made (see Section 7.4). Notifying off-site agencies at an ALERT classification assures emergency personnel are readily available to respond if the situation becomes more serious, or to perform confirmatory radiation monitoring, if required. The TSC, EOF, and OSC are manned and activated at the declaration of an ALERT. | ||
4.1.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY 4.1.3.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public or HOSTILE ACTION that results in intentional damage or malicious acts; (1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to the likely failure of or; (2) that prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public. Any releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 140F 192 1 | ||
The SITE AREA EMERGENCY reflects conditions where there is a clear potential for significant releases of radioactive material, or such releases are in progress, but a core meltdown is not indicated based on current information. | |||
4.1.2.3 The ALERT status is maintained until the event is downgraded, terminated, or escalated to a more severe emergency class. | |||
4; 1.2.4 Table 4.1-2 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-6 lists expected actions for the ALERT classification. | |||
4.1.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY 4.1.3.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public or HOSTILE ACTION that results in intentional damage or malicious acts; (1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to the likely failure of or; (2) that prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public. Any releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary. The SITE AREA EMERGENCY reflects conditions where there is a clear potential for significant releases of radioactive material, or such releases are in progress, but a core meltdown is not indicated based on current information. | |||
4.1.3.2 Upon declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY, non-ERO personnel are evacuated, monitoring teams are dispatched, off-site authorities are apprised of the emergency, the JIG is manned and activated, and periodic updates to the public are provided. | 4.1.3.2 Upon declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY, non-ERO personnel are evacuated, monitoring teams are dispatched, off-site authorities are apprised of the emergency, the JIG is manned and activated, and periodic updates to the public are provided. | ||
4.1.3.3 The SITE AREA EMERGENCY status is maintained until the event is downgraded, terminated, or escalated to a GENERAL EMERGENCY. | 4.1.3.3 The SITE AREA EMERGENCY status is maintained until the event is downgraded, terminated, or escalated to a GENERAL EMERGENCY. | ||
4.1.3.4 Table 4.1-3 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-7 lists expected *actions for the SITE AREA EMERGENCY classification. | 4.1.3.4 Table 4.1-3 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-7 lists expected | ||
4.1.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.1.4.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity or HOSTILE ACTION that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility. | *actions for the SITE AREA EMERGENCY classification. | ||
Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels off-site for more than the immediate site area. The GENERAL EMERGENCY | 4.1.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.1.4.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity or HOSTILE ACTION that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility. Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels off-site for more than the immediate site area. The GENERAL EMERGENCY reflects conditions that may affect the general public. The GENERAL EMERGENCY declaration initiates pre-determined protective actions for the public, provides information to the appropriate state, local, and federal authorities, initiates additional measures as indicated by actual or potential releases, provides for coordination with off-site authorities, and provides periodic updates for the public. | ||
If conditions make evacuation dangerous, sheltering may be recommended as alternative protective action. Consider recommending evacuation of extended distances if conditions dictate. 4.1.4.3 The GENERAL EMERGENCY status is maintained until the event is downgraded or terminated. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 15 OF 1 92 I | ||
4.1.4.2 Upon declaration of a GENERAL EMERGENCY, an automatic minimum protective action recommendation of evacuation for a 2-mile radius and 5 miles downwind, unless conditions make evacuation dangerous, and advise remainder of plume EPZ to go indoors to monitor EAS broadcasts will be made to state or local authorities. If conditions make evacuation dangerous, sheltering may be recommended as alternative protective action. Consider recommending evacuation of extended distances if conditions dictate. | |||
4.1.4.3 The GENERAL EMERGENCY status is maintained until the event is downgraded or terminated. | |||
4.1.4.4 Table 4.1-4 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-8 lists expected actions for the GENERAL EMERGENCY classification. | 4.1.4.4 Table 4.1-4 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-8 lists expected actions for the GENERAL EMERGENCY classification. | ||
4.2 OFF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 4.2.1 The station will perform a preliminary assessment of the off-site consequences of an emergency. | 4.2 OFF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 4.2.1 The station will perform a preliminary assessment of the off-site consequences of an emergency. This preliminary assessment includes estimation by analytical methods of radiation dose rate, projected integrated dose for sectors and downwind distances, and a determination of the appropriate emergency classification. | ||
This preliminary assessment includes estimation by analytical methods of radiation dose rate, projected integrated dose for sectors and downwind distances, and a determination of the appropriate emergency classification. | 4.2.2 The primary method for determining the radioactive release rate uses monitored release points. Effluent radiation monitor readings are available for the Elevated Release Point, Turbine Building Vent, Reactor Building Vent, and Radwaste/Augmented Radwaste Building Vents. | ||
4.2.2 The primary method for determining the radioactive release rate uses monitored release points. Effluent radiation monitor readings are available for the Elevated Release Point, Turbine Building Vent, Reactor Building Vent, and Radwaste/Augmented Radwaste Building Vents. 4.2.3 The elevated release point release rate can be determined by correlating the exposure rates on high range radiation monitors in the drywell to those which have been calculated assuming a Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA). The LOCA calculations are based on the NUREG-0737 assumptions that of the maximum full power equilibrium isotopic inventories, 100% of the noble gases, 25% of the halogens, and 1 % of the remaining particulates are instantaneously released to the atmosphere of the primary containment. | 4.2.3 The elevated release point release rate can be determined by correlating the exposure rates on high range radiation monitors in the drywell to those which have been calculated assuming a Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA). The LOCA calculations are based on the NUREG-0737 assumptions that of the maximum full power equilibrium isotopic inventories, 100% of the noble gases, 25% of the halogens, and 1% of the remaining particulates are instantaneously released to the atmosphere of the primary containment. The entire release is assumed to be through the Standby Gas Treatment System and out the elevated release point. Other methods may be used as described in EPIP 5.7.16. | ||
The entire release is assumed to be through the Standby Gas Treatment System and out the elevated release point. Other methods may be used as described in EPIP 5.7.16. 4.2.4 The dose rate and integrated dose are based on duration of release, release rates, meteorological data, and atmospheric dispersion factors. 4.2.5 The radioiodine concentration is obtained by multiplying the radioiodine release rate by the dispersion factor. The Committed Dose Equivalent (COE) is determined by multiplying the air concentration by the exposure time and then by the dose conversion factor. 4.2.6 The noble gas concentration is obtained by multiplying the noble gas release rate by the dispersion factor. The Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is determined by multiplying the air concentration by the exposure time and then by the appropriate dose conversion factor. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 16OF192 I 4.2. 7 Upon activation of the EOF and the State Emergency Operations Centers, the affected state assumes primary responsibility for confirmatory and continuing off-site radiological assessment. | 4.2.4 The dose rate and integrated dose are based on duration of release, release rates, meteorological data, and atmospheric dispersion factors. | ||
This is accomplished by dispatching state Field Monitoring Teams and by analyzing data provided by the CNS Field Monitoring Teams. CNS will deploy Field Monitoring Teams for initial off-site monitoring prior to the arrival of responding State Field Monitoring Teams. These CNS teams may remain in the field to assist the state field monitoring teams. 4.3 SPECTRUM OF POSSIBLE ACCIDENTS AND INITIATING EVENTS 4.3.1 A number of accident scenarios which might occur at CNS have been analyzed in Chapter XIV of the CNS Updated Safety Analysis Report and within the Transnuclear NUHOMS Updated Final Safety Analysis Report for both severity of consequence and probability of occurrence. | 4.2.5 The radioiodine concentration is obtained by multiplying the radioiodine release rate by the dispersion factor. The Committed Dose Equivalent (COE) is determined by multiplying the air concentration by the exposure time and then by the dose conversion factor. | ||
These types of accidents reflect the design characteristics of a Boiling Water Reactor and spent fuel storage installation and are addressed in Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4 and in EPIP 5.7.1 from the standpoint of initiating conditions, Emergency Action Levels, and subsequent emergency classification. | 4.2.6 The noble gas concentration is obtained by multiplying the noble gas release rate by the dispersion factor. The Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is determined by multiplying the air concentration by the exposure time and then by the appropriate dose conversion factor. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 170F 192 I TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AU1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "UE" for ALL 60 min. (Note 2). AU1 .2 Any valid liquid effluent monitor reading >Table A-1 column ALL "UE" for;::: 60 min. (Note 2). AU1 .3 Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases ALL indicate concentrations or release rates> 2 x ODAM limits for ;::: 60 min. (Note 2). AU2.1 Unplanned water level drop in the reactor cavity or spent fuel ALL pool as indicated by any of the following: | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 16OF192 I | ||
4.2. 7 Upon activation of the EOF and the State Emergency Operations Centers, the affected state assumes primary responsibility for confirmatory and continuing off-site radiological assessment. This is accomplished by dispatching state Field Monitoring Teams and by analyzing data provided by the CNS Field Monitoring Teams. CNS will deploy Field Monitoring Teams for initial off-site monitoring prior to the arrival of responding State Field Monitoring Teams. | |||
These CNS teams may remain in the field to assist the state field monitoring teams. | |||
4.3 SPECTRUM OF POSSIBLE ACCIDENTS AND INITIATING EVENTS 4.3.1 A number of accident scenarios which might occur at CNS have been analyzed in Chapter XIV of the CNS Updated Safety Analysis Report and within the Transnuclear NUHOMS Updated Final Safety Analysis Report for both severity of consequence and probability of occurrence. These types of accidents reflect the design characteristics of a Boiling Water Reactor and spent fuel storage installation and are addressed in Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4 and in EPIP 5.7.1 from the standpoint of initiating conditions, Emergency Action Levels, and subsequent emergency classification. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 170F 192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AU1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "UE" for ALL | |||
~ 60 min. (Note 2). | |||
AU1 .2 Any valid liquid effluent monitor reading >Table A-1 column ALL "UE" for;::: 60 min. (Note 2). | |||
AU1 .3 Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases ALL indicate concentrations or release rates> 2 x ODAM limits for | |||
;::: 60 min. (Note 2). | |||
AU2.1 Unplanned water level drop in the reactor cavity or spent fuel ALL pool as indicated by any of the following: | |||
* Ll-86 (calibrated to 1001' elev.) | * Ll-86 (calibrated to 1001' elev.) | ||
* Spent fuel pool low level alarm | * Spent fuel pool low level alarm | ||
* Visual observation AND | * Visual observation AND | ||
* Valid area radiation monitor reading rise on RMA-RA-1 or RMA-RA-2. | * Valid area radiation monitor reading rise on RMA-RA-1 or RMA-RA-2. | ||
AU2.2 Unplanned valid area radiation monitor reading or survey results ALL rise by a factor of 1,000 over normal levels*. *Norm.al levels can be considered as the highest reading in the past 24 hours excluding the current peak values. CU1 .1 AC power capability to critical 4160V Buses | AU2.2 Unplanned valid area radiation monitor reading or survey results ALL rise by a factor of 1,000 over normal levels*. | ||
> +3 in. for MODE 4 15 min. (Note 3) due to RCS leakage. CU2.2 Unplanned RPV level drop for>-15 min. (Note | *Norm.al levels can be considered as the highest reading in the past 24 hours excluding the current peak values. | ||
CU1 .1 AC power capability to critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G reduced MODES 4 or S to a single power source (Table C-4) for~ 15 min. such that any additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to critical buses (Note 3). | |||
OR RPV level band when the RPV level band is established below the RPV flange. CU2.3 RPV level cannot be monitored with any unexplairied RPV leakage indication, Table C-1. CU3.1 Any unplanned event results in RCS temperature> | CU2.1 RPV level cannot be restored and maintained > +3 in. for MODE 4 | ||
212°F due to loss of decay heat removal capability. | ~ 15 min. (Note 3) due to RCS leakage. | ||
CU3.2 Loss of all RCS temperature and RPV level indication for 15 min. (Note 3). EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 | CU2.2 Unplanned RPV level drop for>- 15 min. (Note 3) below, EITHER: MODE 5 RPV flange (Ll-86: 206 in. normal calibration, 113. 75 in. elevated calibration) OR RPV level band when the RPV level band is established below the RPV flange. | ||
CUS.1 An unplanned sustained positive period observed on nuclear instrumentation. | CU2.3 RPV level cannot be monitored with any unexplairied RPV MODES leakage indication, Table C-1. | ||
CU6.1 < 105 VDC bus voltage indications on all Technical Specification required 125 VDC buses 15 min. (Note 3). FU1 .1 Any loss or any potential loss of Primary Containment. | CU3.1 Any unplanned event results in RCS temperature> 212°F due MODES 4 ors to loss of decay heat removal capability. | ||
{Table F-1) HU1 .1 Seismic event identified by any two of the following: | CU3.2 Loss of all RCS temperature and RPV level indication for MODES 4 orS | ||
~ 15 min. (Note 3). | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 18 OF 192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE CU4.1 Loss of all Table C-2 on-site (internal) communication methods MODES 4, 5, affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR Loss of all orDEFUELED Table C-2 off-site (external) communication methods affecting the ability to perform off-site notifications. | |||
CUS.1 An unplanned sustained positive period observed on nuclear MODES 4or5 instrumentation. | |||
CU6.1 < 105 VDC bus voltage indications on all Technical Specification MODES 4 or5 required 125 VDC buses for~ 15 min. (Note 3). | |||
FU1 .1 Any loss or any potential loss of Primary Containment. MODES 1, 2, | |||
{Table F-1) or3 HU1 .1 Seismic event identified by any two of the following: ALL | |||
* The Seismic Monitor System free field sensor actuated or Alarm 8-3/8-1 seismic event. | * The Seismic Monitor System free field sensor actuated or Alarm 8-3/8-1 seismic event. | ||
* Earthquake felt in plant. | * Earthquake felt in plant. | ||
* National Earthquake Information Center. HU1 .2 Tornado striking within Protected Area boundary OR sustained high winds 100 mph. HU1 .3 Main turbine failure resulting in casing penetration or damage to turbine or generator seals. HU1 .4 Flooding in any Table H-1 area that has the potential to affect safety-related equipment required by Technical Specifications tor the current operating mode. HU1 .5 High river/forebay water level> 899' MSL OR low river level/forebay | * National Earthquake Information Center. | ||
< 870' MSL. HU2.1 Fire in any Table H-1 area not extinguished within 15 min. of Contra! Room notification or receipt of a valid Control Room alarm due to fire (Note 3). HU2.2 | HU1 .2 Tornado striking within Protected Area boundary OR sustained ALL high winds ~ 100 mph. | ||
Recommendation by local, county, or state officials to evacuate or shelter site personnel based on an off-site event. r A security condition that does not involve a hostile action as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR a credible site-specific security threat notification OR a validated notification from NRC providing information of an aircraft threat. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 | HU1 .3 Main turbine failure resulting in casing penetration or damage to ALL turbine or generator seals. | ||
No releases of radioactive material requiring off-site response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. Loss of all off-site AC power (Table S-3) to critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G 15 min. (Note 3). An unplanned sustained positive period observed on nuclear instrumentation. | HU1 .4 Flooding in any Table H-1 area that has the potential to affect ALL safety-related equipment required by Technical Specifications tor the current operating mode. | ||
Plant is not brought to required operating mode within Technical Specifications LCO action statement time. Unplanned loss of> approximately 75% of annunciators or indicators associated with safety systems on Control Room Panels 9-3, 9-4, 9-5, and C 15 min. (Note 3). SJAE monitor> 1.58E+3 mR/hr. Coolant 4.0 µCi/gm dose equivalent 1-131. Unidentified or pressure boundary leakage > 10 gpm OR Identified leakage > 30 gpm (Note 6). Loss of all Table S-2 on-site (internal) communications capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR ioss of aii Table S-2 off-site (exiemal) communications methods affecting the ability to perform off-site notifications. | HU1 .5 High river/forebay water level> 899' MSL OR low river ALL level/forebay < 870' MSL. | ||
Damage to a loaded cask confinement boundary. | HU2.1 Fire in any Table H-1 area not extinguished within 15 min. of ALL Contra! Room notification or receipt of a valid Control Room alarm due to fire (Note 3). | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 | HU2.2 Explosion within the Protected Area. ALL HU3.1 Toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant, or flammable gases in amounts that ALL have or could affect normal plant operations. | ||
Valid RMA-RA-1 Fuel Pool Area Rad reading> 50 Rfhr OR valid RMP-RM-452 A-D Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Plenum Hi-Hi alarm. AA2.2 A water level drop in the reactor refueling cavity or spent fuel pool ALL that will result in irradiated fuel becoming uncovered. | HU3.2 Recommendation by local, county, or state officials to evacuate ALL or shelter site personnel based on an off-site event. r HU4.1 A security condition that does not involve a hostile action as ALL reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR a credible site-specific security threat notification OR a validated notification from NRC providing information of an aircraft threat. | ||
AA3. 1 Dose rates > 15 mRem/hr in EITHER of the following areas ALL requiring continuous occupancy to maintain plant safety functions: | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 19OF192 I | ||
Main Control Room (RM-RA-20) | |||
OR CAS. | TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | ||
212°F for> Table C-3 duration (Note 4) OR RPV pressure increase> | OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HU6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that EITHER: | ||
10 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling. Any loss or any potential loss of either Fuel Clad or RCS (Table F-1 ). Seismic event > 0. | Events are in progress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant OR a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. No releases of radioactive material requiring off-site response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. | ||
SU1.1 Loss of all off-site AC power (Table S-3) to critical 4160V MODES 1, 2, Buses 1F and 1G for~ 15 min. (Note 3). or3 SU2.1 An unplanned sustained positive period observed on nuclear MODE3 instrumentation. | |||
SU3.1 Plant is not brought to required operating mode within MODES 1, 2, Technical Specifications LCO action statement time. or3 SU4.1 Unplanned loss of> approximately 75% of annunciators or MODES 1, 2, indicators associated with safety systems on Control Room or 3 Panels 9-3, 9-4, 9-5, and C for~ 15 min. (Note 3). | |||
SU5.1 MODES 1, 2, SJAE monitor> 1.58E+3 mR/hr. | |||
or 3 SU5.2 MODES 1, 2, Coolant activity~ 4.0 µCi/gm dose equivalent 1-131. | |||
or3 SU6.1 Unidentified or pressure boundary leakage > 10 gpm OR MODES 1, 2, Identified leakage > 30 gpm (Note 6). or3 SU8.1 Loss of all Table S-2 on-site (internal) communications MODES 1, 2, capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations or3 OR ioss of aii Table S-2 off-site (exiemal) communications methods affecting the ability to perform off-site notifications. | |||
EU1.1 Damage to a loaded cask confinement boundary. N/A EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 20OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-2 ALERT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AA1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading> Table A-1 column "Alert" ALL for~ 15 min. (Note 2). | |||
AA1 .2 Any valid liquid effluent monitor reading> Table A-1 column ALL "Alert" for~ 15 min. (Note 2). | |||
AA 1.3 Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases ALL indicate concentrations or release rates > 200 x ODAM limits for | |||
~ 15 min. (Note 2). | |||
AA2.1 Damage to irradiated fuel OR loss of water level (uncovering ALL irradiated fuel outside the RPV) that causes EITHER of the following: | |||
Valid RMA-RA-1 Fuel Pool Area Rad reading> 50 Rfhr OR valid RMP-RM-452 A-D Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Plenum Hi-Hi alarm. | |||
AA2.2 A water level drop in the reactor refueling cavity or spent fuel pool ALL that will result in irradiated fuel becoming uncovered. | |||
AA3. 1 Dose rates > 15 mRem/hr in EITHER of the following areas ALL requiring continuous occupancy to maintain plant safety functions: | |||
Main Control Room (RM-RA-20) OR CAS. | |||
CA1.1 Loss of all off-site and all on-site AC power (Table C-4) to MODES4, 5, critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G for> 15 min. (Note 3). orDEFUELED CA2. 1 RPV level < -42 in. OR RPV level cannot be monitored for MODES 4 or5 | |||
~ 15 min. (Note 3) with any unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1. | |||
CA3.1 Any unplanned event results in EITHER: MODES 4 or5 RCS temperature> 212°F for> Table C-3 duration (Note 4) OR RPV pressure increase> 10 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling. | |||
FA1.1 Any loss or any potential loss of either Fuel Clad or RCS MODES 1, 2, (Table F-1 ). or3 HA1.1 Seismic event > 0. 1g as indicated by the Seismic Monitor System ALL free field sensor or Alarm 8-3/A-1, EMERGENCY SEISMIC HIGH LEVEL, AND earthquake confirmed by any of the following: | |||
* Earthquake felt in plant. | * Earthquake felt in plant. | ||
* National Earthquake Information Center. | * National Earthquake Information Center. | ||
* Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the safe shutdown of the plant. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 | * Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the safe shutdown of the plant. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 21OF192 I | ||
* SA 1.1 AC power capability to critical 4160V Buses | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 | TABLE 4.1-2 ALERT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | ||
AS 1.3 Field survey indicates closed window dose rates > 0.1 Rem/hr ALL that is expected to continue 60 min. at or beyond the site boundary (Note 1) OR field survey sample analysis indicates thyroid COE > O.S Rem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary. | OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HA1.2 Tornado striking or high winds 2:'.: 100 mph resulting in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to any Table H-1 area structure containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems. | ||
* CS2.1 With Containment Closure not established, RPV level< -48 in. MODES 4 or 5 (Note 4). CS2.2 With Containment closure established (Note 4), RPV level < -158 in. (Note 4 ). CS2.3 RPV 1.evel cannot be monitored 30 min. (Note 3) with a loss of inventory as indicated by EITHER: Unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1, OR Erratic Source Range Monitor indication. | HA1.3 Main turbine failure-generated projectiles result in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to or penetration of any Table H-1 area structure containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems. | ||
FS1 .1 Loss or potential loss of any two barriers (Table F-1). HS4.1 A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the Protected Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor. | HA1.4 Flooding in any Table H-1 area resulting in EITHER: ALL An electrical shock hazard that precludes access to operate or monitor safety equipment OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems. | ||
HSS.1 Control Room evacuation has been initiated AND control of the plant cannot be established within | HA1.5 High river/forebay water level > 902' MSL OR low river/forebay ALL level < 865' MSL. | ||
HA1.6 Vehicle crash resulting in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to any Table H-1 area structure containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems. | |||
3°/o. SS4.1 Loss of> approximately 75% of the annunciators or indicators MODES 1, 2, associated with safety systems on Control Room Panels 9-3, 9-4, or 3 9-5, and C 15 min. (Note 3) AND any significant transient is in-progress, Table S-1 AND compensatory indications are unavailable. | HA2.1 Fire or explosion resulting in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to any Table H-1 area containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems. | ||
SS7.1 < 105 VDC bus voltage indications on all vital 125 VDC buses MODES 1, 2, (1A and | HA3.1 Access to any Table H-1 area is prohibited due to toxic, ALL corrosive, asphyxiant, or flammable gases which jeopardize operation of systems required to maintain safe operations or safely shutdown the reactor (Note 7). | ||
AG1 .3 Field survey results indicate closed window dose rates ALL > 1 Rem/hr expected to continue 60 min. at or beyond the site boundary (Note 1) OR analyses of field survey samples indicate thyroid COE > 5 Rem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary. | HA4.1 A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the Owner ALL Controlled Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR a validated notification from NRG of an airliner attack threat within 30 min. of the site. | ||
CG2.1 RPV level < -158 in. for 2 30 min. (Note 3) AND any MODES 4 or 5 Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5. CG2.2 RPV level cannot be monitored for 2 30 min. (Note 3) with core uncovery indicated by EITHER: Unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1 OR Erratic Source Range Monitor indication AND any Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5. FG 1.1 Loss of any two barriers AND loss or potential loss of third barrier (Table F-1 ). HG4.1 A hostile action has occurred such that plant personnel are unable to operate equipment required to maintain safety functions OR a hostile action has caused failure of Spent Fuel Cooling Systems and imminent fuel damage is likely for a freshly off-loaded reactor core in pool. HG6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency Director indicate that events are in progress or have oc-Curred which involve EITHER: Actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity OR hostile action that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility. | HA5.1 Procedure 5.1 AS D, Alternate Shutdown, or ALL Procedure 5.4FIRE-S/D, Fire Induced Shutdown From Outside the Control Room, requires Control Room evacuation. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 22OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-2 ALERT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HA6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER: | |||
An actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant OR a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of hostile action. | |||
Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary. | |||
* SA 1.1 AC power capability to critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G reduced MODES 1, 2, to a single power source (Table S-3) for> 15 min. such that any or3 additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to critical buses (Note 3). | |||
SA2.1 An automatic scram failed to shut down the reactor AND manual MODES 1 or2 actions taken at th~ reactor control console (Note 5) successfully shut down the reactor as indicated by reactor power < 3%. | |||
SA4.1 Unplanned loss of > approximately 75% of annunciators or MODES 1, 2, indicators associated with safety systems on Control Room or3 Panels 9-3, 9-4, 9-5, and C for:?: 15 min. (Note 3) AND EITHER: | |||
Any significant transient is in progress, Table S-1 OR Compensatory indications are unavailable. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 23OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AS 1.1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "SAE" for ALL | |||
~ 1S min. (Note 1 ). | |||
AS1 .2 Dose assessment using actual meteorology indicates doses ALL | |||
> 0.1 Rem TEDE or > O.S Rem thyroid COE at or beyond the site boundary. | |||
AS 1.3 Field survey indicates closed window dose rates > 0.1 Rem/hr ALL that is expected to continue for~ 60 min. at or beyond the site boundary (Note 1) OR field survey sample analysis indicates thyroid COE > O.S Rem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary. | |||
* CS2.1 With Containment Closure not established, RPV level< -48 in. MODES 4 or 5 (Note 4). | |||
CS2.2 With Containment closure established (Note 4), RPV level MODES 4 ors | |||
< -158 in. (Note 4 ). | |||
CS2.3 RPV 1.evel cannot be monitored for~ 30 min. (Note 3) with a MODES 4 orS loss of inventory as indicated by EITHER: | |||
Unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1, OR Erratic Source Range Monitor indication. | |||
FS1 .1 Loss or potential loss of any two barriers (Table F-1). MODES 1, 2, or3 HS4.1 A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the ALL Protected Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor. | |||
HSS.1 Control Room evacuation has been initiated AND control of the ALL plant cannot be established within 1S min. | |||
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 24OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HS6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER: | |||
An actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public OR Hostile action that results in intentional damage or malicious acts; 1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to the likely failure of or; 2) that prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public. | |||
Any releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary. | |||
SS1 .1 Loss of all off-site and all on-site AC power (Table s:.3) to MODES 1, 2, critical 4160V buses 1F and 1G for~ 15 min. (Note 3). or 3 SS2.1 An automatic scram failed to shut down the reactor AND MODES 1 or 2 manual actions taken at the reactor control console (Note 5) do not shut down the reactor as indicated by reactor power;;:: 3°/o. | |||
SS4.1 Loss of> approximately 75% of the annunciators or indicators MODES 1, 2, associated with safety systems on Control Room Panels 9-3, 9-4, or 3 9-5, and C for~ 15 min. (Note 3) AND any significant transient is in-progress, Table S-1 AND compensatory indications are unavailable. | |||
SS7.1 < 105 VDC bus voltage indications on all vital 125 VDC buses MODES 1, 2, (1A and 1B) for~ 15 min. (Note 3). or 3 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 25OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-4 GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | |||
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AG1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading >Table A-1 column "GE" for ALL 2 15 min. (Note 1). | |||
AG1 .2 Dose assessment using actual meteorology indicates doses ALL | |||
> 1 Rem TEOE or > 5 Rem thyroid COE at or beyond the site boundary. | |||
AG1 .3 Field survey results indicate closed window dose rates ALL | |||
> 1 Rem/hr expected to continue for~ 60 min. at or beyond the site boundary (Note 1) OR analyses of field survey samples indicate thyroid COE > 5 Rem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary. | |||
CG2.1 RPV level < -158 in. for 2 30 min. (Note 3) AND any MODES 4 or 5 Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5. | |||
CG2.2 RPV level cannot be monitored for 2 30 min. (Note 3) with core MODES 4 or5 uncovery indicated by EITHER: | |||
Unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1 OR Erratic Source Range Monitor indication AND any Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5. | |||
FG 1.1 Loss of any two barriers AND loss or potential loss of third MODES 1, 2, or barrier (Table F-1 ). 3 HG4.1 A hostile action has occurred such that plant personnel are ALL unable to operate equipment required to maintain safety functions OR a hostile action has caused failure of Spent Fuel Cooling Systems and imminent fuel damage is likely for a freshly off-loaded reactor core in pool. | |||
HG6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that events are in progress or have oc-Curred which involve EITHER: | |||
Actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity OR hostile action that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility. | |||
Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary. | Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary. | ||
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 | I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 26OF192 I | ||
> -158 in. or cannot be determined. | |||
SG2.1 Automatic and all manual scrams were not successful AND Reactor power:?: 3% AND EITHER of the following exist or have occurred due to continued power generation: | TABLE 4.1-4 GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs) | ||
RPV level cannot be restored and maintained> | OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE SG1 .1 Loss of all off-site and all on-site AC power (Table S-3) to critical MODES 1, 2, or 4160V buses 1F and 1G AND EITHER: 3 Restoration of at least one emergency bus in < 4 hours is not likely OR RPV level cannot be restored and maintained > -158 in. | ||
-183 in. or cannot be determined OR Average torus water temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained within the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (EOP/SAG Graph 7). EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 | or cannot be determined. | ||
: 2. Notify the ERO if determined to be necessary by the Emergency Director. | SG2.1 Automatic and all manual scrams were not successful AND Modes 1or2 Reactor power:?: 3% AND EITHER of the following exist or have occurred due to continued power generation: | ||
: 3. Augment on-shift resources as needed. 4. Assess and respond. 5. Terminate with verbal summary to off-site authorities, followed by written report within 24 hours. OR 6. Escalate to a more severe class. EMERGENCY PLAN | RPV level cannot be restored and maintained> -183 in. or cannot be determined OR Average torus water temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained within the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (EOP/SAG Graph 7). | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 27OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-5 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS | |||
Disaster Emergency Condition. | : 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance if requested (fire, Governmental Agencies of emergency security, medical, etc.). | ||
Dispatch State Field Command Post 5. Provide periodic plant status updates to and key emergency response personnel off-site authorities. | conditions within 15 minutes of declaration. 2. Continue notification as necessitated by situation. | ||
including Radiological Monitoring Teams with associated equipment and 6. Provide periodic meteorological communications. | : 2. Notify the ERO if determined to be necessary by the Emergency Director. 3. Standby until verbal termination. | ||
Alert all state assessments to off-site authorities and, if agencies and local government to releases are occurring, dose estimates standby or assume an increased for actual releases. | OR | ||
readiness posture. 7. Close out or recommend reduction in 5. Provide confirmatory off-site radiation Emergency Class by verbal summary to monitoring and ingestion pathway dose off-site authorities followed by written projections if actual releases summary within 8 hours of closeout or substantially exceed Off-Site Dose class reduction. | : 3. Augment on-shift resources as needed. | ||
Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. OR 6. Maintain ALERT status until verbal 8. Escalate to a more severe class. termination. | : 4. Escalate to a more severe class. | ||
OR 7. Escalate to a more severe class. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 29OF192 TABLE 4.1-7 SITE AREA EMERGENCY | : 4. Assess and respond. | ||
-EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance as requested in Governmental Agencies of emergency accordance with established disaster conditions within 15 minutes of support procedures. | : 5. Terminate with verbal summary to off-site authorities, followed by written report within 24 hours. | ||
OR | |||
: 6. Escalate to a more severe class. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 28OF192 I | |||
TABLE 4.1-6 ALERT - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS | |||
: 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance if requested (fire, Governmental Agencies of emergency security, medical, etc.). | |||
conditions within 15 minutes of declaration. 2. Augment resources and bring primary response centers to stand-by status. | |||
: 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources and activate TSC, OSC, and EOF. The JIG 3. Place key emergency personnel may be placed on standby status. (including monitoring teams and associated communications) on | |||
: 3. Assess and respond. stand-by status. | |||
: 4. Dispatch on-site monitoring teams with 4. If necessary, Governor proclaims associated communications. Disaster Emergency Condition. | |||
Dispatch State Field Command Post | |||
: 5. Provide periodic plant status updates to and key emergency response personnel off-site authorities. including Radiological Monitoring Teams with associated equipment and | |||
: 6. Provide periodic meteorological communications. Alert all state assessments to off-site authorities and, if agencies and local government to releases are occurring, dose estimates standby or assume an increased for actual releases. readiness posture. | |||
: 7. Close out or recommend reduction in 5. Provide confirmatory off-site radiation Emergency Class by verbal summary to monitoring and ingestion pathway dose off-site authorities followed by written projections if actual releases summary within 8 hours of closeout or substantially exceed Off-Site Dose class reduction. Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. | |||
OR | |||
: 6. Maintain ALERT status until verbal | |||
: 8. Escalate to a more severe class. termination. | |||
OR | |||
: 7. Escalate to a more severe class. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 29OF192 | |||
TABLE 4.1-7 SITE AREA EMERGENCY - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS | |||
: 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance as requested in Governmental Agencies of emergency accordance with established disaster conditions within 15 minutes of support procedures. | |||
declaration. | declaration. | ||
: 2. If In-House Shelter is desirable, 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources by activate public notification systems activating TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC. within at least two miles of the plant. 3. Assess and respond. 3. Provide the public within the plume exposure EPZ with periodic updates 4. Dispatch on-site and off-site monitoring on emergency status. teams with communications equipment. | : 2. If In-House Shelter is desirable, | ||
: 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources by activate public notification systems activating TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC. within at least two miles of the plant. | |||
: 3. Assess and respond. 3. Provide the public within the plume exposure EPZ with periodic updates | |||
: 4. Dispatch on-site and off-site monitoring on emergency status. | |||
teams with communications equipment. | |||
: 4. Augment resources by activating | : 4. Augment resources by activating | ||
: 5. Provide a dedicated individual for plant state/local EOCs. status updates to off-site authorities and periodic press briefings. | : 5. Provide a dedicated individual for plant state/local EOCs. | ||
status updates to off-site authorities and periodic press briefings. 5. Dispatch key on-site emergency personnel, including monitoring teams | |||
Management staff on-site available for consultation with NRC and state 6. Alert other personnel to standby status representatives on a periodic basis. {e.g., those needed for traffic control or evacuation) and dispatch personnel to 7. Provide meteorological data and dose near-site duty station. estimates (for actual releases) to off-site authorities via a designated | : 6. Make Senior Technical and and communications equipment. | ||
Management staff on-site available for consultation with NRC and state 6. Alert other personnel to standby status representatives on a periodic basis. {e.g., those needed for traffic control or evacuation) and dispatch personnel to | |||
CNS and jointly assess them. 8. Provide release and dose projections | : 7. Provide meteorological data and dose near-site duty station. | ||
estimates (for actual releases) to off-site authorities via a designated 7. Pro:vide off-site monitoring results to individual. CNS and jointly assess them. | |||
with regard to initiating/modifying public protective | : 8. Provide release and dose projections 8. Continuously assess information from based on available plant condition CNS and off-site monitoring teams information or contingencies. with regard to initiating/modifying public protective *actions. | ||
*actions. | : 9. Closeout or recommend reduction in emergency class by briefing off-site 9. Recommend placing milk animals authorities at EOF followed by written within two miles on stored feed and summary within 8 hours of closeout or assess need to extend distance. | ||
: 9. Closeout or recommend reduction in emergency class by briefing off-site 9. Recommend placing milk animals authorities at EOF followed by written within two miles on stored feed and summary within 8 hours of closeout or assess need to extend distance. | |||
class reduction. | class reduction. | ||
: 10. Provide press briefings, perhaps jointly OR with CNS. | |||
: 11. Maintain SITE AREA EMERGENCY status until termination or reduction of emergency class. OR 12. Escalate to GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 30 OF 192 TABLE 4.1-8 | : 10. Escalate to GENERAL EMERGENCY. | ||
-EXPECTED ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS 1. Notify responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies of emergency conditions within 15 minutes of declaration. | : 11. Maintain SITE AREA EMERGENCY status until termination or reduction of emergency class. | ||
: 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources by activating TSC, OSC, EOF, and JIG. 3. Recommend protective action of evacuation for a 2-mile radius and 5 miles downwind, unless conditions make evacuation dangerous, and advise remainder of plume EPZ to go indoors to monitor EAS broadcasts to State and Local Authorities. | OR | ||
: 12. Escalate to GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 30 OF 192 | |||
: 6. Provide a dedicated individual for plant status updates to off-site authorities and periodic press briefings. | |||
Coordinate joint information releases with off-site authorities. | TABLE 4.1-8 GENERAL EMERGENCY - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS | ||
: 7. Make Senior Technical and Management Staff available for periodic consuitation with NRG and state representatives. | : 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide any assistance requested in Governmental Agencies of emergency accordance with established disaster conditions within 15 minutes of support procedures. | ||
: 8. Provide meteorological data and dose estimates (for actual releases) to off-site authorities via a dedicated individual. | declaration. | ||
: 2. Initiate immediate public notification of | |||
: 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources by GENERAL EMERGENCY status and activating TSC, OSC, EOF, and JIG. provide periodic public updates. | |||
: 3. Recommend protective action of 3. Recommend evacuation for a 2-r:nile evacuation for a 2-mile radius and radius and a 5-mile direct downwind 5 miles downwind, unless conditions segment and assess the need to make evacuation dangerous, and extend distances if conditions advise remainder of plume EPZ to go degrade. | |||
indoors to monitor EAS broadcasts to | |||
: 4. Augment resources by activating State and Local Authorities. Consider state/local primary response centers. | |||
recommending evacuation of extended distances if degrading conditions 5. Dispatch other emergency personnel warrant. to duty stations within 5-mile radius and alert others to standby status. | |||
: 4. Assess and respond. | |||
: 6. Provide off-site monitoring results to | |||
: 5. Dispatch on-site and off-site monitoring CNS, DOE, EPA, and others and teams and associated communications jointly assess them. | |||
equipment. | |||
: 7. Continuously assess information from | |||
: 6. Provide a dedicated individual for plant CNS and off-site monitoring teams status updates to off-site authorities and with regard to modifying public periodic press briefings. Coordinate protective actions and mobilizing joint information releases with off-site evacuation resources. | |||
authorities. | |||
: 8. Recommend placing milk animals | |||
: 7. Make Senior Technical and within 10-mile radius on stored feed Management Staff available for periodic and assess need to extend distance. | |||
consuitation with NRG and state representatives. 9. Provide press briefings, perhaps jointly with CNS. | |||
: 8. Provide meteorological data and dose estimates (for actual releases) to 10. Maintain GENERAL E~/!ERGENCY off-site authorities via a dedicated status until termination or reduction of individual. emergency class. | |||
: 9. Provide release and dose projections based upon available plant condition information and foreseeable contingencies. | : 9. Provide release and dose projections based upon available plant condition information and foreseeable contingencies. | ||
: 10. Terminate (or recommend reduction of) emergency class by briefing off-site authorities at the EOF, followed by written summary within 8 hours. EMERGENCY PLAN | : 10. Terminate (or recommend reduction of) emergency class by briefing off-site authorities at the EOF, followed by written summary within 8 hours. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 31OF192 I | |||
: 5. ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL OF EMERGENCIES In the event of an emergency, NPPD has both the normal operating organization (on-shift Control Room staff) and an organization specifically designed to augment them. The Emergency Response Organization may, depending upon the classification of the accident, range from the normal operating staff to a comprehensive emergency force composed of on-site, general office, state, and local support, and contract personnel. | : 5. ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL OF EMERGENCIES In the event of an emergency, NPPD has both the normal operating organization (on-shift Control Room staff) and an organization specifically designed to augment them. The Emergency Response Organization may, depending upon the classification of the accident, range from the normal operating staff to a comprehensive emergency force composed of on-site, general office, state, and local support, and contract personnel. | ||
This section of the Emergency Plan describes the normal on-shift Operating organization, the Emergency Response Organization, other support available, and the governmental agencies responsible for dealing with off-site emergency conditions. | This section of the Emergency Plan describes the normal on-shift Operating organization, the Emergency Response Organization, other support available, and the governmental agencies responsible for dealing with off-site emergency conditions. Post-emergency station recovery plans are presented in Section 9. A general overview of the Nuclear Power Group Organization is described in the USAR. | ||
Post-emergency station recovery plans are presented in Section 9. A general overview of the Nuclear Power Group Organization is described in the USAR. 5.1 NORMAL OPERATING ORGANIZATION Direct operation and control of the Nuclear Power Plant is the responsibility of the on-duty Operations Crew operating out of the Control Room. The normal operating crew is staffed and qualified to perform all actions necessary to institute immediate protective measures and to implement the Emergency Plan. The composition and relationship of the Control Room crew (Normal Operating Organization) is depicted in Figure 5.2-1. 5.1.1 LINES OF AUTHORITY 5.1.1.1 The Shift Manager is the senior licensed individual on the operating crew. The Shift Manager must hold a Senior Reactor Operator's license. 5.1.1.2 If the Shift Manager is incapacitated the Control Room Supervisor assumes the Shift Manager role. The Control Room Supervisor must* also hold a Senior Reactor Operator's license. 5.1.1.3 Reactor Operators (Control Room Operators) report to the Control Room Supervisor. | 5.1 NORMAL OPERATING ORGANIZATION Direct operation and control of the Nuclear Power Plant is the responsibility of the on-duty Operations Crew operating out of the Control Room. The normal operating crew is staffed and qualified to perform all actions necessary to institute immediate protective measures and to implement the Emergency Plan. The composition and relationship of the Control Room crew (Normal Operating Organization) is depicted in Figure 5.2-1. | ||
Reactor Operators must hold a Reactor Operator's license 5.1.1.4 Station Operators and Utility/Fire Brigade personnel function under the direction of Reactor Operators or the Control Room Supervisor. | 5.1.1 LINES OF AUTHORITY 5.1.1.1 The Shift Manager is the senior licensed individual on the operating crew. The Shift Manager must hold a Senior Reactor Operator's license. | ||
Station Operators and Utility/Fire Brigade do not require a license. 5.1.1.5 The Chem/RP Technician reports to the Shift Manager. 5.1.1.6 The Shift Technical Engineer reports to the Shift Manager. 5.1.1. 7 The Dose Assessor reports to the Shift Manager. 5.1.1.8 The Shift Communicator reports to the Shift Manager. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 32OF192 5.1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES/FUNCTIONS 5.1.2.1 The Shift Manager is the individual, on-shift at all times, vested with the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate any emergency actions, inCluding protective action recommendations to authorities responsible for implementing off-site emergency measures. | 5.1.1.2 If the Shift Manager is incapacitated the Control Room Supervisor assumes the Shift Manager role. The Control Room Supervisor must* | ||
Upon declaration of an emergency, the Shift Manager becomes the $ite Emergency Director. | also hold a Senior Reactor Operator's license. | ||
The Emergency Director is responsible for, and may not delegate, classifying emergencies, ensuring notifications are made to off-site authorities, and recommending protective actions to off-site authorities. | 5.1.1.3 Reactor Operators (Control Room Operators) report to the Control Room Supervisor. Reactor Operators must hold a Reactor Operator's license 5.1.1.4 Station Operators and Utility/Fire Brigade personnel function under the direction of Reactor Operators or the Control Room Supervisor. Station Operators and Utility/Fire Brigade do not require a license. | ||
The Shift Manager is responsible for providing guidance and support to the operating crew. He will ensure that there is an adequate staff to perform the required operational functions and be responsible for ensuring proper communications from the Control Room to the TSC, OSC, and EOF. In conjunction with key technical personnel, he will also assess station operations and ensure recommended corrective actions are given adequate consideration. | 5.1.1.5 The Chem/RP Technician reports to the Shift Manager. | ||
He will also control and monitor station conditions, take corrective actions to mitigate or terminate the incident, stabilize the plant, and minimize accident consequences. | 5.1.1.6 The Shift Technical Engineer reports to the Shift Manager. | ||
Upon entry into Severe Accident Guidelines, the Shift Manager shall take direction for accident mitigation from the Operations Coordinator in the TSC. Upon activation of the EOF, the on-call Emergency Director will relieve the Shift Manager of Emergency Director duties. 5.1.2.2 The Control Room Supervisor | 5.1.1. 7 The Dose Assessor reports to the Shift Manager. | ||
{CRS) directs the activities of the Control Room Operators and Station Operators in response to normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures. | 5.1.1.8 The Shift Communicator reports to the Shift Manager. | ||
The CRS functions as the primary command and control interface between the Shift Manager and other Operations Shift personnel. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 32OF192 | ||
5.1.2.3 Reactor Operators (Control Room Operators) are responsible for the safe operation of the reactor and balance of plant. 5.1.2.4 Station Operators are responsible to the Control Room Supervisor. | |||
5.1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES/FUNCTIONS 5.1.2.1 The Shift Manager is the individual, on-shift at all times, vested with the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate any emergency actions, inCluding protective action recommendations to authorities responsible for implementing off-site emergency measures. | |||
Upon declaration of an emergency, the Shift Manager becomes the $ite Emergency Director. The Emergency Director is responsible for, and may not delegate, classifying emergencies, ensuring notifications are made to off-site authorities, and recommending protective actions to off-site authorities. | |||
The Shift Manager is responsible for providing guidance and support to the operating crew. He will ensure that there is an adequate staff to perform the required operational functions and be responsible for ensuring proper communications from the Control Room to the TSC, OSC, and EOF. In conjunction with key technical personnel, he will also assess station operations and ensure recommended corrective actions are given adequate consideration. He will also control and monitor station conditions, take corrective actions to mitigate or terminate the incident, stabilize the plant, and minimize accident consequences. Upon entry into Severe Accident Guidelines, the Shift Manager shall take direction for accident mitigation from the Operations Coordinator in the TSC. | |||
Upon activation of the EOF, the on-call Emergency Director will relieve the Shift Manager of Emergency Director duties. | |||
5.1.2.2 The Control Room Supervisor {CRS) directs the activities of the Control Room Operators and Station Operators in response to normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures. The CRS functions as the primary command and control interface between the Shift Manager and other Operations Shift personnel. | |||
5.1.2.3 Reactor Operators (Control Room Operators) are responsible for the safe operation of the reactor and balance of plant. | |||
5.1.2.4 Station Operators are responsible to the Control Room Supervisor. | |||
Station Operators perform functions in the piant such as equipment monitoring, log keeping, equipment operation, and tag-outs. | Station Operators perform functions in the piant such as equipment monitoring, log keeping, equipment operation, and tag-outs. | ||
5.1.2.5 The Chem/RP Technician is responsible for providing advice and assistance to the crew regarding radiological issues. 5.1.2.6 The Shift Communicator is responsible for all off-site communication duties. 5.1.2. 7 The Dose Assessor has the primary responsibility for performing Dose Assessment on-shift. | 5.1.2.5 The Chem/RP Technician is responsible for providing advice and assistance to the crew regarding radiological issues. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 33OF192 I 5.1.2.8 The Shift Technical Engineer serves in an advisory capacity to the Shift Manager in the diagnosis of off-normal events, transients, and accident situations. | 5.1.2.6 The Shift Communicator is responsible for all off-site communication duties. | ||
The Shift Technical Engineer functions to provide an independent assessment of the operation and response of the plant. The STE may perform other functions as assigned, so long as they do not interfere with this oversight role. Upon declaration of an emergency (Alert or higher), two additional positions become available to the Control Room. They are part of the ERO (described below) but function from the Control Room, therefore are described here. 5.1.2.9 The Technical Communicator provides a flow of technical data to the OPS/EOP Advisors in the TSC and EOF, and the Technical Communicator in the OSC. 5.1.2.10 The Control Room Logkeeper maintains an accurate log of important Control Room activities. | 5.1.2. 7 The Dose Assessor has the primary responsibility for performing Dose Assessment on-shift. | ||
5.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION Key elements of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) at CNS are depicted in Figures 5.2-2, 5.2-3, and 5.2-4. Emergency Response Organization (ERO) positions in the TSC, OSC, and EOF, along with functions for these facilities are summarized in the following paragraphs. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 33OF192 I | ||
Sufficient personnel have been designated to assure that functional responsibilities are maintained for continuous 24-hour operation. | |||
The Emergency Response Organization roster is maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department. | 5.1.2.8 The Shift Technical Engineer serves in an advisory capacity to the Shift Manager in the diagnosis of off-normal events, transients, and accident situations. The Shift Technical Engineer functions to provide an independent assessment of the operation and response of the plant. | ||
The Emergency Response Organization operates from the Control Room and the following On-Site Emergency Response Facilities. | The STE may perform other functions as assigned, so long as they do not interfere with this oversight role. | ||
These CNS emergency Response Facilities will be activated within approximately orie (1) hour following the declaration of an Alert or higher. | Upon declaration of an emergency (Alert or higher), two additional positions become available to the Control Room. They are part of the ERO (described below) but function from the Control Room, therefore are described here. | ||
5.1.2.9 The Technical Communicator provides a flow of technical data to the OPS/EOP Advisors in the TSC and EOF, and the Technical Communicator in the OSC. | |||
5.1.2.10 The Control Room Logkeeper maintains an accurate log of important Control Room activities. | |||
5.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION Key elements of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) at CNS are depicted in Figures 5.2-2, 5.2-3, and 5.2-4. | |||
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) positions in the TSC, OSC, and EOF, along with functions for these facilities are summarized in the following paragraphs. | |||
Sufficient personnel have been designated to assure that functional responsibilities are maintained for continuous 24-hour operation. The Emergency Response Organization roster is maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department. | |||
The Emergency Response Organization operates from the Control Room and the following On-Site Emergency Response Facilities. These CNS emergency Response Facilities will be activated within approximately orie (1) hour following the declaration of an Alert or higher. | |||
* Technical Support Center. | * Technical Support Center. | ||
* Operational Support Center or alternate. | * Operational Support Center or alternate. | ||
* Emergency Operations Facility.- | * Emergency Operations Facility.- | ||
The Emergency Response Organization is supported by the following off-site Emergency Response Facility as necessary: | The Emergency Response Organization is supported by the following off-site Emergency Response Facility as necessary: | ||
* Joint Information Center. The TSC, EOF, and OSC will be manned and activated at the declaration of an ALERT or higher level emergency. | * Joint Information Center. | ||
The JIC may be placed on standby during an ALERT, and will be manned and activated upon the declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY. | The TSC, EOF, and OSC will be manned and activated at the declaration of an ALERT or higher level emergency. The JIC may be placed on standby during an ALERT, and will be manned and activated upon the declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 34OF192 I In all emergency classifications, the Emergency Director is in charge of the Emergency Response Organization. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 34OF192 I | ||
The Emergency Director is assigned the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate emergency response actions. The Emergency Director may not delegate the following: | |||
In all emergency classifications, the Emergency Director is in charge of the Emergency Response Organization. The Emergency Director is assigned the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate emergency response actions. The Emergency Director may not delegate the following: | |||
* Event Declaration. | * Event Declaration. | ||
* The decision to notify authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures. | * The decision to notify authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures. | ||
* Recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures. | * Recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures. | ||
Under a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, all emergency response functions will usually be conducted from the Control Room by the on-shift Operating organization described in Section 5.1. At an ALERT, the TSC, EOF, and OSC will be activated and will provide further management, technical, and craft support. At a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY, the JIC is activated and will have the additional support of the JIC Director. | Under a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, all emergency response functions will usually be conducted from the Control Room by the on-shift Operating organization described in Section 5.1. At an ALERT, the TSC, EOF, and OSC will be activated and will provide further management, technical, and craft support. At a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY, the JIC is activated and will have the additional support of the JIC Director. The authorities and responsibilities of each position are as follows: | ||
The authorities and responsibilities of each position are as follows: 5.2.1 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR The Emergency Director is in command of the NPPD Emergency Response Organization. | 5.2.1 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR The Emergency Director is in command of the NPPD Emergency Response Organization. His/her responsibilities are as follows: | ||
His/her responsibilities are as follows: | |||
* Verify that the NPPD on-site and off-site emergency response functions are being performed in a timely manner. | * Verify that the NPPD on-site and off-site emergency response functions are being performed in a timely manner. | ||
* Ensure that adequate technical and logistical support is available to the station organization. | * Ensure that adequate technical and logistical support is available to the station organization. | ||
* Ensure continuity of emergency response resources. | * Ensure continuity of emergency response resources. | ||
All emergency actions which may involve exposures exceeding occupational exposure limits must be approved by the Emergency Director. | All emergency actions which may involve exposures exceeding occupational exposure limits must be approved by the Emergency Director. | ||
The Emergency Director provides management expertise to the emergency organization and may initially report to the Control Room instead of the EOF. As the situation warrants, he may relocate to any on-site facility to confer with members of the various emergency response organizations. | The Emergency Director provides management expertise to the emergency organization and may initially report to the Control Room instead of the EOF. | ||
The Emergency Director will be supported by the following positions: | As the situation warrants, he may relocate to any on-site facility to confer with members of the various emergency response organizations. The Emergency Director will be supported by the following positions: | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 35OF192 I 5.2.2 TSC DIRECTOR The TSC Director is in charge of TSC functions and activities. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 35OF192 I | ||
His/her primary responsibility is to maintain command and control in the TSC to provide technical assistance and recommendations to the Control Room. The primary function of the TSC staff is to augment Control Room efforts to manage the plant emergency by: | |||
5.2.2 TSC DIRECTOR The TSC Director is in charge of TSC functions and activities. His/her primary responsibility is to maintain command and control in the TSC to provide technical assistance and recommendations to the Control Room. | |||
The primary function of the TSC staff is to augment Control Room efforts to manage the plant emergency by: | |||
* Diagnosing station conditions. | * Diagnosing station conditions. | ||
* Recommending and prioritizing corrective or mitigative actions. | * Recommending and prioritizing corrective or mitigative actions. | ||
* Providing technical support to Control Room personnel. | * Providing technical support to Control Room personnel. | ||
The TSC Director is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions below and depicted in Figure 5.2-2. 5.2.2.1 The Operations Coordinator provides a liaison between the Control Room and the TSC/OSC Staffs, on personnel, technical, and administrative issues related to plant operations. | The TSC Director is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions below and depicted in Figure 5.2-2. | ||
Upon entry into Severe Accident Guidelines, the Operations Coordinator shall assume decision-making authority from the Shift Manager related to accident mitigation actions and provide direction to the Control Room operating staff. 5.2.2.2 The Engineering Coordinator provides engineering expertise to the TSC Director. | 5.2.2.1 The Operations Coordinator provides a liaison between the Control Room and the TSC/OSC Staffs, on personnel, technical, and administrative issues related to plant operations. Upon entry into Severe Accident Guidelines, the Operations Coordinator shall assume decision-making authority from the Shift Manager related to accident mitigation actions and provide direction to the Control Room operating staff. | ||
He/she shall also coordinate the activities of the Engineering Group through the Engineering Team Leader. The Engineering Coordinator will maintain liaison with General Electric, POWER Engineers (formerly Burns & Roe, Inc.), Institute of Nuclear Power Operations, and other contract support as referenced in Section 5.3.3. 5.2.2.3 The Maintenance Coordinator provides expertise to the TSC Director in the areas of equipment analysis/status, repair options, and equipment repair priorities. | 5.2.2.2 The Engineering Coordinator provides engineering expertise to the TSC Director. He/she shall also coordinate the activities of the Engineering Group through the Engineering Team Leader. The Engineering Coordinator will maintain liaison with General Electric, POWER Engineers (formerly Burns & Roe, Inc.), Institute of Nuclear Power Operations, and other contract support as referenced in Section 5.3.3. | ||
The Maintenance Coordinator also supervises the activities of the OSC as directed by TSC Director through the OSC Supervisor. | 5.2.2.3 The Maintenance Coordinator provides expertise to the TSC Director in the areas of equipment analysis/status, repair options, and equipment repair priorities. The Maintenance Coordinator also supervises the activities of the OSC as directed by TSC Director through the OSC Supervisor. | ||
* 5.2.2.4 The Chemistrv/Radiological Protection Coordinator provides chemistry and radiological protection expertise to the TSC Director and is also responsible for the following: | * 5.2.2.4 The Chemistrv/Radiological Protection Coordinator provides chemistry and radiological protection expertise to the TSC Director and is also responsible for the following: | ||
* Assess radiological dose, recommend radiation protection measures, direct radiological surveys and decontamination actions, and assist in assessment of off-site consequences. | * Assess radiological dose, recommend radiation protection measures, direct radiological surveys and decontamination actions, and assist in assessment of off-site consequences. | ||
* Provide chemical analyses for the evaluation of station systems and provide data to aid in the determination of reactor core conditions and release potentials. | * Provide chemical analyses for the evaluation of station systems and provide data to aid in the determination of reactor core conditions and release potentials. | ||
REVISION 69 PAGE 36OF192 I | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 36OF192 I | ||
* This individual is assisted by other radiological personnel. | * This individual is assisted by other radiological personnel. These emergency response personnel will provide technical expertise on radiological release rates and dose projections, in plant radiological surveys, and will input data into the dose assessment model, when required. | ||
These emergency response personnel will provide technical expertise on radiological release rates and dose projections, in plant radiological surveys, and will input data into the dose assessment model, when required. | NOTE - The additional Key Functional staff, and other positions listed below, enhance the operation of the TSC. | ||
NOTE -The additional Key Functional staff, and other positions listed below, enhance the operation of the TSC. 5.2.2.5 The ENS Communicator will provide continuous communication with the NRC when requested to do so. 5.2.2.6 The Operations/EOP Advisor provides technical assistance and operational information to the Operations Coordinator. | 5.2.2.5 The ENS Communicator will provide continuous communication with the NRC when requested to do so. | ||
He/she maintains a proactive assessment of EOP and SAG implementation as well as performs plant condition assessments. | 5.2.2.6 The Operations/EOP Advisor provides technical assistance and operational information to the Operations Coordinator. He/she maintains a proactive assessment of EOP and SAG implementation as well as performs plant condition assessments. | ||
5.2.2.7 The Engineering Team Leader directs the efforts of the Engineering group based on the direction and priorities established by the TSC Director and Engineering Coordinator. | 5.2.2.7 The Engineering Team Leader directs the efforts of the Engineering group based on the direction and priorities established by the TSC Director and Engineering Coordinator. | ||
5.2.2.8 The Electrical Engineer provides information on station electrical system capabilities, status, alternate power arrangements, and evaluates the necessity of repair, installation, and modification of electrical equipment. | 5.2.2.8 The Electrical Engineer provides information on station electrical system capabilities, status, alternate power arrangements, and evaluates the necessity of repair, installation, and modification of electrical equipment. | ||
The Electrical Engineer will also provide information on l&C issues. 5.2.2.9 The Mechanical Engineer performs analyses on mechanical components and provides information on various mechanical systems capabilities, status, and evaluates the necessity of repair, installation, or modification of mechanical equipment. | The Electrical Engineer will also provide information on l&C issues. | ||
5.2.2.9 The Mechanical Engineer performs analyses on mechanical components and provides information on various mechanical systems capabilities, status, and evaluates the necessity of repair, installation, or modification of mechanical equipment. | |||
5.2.2.10 The Civil Engineer provides information and analysis on station component structural status and integrity. | 5.2.2.10 The Civil Engineer provides information and analysis on station component structural status and integrity. | ||
5.2.2.11 The Reactor Engineer provides information and analysis on the conditions of the reactor core. 5.2.2.12 The Function Status Assessment Engineer evaluates the availability of plant systems may be used to perform functions specified in the Plant Specific Technical Guidelines/Severe Accident Technical Guidelines. | 5.2.2.11 The Reactor Engineer provides information and analysis on the conditions of the reactor core. | ||
5.2.2.12 The Function Status Assessment Engineer evaluates the availability of plant systems ~.-vh,ich may be used to perform functions specified in the Plant Specific Technical Guidelines/Severe Accident Technical Guidelines. | |||
5.2.2.13 The Control Parameter Assessment Engineer evaluates the availability of instrumentation used to determine values of the Emergency Operation Procedures/Severe Accident Guideline control parameters. | 5.2.2.13 The Control Parameter Assessment Engineer evaluates the availability of instrumentation used to determine values of the Emergency Operation Procedures/Severe Accident Guideline control parameters. | ||
5.2.2.14 The Security Coordinator provides security plan knowledge and expertise. | 5.2.2.14 The Security Coordinator provides security plan knowledge and expertise. Coordinates all security related response activities including initial and continuous accountability of personnel when required per EPIP 5. 7.10. The Security Coordinator may be assisted by other members of the CNS Security force. | ||
Coordinates all security related response activities including initial and continuous accountability of personnel when required per EPIP 5. 7.10. The Security Coordinator may be assisted by other members of the CNS Security force. EMERGENCY PLAN REVfSION69 PAGE 37OF192 I 5.2.2.15 The Facility Logkeeper maintains an accurate Jog of important TSC functions and also maintains/updates the display of priority work items. 5.2.2.16 The Administrative Assistant provides administrative support such as faxing, copying, and material needs. 5.2.3 EOF DIRECTOR The EOF Director is in charge of the EOF functions and responsibilities, including ensuring the EOF is capable of supporting the Emergency Director's management of the overall licensee emergency response. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVfSION69 PAGE 37OF192 I | ||
5.2.2.15 The Facility Logkeeper maintains an accurate Jog of important TSC functions and also maintains/updates the display of priority work items. | |||
5.2.2.16 The Administrative Assistant provides administrative support such as faxing, copying, and material needs. | |||
5.2.3 EOF DIRECTOR The EOF Director is in charge of the EOF functions and responsibilities, including ensuring the EOF is capable of supporting the Emergency Director's management of the overall licensee emergency response. | |||
The primary functions of the EOF staff are to provide assistance to the Emergency Director, coordination of emergency off-site response activities, and to provide support to the responding off-site support agencies by: | The primary functions of the EOF staff are to provide assistance to the Emergency Director, coordination of emergency off-site response activities, and to provide support to the responding off-site support agencies by: | ||
* Coordinating radiological and environmental assessment. | * Coordinating radiological and environmental assessment. | ||
Line 481: | Line 494: | ||
* Event classification and continual assessment of plant conditions related to classification. | * Event classification and continual assessment of plant conditions related to classification. | ||
* Notification to off-site authorities. | * Notification to off-site authorities. | ||
The EOF Director is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions below and depicted in Figure 5.2-3: 5.2.3.1 The Radiological Control Manager provides radiological information and recommendations to the Emergency Director and/or EOF Director with regard to dose assessment, protective actions, and the use of Potassium Iodide. The Radiological Control Manager is assisted by and directs the activities of the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. | The EOF Director is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions below and depicted in Figure 5.2-3: | ||
Additional duties include interfacing with appropriate State and Local Dose Assessment Groups. 5.2.3.2 The Radiological Assessment Supervisor assists the Radiological Control Manager in determining potential or actual impacts of radiological releases, developing protective action recommendations, and coordinating the activities of the Field Monitoring Teams. This is accomplished by supervising the activities of the Field Team Coordinator and Dose Assessment Coordinator located in the EOF Dose Assessment Room. 5.2.3.3 The Off-Site Communicator is responsible for gathering and disseminating information to appropriate Off-Site Agencies in accordance with EPIP 5.7.6. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 38OF192 NOTE -The additional Key Functional staff and other positions listed below enhance the operation of the EOF. 5.2.3.4 The Operations/EOP Advisor provides technical assistance and operational information to the Emergency Director and/or EOF Director. | 5.2.3.1 The Radiological Control Manager provides radiological information and recommendations to the Emergency Director and/or EOF Director with regard to dose assessment, protective actions, and the use of Potassium Iodide. The Radiological Control Manager is assisted by and directs the activities of the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. Additional duties include interfacing with appropriate State and Local Dose Assessment Groups. | ||
5.2.3.2 The Radiological Assessment Supervisor assists the Radiological Control Manager in determining potential or actual impacts of radiological releases, developing protective action recommendations, and coordinating the activities of the Field Monitoring Teams. This is accomplished by supervising the activities of the Field Team Coordinator and Dose Assessment Coordinator located in the EOF Dose Assessment Room. | |||
5.2.3.3 The Off-Site Communicator is responsible for gathering and disseminating information to appropriate Off-Site Agencies in accordance with EPIP 5.7.6. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 38OF192 | |||
NOTE - The additional Key Functional staff and other positions listed below enhance the operation of the EOF. | |||
5.2.3.4 The Operations/EOP Advisor provides technical assistance and operational information to the Emergency Director and/or EOF Director. | |||
5.2.3.5 The Field Team Coordinator coordinates the movement and sampling activities of the CNS Field Monitoring Teams as directed by the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. | 5.2.3.5 The Field Team Coordinator coordinates the movement and sampling activities of the CNS Field Monitoring Teams as directed by the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. | ||
5.2.3.6 The Dose Assessment Coordinator coordinates dose assessment activities as directed by the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. | 5.2.3.6 The Dose Assessment Coordinator coordinates dose assessment activities as directed by the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. This individual has to be familiar with source term data, release data, meteorological information, and other dose assessment parameters. | ||
This individual has to be familiar with source term data, release data, meteorological information, and other dose assessment parameters. | 5.2.3. 7 The Dose Assessment Clerk performs dose assessment as instructed by the Dose Assessment Coordinator using assessment methods as described in Section 6.3.3. | ||
5.2.3. 7 The Dose Assessment Clerk performs dose assessment as instructed by the Dose Assessment Coordinator using assessment methods as described in Section 6.3.3. 5.2.3.8 The Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Driver drives the field monitoring team vehicle. 5.2.3.9 The Field Monitoring Teams are composed of at least one individual selected from a pool of personnel knowledgeable and experienced in radiation protection as defined by ANSI Standard 18.1, and trained in sampling techniques and analysis in accordance with the Emergency Preparedness Training Program. They are familiar with the equipment and methods to be used to perform plume-tracking and media sampling due to previous experience in radiological protection. | 5.2.3.8 The Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Driver drives the field monitoring team vehicle. | ||
Other CNS personnel may act as vehicle drivers or assistants. | 5.2.3.9 The Field Monitoring Teams are composed of at least one individual selected from a pool of personnel knowledgeable and experienced in radiation protection as defined by ANSI Standard 18.1, and trained in sampling techniques and analysis in accordance with the Emergency Preparedness Training Program. They are familiar with the equipment and methods to be used to perform plume-tracking and media sampling due to previous experience in radiological protection. Other CNS personnel may act as vehicle drivers or assistants. | ||
5.2.3.10 The Logistics Coordinator is responsible for providing on-going EOF security and accountability, food/lodging/transportation support, and coordinating the capability of 24 hour continuous operations staffing. | 5.2.3.10 The Logistics Coordinator is responsible for providing on-going EOF security and accountability, food/lodging/transportation support, and coordinating the capability of 24 hour continuous operations staffing. | ||
5.2.3.11 The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator assists with activation of the Emergency Response Facilities and ensures that ERO personnel are performing their duties as defined by the Emergency Plan, EPIPs, and Positional lnstiuctional f\1anuals. | 5.2.3.11 The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator assists with activation of the Emergency Response Facilities and ensures that ERO personnel are performing their duties as defined by the Emergency Plan, EPIPs, and Positional lnstiuctional f\1anuals. | ||
5.2.3.12 The Clerical Coordinator ensures that sufficient clerical support exists in the EOF to adequately support EOF personnel. | 5.2.3.12 The Clerical Coordinator ensures that sufficient clerical support exists in the EOF to adequately support EOF personnel. | ||
5.2.3.13 The Facility Logkeeper maintains an accurate log of all important EOF activities, and also maintains and updates the display of EOF priority work items. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 39OF192 I 5.2.4 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) SUPERVISOR The OSC Supervisor is in charge of OSC functions and activities. | 5.2.3.13 The Facility Logkeeper maintains an accurate log of all important EOF activities, and also maintains and updates the display of EOF priority work items. | ||
His/her primary responsibility is to assure work items assigned to the OSC, based on the direction and priorities established by the TSC and assigned by the Maintenance Coordinator, are carried out. The OSC is located adjacent to the TSC. Functional assignments at the OSC, coordinated from the TSC are: | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 39OF192 I | ||
5.2.4 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) SUPERVISOR The OSC Supervisor is in charge of OSC functions and activities. His/her primary responsibility is to assure work items assigned to the OSC, based on the direction and priorities established by the TSC and assigned by the Maintenance Coordinator, are carried out. | |||
The OSC is located adjacent to the TSC. Functional assignments at the OSC, coordinated from the TSC are: | |||
* Operating staff support. | * Operating staff support. | ||
* Radiation surveys and decontamination. | * Radiation surveys and decontamination. | ||
* Maintenance, repair, and damage control. | * Maintenance, repair, and damage control. | ||
* Chemistry. | * Chemistry. | ||
* Re-entry, search, and rescue. The OSC Supervisor is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions described below and depicted in Figure 5.2-4. | * Re-entry, search, and rescue. | ||
The OSC Supervisor is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions described below and depicted in Figure 5.2-4. | |||
* Electricians (2). | * Electricians (2). | ||
* l&C Technicians (2). | * l&C Technicians (2). | ||
* Mechanics (2). | * Mechanics (2). | ||
* Radiation Protection Technicians (6). The additional Key Functional staff and other positions listed below enhance the operation of the OSC. OSC Leads listed below work together to assign emergency mitigation work activities to available OSC personnel best suited in performance of the assigned task. The OSC Leads work as a multi-disciplinary team to assemble, brief, and dispatch teams. They are also responsible for monitoring the progress of the respective teams, overseeing their safety, and debriefing them upon completion of their assigned tasks. | * Radiation Protection Technicians (6). | ||
The additional Key Functional staff and other positions listed below enhance the operation of the OSC. | |||
OSC Leads listed below work together to assign emergency mitigation work activities to available OSC personnel best suited in performance of the assigned task. The OSC Leads work as a multi-disciplinary team to assemble, brief, and dispatch teams. They are also responsible for monitoring the progress of the respective teams, overseeing their safety, and debriefing them upon completion of their assigned tasks. | |||
* Chemistry/Radiological Protection Lead. | * Chemistry/Radiological Protection Lead. | ||
* l&C Lead. | * l&C Lead. | ||
Line 508: | Line 533: | ||
* Utility Lead. | * Utility Lead. | ||
* An OSC Clerk provides clerical support such as logkeeping, faxing, copying, and material requisition, to the OSC ,staff. | * An OSC Clerk provides clerical support such as logkeeping, faxing, copying, and material requisition, to the OSC ,staff. | ||
* The Technical Communicator provides a flow of technical data from the Technical Communicator in the Control Room to the OSC. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 40OF192 I The OSC also contains a pool of trained personnel with expertise from their normal day-to-day activities. | * The Technical Communicator provides a flow of technical data from the Technical Communicator in the Control Room to the OSC. | ||
The following are examples of these additional personnel from which teams may be assembled: | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 40OF192 I | ||
The OSC also contains a pool of trained personnel with expertise from their normal day-to-day activities. The following are examples of these additional personnel from which teams may be assembled: | |||
* Welders/Pipefitters/Machinists. | * Welders/Pipefitters/Machinists. | ||
* Chemistry Technicians. | * Chemistry Technicians. | ||
Line 516: | Line 543: | ||
* Operators. | * Operators. | ||
* Engineers. | * Engineers. | ||
5.3 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION The Emergency Plan is designed to be implemented in a step-by-step fashion as site needs dictate. The off-site capabilities activated by this plan will have pre-assigned duties meant to relieve site personnel of off-site related responsibilities as soon as practical. | 5.3 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION The Emergency Plan is designed to be implemented in a step-by-step fashion as site needs dictate. The off-site capabilities activated by this plan will have pre-assigned duties meant to relieve site personnel of off-site related responsibilities as soon as practical. This shifting of responsibilities will take place rapidly and formally as the emergency evolves and will relieve site personnel needed for in-plant activities. | ||
This shifting of responsibilities will take place rapidly and formally as the emergency evolves and will relieve site personnel needed for in-plant activities. | NPPD employees located at the General Office or other NPPD facilities may be used to form a technical manpower pool from which technical support may be drawn. | ||
NPPD employees located at the General Office or other NPPD facilities may be used to form a technical manpower pool from which technical support may be drawn. These employees may be utilized by virtue of their normal job position, availability, or personal qualifications. | These employees may be utilized by virtue of their normal job position, availability, or personal qualifications. | ||
5.3.1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC) The JIC is a media briefing area and is located adjacent to the EOF at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, NE. The principal functions of the JIC include: | 5.3.1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC) | ||
The JIC is a media briefing area and is located adjacent to the EOF at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, NE. | |||
The principal functions of the JIC include: | |||
* Coordinating the development and dissemination of information to the news media. | * Coordinating the development and dissemination of information to the news media. | ||
* Conducting media monitoring. | * Conducting media monitoring. | ||
Line 525: | Line 554: | ||
* Providing NPPD empioyees with information concerning the emergency. | * Providing NPPD empioyees with information concerning the emergency. | ||
The staffing of the JIC will be dependent upon the type of emergency situation at CNS. A minimum staffing level, described below and depicted in Figure 5.3-1, will ensure principal functions of the JIC can be accomplished: | The staffing of the JIC will be dependent upon the type of emergency situation at CNS. A minimum staffing level, described below and depicted in Figure 5.3-1, will ensure principal functions of the JIC can be accomplished: | ||
5.3.1.1 The JIC Director directs personnel in preparation of position statements, interviews, and dissemination of information to employees, participants, industry organizations, legislative representatives, and members of the Board of Directors. | 5.3.1.1 The JIC Director directs personnel in preparation of position statements, interviews, and dissemination of information to employees, participants, industry organizations, legislative representatives, and members of the Board of Directors. He/she is also responsible for generating news releases and is responsible for ensuring that the information authentication function is being performed. | ||
He/she is also responsible for generating news releases and is responsible for ensuring that the information authentication function is being performed. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 41OF192 | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 41OF192 5.3.1.2 The Technical Briefer will assist the JIG Director by receiving and relaying technical information. | |||
He/she is also responsible for advising the JIG Director in matters regarding Tech Specs, USAR, EOPs and EPIPs. 5.3.1.3 The Public Information Officer prepares releases for the news media and provides support to the Designated Spokesperson. | 5.3.1.2 The Technical Briefer will assist the JIG Director by receiving and relaying technical information. He/she is also responsible for advising the JIG Director in matters regarding Tech Specs, USAR, EOPs and EPIPs. | ||
He/she also coordinates with Public Information Officers from other agencies, responds to inquiries from the public, and assists with other JIG activities as necessary. | 5.3.1.3 The Public Information Officer prepares releases for the news media and provides support to the Designated Spokesperson. He/she also coordinates with Public Information Officers from other agencies, responds to inquiries from the public, and assists with other JIG activities as necessary. | ||
To enhance the effectiveness of the JIG, the JIG Management Staff is also supported by the following Key Functional and other positions: | To enhance the effectiveness of the JIG, the JIG Management Staff is also supported by the following Key Functional and other positions: | ||
* Facility Manager. | * Facility Manager. | ||
Line 538: | Line 567: | ||
* JIG Clerical Coordinator. | * JIG Clerical Coordinator. | ||
* JIG Logkeeper. | * JIG Logkeeper. | ||
* Rumor Control Staff (NPPD Centralized Customer Care Center). 5.3.2 PUBLIC INFORMATION SUPPORT Emergency public information will be coordinated and released through the Joint Information Center (JIG). Public information releases to the news media will be channeled through the JIG. Accurate and timely information on emergency conditions will be transmitted to JIG personnel. | * Rumor Control Staff (NPPD Centralized Customer Care Center). | ||
Coordinated news conferences will be conducted by Public Information Officers representing NPPD, as well as Federal, State, and Local Agencies. | 5.3.2 PUBLIC INFORMATION SUPPORT Emergency public information will be coordinated and released through the Joint Information Center (JIG). | ||
Provisions are made for a question and answer exchange. | Public information releases to the news media will be channeled through the JIG. Accurate and timely information on emergency conditions will be transmitted to JIG personnel. Coordinated news conferences will be conducted by Public Information Officers representing NPPD, as well as Federal, State, and Local Agencies. Provisions are made for a question and answer exchange. | ||
The NPPD Designated Spokesperson iocated at the JlC is responsibie for ensuring that information pertaining to events at CNS is properly transmitted to the news media. The Designated Spokesperson or JIC Staff will be in contact with personnel in the EOF and will organize and distribute the technical information for use in media briefings and news releases. | The NPPD Designated Spokesperson iocated at the JlC is responsibie for ensuring that information pertaining to events at CNS is properly transmitted to the news media. The Designated Spokesperson or JIC Staff will be in contact with personnel in the EOF and will organize and distribute the technical information for use in media briefings and news releases. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 42OF192 I 5.3.3 CONTRACT SUPPORT In addition to General Office support, the CNS Emergency Response Organization may draw on outside support. Letters of Agreement with organizations which may provide assistance to NPPD are listed in Appendix D. A brief description of this contract support is provided below. 5.3.3.1 MANPOWER AND EQUIPMENT AUGMENTATION The Institute of Nuclear Power Operations, as an organization serving the nuclear industry, has organized a response plan for nuclear power plant emergencies. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 42OF192 I | ||
Manpower and equipment may be requested from institute members to augment on-site capabilities. | |||
5.3.3.2 TECHNICAL SUPPORT The General Electric Company has organized a Boiling Water Reactor Emergency Support Program. This program provides for an Emergency Response Team composed of personnel with appropriate technical disciplines, which will report to NPPD upon request A Technical Support Team is also established at General Electric Nuclear Headquarters in Wilmington, North Carolina. | 5.3.3 CONTRACT SUPPORT In addition to General Office support, the CNS Emergency Response Organization may draw on outside support. Letters of Agreement with organizations which may provide assistance to NPPD are listed in Appendix D. | ||
Communications between the CNS Emergency Response Organization and General Electric will enhance technical assistance to the station. In the event CNS needs additional technical support, NPPD has made arrangements with the following organizations: | A brief description of this contract support is provided below. | ||
5.3.3.1 MANPOWER AND EQUIPMENT AUGMENTATION The Institute of Nuclear Power Operations, as an organization serving the nuclear industry, has organized a response plan for nuclear power plant emergencies. Manpower and equipment may be requested from institute members to augment on-site capabilities. | |||
5.3.3.2 TECHNICAL SUPPORT The General Electric Company has organized a Boiling Water Reactor Emergency Support Program. This program provides for an Emergency Response Team composed of personnel with appropriate technical disciplines, which will report to NPPD upon request A Technical Support Team is also established at General Electric Nuclear Headquarters in Wilmington, North Carolina. Communications between the CNS Emergency Response Organization and General Electric will enhance technical assistance to the station. | |||
In the event CNS needs additional technical support, NPPD has made arrangements with the following organizations: | |||
* POWER Engineers (formerly Burns & Roe). | * POWER Engineers (formerly Burns & Roe). | ||
* CB&I -Stone & Webster. 5.3.3.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYSIS SUPPORT | * CB&I - Stone & Webster. | ||
The Radiochemistry Laboratory at the Fort Calhoun Station is able to perform backup radioisotopic analyses of monitoring samples. !f the emergency is such that more monitoring equipment and personnel are needed, resources such as the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations may be requested. | 5.3.3.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYSIS SUPPORT Arrangements have been made with Omaha Public Power District's Fort Calhoun Nuclear Station to provide monitoring equipment and personnel trained to use this equipment. The Radiochemistry Laboratory at the Fort Calhoun Station is able to perform backup radioisotopic analyses of monitoring samples. !f the emergency is such that more monitoring equipment and personnel are needed, resources such as the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations may be requested. | ||
Emergency service is available from the current dosimetry vendor which includes extra dosimetry, instrumentation, and technical assistance. | Emergency service is available from the current dosimetry vendor which includes extra dosimetry, instrumentation, and technical assistance. | ||
REVISION 69 PAGE 43OF192 I 5.4 PARTICIPATING FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIES Figure 5.4-1 depicts the interrelationships among some of the various State and Federal organizations which may respond to an emergency at CNS. Off-site monitoring and assessment activities will be coordinated at the EOF. The General Office support groups, as well as State, Local, and Federal Agencies will coordinate their efforts through the EOF (Figures 5.4-1 and 5.4-2). The NRC on-site effort may be coordinated through the TSC or EOF, whichever is appropriate. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 43OF192 I | ||
The affected states may send liaison representatives to the EOF to aid in the coordination effort. 5.4.1 THE STATE OF NEBRASKA In the State of Nebraska, the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, under the Nebraska Adjutant General,1is the lead planning agency for developing radiological emergency plans for fixed nuclear facilities. | |||
On receipt of information indicating the need for State and Local Government response, a disaster emergency condition will be declared by the Governor and the State Emergency Operations Center will be activated. | 5.4 PARTICIPATING FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIES Figure 5.4-1 depicts the interrelationships among some of the various State and Federal organizations which may respond to an emergency at CNS. | ||
State agencies having responsibilities under the Nebraska State Radiological Emergency Response Plan for nuclear power plant incidents will be notified and kept informed of the progress of the emergency as discussed in that Plan. A Governor's Authorized Representative (GAR) will be designated by the Governor. | Off-site monitoring and assessment activities will be coordinated at the EOF. The General Office support groups, as well as State, Local, and Federal Agencies will coordinate their efforts through the EOF (Figures 5.4-1 and 5.4-2). The NRC on-site effort may be coordinated through the TSC or EOF, whichever is appropriate. The affected states may send liaison representatives to the EOF to aid in the coordination effort. | ||
The GAR will .coordinate activities of state agencies responding to the emergency. | 5.4.1 THE STATE OF NEBRASKA In the State of Nebraska, the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, under the Nebraska Adjutant General,1is the lead planning agency for developing radiological emergency plans for fixed nuclear facilities. On receipt of information indicating the need for State and Local Government response, a disaster emergency condition will be declared by the Governor and the State Emergency Operations Center will be activated. State agencies having responsibilities under the Nebraska State Radiological Emergency Response Plan for nuclear power plant incidents will be notified and kept informed of the progress of the emergency as discussed in that Plan. | ||
The GAR will also be a point of contact for decisions involving implementation of protective actions as recommended by the Emergency Director. | A Governor's Authorized Representative (GAR) will be designated by the Governor. The GAR will .coordinate activities of state agencies responding to the emergency. The GAR will also be a point of contact for decisions involving implementation of protective actions as recommended by the Emergency Director. | ||
The Nebraska State Emergency Operations Center will be the principal point of contact with the Emergency Operations Centers of adjacent states. As conditions warrant; the state EOC command and control functions may be carried out from other designated facilities. | The Nebraska State Emergency Operations Center will be the principal point of contact with the Emergency Operations Centers of adjacent states. As conditions warrant; the state EOC command and control functions may be carried out from other designated facilities. | ||
A Nebraska Health & Human Services Regulation and Licensure (HHSRL) representative will be at the Field Command Post or the EOF. Acting in coordination with NPPD Management and other agencies, he/she is responsibie to perform initial state assessment of the health hazard to include development of recommendations for initiation of protective actions. This individual or representative will also coordinate the activities of the state Radiological Field Monitoring Teams and advise the Governor's Authorized Representative and local governments as to health hazards of the incident. | A Nebraska Health & Human Services Regulation and Licensure (HHSRL) representative will be at the Field Command Post or the EOF. Acting in coordination with NPPD Management and other agencies, he/she is responsibie to perform initial state assessment of the health hazard to include development of recommendations for initiation of protective actions. This individual or representative will also coordinate the activities of the state Radiological Field Monitoring Teams and advise the Governor's Authorized Representative and local governments as to health hazards of the incident. | ||
Radiological monitoring will be conducted by both CNS Field Monitoring Teams and the HHSRL Radiological Field Monitoring Teams. The lead agencies for the countywide emergency planning in Nemaha, Richardson, and Otoe Counties are the respective County Emergency Management Agencies/Directors. | Radiological monitoring will be conducted by both CNS Field Monitoring Teams and the HHSRL Radiological Field Monitoring Teams. | ||
The responsibilities of various county groups are described in the appropriate annexes of the individual County Radiological Emergency Response Plans. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 44OF192 I 5.4.2 THE STATE OF MISSOURI The principal state agency for the coordination of emergency response in the State of Missouri is the Missouri State Emergency Management Agency (SEMA). SEMA coordinates actions, operations, and resources involving response required to support decisions affecting the emergency. | The lead agencies for the countywide emergency planning in Nemaha, Richardson, and Otoe Counties are the respective County Emergency Management Agencies/Directors. The responsibilities of various county groups are described in the appropriate annexes of the individual County Radiological Emergency Response Plans. | ||
The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services, through the Bureau of Environmental Epidemiology, is responsible for all decisions affecting protective responses, dose, dose commitment during the emergency, and recovery in the emergency area. In the event of an emergency, communications between CNS and the Division of Health is maintained in order to confirm measurements and estimates of possible off-site consequences and to keep the State EOC informed of the status of the emergency. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 44OF192 I | ||
5.4.2 THE STATE OF MISSOURI The principal state agency for the coordination of emergency response in the State of Missouri is the Missouri State Emergency Management Agency (SEMA). SEMA coordinates actions, operations, and resources involving response required to support decisions affecting the emergency. The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services, through the Bureau of Environmental Epidemiology, is responsible for all decisions affecting protective responses, dose, dose commitment during the emergency, and recovery in the emergency area. | |||
In the event of an emergency, communications between CNS and the Division of Health is maintained in order to confirm measurements and estimates of possible off-site consequences and to keep the State EOC informed of the status of the emergency. | |||
Emergency response and support operations will be initiated through decisions made jointly by the Director, SEMA, and the Director, Division of Health or their duly appointed representatives, or on request of affected governmental officials. | Emergency response and support operations will be initiated through decisions made jointly by the Director, SEMA, and the Director, Division of Health or their duly appointed representatives, or on request of affected governmental officials. | ||
In the event of an emergency, which may present an off-site hazard to the public, the State Emergency Operations Center at Jefferson City will be activated in accordance with the State Emergency Operations Plan. A representative of the state may be dispatched to the EOF. He will have direct communications with the Forward Command Post to provide accurate and timely information to State and Local Response Forces. Atchison County authorities are notified through the Atchison County 911 Center. The 911 Center is notified by NPPD or by SEMA. The response from these authorities is more fully detailed in the Atchison County Nuclear Emergency Response Plan. 5.4.3 THE STATES OF KANSAS/IOWA The States of Kansas and Iowa may also play an active role in responding to an emergency at CNS. While neither state is within the 10 mile EPZ, they are located within the 50 mile Ingestion Exposure Pathway. As such, NPPD will maintain liaison with the appropriate officials of these states and provide information and recommendations as the situation dictates. | In the event of an emergency, which may present an off-site hazard to the public, the State Emergency Operations Center at Jefferson City will be activated in accordance with the State Emergency Operations Plan. | ||
More detailed information can be found in the Emergency Response Plan of each respective state. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 45OF192 5.4.4 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION The NRC regulates nuclear activities to protect the health and safety of the | A representative of the state may be dispatched to the EOF. He will have direct communications with the Forward Command Post to provide accurate and timely information to State and Local Response Forces. Atchison County authorities are notified through the Atchison County 911 Center. The 911 Center is notified by NPPD or by SEMA. The response from these authorities is more fully detailed in the Atchison County Nuclear Emergency Response Plan. | ||
5.4.3 THE STATES OF KANSAS/IOWA The States of Kansas and Iowa may also play an active role in responding to an emergency at CNS. While neither state is within the 10 mile EPZ, they are located within the 50 mile Ingestion Exposure Pathway. As such, NPPD will maintain liaison with the appropriate officials of these states and provide information and recommendations as the situation dictates. | |||
More detailed information can be found in the Emergency Response Plan of each respective state. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 45OF192 | |||
5.4.4 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION The NRC regulates nuclear activities to protect the health and safety of the | |||
* public and to preserve environmental quality and has developed an Incident Response Plan to ensure that its statutory responsibilities are fulfilled. | * public and to preserve environmental quality and has developed an Incident Response Plan to ensure that its statutory responsibilities are fulfilled. | ||
The responsibilities assigned by the NRC plan are exercised through a set of implementing procedures that delineate the manner in which each function will be performed, the criteria to be used in making each decision, and the information needed for both. When NPPD notifies the NRC of an emergency, the initial NRC response is to ascertain the status of the station and monitor emergency response activities to assure that the public and the environment are fully protected. | The responsibilities assigned by the NRC plan are exercised through a set of implementing procedures that delineate the manner in which each function will be performed, the criteria to be used in making each decision, and the information needed for both. | ||
The NRC will measure off-site radiological effects and develop projections of on-site and off-site effects for the use of other federal, state, and local agencies. | When NPPD notifies the NRC of an emergency, the initial NRC response is to ascertain the status of the station and monitor emergency response activities to assure that the public and the environment are fully protected. The NRC will measure off-site radiological effects and develop projections of on-site and off-site effects for the use of other federal, state, and local agencies. The NRC may offer specific advice to NPPD to help solve or limit the consequences of the problem. The NRC is prepared to amend or change CNS Technical Specifications or to issue formal orders if NPPD should fail to take whatever actions the NRC deems necessary to protect the public. | ||
The NRC may offer specific advice to NPPD to help solve or limit the consequences of the problem. The NRC is prepared to amend or change CNS Technical Specifications or to issue formal orders if NPPD should fail to take whatever actions the NRC deems necessary to protect the public. The Chairman of the Commission is the senior NRC authority for all aspects of emergency response and will become the "Director" of all NRC activities and personnel. | The Chairman of the Commission is the senior NRC authority for all aspects of emergency response and will become the "Director" of all NRC activities and personnel. | ||
Normally, the Chairman will delegate responsibilities to a "Deputy Director" upon activation of the Operations Center. The Deputy Director will carry out the delegated responsibilities unless the Chairman specifically directs otherwise. | Normally, the Chairman will delegate responsibilities to a "Deputy Director" upon activation of the Operations Center. The Deputy Director will carry out the delegated responsibilities unless the Chairman specifically directs otherwise. | ||
Together, the Director and Deputy Director assure that preplanned actions commence and identify other necessary actions unique to the particular incident. | Together, the Director and Deputy Director assure that preplanned actions commence and identify other necessary actions unique to the particular incident. Headquarters and region teams will carry out these actions. | ||
Headquarters and region teams will carry out these actions. The Director may appoint an NRC "Director of Site Operations" as soon as a qualified official arrives at the site, assesses the situation, and reports back to the Director. | The Director may appoint an NRC "Director of Site Operations" as soon as a qualified official arrives at the site, assesses the situation, and reports back to the Director. The Director may also delegate one or more of the following authorities to the Director of Site Operations: | ||
The Director may also delegate one or more of the following authorities to the Director of Site Operations: | |||
* Authority to recommend actions to the licensee. | * Authority to recommend actions to the licensee. | ||
* Authority to direct the iicensee to take specific actions. | * Authority to direct the iicensee to take specific actions. | ||
* Authority to recommend actions off site, including protective measures for the public. Other officials and organizations will be immediately informed of the appointment and delegated authority. | * Authority to recommend actions off site, including protective measures for the public. | ||
The Director of Site Operations will assume supervision of all NRC personnel at the site, will represent the NRC in interactions with other agencies, and will decide what response actions must be taken, consistent with the delegated authority. | Other officials and organizations will be immediately informed of the appointment and delegated authority. The Director of Site Operations will assume supervision of all NRC personnel at the site, will represent the NRC in interactions with other agencies, and will decide what response actions must be taken, consistent with the delegated authority. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 46OF192 Figure 5.2-1 CNS Normal Operating Organization | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 46OF192 | ||
-Control Room POSITION: | |||
Shift Manager Control Room Supervisor | Figure 5.2-1 CNS Normal Operating Organization - Control Room POSITION: Number Shift Manager (1) | ||
/ Operators I | Control Room Supervisor ('.I) | ||
+ The Shift Technical Engineer is not required to be on-shift during cold shutdown conditions. | Reactor Operator (3) | ||
Station Operator (3) | |||
Chem/RP Technician (1) | |||
Shift Communicator (1) | |||
Dose Assessor (1) | |||
Utility/Fire Brigade (2) | |||
Shift Technical Engineer (1 )+ | |||
Control Room Logkeeper (1 )* | |||
Technical Communicator (1 )* | |||
I Emergency Director i 1 | |||
Shift Manager I | |||
Shift . | |||
Dose Ii Contro] Control Communicator , Assessor i Room I I | |||
Room I | |||
I Logkeeper Supervisor Reactor | |||
.. Operators | |||
~Station Utility/Fire | |||
/ Operators I ~'_B_n_*g_a_de-~ | |||
+ The Shift Technical Engineer is not required to be on-shift during cold shutdown conditions. | |||
* These personnel are not on-shift. | * These personnel are not on-shift. | ||
Note -Figure 5.2-1 is based on the staffing analysis required by | Note - Figure 5.2-1 is based on the staffing analysis required by 1OCFR50 Appendix E, IV.A.9, by December 24, 2012. NRC NSIR/DPR-ISG-01, "Interim Staff Guidance" and NEI 10-05, "Assessment of On-Shift Emergency Response Organization Staffing and Capabilities", was used to conduct and document this analysis. Figure 5.2-1 new staffing numbers become effective on January 19, 2013. | ||
Figure 5.2-1 new staffing numbers become effective on January 19, 2013. l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 47OF192 I Figure 5.2-2 CNS Emergency Response Organization | l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 47OF192 I | ||
-Tech_nical Support Center (TSC) POSITION: | |||
* TSC | Figure 5.2-2 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Tech_nical Support Center (TSC) | ||
-Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) POSITION: | POSITION: | ||
Emergency | * TSC Director1 Operations Coordinator1 Chemistry/Radiological Protection Coordinator1 Maintenance Coordinator1 Engineering Coordinator1 Operations/EOP Advisor Security Coordinator Engineering Team Leader Control Parameter Assessment Engineer Function Status Assessment Engineer Engineering Staff3 ENS Communicator Administrative Assistant TSC Logkeeper TSC Dircctoc TSC Logkeeper I I I I I Operations Chem/RP ENS Maintenance Securi~ En~neering Administrative Coordinatcr Coordinator Communicator Coordi nalor Coordinatoc Coordinatoc Assistant I l I Ops/EOP Ad~sor c:J I | ||
-Operations Support Center (OSC) POSITIONS: | .Engineering Team Leader I | ||
OSC Supervisor2 Technical Communicator Chem/RP | I I Engineering Function Status Control Parameter Staff Assessment En~neer Assessment En~eer 1 | ||
Minimum Staff 2 | |||
-Joint Information Center (JIC) POSITION: | Key Functional Staff 3 | ||
JIC | Engineering disciplines will be Reactor, Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 48OF192 I | ||
: 6. EMERGENCY MEASURES Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) emergency measures will be conducted in accordance ,with the particular emergency classification at Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS). This section of the plan ( 1) discusses emergency alarms and evacuation, (2) identifies segments of the station emergency organization that will be activated at each class of emergency, (3) details methods and procedures for assessment actions, (4) specifies actions to correct or minimize the emergency situation, (5) describes protective actions to prevent or minimize radiological exposure, and (6) discusses aid to affected personnel. | |||
6.1 SITE EMERGENCY ALARMS When an emergency condition exists that could affect the safety of station personnel, the appropriate alarm will be manually activated and an announcement made from Control Room. If the condition involves a fire, the fire alarm will be activated and designated personnel will respond. If the condition results in an emergency declaration, the emergency alarm will be activated and an announcement made. The condition of the emergency will dictate what directions will be given during the announcement. | Figure 5.2-3 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) | ||
Site Security personnel may assist in notification of personnel on NPPD property. | POSITION: | ||
6.2 NOTIFICATION AND ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONS The four classes of emergencies defined in Section 4 require a varying degree and scope of emergency response. | Emergency Director1 EOF Director1 Radiological Control Manager1 1 | ||
The appropriate parts of the emergency response organization activated in each emergency classification are presented in Section 5. The transition from the normal operating organization to the emergency response organization involves the following steps: | Radiological Assessment Supervisor Off-Site Communicator1 Operations/EDP Advisor2 Emergency Preparedness Coordinator2 Dose Assessment Coordinator Field Team Coordinator Dose Assessment Clerk Logistics Coordinator EOF RP Pool EOF Logkeeper Clerical Coordinator Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Driver Emergency Director EOF Director Emergency Preparedness EOF Logkeeper 1--~'l'----1 Coordinator Ops/EOP Off-Site Radiological Logistics Clerical Advisor Communicator Control Coordinator Coordinator Manager Radiological Assessment Supervisor Dose Assessment Field Team Coordinator Coordinator Dose Assessment OSC RP Pool Clerk Field Monitoring Teams 1 & 2 Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Drivers 1 | ||
Minimum Staff 2 | |||
Key Functional Staff EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 49OF192 | |||
Figure 5.2-4 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Operations Support Center (OSC) | |||
POSITIONS: | |||
OSC Supervisor2 Technical Communicator Chem/RP Lead2 RP Technicians 1 (6 minimum) | |||
Electrical Lead Electricians 1 (2 minimum) | |||
Mechanical Lead Mechanics 1 (2 minimum) l&C Lead l&C Technicians 1 (2 minimum) | |||
Utility Lead Utility personnel OSC Clerk Warehouse person Maintenance Coordinator IOSC Supervisor j OSC Clerk Technical | |||
-- Communicator I I I I I I Chem/RP I&C Electrical Utility Mechanical Warehouse Lead Lead Lead - Lead Lead I I I I I RP Technicians I&C Electricians Utility Mechanical Technicians 1 | |||
Minimum Staff 2 | |||
Key Functional Staff EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 50 OF 192 I | |||
Figure 5.3-1 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Joint Information Center (JIC) | |||
POSITION: | |||
JIC Director1 Technical Briefer1 1 | |||
Public Information Officer Facility Manager2 Designated Spokesperson2 Rumor Control Coordinator2 Employee Information Coordinator2 JIC Logkeeper JIC Clerical Coordinator Media Monitor Rumor Control Staff (NPPD CCCC) | |||
JIC Director JIC JIC Clerical Logkeeper ~--"'"------1 Coordinator I I Facility Manager Media Monitor Designated Spokesperson I Public Information Officer I I Technical Rumor Co~trol Employee Information Briefer Coordinator Coordinator I | |||
Rumor Control Staff NPPD CCCC 1 | |||
Minimum Staff 2 | |||
Key Functional Staff EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 51 OF 192 I | |||
Figure 5.4-1 Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations NRG (3) | |||
Control Room NRG (2) Operations Technical Support | |||
.IJ'--------i Center 1------1 Support Center ON-SITE OFF-SITE Federal Support (1) | |||
Support NPPD Agency Support - | |||
Notes: | |||
(1} See Figure 5.4-2 for detailed information on Federal Support. | |||
(2) NRC Support in TSC and EOF. | |||
(3) NRC Resident Inspector located in the Control Room. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 52OF192 I | |||
Figure 5.4-2 Federal Response Management Diagram Cooper Nuclear Station IGovernor or Designated I | |||
' | |||
Representative I | |||
I NRC/FEMA Joint I Coordination I | |||
I I NRC Coordinates FEMA Coordinates Technical Aspects of Non-Technical Aspects Federal Response of Federal Response I | |||
I I NRC DOE Coordinates NCS Federal Offsite - | |||
Radiological Monitoring I DOD l Utility I HNRG/Utility I - | |||
~ EPA I DOC f-- | |||
~ DHHS l | |||
~ USDA I - | |||
USDA H DOC I DHHS y DOE I - | |||
DOD I FEMA f-- | |||
EPA | |||
- | |||
DOT | |||
- | |||
Source: Federal Register 45FR84911 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 53OF192 | |||
: 6. EMERGENCY MEASURES Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) emergency measures will be conducted in accordance ,with the particular emergency classification at Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS). | |||
This section of the plan ( 1) discusses emergency alarms and evacuation, (2) identifies segments of the station emergency organization that will be activated at each class of emergency, (3) details methods and procedures for assessment actions, (4) specifies actions to correct or minimize the emergency situation, (5) describes protective actions to prevent or minimize radiological exposure, and (6) discusses aid to affected personnel. | |||
6.1 SITE EMERGENCY ALARMS When an emergency condition exists that could affect the safety of station personnel, the appropriate alarm will be manually activated and an announcement made from Control Room. If the condition involves a fire, the fire alarm will be activated and designated personnel will respond. If the condition results in an emergency declaration, the emergency alarm will be activated and an announcement made. | |||
The condition of the emergency will dictate what directions will be given during the announcement. Site Security personnel may assist in notification of personnel on NPPD property. | |||
6.2 NOTIFICATION AND ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONS The four classes of emergencies defined in Section 4 require a varying degree and scope of emergency response. The appropriate parts of the emergency response organization activated in each emergency classification are presented in Section 5. | |||
The transition from the normal operating organization to the emergency response organization involves the following steps: | |||
* Notify the emergency response organization members who are off-site, or are on-site but may not be aware of the emergency, that their assistance is required. | * Notify the emergency response organization members who are off-site, or are on-site but may not be aware of the emergency, that their assistance is required. | ||
* Fill emergency response positions on an interim basis with personnel who are immediately available at the time of the emergency. | * Fill emergency response positions on an interim basis with personnel who are immediately available at the time of the emergency. | ||
* . Fill positions in the emergency organization with ERO members as they arrive at the various Emergency Response Facilities. | * . Fill positions in the emergency organization with ERO members as they arrive at the various Emergency Response Facilities. | ||
6.2.1 ON-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL Plant personnel on-site are notified by an emergency alarm and announcement as described in Section 6.1 and EPIP 5.7.2. 6.2.2 OFF-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL Plant personnel (ERO) off-site are notified in accordance with EPIP 5.7.2. This is normally accomplished via the CNS Automated Notification System. A listing of telephone numbers for notification of ERO members is maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department. | 6.2.1 ON-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL Plant personnel on-site are notified by an emergency alarm and announcement as described in Section 6.1 and EPIP 5.7.2. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 54OF192 6.2.3 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIG) EPIPs 5.7.2, Emergency Director EPIP, and 5.7.6, Notification, define how General Office personnel are notified. | 6.2.2 OFF-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL Plant personnel (ERO) off-site are notified in accordance with EPIP 5.7.2. This is normally accomplished via the CNS Automated Notification System. A listing of telephone numbers for notification of ERO members is maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department. | ||
Depending upon the situation, the JIG may be activated. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 54OF192 | ||
Personnel notification schemes and procedures for activating this facility are contained in EPIP 5.7.23. 6.2.4 OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES AND SUPPORT AGENCIES When an emergency classification is declared, CNS will initiate pre-determined notifications as defined in EPIP 5. 7 .6. Initial notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies will be completed within 15 minutes of the declaration of an emergency. | |||
The contents of initial and follow-up notifications are set forth in EPIP 5.7.6, and contain information about the class of emergency, release information, potentially affected population areas, and protective action recommendations. | 6.2.3 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIG) | ||
Follow-up communications with off-site authorities will consist of periodic messages containing additional information as described in EPIP 5.7.6. Notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Authorities are normally accomplished via the CNS State Notification Telephone System. Off-site authorities, as well as technical support groups likely to be consulted in an emergency, are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory. | EPIPs 5.7.2, Emergency Director EPIP, and 5.7.6, Notification, define how General Office personnel are notified. Depending upon the situation, the JIG may be activated. Personnel notification schemes and procedures for activating this facility are contained in EPIP 5.7.23. | ||
6.2.5 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION (NRG) Notification of the NRG Operations Center for all emergency classification levels is normally accomplished via the Federal Telecommunication System Emergency Notification System (FTS-ENS) in accordance with EPIPs 5.7.6 and 5.7ENS. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 55OF192 I 6.3 ASSESSMENT ACTIONS The assessment of station conditions, radiation levels, and off-site consequences is initially conducted by the Control Room. Radiological dose assessment can also be performed in the Control Room, as necessary. | 6.2.4 OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES AND SUPPORT AGENCIES When an emergency classification is declared, CNS will initiate pre-determined notifications as defined in EPIP 5. 7 .6. Initial notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies will be completed within 15 minutes of the declaration of an emergency. The contents of initial and follow-up notifications are set forth in EPIP 5.7.6, and contain information about the class of emergency, release information, potentially affected population areas, and protective action recommendations. Follow-up communications with off-site authorities will consist of periodic messages containing additional information as described in EPIP 5.7.6. | ||
The Shift Manager, in the role of Emergency Director, activates the emergency response organization described in Section 5 per EPIP 5.7.2. Assessment actions described in Table 6.3-1 will continue throughout the emergency. | Notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Authorities are normally accomplished via the CNS State Notification Telephone System. | ||
These assessments may result in reclassification, which could alter emergency response actions. CNS has systems for monitoring radioactive materials released to the environment, and is equipped with process and system monitors capable of assessing radiological conditions and initiating appropriate alarms or actuating control equipment for containment of radioactive materials if pre-established limits are reached. These systems will monitor radioactive releases during accident conditions. | Off-site authorities, as well as technical support groups likely to be consulted in an emergency, are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory. | ||
6.3.1 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM Samples of both reactor water coolant and drywell atmosphere can be drawn using Post-Accident Sampling System. This system allows personnel to safely take samples and conduct analyses, while keeping radiation dose to personnel within specified limits. Samples collected and analyzed will provide information, which may indicate reactor conditions such as cladding failure, effects from high fuel temperature, or fuel melting. 6.3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA The site has meteorological instrumentation, which indicates and records wind speed, wind direction, and temperature differentials on a continuous basis. Detailed information on this system can be found in Section 7.5.2. A continuous readout of this information is available on the Plant Management Information System (PMIS). In the event that meteorological information from this primary source is unavailable, meteorological information is available from the National Weather Service. 6.3.3 DOSE ASSESSMENT CNS has the capability of performing dose projections during a radiological emergency using two separate techniques: | 6.2.5 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION (NRG) | ||
* CNS-DOSE: | Notification of the NRG Operations Center for all emergency classification levels is normally accomplished via the Federal Telecommunication System Emergency Notification System (FTS-ENS) in accordance with EPIPs 5.7.6 and 5.7ENS. | ||
CNS-DOSE, a computerized class 'A' model, is the primary method of performing rapid dose projections (predictions) in order to develop protective action recommendations during the early accident phase within the plume exposure EPZ. The program is operated on plant computers and can make use of current meteorological and radiological effluent monitor readings as well as manually entered data. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 56OF192 I | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 55OF192 I | ||
* HAND CALCULATION: | |||
A manual calculation, derived from the methodology utilized by CNS-DOSE, is the backup method for performing dose projections in order to develop protective action recommendations during the early accident phase within the plume exposure EPZ. Input data is taken from the same resources as the computerized method. Both centerline and off-centerline calculations can be performed. | 6.3 ASSESSMENT ACTIONS The assessment of station conditions, radiation levels, and off-site consequences is initially conducted by the Control Room. Radiological dose assessment can also be performed in the Control Room, as necessary. The Shift Manager, in the role of Emergency Director, activates the emergency response organization described in Section 5 per EPIP 5.7.2. Assessment actions described in Table 6.3-1 will continue throughout the emergency. These assessments may result in reclassification, which could alter emergency response actions. | ||
Once the EOF is operational, dose projection and assessment responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room to this facility. | CNS has systems for monitoring radioactive materials released to the environment, and is equipped with process and system monitors capable of assessing radiological conditions and initiating appropriate alarms or actuating control equipment for containment of radioactive materials if pre-established limits are reached. These systems will monitor radioactive releases during accident conditions. | ||
The TSC also has the capability to perform dose assessments. | 6.3.1 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM Samples of both reactor water coolant and drywell atmosphere can be drawn using Post-Accident Sampling System. This system allows personnel to safely take samples and conduct analyses, while keeping radiation dose to personnel within specified limits. Samples collected and analyzed will provide information, which may indicate reactor conditions such as cladding failure, effects from high fuel temperature, or fuel melting. | ||
Off-site concentrations of radionuclides and radiation dose rates are determined by NPPD and State Field Monitoring Teams. Once the EOF is operational, Field Monitoring Teams are deployed with portable radiological instrumentation (air samplers and radiation survey meters) and communications equipment in vehicles designated for this purpose.-The field instrumentation used for airborne activity monitoring has the capability to detect radioiodine concentrations as low as 1.0x10-7 µCi/cc (microcuries per cubic centimeter). | 6.3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA The site has meteorological instrumentation, which indicates and records wind speed, wind direction, and temperature differentials on a continuous basis. | ||
Field information is used to validate dose projections and to assist in determining the adequacy of protective actions. 6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Instrumentation and Control Systems monitor, provide indications and alarms, record, and automatically control systems necessary for the safe operation of the station. Control and display of information from these systems is centralized in the Control Room. Displays are also available in the TSC and EOF. This instrumentation is a source of information used to determine emergency classification as shown in Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4, and EPIP 5. 7 .1 (Emergency Classification), and may provide entry conditions for Abnormal Operating Procedures (AOPs), Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) or Severe Accident (SAGs). AOPs, EOPs, and SAGs contain steps for preventive and/or corrective actions to avoid or mitigate consequences of an emergency. | Detailed information on this system can be found in Section 7.5.2. A continuous readout of this information is available on the Plant Management Information System (PMIS). In the event that meteorological information from this primary source is unavailable, meteorological information is available from the National Weather Service. | ||
During a declared emergency, corrective actions are performed by the ERO under the direction of the Emergency Director. | 6.3.3 DOSE ASSESSMENT CNS has the capability of performing dose projections during a radiological emergency using two separate techniques: | ||
These corrective actions are designed to (1) terminate the accident, (2) mitigate or eliminate potential hazards to the public and station personnel, (3) restore the plant to a safe and stable condition, and (4) de-escalate the emergency classification. | * CNS-DOSE: CNS-DOSE, a computerized class 'A' model, is the primary method of performing rapid dose projections (predictions) in order to develop protective action recommendations during the early accident phase within the plume exposure EPZ. The program is operated on plant computers and can make use of current meteorological and radiological effluent monitor readings as well as manually entered data. | ||
The potential nature of some emergencies may warrant the utilization of off-site individuals, organizations, and agencies. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 56OF192 I | ||
As a result, local support service arrangements have been made with off-site groups to provide on-site aid in the event of an emergency situation, including those resulting from hostile actions. Corrective actions may also involve response by the following: | * HAND CALCULATION: A manual calculation, derived from the methodology utilized by CNS-DOSE, is the backup method for performing dose projections in order to develop protective action recommendations during the early accident phase within the plume exposure EPZ. Input data is taken from the same resources as the computerized method. Both centerline and off-centerline calculations can be performed. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 57OF192 | Once the EOF is operational, dose projection and assessment responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room to this facility. The TSC also has the capability to perform dose assessments. | ||
* FIRE BRIGADE The CNS Fire Brigade will respond to station fire* calls. The Fire Brigade is composed of the Fire Brigade Leader, two Station Operators, and two other individuals qualified as Fire Brigade members, in accordance with station procedures. | Off-site concentrations of radionuclides and radiation dose rates are determined by NPPD and State Field Monitoring Teams. Once the EOF is operational, Field Monitoring Teams are deployed with portable radiological instrumentation (air samplers and radiation survey meters) and communications equipment in vehicles designated for this purpose.- The field instrumentation used for airborne activity monitoring has the capability to detect radioiodine concentrations as low as 1.0x10-7 µCi/cc (microcuries per cubic centimeter). Field information is used to validate dose projections and to assist in determining the adequacy of protective actions. | ||
If off-site firefighting assistance is required, including that caused by hostile action, fire response including fire apparatus and firefighters will normally be requested by the CNS Control Room to the Nemaha County 911 Dispatch Center and implemented using the National Incident Management System (NIMS). Mutual aid may also be requested via the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency. Off-Site Fire Department(s) will be escorted to the fire scene by Security personnel upon arrival. | 6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Instrumentation and Control Systems monitor, provide indications and alarms, record, and automatically control systems necessary for the safe operation of the station. | ||
Control and display of information from these systems is centralized in the Control Room. Displays are also available in the TSC and EOF. This instrumentation is a source of information used to determine emergency classification as shown in Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4, and EPIP 5. 7 .1 (Emergency Classification), and may provide entry conditions for Abnormal Operating Procedures (AOPs), Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) or Severe Accident Guideli~es (SAGs). AOPs, EOPs, and SAGs contain steps for preventive and/or corrective actions to avoid or mitigate consequences of an emergency. | |||
During a declared emergency, corrective actions are performed by the ERO under the direction of the Emergency Director. These corrective actions are designed to (1) terminate the accident, (2) mitigate or eliminate potential hazards to the public and station personnel, (3) restore the plant to a safe and stable condition, and (4) de-escalate the emergency classification. The potential nature of some emergencies may warrant the utilization of off-site individuals, organizations, and agencies. As a result, local support service arrangements have been made with off-site groups to provide on-site aid in the event of an emergency situation, including those resulting from hostile actions. Corrective actions may also involve response by the following: | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 57OF192 | |||
* FIRE BRIGADE The CNS Fire Brigade will respond to station fire* calls. The Fire Brigade is composed of the Fire Brigade Leader, two Station Operators, and two other individuals qualified as Fire Brigade members, in accordance with station procedures. If off-site firefighting assistance is required, including that caused by hostile action, fire response including fire apparatus and firefighters will normally be requested by the CNS Control Room to the Nemaha County 911 Dispatch Center and implemented using the National Incident Management System (NIMS). | |||
Mutual aid may also be requested via the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency. Off-Site Fire Department(s) will be escorted to the fire scene by Security personnel upon arrival. | |||
* REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM For minor emergencies, station personnel will handle cleanup, repair, and damage control. For more severe emergencies, the support of additional NPPD personnel or specialized outside contractors may be required to assist in damage control, cleanup, and repair operations. | * REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM For minor emergencies, station personnel will handle cleanup, repair, and damage control. For more severe emergencies, the support of additional NPPD personnel or specialized outside contractors may be required to assist in damage control, cleanup, and repair operations. | ||
6.5 PROTECTIVE ACTIONS On-site actions to protect station personnel and visitors during a declared emergency are the responsibility of the Emergency Director. | 6.5 PROTECTIVE ACTIONS On-site actions to protect station personnel and visitors during a declared emergency are the responsibility of the Emergency Director. Measures for the protection of the general public are detailed in the State Emergency Response Plans. | ||
Measures for the protection of the general public are detailed in the State Emergency Response Plans. Protective actions for on-site personnel will be taken whenever a radiological emergency has occurred, or may occur, which might result in concentrations of airborne activity or radiation levels in excess of pre-determined limits. Protective actions will also be taken for on-site personnel in other emergency situations such as fires, floods, tornadoes, or security related events where personnel safety is threatened. | Protective actions for on-site personnel will be taken whenever a radiological emergency has occurred, or may occur, which might result in concentrations of airborne activity or radiation levels in excess of pre-determined limits. Protective actions will also be taken for on-site personnel in other emergency situations such as fires, floods, tornadoes, or security related events where personnel safety is threatened. A range of protective actions to protect on-site personnel during hostile action is provided to ensure the continued ability to safely shut down the reactor and perform the functions of the emergency plan. An alternative facility, with communication capabilities for contacting the Control Room, plant security, and the EOF is available to serve as a staging area for Augmented Emergency Response Staff if the site is not accessible or the site is under threat of or experiencing hostile action. Activation of Emergency Response Facilities, assembly and accountability activities, and evacuation of site personnel may be delayed if it is determined by the Emergency Director that personnel safety would be threatened. In this situation, on-site personnel will be notified of these events by the station alarms, telephone calls, or public address system announcements, as applicable. Personnel will be notified of appropriate protective actions to be taken as soon as assessment actions permit a proper evaluation of conditions. | ||
A range of protective actions to protect on-site personnel during hostile action is provided to ensure the continued ability to safely shut down the reactor and perform the functions of the emergency plan. An alternative facility, with communication capabilities for contacting the Control Room, plant security, and the EOF is available to serve as a staging area for Augmented Emergency Response Staff if the site is not accessible or the site is under threat of or experiencing hostile action. Activation of Emergency Response Facilities, assembly and accountability activities, and evacuation of site personnel may be delayed if it is determined by the Emergency Director that personnel safety would be threatened. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 58OF192 I | ||
In this situation, site personnel will be notified of these events by the station alarms, telephone calls, or public address system announcements, as applicable. | |||
Personnel will be notified of appropriate protective actions to be taken as soon as assessment actions permit a proper evaluation of conditions. | Following the instructions and using the procedures referenced in EPIP 5.7.20, the Radiological Control Manager will determine if the projected downwind doses indicate a need to implement any type of protective actions. If the results of the analysis indicate a need to implement protective actions, he will inform the Emergency Director of his findings and together they will decide if protective action recommendations are warranted. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 58OF192 I Following the instructions and using the procedures referenced in EPIP 5.7.20, the Radiological Control Manager will determine if the projected downwind doses indicate a need to implement any type of protective actions. If the results of the analysis indicate a need to implement protective actions, he will inform the Emergency Director of his findings and together they will decide if protective action recommendations are warranted. | The Emergency Director will provide protective action recommendations to off-site authorities. Protective actions for off-site areas are implemented by State and Local Government Emergency Response Organizations. These actions may include evacuation or in-house shelter. Factors such as release duration, mobilization time, or adverse we.ather will be important considerations affecting protective actions. The action which affords the lower radiation dose is preferred. Approximate initiation times for protective actions are shown in Table 6.4-2. | ||
The Emergency Director will provide protective action recommendations to off-site authorities. | Within the Plume Exposure Pathway, an Alert and Notification System has been installed. Residents of this EPZ have been instructed to tune to their local Emergency Alert System radio station for further instructions when the Alert and Notification System is activated. This system was established to meet the prompt notification requirements established by the NRC and was designed for response to any disaster where prompt notification of the public is desirable. The design basis and rationales for the Alert and Notification System is in the Alert and Notification Design Report. | ||
Protective actions for off-site areas are implemented by State and Local Government Emergency Response Organizations. | Details pertaining to physical and administrative controls of this system are also found in this document. | ||
These actions may include evacuation or in-house shelter. Factors such as release duration, mobilization time, or adverse we.ather will be important considerations affecting protective actions. The action which affords the lower radiation dose is preferred. | |||
Approximate initiation times for protective actions are shown in Table 6.4-2. Within the Plume Exposure Pathway, an Alert and Notification System has been installed. | |||
Residents of this EPZ have been instructed to tune to their local Emergency Alert System radio station for further instructions when the Alert and Notification System is activated. | |||
This system was established to meet the prompt notification requirements established by the NRC and was designed for response to any disaster where prompt notification of the public is desirable. | |||
The design basis and rationales for the Alert and Notification System is in the Alert and Notification Design Report. Details pertaining to physical and administrative controls of this system are also found in this document. | |||
The Alert and Notification System includes fixed sirens and digitally-activated National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration/Emergency Alert System (NOAA/EAS) | The Alert and Notification System includes fixed sirens and digitally-activated National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration/Emergency Alert System (NOAA/EAS) | ||
Radio Receivers. | Radio Receivers. These radio receivers are made available to residences located within the Plume Exposure Pathway, but outside the hearing range of the fixed sirens. | ||
These radio receivers are made available to residences located within the Plume Exposure Pathway, but outside the hearing range of the fixed sirens. The radios are pre-tuned to an EAS station and are automatically activated when the EAS is activated. | The radios are pre-tuned to an EAS station and are automatically activated when the EAS is activated. Special use or remote area notification is discussed in the CNS Alert and Notification Design Report. State and Local Plans have provisions for notifying the transient population within the Plume Exposure Pathway. | ||
Special use or remote area notification is discussed in the CNS Alert and Notification Design Report. State and Local Plans have provisions for notifying the transient population within the Plume Exposure Pathway. EPIP 5.7.27 describes how the system will be activated in the event of an emergency. | EPIP 5.7.27 describes how the system will be activated in the event of an emergency. | ||
Local and/or state governments are responsible for implementation of notification/warning actions. Normally, public warning information will be disseminated as directed by the Governor or his Authorized Representative. | Local and/or state governments are responsible for implementation of notification/warning actions. Normally, public warning information will be disseminated as directed by the Governor or his Authorized Representative. However, the Notification System provides for local government decision and initiation of notification/warning actions, especially in the event of a major nuclear power plant incident. Local governments may make decisions based on the recommendations of NPPD Management or state representatives. | ||
However, the Notification System provides for local government decision and initiation of notification/warning actions, especially in the event of a major nuclear power plant incident. | As indicated in EPIP 5.7.27, pre-arranged messages are used when instructing the general public on what actions should be taken. Approximately 15 minutes will be required to notify the public from the time the decision has been made to activate the system to the time required to broadcast a message. | ||
Local governments may make decisions based on the recommendations of NPPD Management or state representatives. | EPIP 5.7.27.1 describes how a malfunctioning NOAA/EAS radio will berepaired or replaced. | ||
As indicated in EPIP 5.7.27, pre-arranged messages are used when instructing the general public on what actions should be taken. Approximately 15 minutes will be required to notify the public from the time the decision has been made to activate the system to the time required to broadcast a message. EPIP 5.7.27.1 describes how a malfunctioning NOAA/EAS radio will berepaired or replaced. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 59OF192 | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 59OF192 6.5.1 RESCUE OPERATIONS The search and rescue function is handled by trained emergency response personnel. | |||
If station personnel are unaccounted for in the initial or subsequent personnel accountability, an emergency team will be assigned to locate and, if necessary, rescue them, observing the guidelines set forth in EPIP 5.7.15. 6.5.2 ON-SITE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Protective equipment is available on-site to minimize radiological dose and contamination, as well as firefighting hazards. The types of equipment include full-face particulate respirators, self-contained breathing apparatus, protective clothing, and air-fed respirators. | 6.5.1 RESCUE OPERATIONS The search and rescue function is handled by trained emergency response personnel. If station personnel are unaccounted for in the initial or subsequent personnel accountability, an emergency team will be assigned to locate and, if necessary, rescue them, observing the guidelines set forth in EPIP 5.7.15. | ||
* This equipment is located in the normal station storage areas, and in or near the Control Room and the Emergency Response Facilities. | 6.5.2 ON-SITE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Protective equipment is available on-site to minimize radiological dose and contamination, as well as firefighting hazards. The types of equipment include full-face particulate respirators, self-contained breathing apparatus, protective clothing, and air-fed respirators. | ||
An inventory of this equipment is contained in EPIP 5.7.21. 6.5.3 PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY When the emergency alarm is sounded, site visitors, contractors, and non-ERO on-site personnel will proceed to their Designated Assembly Area. Emergency response personnel will report to their Emergency Response Facility or designated assembly area. The results of personnel accountability will be compiled and reported to the Emergency Director. | * This equipment is located in the normal station storage areas, and in or near the Control Room and the Emergency Response Facilities. An inventory of this equipment is contained in EPIP 5.7.21. | ||
In the event an individual cannot be located, search teams will be dispatched. | 6.5.3 PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY When the emergency alarm is sounded, site visitors, contractors, and non-ERO on-site personnel will proceed to their Designated Assembly Area. Emergency response personnel will report to their Emergency Response Facility or designated assembly area. The results of personnel accountability will be compiled and reported to the Emergency Director. In the event an individual cannot be located, search teams will be dispatched. Initial accountability will be completed within 30 minutes and continuous accountability will be maintained throughout the course of the emergency per EPI P 5.7.10. | ||
Initial accountability will be completed within 30 minutes and continuous accountability will be maintained throughout the course of the emergency per EPI P 5.7.10. 6.5.4 DISMISSAL AND EVACUATION When the emergency alarm is sounded, all personnel will proceed to their designated assembly area by the most direct route unless otherwise instructed to avoid specified areas. The classification and magnitude of the emergency will dictate which Emergency Response Facilities shall be activated, the areas of the site to be avoided, and the off-site support required. | 6.5.4 DISMISSAL AND EVACUATION When the emergency alarm is sounded, all personnel will proceed to their designated assembly area by the most direct route unless otherwise instructed to avoid specified areas. The classification and magnitude of the emergency will dictate which Emergency Response Facilities shall be activated, the areas of the site to be avoided, and the off-site support required. | ||
Upon assembly and accountability of all personnel, it may be appropriate to dismiss specific personnel to go home, or necessary', to direct personnel to the alternate assembly point located in the Nemaha County Maintenance Facility. | Upon assembly and accountability of all personnel, it may be appropriate to dismiss specific personnel to go home, or necessary', to direct personnel to the alternate assembly point located in the Nemaha County Maintenance Facility. | ||
All SITE AREA and GENERAL EMERGENCIES require evacuation of all non-ERO personnel. | All SITE AREA and GENERAL EMERGENCIES require evacuation of all non-ERO personnel. EPIP 5.7.11 provides the specific procedures to be followed in the event site dismiss-al or evacuation is required. Once the decision has been made to evacuate, non-ERO employees, contractors, and visitors can be evacuated and relocated to a remote assembly area within approximately one hour. | ||
EPIP 5.7.11 provides the specific procedures to be followed in the event site dismiss-al or evacuation is required. | Personnel will not return to the station or deactivate Emergency Response Facilities until directed by the Emergency Director or until the "ALL CLEAR" signal is sounded by the Control Room. | ||
Once the decision has been made to evacuate, non-ERO employees, contractors, and visitors can be evacuated and relocated to a remote assembly area within approximately one hour. Personnel will not return to the station or deactivate Emergency Response Facilities until directed by the Emergency Director or until the "ALL CLEAR" signal is sounded by the Control Room. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 60OF192 6.5.5 CONTAMINATION AND DOSE CONTROL MEASURES 6.5.5.1 ON-SITE Measures will be taken to prevent ingestion of radioactive materials deposited within the Site Boundary. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 60OF192 | ||
Affected areas will be isolated. | |||
6.5.5 CONTAMINATION AND DOSE CONTROL MEASURES 6.5.5.1 ON-SITE Measures will be taken to prevent ingestion of radioactive materials deposited within the Site Boundary. Affected areas will be isolated. | |||
Details of contamination control measures for on-site areas are contained in Station Operation procedures. | Details of contamination control measures for on-site areas are contained in Station Operation procedures. | ||
The monitoring of the work environment within radiological control areas, including specific instructions, precautions, and limitations to personnel working within these areas is supervised by Radiological Protection personnel. | The monitoring of the work environment within radiological control areas, including specific instructions, precautions, and limitations to personnel working within these areas is supervised by Radiological Protection personnel. | ||
Food for emergency response personnel will be provided from off-site sources or from on-site supplies stored in a contamination resistant location. | Food for emergency response personnel will be provided from off-site sources or from on-site supplies stored in a contamination resistant location. | ||
Exposure to airborne radioactivity will be controlled in accordance with appropriate ALARA principles. | Exposure to airborne radioactivity will be controlled in accordance with appropriate ALARA principles. Periodic air samples will be taken to assure that radioiodine and airborne contamination levels are known. | ||
Periodic air samples will be taken to assure that radioiodine and airborne contamination levels are known. Radioprotective tablets (Potassium Iodide) are available for voluntary use by NPPD personnel. | Radioprotective tablets (Potassium Iodide) are available for voluntary use by NPPD personnel. NPPD may also provide radioprotective tablets to non-NPPD emergency response organizations for distribution to their emergency workers (i.e., the requesting organization has inadequate supplies). Administration of these tablets to non-NPPD personnel will be the responsibility of these non-NPPD organizations. Any NPPD distribution of radioprotective tablets will be made at the direction of the Emergency Director. | ||
NPPD may also provide radioprotective tablets to non-NPPD emergency response organizations for distribution to their emergency workers (i.e., the requesting organization has inadequate supplies). | EPIP 5.7.14 provides further information on the use and distribution of radioprotective (Potassium Iodide) tablets. | ||
Administration of these tablets to non-NPPD personnel will be the responsibility of these non-NPPD organizations. | During an emergency, equipment and tools will be unconditionally released for use outside the area only if their radiation levels are less than 1 mrem/hr above background (fixed contamination) and 220 dpm/100cm2 alpha activity or 2200 dpm/100cm2 beta-gamma activity above background (removable contamination). | ||
Any NPPD distribution of radioprotective tablets will be made at the direction of the Emergency Director. | 6.5.5.2 OFF-SITE For areas beyond the site boundary, Nebraska and Missouri Radiological Monitoring T earns, in coordination with CNS Monitoring T earns, will identify contamination and radiation levels. For areas where public access normally occurs, criteria for off-site areas will be applied. | ||
EPIP 5.7.14 provides further information on the use and distribution of radioprotective (Potassium Iodide) tablets. During an emergency, equipment and tools will be unconditionally released for use outside the area only if their radiation levels are less than 1 mrem/hr above background (fixed contamination) and 220 dpm/100cm2 alpha activity or 2200 dpm/ | Criteria and measures for contamination control in off-site areas are detailed in the Nebraska and Missouri Emergency Plans. | ||
6.5.5.2 OFF-SITE | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 61 OF 192 I | ||
6.5.6 SECURITY AND ACCESS CONTROL The CNS Security Plan is approved by the NRC and restricts access to the site. | |||
Security personnel control access to the Protected Area and during declared emergencies, control access to areas of the Owner Controlled Area. | |||
A roadblock will be established on the Plant Access road. Personnel attempting to access the site will be informed of the situation and, if cleared, will be directed to the proper location. | |||
For Security related emergencies, Local Law Enforcement Agency assistance may be requested. | For Security related emergencies, Local Law Enforcement Agency assistance may be requested. | ||
6.6 AID TO AFFECTED PERSONNEL 6.6.1 EMERGENCY PERSONNEL DOSE CRITERIA Dose records for station personnel are maintained by the Radiological Protection Group and are accessible at the TSC. This information will be utilized in determining emergency team assignments. | 6.6 AID TO AFFECTED PERSONNEL 6.6.1 EMERGENCY PERSONNEL DOSE CRITERIA Dose records for station personnel are maintained by the Radiological Protection Group and are accessible at the TSC. This information will be utilized in determining emergency team assignments. Criteria used for limiting dose to emergency workers are based on recommendations of the U.S. EPA and are shown in Table 6.4-1. | ||
Criteria used for limiting dose to emergency workers are based on recommendations of the U.S. EPA and are shown in Table 6.4-1. Emergency workers will wear dosimetry as required by Radiological Protection personnel. | Emergency workers will wear dosimetry as required by Radiological Protection personnel. Emergency worker dosimetry will be provided on a 24-hour basis by Radiological Protection personnel. Every effort will be made to minimize emergency worker dose through the use of protective equipment and supplies, and by minimizing exposure time. The Chemistry/Radiological Protection C.oordinator and the Maintenance Coordinator, with assistance of the OSC Supervisor, are responsible for making emergency team assignments. Only the Emergency Director may authorize emergency workers to receive dose in excess of 1OCFR20 occupational limits. Personnel conducting corrective or protective actions or life-saving actions who may receive dose in excess of occupational limits should be selected from those who volunteer. Radiological Protection personnel are also responsible for providing self-reading and permanent dosimetry devices to emergency personnel assembled at the OSC and for assuring accountability of each worker's dose. Emergency radiation exposure is controlled in accordance with EPIP 5.7.12. | ||
Emergency worker dosimetry will be provided on a 24-hour basis by Radiological Protection personnel. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 62OF192 I | ||
Every effort will be made to minimize emergency worker dose through the use of protective equipment and supplies, and by minimizing exposure time. The Chemistry/Radiological Protection C.oordinator and the Maintenance Coordinator, with assistance of the OSC Supervisor, are responsible for making emergency team assignments. | |||
Only the Emergency Director may authorize emergency workers to receive dose in excess of | 6.6.2 DECONTAMINATION AND FIRST AID Provisions have been made to assist personnel who are injured, contaminated, or who may have received high radiation doses. Station personnel are trained in first aid and portable first aid kits are available at strategic locations throughout the station. In addition, first aid lockers and decontamination facilities are provided within the station. In the event the above are not available during an emergency, the CNS Communications Building will be used as a first aid station and personnel decontamination center. Detailed information on personnel monitoring and decontamination, including radiological criteria is contained in Station Radiological Protection Procedures. | ||
Radiological Protection personnel are also responsible for providing self-reading and permanent dosimetry devices to emergency personnel assembled at the OSC and for assuring accountability of each worker's dose. Emergency radiation exposure is controlled in accordance with EPIP 5.7.12. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 62OF192 I 6.6.2 DECONTAMINATION AND FIRST AID Provisions have been made to assist personnel who are injured, contaminated, or who may have received high radiation doses. Station personnel are trained in first aid and portable first aid kits are available at strategic locations throughout the station. In addition, first aid lockers and decontamination facilities are provided within the station. In the event the above are not available during an emergency, the CNS Communications Building will be used as a first aid station and personnel decontamination center. Detailed information on personnel monitoring and decontamination, including radiological criteria is contained in Station Radiological Protection Procedures. | |||
Personnel found to be contaminated will undergo decontamination under the direction of Radiological Protection personnel. | Personnel found to be contaminated will undergo decontamination under the direction of Radiological Protection personnel. | ||
6.6.3 MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION A station ambulance is available for the transportation of injured personnel when station EMT's are available. | 6.6.3 MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION A station ambulance is available for the transportation of injured personnel when station EMT's are available. This vehicle is reserved for emergency use to assure ready availability in time of need. During times when the station ambulance is unavailable due to the performance of preventative maintenance, malfunction, or other circumstances, backup medical transportation services shall be contacted and services requested when necessary. | ||
This vehicle is reserved for emergency use to assure ready availability in time of need. During times when the station ambulance is unavailable due to the performance of preventative maintenance, malfunction, or other circumstances, backup medical transportation services shall be contacted and services requested when necessary. | The CNS ambulance is equipped with all required equipment and supplies required by the State of Nebraska for a licensed ambulance. The ambulance also has communications equipment for communicating with the Plant and Nemaha County Hospital. Ambulance attendants (Nebraska-certified EMTs or Paramedics) are trained to handle contamination cases. In addition, NPPD Radiological Protection personnel will accompany contaminated patients to the hospital. If off-site emergency medical response is required, including that caused by hostile action, emergency medical services including ambulances, and emergency medical technicians as requested by the CNS Control Room or TSC to the Nemaha County 911 Dispatch Center and implemented using the National Incident Management System (NIMS) has been arranged. Mutual aid may also be requested via the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency. | ||
The CNS ambulance is equipped with all required equipment and supplies required by the State of Nebraska for a licensed ambulance. | Off-site medical transport services will be escorted to the scene by Security personnel upon arrival. | ||
The ambulance also has communications equipment for communicating with the Plant and Nemaha County Hospital. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 63OF192 I | ||
Ambulance attendants (Nebraska-certified EMTs or Paramedics) are trained to handle contamination cases. In addition, NPPD Radiological Protection personnel will accompany contaminated patients to the hospital. | |||
If off-site emergency medical response is required, including that caused by hostile action, emergency medical services including ambulances, and emergency medical technicians as requested by the CNS Control Room or TSC to the Nemaha County 911 Dispatch Center and implemented using the National Incident Management System (NIMS) has been arranged. | 6.6.4 MEDICAL TREATMENT FACILITIES The Shift Manager or his designee in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.24 will notify the appropriate hospitals if injured personnel are to be transported from the site. | ||
Mutual aid may also be requested via the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency. Off-site medical transport services will be escorted to the scene by Security personnel upon arrival. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 63OF192 I 6.6.4 MEDICAL TREATMENT FACILITIES The Shift Manager or his designee in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.24 will notify the appropriate hospitals if injured personnel are to be transported from the site. Arrangements have been made with the hospitals listed below for care of injured personnel, including cases involving radiological contamination and radiation over-exposure. | Arrangements have been made with the hospitals listed below for care of injured personnel, including cases involving radiological contamination and radiation over-exposure. Selection of the hospital and medical assistance will be based on: | ||
Selection of the hospital and medical assistance will be based on: | |||
* Obtaining the most rapid access to the necessary medical ser-Vices and facilities. | * Obtaining the most rapid access to the necessary medical ser-Vices and facilities. | ||
* Capabilities of the specific hospital to provide the required services. | * Capabilities of the specific hospital to provide the required services. | ||
* Accessibility due to weather and road conditions. | * Accessibility due to weather and road conditions. | ||
* Number of injured personnel to be transported. | * Number of injured personnel to be transported. | ||
* Preference of the injured personnel, if the type and severity of the injury permit. Except as otherwise dictated by the above conditions, hospitals and medical assistance will be utilized in the following order of priority, based on proximity to Cooper Nuclear Station: | * Preference of the injured personnel, if the type and severity of the injury permit. | ||
Except as otherwise dictated by the above conditions, hospitals and medical assistance will be utilized in the following order of priority, based on proximity to Cooper Nuclear Station: | |||
* Nemaha County Hospital, 2022 13th Street, Auburn, Nebraska. | * Nemaha County Hospital, 2022 13th Street, Auburn, Nebraska. | ||
* University Nebraska Medical Center, Center for Clinical Excellence, East Side, 44th and Dewey, Omaha, Nebraska. | * University Nebraska Medical Center, Center for Clinical Excellence, East Side, 44th and Dewey, Omaha, Nebraska. | ||
Line 696: | Line 812: | ||
* Routine medical, radiation protection, consultation, and associated services. | * Routine medical, radiation protection, consultation, and associated services. | ||
* Educational programs for nuclear safety, with emphasis on preventive medicine and radiological protection. | * Educational programs for nuclear safety, with emphasis on preventive medicine and radiological protection. | ||
Patients with radiological injuries beyond the scope of the local medical facilities will be transferred to the Radiation Health Center at the discretion of the local medical staff. I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 64OF192 | Patients with radiological injuries beyond the scope of the local medical facilities will be transferred to the Radiation Health Center at the discretion of the local medical staff. | ||
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 64OF192 | |||
TABLE 6.3'-1 ASSESSMENT ACTIONS ACTION DESCRIPTION The radiation level, pressure, temperature, flow, and meteorological data are monitored. | |||
: 1. Surveillance of Emergency Control Room Operators can assess plant status by observing sensor readout. Most sensors Assessment Instrumentation have visual and audible alarms. Data will be provided to the Emergency Director, as necessary, for his assessment. Control Room Operators will take corrective actions as necessary. | |||
Control Room Operators can assess plant status by observing sensor readout. Most sensors have visual and audible alarms. Data will be provided to the Emergency Director, as necessary, for his assessment. | Personnel Assembly and Accountability is the responsibility of the Security Coordinator and is | ||
Control Room Operators will take corrective actions as necessary. | : 2. Personnel Accountability carried out utilizing the security computer. Personnel accountability is maintained by communications with lead personnel at the various Emergency Response Facilities. | ||
Personnel Assembly and Accountability is the responsibility of the Security Coordinator and is carried out utilizing the security computer. | |||
Personnel accountability is maintained by communications with lead personnel at the various Emergency Response Facilities. | |||
Radiological Protection Teams perform these surveys. The radiation levels on the station's fixed area and Ventilation Monitoring Systems will be used to assist in these evaluations. | Radiological Protection Teams perform these surveys. The radiation levels on the station's fixed area and Ventilation Monitoring Systems will be used to assist in these evaluations. | ||
Contamination surveys of equipment and personnel are conducted with portable equipment from the emergency kits or routine station equipment storage areas. The surveys are handled by Radiological Protection Teams in same fashion as in-plant surveys. Radiological Assessment personnel will use the computer model, effluent monitors, meteorological output, or data supplied by deployed Radiological Protection Teams. Manual Dose assessment techniques are available in the event computer programs are unavailable. | : 3. In-Plant Radiological Surveys Contamination surveys of equipment and personnel are conducted with portable equipment from the emergency kits or routine station equipment storage areas. | ||
Samples of various environmental media are collected and analyzed by station Chemistry and Radiological Protection personnel. | : 4. Site Boundary Surveys The surveys are handled by Radiological Protection Teams in same fashion as in-plant surveys. | ||
Results will be evaluated by station personnel with assistance from a contract laboratory if required. | Radiological Assessment personnel will use the computer model, effluent monitors, | ||
State and Federal response personnel may also analyze collected media. In the case of actual or potential off-site consequences, the State and Local Authorities are immediately notified in accordance with the appropriate CNS EPIPs. Local Authorities use pre-determined criteria to initiate various protective actions for the public, as illustrated in Table 6.4-2. REVISION 69 PAGE 65 OF 192 | : 5. Off-Site Consequence meteorological output, or data supplied by deployed Radiological Protection Teams. Manual Assessment Dose assessment techniques are available in the event computer programs are unavailable. | ||
TABLE 6.4-1 EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) for the Early Phase of a Nuclear Incident l PROTECTIVE ACTION PAG (PROJECTED DOSE) COMMENTS | Samples of various environmental media are collected and analyzed by station Chemistry and Radiological Protection personnel. Results will be evaluated by station personnel with | ||
: 6. Environmental Monitoring assistance from a contract laboratory if required. State and Federal response personnel may also analyze collected media. | |||
In the case of actual or potential off-site consequences, the State and Local Authorities are immediately notified in accordance with the appropriate CNS EPIPs. Local Authorities use | |||
a Sheltering may be the preferred protective action when it will provide protection equal to or greater than evacuation, based on consideration of factors such as source term characteristics, and temporal or other site-specific conditions. | : 7. Assessment Reporting pre-determined criteria to initiate various protective actions for the public, as illustrated in Table 6.4-2. | ||
b The sum of the effective dose equivalent resulting from exposure to external sources and the committed effective dose equivalent incurred from all significant inhalation pathways during the early phase. Committed dose equivalents to the thyroid and to the skin may be 5 to 50 times larger, respectively. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 65 OF 192 | ||
TABLE 6.4-1 EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) for the Early Phase of a Nuclear Incident l | |||
PROTECTIVE ACTION PAG (PROJECTED DOSE) COMMENTS Evacuation (or, for some Evacuation 1-5 remb situations, sheltering 8 ) should (or sheltering 8 ) | |||
normally be initiated at 1 rem. | |||
Administration of stable Requires approval of State 25 remc iodine Medical Officials. | |||
a Sheltering may be the preferred protective action when it will provide protection equal to or greater than evacuation, based on consideration of factors such as source term characteristics, and temporal or other site-specific conditions. | |||
b The sum of the effective dose equivalent resulting from exposure to external sources and the committed effective dose equivalent incurred from all significant inhalation pathways during the early phase. Committed dose equivalents to the thyroid and to the skin may be 5 to 50 times larger, respectively. | |||
c Committed dose equivalent to the thyroid from radioiodine. | c Committed dose equivalent to the thyroid from radioiodine. | ||
NOTE -From EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Accidents (Table-2-1 | NOTE - From EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Accidents (Table-2-1 ). | ||
). GUIDANCE ON DOSE LIMITS FOR WORKERS PERFORMING EMERGENCY SERVICES DOSE | GUIDANCE ON DOSE LIMITS FOR WORKERS PERFORMING EMERGENCY SERVICES DOSE LIMIT8 (rem) ACTIVITY CONDITION 5 All N/A 10 Protecting valuable property Lower Dose Not Practicable Life Saving or Protection of 25 Lower Dose Not Practicable Large Populations Life Saving or Protection of Only on a Voluntary Basis to | ||
Workers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye to 3 times the listed value and doses to any other organ (including skin and body extremities) to 10 times the listed value. These limits apply to all doses from an incident, except those received in unrestricted areas as members of the public during the intermediate phase of the incident. | >25 Large Populations from Persons Fully Aware of the Extensive Exposure Risks Involved a Sum of external effective dose equivalent and committed effective dose equivalent to non-pregnant adults from exposure and intake during an emergency situation. Workers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye to 3 times the listed value and doses to any other organ (including skin and body extremities) to 10 times the listed value. These limits apply to all doses from an incident, except those received in unrestricted areas as members of the public during the intermediate phase of the incident. | ||
NOTE -From EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Accidents | NOTE - From EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Accidents {Table 2-2). | ||
{Table 2-2). EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 66OF192 I TABLE 6.4-2 INITIATION TIMES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTIONS FOR THE GENERAL PUBLIC APPROXIMATE INITIATION TIME EXPOSURE PATHWAY ACTION TO BE INITIATED | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 66OF192 I | ||
Direct radiation Evacuation, in-house shelter, access control. | |||
TABLE 6.4-2 INITIATION TIMES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTIONS FOR THE GENERAL PUBLIC APPROXIMATE INITIATION TIME EXPOSURE PATHWAY ACTION TO BE INITIATED Evacuation, in-house shelter, (if evacuation is not practical), access O - 4 Hours Inhalation of gases or particulates control, respiratory protection, prophylaxis (thyroid protection). | |||
Direct radiation Evacuation, in-house shelter, access control. | |||
Take cows off pasture, prevent cows from drinking surface water, 4 - 48 Hours Milk quarantine contaminated milk, utilize stored feeds. | |||
Harvested fruits and vegetables Wash all produce or impound produce. | |||
Drinking water Cut off contaminated supplies, substitute from other sources. | |||
Unharvested produce Delay harvest until approved. | |||
2 - 14 Days Harvested produce Substitute uncontaminated produce. | |||
Milk Discard or divert to stored products, such as cheese. | |||
Drinking water Filter, demineralize, test. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 67 OF 192 | |||
: 7. EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT This section of the CNS Emergency Plan describes the Control Room and the Emergency Response Facilities, including on-site and off-site communications systems, assessment equipment and facilities, protective facilities and equipment, first aid and medical facilities, and damage control equipment and supplies. | : 7. EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT This section of the CNS Emergency Plan describes the Control Room and the Emergency Response Facilities, including on-site and off-site communications systems, assessment equipment and facilities, protective facilities and equipment, first aid and medical facilities, and damage control equipment and supplies. | ||
7.1 CONTROL ROOM Emergency assessment and control is initially directed from the Control Room by the Shift Manager prior to activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). The Control Room is located in the Control Building and is equipped with an Emergency Bypass Ventilation System allowing habitability during Design Basis Accidents as defined in the Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) Updated Safety Analysis Report. The Control Room contains plant instrumentation, required technical drawings, CNS records, and communications equipment. | 7.1 CONTROL ROOM Emergency assessment and control is initially directed from the Control Room by the Shift Manager prior to activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). The Control Room is located in the Control Building and is equipped with an Emergency Bypass Ventilation System allowing habitability during Design Basis Accidents as defined in the Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) Updated Safety Analysis Report. The Control Room contains plant instrumentation, required technical drawings, CNS records, and communications equipment. | ||
Communication available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. 7.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES When activated, the following Emergency Response Facilities supplement the Control Room in assessing and controlling emergencies: | Communication equipm~nt available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. | ||
7.2.1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER The TSC (Figure 7.2-1) is the focal point for on-site emergency coordination and for directing and assisting the Control Room during station emergency conditions. | 7.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES When activated, the following Emergency Response Facilities supplement the Control Room in assessing and controlling emergencies: | ||
The following functions are performed in the TSC: | 7.2.1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER The TSC (Figure 7.2-1) is the focal point for on-site emergency coordination and for directing and assisting the Control Room during station emergency conditions. The following functions are performed in the TSC: | ||
* Provide management and technical support to station Operations personnel during an emergency. | * Provide management and technical support to station Operations personnel during an emergency. | ||
* Relieve Operations personnel of duties not directly related to Reactor System manipulations (e.g., NRC notifications). | * Relieve Operations personnel of duties not directly related to Reactor System manipulations (e.g., NRC notifications). | ||
* Temporarily assumes the role of the EOF in the event the EOF functions must be transferred. | * Temporarily assumes the role of the EOF in the event the EOF functions must be transferred. | ||
The TSC is located on the first floor of the Administration Building. | The TSC is located on the first floor of the Administration Building. Figure 7.2-1 provides a layout of the TSC. | ||
Figure 7.2-1 provides a layout of the TSC. If the TSC should become uninhabitable, select TSC personnel would relocate to the Control Room. Remaining TSC personnel would report to the AOSC. To protect personnel under most conditions, the TSC is provided with dedicated radiological protection and monitoring equipment capable of continuous indication of dose rates and airborne radioactivity concentrations. | If the TSC should become uninhabitable, select TSC personnel would relocate to the Control Room. Remaining TSC personnel would report to the AOSC. | ||
Local alarms provide early warning to TSC personnel. | To protect personnel under most conditions, the TSC is provided with dedicated radiological protection and monitoring equipment capable of continuous indication of dose rates and airborne radioactivity concentrations. Local alarms provide early warning to TSC personnel. | ||
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 68OF192 I The TSC Ventilation System is comparable to the Control Room Ventilation System. Although not seismically qualified, redundant, or automatically activated, it does include high efficiency particulate air filters and charcoal filters. System capacity is based on design basis accident airborne radioactivity levels, independent of thyroid blocking provisions (potassium iodide). Emergency equipment listed in EPIP 5.7.21 and Appendix Eis provided to protect personnel who must exit the TSC or continue TSC operation during the presence of low-level airborne radioactivity or radioactive surface contamination. | I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 68OF192 I | ||
To facilitate the TSC function, a set of As-Built drawings of the station, schematics and diagrams, Technical Specifications, Station Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, Severe Accident Guidelines and associated Technical Support Guidelines, station operating records, records needed to perform the functions of the EOF when it is not operational, and a copy of the Updated Safety Analysis Report are available to personnel in the TSC. Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. 7.2.2 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER The OSC (Figure 7.2-2) is the assembly and staging area for CNS personnel for emergency response assignments. | |||
The OSC provides a location where plant logistic support can be coordinated during an emergency. | The TSC Ventilation System is comparable to the Control Room Ventilation System. Although not seismically qualified, redundant, or automatically activated, it does include high efficiency particulate air filters and charcoal filters. System capacity is based on design basis accident airborne radioactivity levels, independent of thyroid blocking provisions (potassium iodide). | ||
Chemistry/Radiological Protection personnel, Mechanical Maintenance personnel, Electrical and Instrument | Emergency equipment listed in EPIP 5.7.21 and Appendix Eis provided to protect personnel who must exit the TSC or continue TSC operation during the presence of low-level airborne radioactivity or radioactive surface contamination. | ||
& Control personnel, and administrative personnel report to the OSC. The OSC is located adjacent to the TSC. In the event the OSC would need to be relocated due to habitability concerns, the Instrument | To facilitate the TSC function, a set of As-Built drawings of the station, schematics and diagrams, Technical Specifications, Station Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, Severe Accident Guidelines and associated Technical Support Guidelines, station operating records, records needed to perform the functions of the EOF when it is not operational, and a copy of the Updated Safety Analysis Report are available to personnel in the TSC. | ||
& Control Shop (932' Level) has been identified as an alternate OSC. Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. 7.2.3 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY The EOF (Figure 7.2-3) is located at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, Nebraska approximately 11 miles west of the plant site. The EOF performs the following functions: | Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. | ||
7.2.2 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER The OSC (Figure 7.2-2) is the assembly and staging area for CNS personnel for emergency response assignments. The OSC provides a location where plant logistic support can be coordinated during an emergency. | |||
Chemistry/Radiological Protection personnel, Mechanical Maintenance personnel, Electrical and Instrument & Control personnel, and administrative personnel report to the OSC. The OSC is located adjacent to the TSC. In the event the OSC would need to be relocated due to habitability concerns, the Instrument & Control Shop (932' Level) has been identified as an alternate OSC. | |||
Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. | |||
7.2.3 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY The EOF (Figure 7.2-3) is located at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, Nebraska approximately 11 miles west of the plant site. The EOF performs the following functions: | |||
* Management of the off-site emergency response. | * Management of the off-site emergency response. | ||
* Coordination of radiological and environmental assessment. | * Coordination of radiological and environmental assessment. | ||
Line 745: | Line 880: | ||
* Event Classification. | * Event Classification. | ||
* Notification to off-site authorities. | * Notification to off-site authorities. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 69OF192 I The EOF has sufficient space to accommodate CNS emergency response personnel and representatives from local, state, and federal response agencies. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 69OF192 I | ||
Field Monitoring Teams will be dispatched from the OSC and controlled from the EOF. Emergency equipment in the Communications Building, West Warehouse, and/or Field Monitoring Team vehicles consist of material and equipment needed for off-site monitoring and re-entry activities. | |||
This equipment includes procedures, protective clothing, radiation detection instrumentation, dosimetry, air sampling equipment, respiratory protection equipment, personnel decontamination supplies, and counting instruments. | The EOF has sufficient space to accommodate CNS emergency response personnel and representatives from local, state, and federal response agencies. | ||
A list of this equipment is included in the Emergency Plan, Appendix E, as well as in Implementing Procedure (EPIP) 5.7.21. Results of off-site surveys and analyses will be reported to the EOF for evaluation and assessment, and to aid in the development of protective action recommendations to off-site authorities. | Field Monitoring Teams will be dispatched from the OSC and controlled from the EOF. Emergency equipment in the Communications Building, West Warehouse, and/or Field Monitoring Team vehicles consist of material and equipment needed for off-site monitoring and re-entry activities. This equipment includes procedures, protective clothing, radiation detection instrumentation, dosimetry, air sampling equipment, respiratory protection equipment, personnel decontamination supplies, and counting instruments. A list of this equipment is included in the Emergency Plan, Appendix E, as well as in Implementing Procedure (EPIP) 5.7.21. Results of off-site surveys and | ||
Personnel in the EOF and TSC have the capability to assess meteorological data, current plant conditions and release rate data from the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) or the Control Room to determine projected downwind doses. All of this data is prominently displayed in the EOF and is readily available to local, state, and federal authorities for use in making an independent determination of protective actions. Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. Communication by facsimile equipment between the EOF, TSC, and the JIG is also provided. | ~ample analyses will be reported to the EOF for evaluation and assessment, and to aid in the development of protective action recommendations to off-site authorities. | ||
Information available in the EOF includes: | Personnel in the EOF and TSC have the capability to assess meteorological data, current plant conditions and release rate data from the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) or the Control Room to determine projected downwind doses. All of this data is prominently displayed in the EOF and is readily available to local, state, and federal authorities for use in making an independent determination of protective actions. | ||
CNS Technical Specifications, Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, Updated Safety Analysis Report, environs radiological monitoring records, and selected As-Built drawings. | Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. | ||
In addition, copies of State and Local Emergency Response Plans and information pertinent to evacuation is also maintained. | Communication by facsimile equipment between the EOF, TSC, and the JIG is also provided. | ||
The Nebraska Emergency Management Agency's Mobile Operations Center (MOC) or Mobile Operations Trailer (MOT) and the Nebraska State Patrol Mobile Command Post may be stationed adjacent to the EOF. These vehicles are self-sustaining with their own eiectrical power and communications systems. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 70OF192 I 7.2.4 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER The JIC is the media briefing area and is the focal point for contact with the media. The JIC (Figure 7.2-4) is located adjacent to the EOF at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, NE. The JIC is jointly staffed by utility, State, and Federal personnel. | Information available in the EOF includes: CNS Technical Specifications, Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, Updated Safety Analysis Report, environs radiological monitoring records, and selected As-Built drawings. In addition, copies of State and Local Emergency Response Plans and information pertinent to evacuation is also maintained. | ||
The JIC carries out the following functions: | The Nebraska Emergency Management Agency's Mobile Operations Center (MOC) or Mobile Operations Trailer (MOT) and the Nebraska State Patrol Mobile Command Post may be stationed adjacent to the EOF. These vehicles are self-sustaining with their own eiectrical power and communications systems. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 70OF192 I | |||
7.2.4 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER The JIC is the media briefing area and is the focal point for contact with the media. The JIC (Figure 7.2-4) is located adjacent to the EOF at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, NE. The JIC is jointly staffed by utility, State, and Federal personnel. The JIC carries out the following functions: | |||
* Coordinate the dissemination of information to the news media. | * Coordinate the dissemination of information to the news media. | ||
* Conduct media monitoring. | * Conduct media monitoring. | ||
* Maintain rumor control. | * Maintain rumor control. | ||
* Provide NPPD employees with information concerning the emergency. | * Provide NPPD employees with information concerning the emergency. | ||
To assure accurate and timely information is available to the public, personnel manning the JIC have current information on plant status available. | To assure accurate and timely information is available to the public, personnel manning the JIC have current information on plant status available. A direct continuous line for communication is available between the JIC and the other ERFs. NPPD personnel are available to respond to any questions regarding plant status, radiological releases, protective actions, etc. | ||
A direct continuous line for communication is available between the JIC and the other ERFs. NPPD personnel are available to respond to any questions regarding plant status, radiological releases, protective actions, etc. The JIC contains up-to-date copies of station, state, and county emergency plans, maps of the CNS site area and its environs, regional maps, and station layout drawings. | The JIC contains up-to-date copies of station, state, and county emergency plans, maps of the CNS site area and its environs, regional maps, and station layout drawings. Other equipment, facilities, and services that will be located within, or near the JIC include communication links with the EOF and state Emergency Operations Centers, reproduction equipment, and word processing | ||
Other equipment, facilities, and services that will be located within, or near the JIC include communication links with the EOF and state Emergency Operations Centers, reproduction equipment, and word processing . capability. | . capability. | ||
Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. Since public information activities occur at the JIC, CNS has not dedicated an area within the EOF for media representatives. | Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1. | ||
The EOF has an area dedicated for state Public Information Officers to inform counterparts located in the JIC of the events which are occurring at CNS. The NPPD Designated Spokesperson located in the JIC is responsible for all interfaces with the media. The Designated Spokesperson and the JIC Support Staff will receive information on plant status from designated personnel located in the EOF and will interact with state Public Information Officers as required. | Since public information activities occur at the JIC, CNS has not dedicated an area within the EOF for media representatives. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 71OF192 I 7.3 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NOTIFICATION 7.3.1 PLANT COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT On-site communications are provided by: | The EOF has an area dedicated for state Public Information Officers to inform counterparts located in the JIC of the events which are occurring at CNS. | ||
The NPPD Designated Spokesperson located in the JIC is responsible for all interfaces with the media. The Designated Spokesperson and the JIC Support Staff will receive information on plant status from designated personnel located in the EOF and will interact with state Public Information Officers as required. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 71OF192 I | |||
7.3 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NOTIFICATION 7.3.1 PLANT COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT On-site communications are provided by: | |||
* Site PBX. | * Site PBX. | ||
* EOF "normal use telephones" are provided by a Nortel "Remote Shelf' which is connected to the CNS PBX via NPPD owned fiber cable backed up by leased circuits. | * EOF "normal use telephones" are provided by a Nortel "Remote Shelf' which is connected to the CNS PBX via NPPD owned fiber cable backed up by leased circuits. | ||
Line 771: | Line 913: | ||
* Alternate Intercom System. | * Alternate Intercom System. | ||
* FM Radio Systems with remote control consoles located in the Control Room and the Central Alarm Station, Secondary Alarm Station, TSC, OSC, and EOF (further described in Sections 7.3.4.1 and 7.3.4.2). | * FM Radio Systems with remote control consoles located in the Control Room and the Central Alarm Station, Secondary Alarm Station, TSC, OSC, and EOF (further described in Sections 7.3.4.1 and 7.3.4.2). | ||
* Sound power. 7.3.2 TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS Telephone communications to off-site organizations are provided by the following: | * Sound power. | ||
7.3.2 TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS Telephone communications to off-site organizations are provided by the following: | |||
* Trunks in buried cable connecting PBX to the central office at Brownville, Nebraska. | * Trunks in buried cable connecting PBX to the central office at Brownville, Nebraska. | ||
* Federal Telecommunications System (FTS) Telephone System including Emergency Notification System (ENS) and Health Physics Network (HPN) circuits. | * Federal Telecommunications System (FTS) Telephone System including Emergency Notification System (ENS) and Health Physics Network (HPN) circuits. The ENS circuit of this system is manned 24-hours a day at the Control Room and NRG Headquarters. | ||
The ENS circuit of this system is manned 24-hours a day at the Control Room and NRG Headquarters. | |||
* Trunks connecting the PBX to the N.P.P.D. microwave telephone network. | * Trunks connecting the PBX to the N.P.P.D. microwave telephone network. | ||
* Several local numbers connecting telephones located in several places throughout the plant to the local service provider's Central Office in Brownville, Nebraska. | * Several local numbers connecting telephones located in several places throughout the plant to the local service provider's Central Office in Brownville, Nebraska. | ||
* The State Notification Telephone System's dedicated lines will ring the Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County 911 Center, Nemaha County Sheriffs Department, and the Richardson County Sheriffs Office. The use of law enforcement agencies and emergency services dispatch centers as the initial points of contact provides 24-hour coverage. | * The State Notification Telephone System's dedicated lines will ring the Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County 911 Center, Nemaha County Sheriffs Department, and the Richardson County Sheriffs Office. The use of law enforcement agencies and emergency services dispatch centers as the initial points of contact provides 24-hour coverage. | ||
The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines in the following facilities: | The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines in the following facilities: | ||
Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency EOG, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOG, Atchison County EOG, Nemaha County EOC and the Richardson County EOG. dnce the EOCs are operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with the concurrence between the respective EOG and the law enforcement and emergency services dispatch agencies. | |||
REVISION69 PAGE 72OF192 I Should the PBX lose AC power, the system will automatically switch to back-up battery power. These batteries will power the PBX for approximately 6 hours. All stations will continue to function in their normal fashion. If the PBX System should fail, there are several trunks that will be directly connected to pre-selected extensions. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 72OF192 I | ||
EOF telephone function is very similar to the phones on-site at CNS through the Nortel "Remote Shelf' which is connected to the CNS PBX via NPPD owned fiber cable backed up by leased circuits. | |||
If the connectivity were interrupted between the "PBX Remote Shelf' located at the EOF and the CNS PBX, the "Remote Shelf' would go into a survivable mode in which select telephones would have direct access to the local telephone service provider's central te!ephone office lines. National Warning System (NAWAS) is installed, monitored, and operated from the Control Room. NAWAS, which is manned 24-hours a day, is a Nationwide Telephone System primarily for attack warnings. | Should the PBX lose AC power, the system will automatically switch to back-up battery power. These batteries will power the PBX for approximately 6 hours. | ||
7.3.3 SATELLITE TELEPHONES Should all installed means of off-site communications fail, CNS has remote satellite telephone extensions located in the Control Room, TSC, EOF, and JIC. Handhefd satellite phones are also available for Fire Brigade and Field Monitoring T earns. 7.3.4 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS For use both on-site and off-site are provided by: 7.3.4.1 TWO-WAY FM RADIO SYSTEM (BASE 1 AND BASE 2) | All stations will continue to function in their normal fashion. If the PBX System should fail, there are several trunks that will be directly connected to pre-selected extensions. | ||
EOF telephone function is very similar to the phones on-site at CNS through the Nortel "Remote Shelf' which is connected to the CNS PBX via NPPD owned fiber cable backed up by leased circuits. If the connectivity were interrupted between the "PBX Remote Shelf' located at the EOF and the CNS PBX, the "Remote Shelf' would go into a survivable mode in which select telephones would have direct access to the local telephone service provider's central te!ephone office lines. National Warning System (NAWAS) is installed, monitored, and operated from the Control Room. NAWAS, which is manned 24-hours a day, is a Nationwide Telephone System primarily for attack warnings. | |||
7.3.3 SATELLITE TELEPHONES Should all installed means of off-site communications fail, CNS has remote satellite telephone extensions located in the Control Room, TSC, EOF, and JIC. | |||
Handhefd satellite phones are also available for Fire Brigade and Field Monitoring T earns. | |||
7.3.4 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS For use both on-site and off-site are provided by: | |||
7.3.4.1 TWO-WAY FM RADIO SYSTEM (BASE 1 AND BASE 2) | |||
* A system used primarily by in-plant Operations/Emergency Response personnel. | * A system used primarily by in-plant Operations/Emergency Response personnel. | ||
* It is possible to operate this system either base-to-portable or portable-to-portable. | * It is possible to operate this system either base-to-portable or portable-to-portable. The range of the Base 1 System at maximum would be approximately 20 miles. | ||
The range of the Base 1 System at maximum would be approximately 20 miles. 7.3.4.2 TWO-WAY FM RADIO SYSTEM (LOW BAND) | 7.3.4.2 TWO-WAY FM RADIO SYSTEM (LOW BAND) | ||
* This Low Band System is primarily used by off-site field monitoring personnel. | * This Low Band System is primarily used by off-site field monitoring personnel. | ||
* This Radio System can be used for communications between CNS and CNS EP vehicles. | * This Radio System can be used for communications between CNS and CNS EP vehicles. | ||
* At CNS ERFs three remote control heads are accessible, one each in the Control Room, OSC, and the EOF. Low band radio consoles are also located in CAS, SAS, and the 345 kV Substation. | * At CNS ERFs three remote control heads are accessible, one each in the Control Room, OSC, and the EOF. Low band radio consoles are also located in CAS, SAS, and the 345 kV Substation. | ||
REVISION 69 PAGE 73OF192 I 7.3.4.3 COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 73OF192 I | ||
7.3.4.3 COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT | |||
* The CNS Two-Way Radio System can be used for communicating between the Control Room, Security Alarm Stations, OSC, and the EOF to the Nemaha County Sheriffs Department located in Auburn, Nebraska, on the Sheriffs Department frequency or State-wide radio frequencies. | * The CNS Two-Way Radio System can be used for communicating between the Control Room, Security Alarm Stations, OSC, and the EOF to the Nemaha County Sheriffs Department located in Auburn, Nebraska, on the Sheriffs Department frequency or State-wide radio frequencies. | ||
7.3.4.4 CNS SECURITY DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATIONS | 7.3.4.4 CNS SECURITY DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATIONS | ||
* The CNS Security Department uses its own Two-Way Radio Systems operating in the 460 and 800 Mhz. 7.4 NOTIFICATION BY EMERGENCY CLASS Notification schemes detailed by specific emergency classification including notification of the general public are contained in EPIP 5.7.2, 5.7.6, 5.7.27, and 5.7.23. The four classes of emergency defined in Section 4 require varying degree and scope of emergency response. | * The CNS Security Department uses its own Two-Way Radio Systems operating in the 460 and 800 Mhz. | ||
The emergency organization for a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT classification consists of the normal shift personnel. | 7.4 NOTIFICATION BY EMERGENCY CLASS Notification schemes detailed by specific emergency classification including notification of the general public are contained in EPIP 5.7.2, 5.7.6, 5.7.27, and 5.7.23. | ||
Normally, no further site emergency staff augmentation is required, although several members of Station Management, including Senior Management personnel are notified. | The four classes of emergency defined in Section 4 require varying degree and scope of emergency response. The emergency organization for a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT classification consists of the normal shift personnel. Normally, no further site emergency staff augmentation is required, although several members of Station Management, including Senior Management personnel are notified. | ||
Notification of responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies, and well as the NRC, will also be performed. | Notification of responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies, and well as the NRC, will also be performed. | ||
In an ALERT classification, the TSC, EOF, and OSC will be activated. | In an ALERT classification, the TSC, EOF, and OSC will be activated. Notification of state, local, and NRC authorities, as well as Station Management and Staff will be initiated. | ||
Notification of state, local, and NRC authorities, as well as Station Management and Staff will be initiated. | |||
SITE AREA EMERGENCY and GENERAL EMERGENCY classifications require complete activation of all Emergency Response Facilities, including State and Local Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs). The complete emergency response notification scheme, depicted in Figure 7.4-1, shall be initiated. | SITE AREA EMERGENCY and GENERAL EMERGENCY classifications require complete activation of all Emergency Response Facilities, including State and Local Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs). The complete emergency response notification scheme, depicted in Figure 7.4-1, shall be initiated. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 74OF192 | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 74OF192 | ||
---------7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CAPABILITIES This section outlines the equipment available at CNS for the evaluation and assessment of emergency conditions. | |||
Some of this equipment is used in the initial evaluation and classification of the emergency as described in Section 4. Other equipment and capabilities described in this section are used in the assessment, mitigation, and subsequent analysis and monitoring of areas, equipment, and the environment. | - - - - - - - - - | ||
In some cases equipment may serve for both initial and continual assessment. | 7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CAPABILITIES This section outlines the equipment available at CNS for the evaluation and assessment of emergency conditions. Some of this equipment is used in the initial evaluation and classification of the emergency as described in Section 4. Other equipment and capabilities described in this section are used in the assessment, mitigation, and subsequent analysis and monitoring of areas, equipment, and the environment. In some cases equipment may serve for both initial and continual assessment. | ||
7.5.1 SEISMIC MONITOR A seismic event monitor and recorder is located in the Control Room. This instrument, in conjunction with assessment of equipment damage within the station, will be a primary factor in determining the emergency condition and classification as a result of a seismic occurrence. | 7.5.1 SEISMIC MONITOR A seismic event monitor and recorder is located in the Control Room. This instrument, in conjunction with assessment of equipment damage within the station, will be a primary factor in determining the emergency condition and classification as a result of a seismic occurrence. Detailed seismic information can be obtained from the Conservation and Survey Division of the University of Nebraska. Additional seismic information can be obtained from the U.S. | ||
Detailed seismic information can be obtained from the Conservation and Survey Division of the University of Nebraska. | Geological Survey office of Earthquake Studies in Golden, Colorado. | ||
Additional seismic information can be obtained from the U.S. Geological Survey office of Earthquake Studies in Golden, Colorado. | 7.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING One meteorological monitoring site is located at a grade elevation of 889 feet above mean sea level. A 100-meter tower located approximately 2,655 feet from the northwest corner of the Reactor Building is used to gather the meteorological data. The 100-meter tower has two independent Meteorological Monitoring Systems (A and 8) and gathers data at three levels, 100 meters, 60 meters, and 1O meters. The redundant signal cables from the tower to the plant are located in either protected duct banks or directly buried in separated routings so that only one path can be interrupted at a time due to construction or other activities. Digital data is available through PMIS. The Meteorological Monitoring System is powered locally from the 12.5 kV ring bus and from MCC "L" in the event of a loss of off-site power condition. The system monitors and continuously records the following: | ||
7.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING One meteorological monitoring site is located at a grade elevation of 889 feet above mean sea level. A 100-meter tower located approximately 2,655 feet from the northwest corner of the Reactor Building is used to gather the meteorological data. The 100-meter tower has two independent Meteorological Monitoring Systems (A and 8) and gathers data at three levels, 100 meters, 60 meters, and | * Wind speed and wind direction are measured continuously at all tower levels. Wind system components include sonic anemometers and heaters. | ||
Digital data is available through PMIS. The Meteorological Monitoring System is powered locally from the 12.5 kV ring bus and from MCC "L" in the event of a loss of off-site power condition. | The range for wind direction is 0-360° +/- 3°. The range for wind speed is 0-112 mph +/- 0.336 mph accuracy up to 11 mph with accuracy increase to | ||
The system monitors and continuously records the following: | +/- 2% above 11 mph. | ||
* Wind speed and wind direction are measured continuously at all tower levels. Wind system components include sonic anemometers and heaters. The range for wind direction is 0-360° +/- 3°. The range for wind speed is 0-112 mph +/- 0.336 mph accuracy up to 11 mph with accuracy increase to +/- 2% above 11 mph. | * The A and B Systems on the tower calculate 15-minute averages of Sigma Theta. Sigma Theta is calculated and updated every minute for the 15-minute time constant. The sigma theta values are then accessed by the Data Acquisition System. | ||
* The A and B Systems on the tower calculate 15-minute averages of Sigma Theta. Sigma Theta is calculated and updated every minute for the 15-minute time constant. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 75OF192 I | ||
The sigma theta values are then accessed by the Data Acquisition System. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 75OF192 I | * Air temperatures are monitored at all six locations on the tower. Each temperature system on the tower is comprised of a platinum RTD temperature probe and motorized aspirated radiation shield to monitor the temperature at the various levels. The estimation of atmospheric stability for the A and B Systems is then calculated based on the vertical temperature difference between the 1OD-meter, 60-meter, and 10-meter tower elevations. The range and accuracy are -58 to +122°F +/- 0.18°F not to exceed 0.18°F between tower vertical calibration points. | ||
* Air temperatures are monitored at all six locations on the tower. Each temperature system on the tower is comprised of a platinum RTD temperature probe and motorized aspirated radiation shield to monitor the temperature at the various levels. The estimation of atmospheric stability for the A and B Systems is then calculated based on the vertical temperature difference between the | |||
The range and accuracy are -58 to +122°F +/- 0.18°F not to exceed 0.18°F between tower vertical calibration points. | |||
* Dewpoint is calculated using output from an aspirated humidity sensor and ambient temperature measurement at the ten-meter level on the tower. | * Dewpoint is calculated using output from an aspirated humidity sensor and ambient temperature measurement at the ten-meter level on the tower. | ||
* Precipitation is measured using an electrically heated rain and snow gauge located near the base of the tower. This gauge uses the tipping bucket method to measure all forms of precipitation. | * Precipitation is measured using an electrically heated rain and snow gauge located near the base of the tower. This gauge uses the tipping bucket method to measure all forms of precipitation. The instrument has an accuracy of+/- 1% from 1 to 3 inches/hour and 3% overall from 0 to 6 inches/hour. | ||
The instrument has an accuracy of+/- 1 % from 1 to 3 inches/hour and 3% overall from 0 to 6 inches/hour. | Backup meteorological data may be obtained from the National Weather Service Office located in Valley, Nebraska, which offers projected windspeed, wind direction, and temperature up to the 10,000-foot level. Information can be obtained by telephone or NAWAS. | ||
Backup meteorological data may be obtained from the National Weather Service Office located in Valley, Nebraska, which offers projected windspeed, wind direction, and temperature up to the 10,000-foot level. Information can be obtained by telephone or NAWAS. 7.5.3 MISSOURI RIVER MONITORING CNS. is located on the Missouri River, river mile 532.5. This river is the only water source in the area that has the potential for causing major flood damage. Operations personnel record the river level once per shift. Backup information concerning river level and flow is available from the U.S. Geological Survey Station in Nebraska City, Nebraska, via the U.S. Geological Survey in Council Bluffs, Iowa. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 76OF192 I 7.5.4 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORS CNS maintains a Radiological Protection Program and related radiological equipment in accordance with NRC Regulations, guidelines, and recommended practices. | 7.5.3 MISSOURI RIVER MONITORING CNS. is located on the Missouri River, river mile 532.5. This river is the only water source in the area that has the potential for causing major flood damage. | ||
This program, including personnel, procedures, and equipment is periodically inspected by the NRC. The program provides manpower and equipment to evaluate, assess, and perform follow-up action for radiological emergencies. | Operations personnel record the river level once per shift. Backup information concerning river level and flow is available from the U.S. Geological Survey Station in Nebraska City, Nebraska, via the U.S. Geological Survey in Council Bluffs, Iowa. | ||
In addition to the equipment used in normal radiological controls, a special inventory of emergency equipment is maintained both on-site and off-site for emergency radiological response. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 76OF192 I | ||
State Radiological Health Departments, nearby nuclear plants, Federal Radiological Assistance Plan Teams, and private organizations such as the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations and General Electric may be requested to provide manpower and radiological monitoring equipment during an emergency situation. | |||
Equipment vendors may also be contacted to provide equipment needed in an emergency situation. | 7.5.4 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORS CNS maintains a Radiological Protection Program and related radiological equipment in accordance with NRC Regulations, guidelines, and recommended practices. This program, including personnel, procedures, and equipment is periodically inspected by the NRC. The program provides manpower and equipment to evaluate, assess, and perform follow-up action for radiological emergencies. In addition to the equipment used in normal radiological controls, a special inventory of emergency equipment is maintained both on-site and off-site for emergency radiological response. State Radiological Health Departments, nearby nuclear plants, Federal Radiological Assistance Plan Teams, and private organizations such as the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations and General Electric may be requested to provide manpower and radiological monitoring equipment during an emergency situation. Equipment vendors may also be contacted to provide equipment needed in an emergency situation. | ||
The instrumentation listed below at the described locations is used to evaluate radiological conditions and assess the radiological risks. Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4 may require the use of indications from these sources in classifying emergencies. | The instrumentation listed below at the described locations is used to evaluate radiological conditions and assess the radiological risks. Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4 may require the use of indications from these sources in classifying emergencies. | ||
7.5.4.1 EFFLUENT RELEASE POINT MONITORS | 7.5.4.1 EFFLUENT RELEASE POINT MONITORS | ||
. Each effluent release point is continuously monitored for particulates, radioiodines, and noble gases. The fixed filters and radioiodine absorbing charcoal cartridges may be changed and taken to the radiochemistry laboratory for analysis and release level determination. | |||
Noble gas samples may also be taken and analyzed, or release rate versus monitor readings may be used to determine release rates for each effluent point. The CNS effluent monitors are capable of monitoring releases during normal and accident conditions. | Noble gas samples may also be taken and analyzed, or release rate versus monitor readings may be used to determine release rates for each effluent point. The CNS effluent monitors are capable of monitoring releases during normal and accident conditions. | ||
REVISION 69 PAGE 77OF192 I 7.5.5 MAIN STEAM LINE MONITORS The four main steam lines are continuously monitored for radiation level. This instrument system consists of four channels, which contain the following: | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 77OF192 I | ||
7.5.5 MAIN STEAM LINE MONITORS The four main steam lines are continuously monitored for radiation level. This instrument system consists of four channels, which contain the following: | |||
* An ionization chamber, used to measure the steam radiation level as it leaves primary containment. | * An ionization chamber, used to measure the steam radiation level as it leaves primary containment. | ||
* A logarithmic monitor with local readout located in the Control Room. | * A logarithmic monitor with local readout located in the Control Room. | ||
* An annunciator for low/inop, high, and high/high radiation readout located in the Control Room. | * An annunciator for low/inop, high, and high/high radiation readout located in the Control Room. | ||
* A recorder is located in the Control Room and is provided to continuously monitor four channels. | * A recorder is located in the Control Room and is provided to continuously monitor four channels. If radiation levels increase above the alarm setpoint, visual and audible alarms are actuated in the Control Room. | ||
If radiation levels increase above the alarm setpoint, visual and audible alarms are actuated in the Control Room. 7.5.5.1 STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR MONITORS Off-gas radiation levels are continuously monitored by the Steam Jet Air Ejector Monitors. | 7.5.5.1 STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR MONITORS Off-gas radiation levels are continuously monitored by the Steam Jet Air Ejector Monitors. Each monitor system consists of an ionization detector with readouts and recorder in the Control Room. Calibration curves relate count rate and flow versus release rate at the Steam Jet Air Ejectors. This flow path is independently monitored at the Elevated Release Point by monitors described in Section 7.5.4.1. | ||
Each monitor system consists of an ionization detector with readouts and recorder in the Control Room. Calibration curves relate count rate and flow versus release rate at the Steam Jet Air Ejectors. | Measurement is made upstream of the 30-minute holdup line. If the alarm setpoint is exceeded and the alarm does not clear within 15 minutes, the off-gas holdup line isolates and the reactor will be shutdown. | ||
This flow path is independently monitored at the Elevated Release Point by monitors described in Section 7.5.4.1. Measurement is made upstream of the 30-minute holdup line. If the alarm setpoint is exceeded and the alarm does not clear within 15 minutes, the off-gas holdup line isolates and the reactor will be shutdown. | 7.5.5.2 AREA RADIATION MONITORS Areas within CNS are monitored with permanently mounted Area Radiation Monitors. Many of these monitors have local level indications and local audible and visual alarms, including level indications and audible and visual alarm annunciation in the Control Room. Area Radiation Monitors are in locations that may be occupied by station personnel or where higher than normal radiation levels may indicate system malfunction. The alarm setpoints are based on the normal operational radiation background surrounding each individual monitor. | ||
7.5.5.2 AREA RADIATION MONITORS | Any abnormal increase in radiation levels will produce an annunciator alarm in the Control Room. A continuous record of this monitor system is provided on a Control Room multipoint recorder. Area Radiation Monitors located inside the primary containment will alert personnel to abnormal radiation increases. | ||
Many of these monitors have local level indications and local audible and visual alarms, including level indications and audible and visual alarm annunciation in the Control Room. Area Radiation Monitors are in locations that may be occupied by station personnel or where higher than normal radiation levels may indicate system malfunction. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 78 OF 192 | ||
The alarm setpoints are based on the normal operational radiation background surrounding each individual monitor. Any abnormal increase in radiation levels will produce an annunciator alarm in the Control Room. A continuous record of this monitor system is provided on a Control Room multipoint recorder. | |||
Area Radiation Monitors located inside the primary containment will alert personnel to abnormal radiation increases. | 7.5.5.3 LIQUID RADIOACTIVITY MONITORS Changes in the levels of radioactive material within a liquid system with its subsequent radiation level change is normally monitored by the Area Radiation Monitor System. The Reactor Equipment Cooling System, the Radioactive Liquid Effluent Line, and the Service Water Cooling System each have detectors, which continuously monitor radioactivity level. A readout, visual and audible alarms, and recorder are provided in the Control Room. | ||
REVISION69 PAGE 78 OF 192 7.5.5.3 LIQUID RADIOACTIVITY MONITORS Changes in the levels of radioactive material within a liquid system with its subsequent radiation level change is normally monitored by the Area Radiation Monitor System. The Reactor Equipment Cooling System, the Radioactive Liquid Effluent Line, and the Service Water Cooling System each have detectors, which continuously monitor radioactivity level. A readout, visual and audible alarms, and recorder are provided in the Control Room. 7.5.5.4 CONSTANT AIR MONITORS In addition to the Gaseous Effluent Release Points described in Section 7.5.4.1. Constant Air Monitor units analyze surrounding building air. These units filter the air onto fixed particulate filters or iodine filters and monitors them for radioactivity level. Two of these monifors are normally stationed on the refueling floor, one monitoring for particulate radioactivity and the other monitoring for Iodine activity. | 7.5.5.4 CONSTANT AIR MONITORS In addition to the Gaseous Effluent Release Points described in Section 7.5.4.1. Constant Air Monitor units analyze surrounding building air. These units filter the air onto fixed particulate filters or iodine filters and monitors them for radioactivity level. Two of these monifors are normally stationed on the refueling floor, one monitoring for particulate radioactivity and the other monitoring for Iodine activity. These Constant Air Monitors are mobile and may be stationed at strategic locations within the station. Each has a local activity readout and visual alarm functions. | ||
These Constant Air Monitors are mobile and may be stationed at strategic locations within the station. Each has a local activity readout and visual alarm functions. | 7.5.5.5 PORTABLE AIR SAMPLING EQUIPMENT In addition to the constant air monitors described above, portable air sampling equipment is also available. Three basic types of portable air samplers are provided at the station. Particulate and iodine samplers, both high volume and low volume, may be used. These types of air samplers circulate air through a particulate filter and then through a radioiodine absorbing charcoal cartridge. The filters and charcoal cartridges are then analyzed for airborne radioactivity. Radioanalysis of these air samples are normally performed in the CNS Radiological Protection Counting Room or the Radiochemistry Laboratory. | ||
7.5.5.5 PORTABLE AIR SAMPLING EQUIPMENT | Both silver zeolite charcoal and conventional charcoal cartridges are available for use with portable air samplers. The use of conventional cartridges requires the extra step of purging noble gases prior to analysis for radioiodines. Facilities to purge these gases are available in the Radiochemistry Lab. Air samplers are aiso available in the emergency lockers described in EPIP 5. 7.21. The Nebraska and Missouri State Radiological Health Departments also have air-sampling equipment available for off-site surveys. In addition, nearby nuclear plants, as well as the Department of Energy (DOE) via the NRC, may be requested to provide air-sampling backup. | ||
Three basic types of portable air samplers are provided at the station. Particulate and iodine samplers, both high volume and low volume, may be used. These types of air samplers circulate air through a particulate filter and then through a radioiodine absorbing charcoal cartridge. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 79OF192 I | ||
The filters and charcoal cartridges are then analyzed for airborne radioactivity. | |||
Radioanalysis of these air samples are normally performed in the CNS Radiological Protection Counting Room or the Radiochemistry Laboratory. Both silver zeolite charcoal and conventional charcoal cartridges are available for use with portable air samplers. | 7.5.5.6 PROCESS MONITORS System readouts, scaled to provide normal and abnormal primary system parameter indications, are displayed in the Control Room. Such parameters include, but are not limited to, pressure, temperature, level indication, and flow rates. Each parameter will normally have alarm setpoints with audible and visual alarm capabilities when setpoints are exceeded. Particular instruments also have recorder capabilities, which serve as a record of system performance. Process monitors, their alarms, annunciators, and recorders, give indication of system performance. Process monitors serve as indicators to alert station personnel of emergency situations. Monitor indications, in conjunction with the Emergency Action Levels discussed in EPIP 5.7.1, are used to initiate emergency measures and aid in the evaluation and assessment of such emergency situations. | ||
The use of conventional cartridges requires the extra step of purging noble gases prior to analysis for radioiodines. | 7.5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION SURVEILLANCE The CNS Environmental Radiation Surveillance Program was initiated in 1970. | ||
Facilities to purge these gases are available in the Radiochemistry Lab. Air samplers are aiso available in the emergency lockers described in EPIP 5. 7.21. The Nebraska and Missouri State Radiological Health Departments also have air-sampling equipment available for off-site surveys. In addition, nearby nuclear plants, as well as the Department of Energy (DOE) via the NRC, may be requested to provide air-sampling backup. REVISION 69 PAGE 79OF192 I 7.5.5.6 PROCESS MONITORS System readouts, scaled to provide normal and abnormal primary system parameter indications, are displayed in the Control Room. Such parameters include, but are not limited to, pressure, temperature, level indication, and flow rates. Each parameter will normally have alarm setpoints with audible and visual alarm capabilities when setpoints are exceeded. | The initial phase determined background levels of radioactivity in the environment around CNS. The Environmental Radiological Program has continued throughout plant startup, pre-operational testing phases, and operation of the station. | ||
Particular instruments also have recorder capabilities, which serve as a record of system performance. | This program basically consists of the aspects described below: | ||
Process monitors, their alarms, annunciators, and recorders, give indication of system performance. | |||
Process monitors serve as indicators to alert station personnel of emergency situations. | |||
Monitor indications, in conjunction with the Emergency Action Levels discussed in EPIP 5.7.1, are used to initiate emergency measures and aid in the evaluation and assessment of such emergency situations. | |||
7.5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION SURVEILLANCE The CNS Environmental Radiation Surveillance Program was initiated in 1970. The initial phase determined background levels of radioactivity in the environment around CNS. The Environmental Radiological Program has continued throughout plant startup, pre-operational testing phases, and operation of the station. This program basically consists of the aspects described below: | |||
* Radiation monitoring within a ten-mile radius, which is accomplished by the use of Dosimeters of Legal Record (DLRs). In addition, the NRC and State Health Departments have placed thermoluminescent dosimeters in areas surrounding the station. | * Radiation monitoring within a ten-mile radius, which is accomplished by the use of Dosimeters of Legal Record (DLRs). In addition, the NRC and State Health Departments have placed thermoluminescent dosimeters in areas surrounding the station. | ||
* Continuous air sampling is performed within a ten-mile radius of the station. Air sampling stations collect airborne particulates on stationary filters, then pass this filtered air through charcoal cartridges to collect gaseous rad ioiod ines. | * Continuous air sampling is performed within a ten-mile radius of the station. | ||
Air sampling stations collect airborne particulates on stationary filters, then pass this filtered air through charcoal cartridges to collect gaseous rad ioiod ines. | |||
* Samples which are periodically taken for environmental radiological assessments include: | * Samples which are periodically taken for environmental radiological assessments include: | ||
* Missouri River water samples. | * Missouri River water samples. | ||
Line 860: | Line 1,006: | ||
* Fish samples from Missouri River. | * Fish samples from Missouri River. | ||
* Sediment from Missouri River shoreline. | * Sediment from Missouri River shoreline. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 80OF192 I The environmental program analyzes a wide variety of samples from the environment for radiological concerns. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 80OF192 I | ||
In case of an emergency affecting off-site radiological parameters, any phase of this program may be used to assess the situation. | |||
In addition, portable air sampling equipment for particulates and radioiodines is available for gaseous release emergencies; dose rate instruments and analytical capabilities are available for environmental assessment. | The environmental program analyzes a wide variety of samples from the environment for radiological concerns. In case of an emergency affecting off-site radiological parameters, any phase of this program may be used to assess the situation. In addition, portable air sampling equipment for particulates and radioiodines is available for gaseous release emergencies; dose rate instruments and analytical capabilities are available for environmental assessment. The State(s) Department of Health, other nuclear plants, and the DOE via the NRG are also available to aid in environmental assessments. | ||
The State(s) Department of Health, other nuclear plants, and the DOE via the NRG are also available to aid in environmental assessments. | 7.5.7 RADIOANALYSIS LABORATORIES The radiochemistry laboratory and Radiological Protection Counting Room, located in separate buildings from the reactor, are used to analyze on-site and off-site emergency monitoring samples. These facilities are equipped with analytical instruments capable of measuring radionuclides and their associated emergency concentrations in environmental samples. Gross radiation level instrumentation is also available in the EOF. The State(s) Health Department and Omaha Public Power District's Fort Calhoun Nuclear Station may also be requested to assist in the analysis of environmental monitoring samples. | ||
7.5.7 RADIOANALYSIS LABORATORIES The radiochemistry laboratory and Radiological Protection Counting Room, located in separate buildings from the reactor, are used to analyze on-site and off-site emergency monitoring samples. These facilities are equipped with analytical instruments capable of measuring radionuclides and their associated emergency concentrations in environmental samples. Gross radiation level instrumentation is also available in the EOF. The State(s) Health Department and Omaha Public Power District's Fort Calhoun Nuclear Station may also be requested to assist in the analysis of environmental monitoring samples. 7.6 FIRE PROTECTION Although the Fire Protection System is not detailed in the CNS Emergency Plan, the type, location, and severity of a fire may prompt this Emergency Plan to be implemented. | 7.6 FIRE PROTECTION Although the Fire Protection System is not detailed in the CNS Emergency Plan, the type, location, and severity of a fire may prompt this Emergency Plan to be implemented. CNS maintains a Fire Protection System in accordance with NRG regulations, which is periodically inspected by the NRG to verify* fire protection capabilities. CNS has its own fire pumps with backup capabilities and distribution systems, including numerous hose and hydrant stations, automatic sprinkler system, and fire barriers. Materials used meet fire code requirements. An on-site emergency fire house containing portable fire fighting equipment is maintained and periodically.inventoried. Smoke detectors, heat detectors, visual means, and Control Room annunciation of the fire system serve as indicators of fire location and severity. | ||
CNS maintains a Fire Protection System in accordance with NRG regulations, which is periodically inspected by the NRG to verify* fire protection capabilities. | 7.7 EMERGENCY LOCKERS Emergency lockers containing respiratory protection equipment, air sampling equipment, survey equipment, and other emergency type equipment are located in the Control Room and the CNS Emergency Response Faciiities. An emergency rescue locker is located in Administration Building, level 903' near the entrance to the RCA. EPIP 5.7.21 lists the locations and minimum inventory requirements for the emergency lockers, the station ambulance, and the Field Monitoring Team vehicles. | ||
CNS has its own fire pumps with backup capabilities and distribution systems, including numerous hose and hydrant stations, automatic sprinkler system, and fire barriers. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 81OF192 | ||
Materials used meet fire code requirements. | |||
An on-site emergency fire house containing portable fire fighting equipment is maintained and periodically.inventoried. | Respiratory protection equipment, protective clothing, survey equipment, sampling equipment, and other equipment for re-entry, rescue, or emergency operations will be provided from these emergency lockers if normal station supplies are not available. Radioprotective tablets (Potassium Iodide) are stocked in emergency lockers and are available on a voluntary basis to emergency response personnel as conditions dictate. These tablets will be distributed only with the permission of the Emergency Director. | ||
Smoke detectors, heat detectors, visual means, and Control Room annunciation of the fire system serve as indicators of fire location and severity. | These lockers will remain unloc.ked with a seal across the door, which will break when the doors are opened. | ||
7.7 EMERGENCY LOCKERS Emergency lockers containing respiratory protection equipment, air sampling equipment, survey equipment, and other emergency type equipment are located in the Control Room and the CNS Emergency Response Faciiities. | The contents of the lockers will be inventoried at least each calendar quarter and also after each use using EPI P 5. 7 .21. Any missing or expended items shall be replaced. A new seal will then be attached to the doors. Any time a locker seal is found broken, the contents of the locker will be promptly verified by inventory of the contents. | ||
An emergency rescue locker is located in Administration Building, level 903' near the entrance to the RCA. EPIP 5.7.21 lists the locations and minimum inventory requirements for the emergency lockers, the station ambulance, and the Field Monitoring Team vehicles. | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 81OF192 Respiratory protection equipment, protective clothing, survey equipment, sampling equipment, and other equipment for re-entry, rescue, or emergency operations will be provided from these emergency lockers if normal station supplies are not available. | |||
Radioprotective tablets (Potassium Iodide) are stocked in emergency lockers and are available on a voluntary basis to emergency response personnel as conditions dictate. These tablets will be distributed only with the permission of the Emergency Director. | |||
These lockers will remain unloc.ked with a seal across the door, which will break when the doors are opened. The contents of the lockers will be inventoried at least each calendar quarter and also after each use using EPI P 5. 7 .21. Any missing or expended items shall be replaced. | |||
A new seal will then be attached to the doors. Any time a locker seal is found broken, the contents of the locker will be promptly verified by inventory of the contents. | |||
The procedures and associated attachments available in the emergency lockers will be updated as required. | The procedures and associated attachments available in the emergency lockers will be updated as required. | ||
7.8 HABITABILITY EQUIPMENT Control Room shielding and ventilation are designed to allow personnel habitability during Design Basis Accident Conditions. | 7.8 HABITABILITY EQUIPMENT Control Room shielding and ventilation are designed to allow personnel habitability during Design Basis Accident Conditions. The TSC/OSC has shielding and ventilation similar to the Control Room for habitability during the course of an emergency. The TSC/OSC Ventilation System is riot seismic qualified, redundant, instrumented in the Control Room, or automatically activated. In the unlikely event the OSC is not habitable, an Alternate OSC location is provided which has ventilation similar to the TSC/OSC. The EOF meets the habitability requirements of NUREG-0696 (Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities). Portable radiation monitoring instrumentation, communications equipment, respiratory equipment, and protective clothing are available in or near the Control Room, TSC, OSC, and AOSC. Portable radiation monitoring instrumentation, communications equipment, and protective clothing are available in or near the EOF. | ||
The TSC/OSC has shielding and ventilation similar to the Control Room for habitability during the course of an emergency. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 82OF192 I | ||
The TSC/OSC Ventilation System is riot seismic qualified, redundant, instrumented in the Control Room, or automatically activated. | |||
In the unlikely event the OSC is not habitable, an Alternate OSC location is provided which has ventilation similar to the TSC/OSC. The EOF meets the habitability requirements of NUREG-0696 (Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities). | 7.9 MEDICAL FACILITIES AND FIRST AID 7.9.1 MEDICAL FACILITIES Arrangements have been made with the hospitals listed below for care of injured personnel, including cases involving radiological contamination and radiation over-exposure. Selection of the hospital and medical assistance will normally be based on obtaining the most rapid accessJo the necessary medical services, the capability of the specific hospital to provide the required services, and the preference of the injured personnel, if the type and severity of the injury permit. | ||
Portable radiation monitoring instrumentation, communications equipment, respiratory equipment, and protective clothing are available in or near the Control Room, TSC, OSC, and AOSC. Portable radiation monitoring instrumentation, communications equipment, and protective clothing are available in or near the EOF. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 82OF192 I 7.9 MEDICAL FACILITIES AND FIRST AID 7.9.1 MEDICAL FACILITIES Arrangements have been made with the hospitals listed below for care of injured personnel, including cases involving radiological contamination and radiation over-exposure. | |||
Selection of the hospital and medical assistance will normally be based on obtaining the most rapid accessJo the necessary medical services, the capability of the specific hospital to provide the required services, and the preference of the injured personnel, if the type and severity of the injury permit. | |||
* Nemaha County Hospital, 2022 13th Street, Auburn, Nebraska. | * Nemaha County Hospital, 2022 13th Street, Auburn, Nebraska. | ||
* University Nebraska Medical Center, Hixson-Lied Center for Clinical Excellence, East Side, 44th and Dewey, Omaha, Nebraska. | * University Nebraska Medical Center, Hixson-Lied Center for Clinical Excellence, East Side, 44th and Dewey, Omaha, Nebraska. | ||
7.9.2 FIRST AID First aid kits are available at strategic locations throughout the station. These kits are fully equipped with supplies and materials appropriate for use in radiological emergencies. | 7.9.2 FIRST AID First aid kits are available at strategic locations throughout the station. These kits are fully equipped with supplies and materials appropriate for use in radiological emergencies. | ||
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 83OF192 I | I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 83OF192 I | ||
' | |||
" | Figure 7.2-1 TSC Floor Plan f'*. | ||
* Management Public Affairs Duty | L~-:._.1 D | ||
I | |||
' | |||
REVISION 69 PAGE 88OF192 Table 7.1-1 ERF Communications Systems COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM osc EOF TSC CR JIC AOSC 1. Telephone PBX x x x x x x 2. Station Intercom System x x x x | I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 84OF192 I | ||
* ENS Telephones to NRC | |||
* HPN Telephones to NRC x x | Figure 7.2-2 OSC Floor Plan rn I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 85OF192 I | ||
* RSCL Telephones to NRC x x x | |||
* MCL Telephones to NRC x | Figure 7.2-3 EOF Floor Plan T | ||
* PMCL Telephones to NRC x x 6. NPPD Microwave Network x x x x x x 7. Telephone extensions to Local x x x x | £'M£:RG.f:NCY GCN(RAiOR ROO~ | ||
'27 NRC CONFERENCE ROOM T£LECOIJ ROOM ROOM HT | |||
"' | |||
VICCO | |||
,,. | |||
CONF"EACl'IC~ | |||
ROOM | |||
£OF | |||
.,. | |||
ROOM DOSE" ASSESSME'NT | |||
,,, | |||
ROOM ROOM | |||
'" | |||
LCtlEIY Scale: 1 /8'" = 1' CAOD f'ILE C005.35.39 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 86 OF 192 | |||
Figure 7.2-4 JIG Floor Plan (lltRC(NC'I' GtNtRATOR ROOM 1'.?7 VIDCO CONro<tNC< | |||
"°"" | |||
116 ROOW | |||
'" | |||
ROOW | |||
"' r __-1.._ _ | |||
ROOM | |||
""' | |||
AUCllTORIW | |||
. | |||
"'°" | |||
, | |||
ROO>! '"""' | |||
Scale: 1/8"' "" | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 87OF192 | |||
Figure 7.4-1 Notification Chart for Emergency Classification Shift Manager or Emergency Director I | |||
Shift Communicator ebraska State Patro Missouri State Patrol L Nebraska Emergency Management Agency L | |||
* Missouri State Emergency Management Agency Nemaha County Atcfiison County 911 Sheriff Center L Nemaha County Emergency Management L Atchison County Emergency Management Richardson County NRC Resident Sheriff Inspector L Richardson County Emergency | |||
* Management Public Affairs Duty ERO (By Procedure) | |||
Officer | |||
~*7--NR0-ENS-- -* | |||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 88OF192 | |||
Table 7.1-1 ERF Communications Systems COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM osc EOF TSC CR JIC AOSC | |||
: 1. Telephone PBX x x x x x x | |||
: 2. Station Intercom System "Gaitronics" x x x x | |||
: 3. Sound Power System x x | |||
: 4. Alternate Intercom System x x x x x x | |||
: 5. FTS 2001 SYSTEM | |||
* ENS Telephones to NRC x x x | |||
* HPN Telephones to NRC x x | |||
* RSCL Telephones to NRC x x x | |||
* MCL Telephones to NRC x | |||
* PMCL Telephones to NRC x x | |||
: 6. NPPD Microwave Network x x x x x x | |||
: 7. Telephone extensions to Local Exchange x x x x | |||
: 8. NAWAS x | |||
: 9. CNS State Notification Telephone System x x x | |||
: 10. Radio Base Station Console (Base 1/Base 2) x x x x | |||
: 11. Nemaha County Sheriff's Dept. | |||
Radio x x x | |||
: 12. NPPD State-Wide Radio System (Low Band) x x x | |||
: 13. CNS On-Site Cell Phone System x x x x | |||
: 14. Satellite Telephones x x x x I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 89OF192 I | |||
: 8. MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS Maintenance of the CNS Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Program consists of: (1) training for NPPD emergency response personnel, (2) drills and exercises, (3) regular emergency plan review and evaluation, and {4) periodic inventory, maintenance, and testing of emergency facilities and equipment. | : 8. MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS Maintenance of the CNS Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Program consists of: (1) training for NPPD emergency response personnel, (2) drills and exercises, (3) regular emergency plan review and evaluation, and {4) periodic inventory, maintenance, and testing of emergency facilities and equipment. | ||
8.1 TRAINING Emergency Preparedness training ensures that Emergency Response Organization | 8.1 TRAINING Emergency Preparedness training ensures that Emergency Response Organization | ||
{ERO) members will be familiar with applicable portions of the following Emergency Preparedness documents: | {ERO) members will be familiar with applicable portions of the following Emergency Preparedness documents: | ||
* NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS. | * NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS. | ||
* NPPD Emergency Preparedness Implementing Procedures | * NPPD Emergency Preparedness Implementing Procedures {EPIPs) for CNS. | ||
{EPIPs) for CNS. | * ERO Positional Instructional Manual Checklists (PIMs) for CNS. | ||
* ERO Positional Instructional Manual Checklists (PIMs) for CNS. 8.1.1 TRAINING FOR CNS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) ERO members may be stationed at CNS, Columbus General Office, or other NPPD offices. These employees may become members of the ERO by virtue of their normal job position, or may be selected to fill a position in the ERO based on their availability and/or personal qualifications. | 8.1.1 TRAINING FOR CNS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) | ||
Emergency Response Organization members will receive initial training which will be followed by requalification training. | ERO members may be stationed at CNS, Columbus General Office, or other NPPD offices. These employees may become members of the ERO by virtue of their normal job position, or may be selected to fill a position in the ERO based on their availability and/or personal qualifications. | ||
This training includes both knowledge-based and performance-based elements. | Emergency Response Organization members will receive initial training which will be followed by requalification training. This training includes both knowledge-based and performance-based elements. Requalification training on knowledge based elements generally will be offered on a 12-month cycle not to exceed 15 months. Requalification training on performance-based elements will be offered on a calendar year basis. Exceptions to the requalification training periods are as noted in ERO Training Qualification Descriptions. | ||
Requalification training on knowledge based elements generally will be offered on a 12-month cycle not to exceed 15 months. Requalification training on performance-based elements will be offered on a calendar year basis. Exceptions to the requalification training periods are as noted in ERO Training Qualification Descriptions. | Details are as noted in the ERO Training Qualification Descriptions. No employee will become an active member of the ERO until training has been completed and the individual has been qualified. | ||
Details are as noted in the ERO Training Qualification Descriptions. | Training will be conducted in accordance with the ERO Training Program Procedure. Initial training will consist of formal sessions utilizing materials indicated by the ERO Training Program Procedure. This training will be followed by an evaluation of the student's comprehension of the subject material. Requalification training may consist of formal training, drills, exercises, or other alternate methods of completion as described by the ERO Training Program Procedure. Training records and documentation will be maintained by the Nuclear Training Department. The Emergency Preparedness Department is responsible for assuring that all appropriate emergency response personnel are adequately trained. | ||
No employee will become an active member of the ERO until training has been completed and the individual has been qualified. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 90OF192 I | ||
Training will be conducted in accordance with the ERO Training Program Procedure. | |||
Initial training will consist of formal sessions utilizing materials indicated by the ERO Training Program Procedure. | Training will be developed and utilized for areas, as required, per 10CF.R50 Appendix E.IV.F, Training: | ||
This training will be followed by an evaluation of the student's comprehension of the subject material. | |||
Requalification training may consist of formal training, drills, exercises, or other alternate methods of completion as described by the ERO Training Program Procedure. | |||
Training records and documentation will be maintained by the Nuclear Training Department. | |||
The Emergency Preparedness Department is responsible for assuring that all appropriate emergency response personnel are adequately trained. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 90OF192 I Training will be developed and utilized for areas, as required, per 10CF.R50 Appendix E.IV.F, Training: | |||
* Directors and/or coordinators of the plant emergency organization. | * Directors and/or coordinators of the plant emergency organization. | ||
* Personnel responsible for accident assessment, including Control Room shift personnel. | * Personnel responsible for accident assessment, including Control Room shift personnel. | ||
Line 925: | Line 1,119: | ||
* licensee's headquarters support personnel. | * licensee's headquarters support personnel. | ||
* Security personnel. | * Security personnel. | ||
Emergency Preparedness training material is identified in the ERO Training Program Procedure. | Emergency Preparedness training material is identified in the ERO Training Program Procedure. A listing of training requirements and a synopsis of the course content is contained in this document. Fire Brigade, Security, and First Aid training"have been established to fulfill requirements of other programs. | ||
A listing of training requirements and a synopsis of the course content is contained in this document. | Lesson plans addressing these areas have been developed and are taught under their respective training programs. Training materials will be revised to correspond with changes made to the Emergency Plan, Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, or other supporting documents. Changes may be identified through drill and exercise performance. | ||
Fire Brigade, Security, and First Aid training"have been established to fulfill requirements of other programs. | 8.1.2 TRAINING FOR EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL Training for the Emergency Preparedness Manager and staff will be provided through participation in industry sponsored emergency planning symposia and workshops, as well as observation of drills and exercises of other utilities. This training will also be conducted on a 12-month cycle not to exceed 15 months. | ||
Lesson plans addressing these areas have been developed and are taught under their respective training programs. | Documentation for such participation will be recorded and maintained by the CNS Training Department. | ||
Training materials will be revised to correspond with changes made to the Emergency Plan, Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, or other supporting documents. | 8.1.3 TRAINING FOR PARTICIPATING AGENCIES Training for participating agencies is programmed by the individual agencies with aid from the State Governments in Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, and Iowa. | ||
Changes may be identified through drill and exercise performance. | NPPD personnel are available to describe the special conditions and constraints involved in dealing with the station emergencies and any radiological release situations. | ||
8.1.2 TRAINING FOR EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL Training for the Emergency Preparedness Manager and staff will be provided through participation in industry sponsored emergency planning symposia and workshops, as well as observation of drills and exercises of other utilities. | |||
This training will also be conducted on a 12-month cycle not to exceed 15 months. Documentation for such participation will be recorded and maintained by the CNS Training Department. | |||
8.1.3 TRAINING FOR PARTICIPATING AGENCIES Training for participating agencies is programmed by the individual agencies with aid from the State Governments in Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, and Iowa. NPPD personnel are available to describe the special conditions and constraints involved in dealing with the station emergencies and any radiological release situations. | |||
NPPD offers training annually for employees of the Nemaha County Hospital, Members of the Volunteer Fire Departments of Brownville, Nemaha, Peru, and Auburn, Local Ambulance Services, Local Emergency Management Personnel, and Local Law Enforcement Agencies. | NPPD offers training annually for employees of the Nemaha County Hospital, Members of the Volunteer Fire Departments of Brownville, Nemaha, Peru, and Auburn, Local Ambulance Services, Local Emergency Management Personnel, and Local Law Enforcement Agencies. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 91OF192 I | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 91OF192 I* | ||
8.1.4 PUBLIC EDUCATION NPPD prepares educational material for annual distribution to the public within the 10-mile plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The material is mailed to residents and is available for review at NPPD headquarters, CNS, the Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency, the Nebraska Department of Health -Division of Regulation and Licensure, and the Missouri State Emergency Management Agency. The material outlines the station's operational concept, defines the various classifications of emergencies, summarizes the emergency plan and procedures developed to safeguard the general public, reviews appropriate protective actions (i.e., in-house shelter, evacuation, etc.), and describes public warning signals and their meaning. Facts about radiation and contacts for additional information are included. | This training includes notification procedures, basic radiation protection theory, and the identity, by position and title, of the individual in the on-site emergency organization who will control CNS emergency response activities. | ||
The material is reviewed annually by NPPD and State and Local Emergency Management Agencies and updated as required. | 8.1.4 PUBLIC EDUCATION NPPD prepares educational material for annual distribution to the public within the 10-mile plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The material is mailed to residents and is available for review at NPPD headquarters, CNS, the Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency, the Nebraska Department of Health - Division of Regulation and Licensure, and the Missouri State Emergency Management Agency. The material outlines the station's operational concept, defines the various classifications of emergencies, summarizes the emergency plan and procedures developed to safeguard the general public, reviews appropriate protective actions (i.e., in-house shelter, evacuation, etc.), and describes public warning signals and their meaning. | ||
Facts about radiation and contacts for additional information are included. The material is reviewed annually by NPPD and State and Local Emergency Management Agencies and updated as required. | |||
To provide for the notification and education of the transient population within the 10-mile EPZ, NPPD has provided numerous copies of the information to the following: | To provide for the notification and education of the transient population within the 10-mile EPZ, NPPD has provided numerous copies of the information to the following: | ||
* Missouri Tourist Information Center. | * Missouri Tourist Information Center. | ||
Line 944: | Line 1,136: | ||
* All motels within the 10-mile EPZ. | * All motels within the 10-mile EPZ. | ||
* Indian Cave State Park. | * Indian Cave State Park. | ||
* Brownville Historical Society. In the event of an emergency at CNS, the owner, operator, etc., of each of these establishments has been instructed to distribute the material to any individuals occupying their facilities. | * Brownville Historical Society. | ||
In the event of an emergency at CNS, the owner, operator, etc., of each of these establishments has been instructed to distribute the material to any individuals occupying their facilities. | |||
For special use areas within the EPZ, NPPD has made arrangements for the establishment of other means of notification of the transient population. | For special use areas within the EPZ, NPPD has made arrangements for the establishment of other means of notification of the transient population. | ||
Informational bulletin boards and/or signs have been established at Brownville recreation area, Brick Yard Hill Wildlife Area, Steamboat Trace Trail and river access boat ramps. At Indian Cave State Park an informational brochure includes information on what actions should be taken in the event of an accident at CNS. 8.1.5 MEDIA FAMILIARIZATION Annual programs are conducted to acquaint media personnel with the CNS Emergency Plan, information concerning basic nuclear plant operation and radiation, and the locations and means employed to disseminate emergency information to the public. This activity may be performed in cooperation with the NPPD Corporate Communications Department. | Informational bulletin boards and/or signs have been established at Brownville recreation area, Brick Yard Hill Wildlife Area, Steamboat Trace Trail and river access boat ramps. At Indian Cave State Park an informational brochure includes information on what actions should be taken in the event of an accident at CNS. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 92OF192 I 8.2 DRILLS AND EXERCISES Regular participation by station personnel in drills and exercises is designed to maintain emergency preparedness and test specific aspects of emergency plans, procedures, and equipment. | 8.1.5 MEDIA FAMILIARIZATION Annual programs are conducted to acquaint media personnel with the CNS Emergency Plan, information concerning basic nuclear plant operation and radiation, and the locations and means employed to disseminate emergency information to the public. This activity may be performed in cooperation with the NPPD Corporate Communications Department. | ||
Evaluation of these drills and exercises is conducted and revisions to the Emergency Preparedness Program are implemented to improve performance. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 92OF192 I | ||
8.2.1 EXERCISES An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within the Emergency Plan. Emergency exercises (required biennially) are conducted annually and simulate events that may result in off-site radiological releases to the extent requiring response by off-site authorities. | |||
In accordance with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) rules, these exercises are conducted jointly with participating federal, state, and local government agencies to assure effective response to major emergency situations. | 8.2 DRILLS AND EXERCISES Regular participation by station personnel in drills and exercises is designed to maintain emergency preparedness and test specific aspects of emergency plans, procedures, and equipment. Evaluation of these drills and exercises is conducted and revisions to the Emergency Preparedness Program are implemented to improve performance. | ||
These combined exercises are coordinated by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department with State and Local Emergency Planning Personnel. | 8.2.1 EXERCISES An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within the Emergency Plan. | ||
During any eight year cycle, two exercises will commence off-shift | Emergency exercises (required biennially) are conducted annually and simulate events that may result in off-site radiological releases to the extent requiring response by off-site authorities. In accordance with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) rules, these exercises are conducted jointly with participating federal, state, and local government agencies to assure effective response to major emergency situations. These combined exercises are coordinated by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department with State and Local Emergency Planning Personnel. | ||
-between 6:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m. Exercises will be conducted during different seasons of the year. At least one exercise shall be unannounced. | During any eight year cycle, two exercises will commence off-shift - between 6:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m. Exercises will be conducted during different seasons of the year. At least one exercise shall be unannounced. | ||
Objectives for joint exercises are developed by NPPD with the states of Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, and Iowa as appropriate. Scenarios are developed to ensure that essential portions of plans and organizations are tested within an eight-year cycle and to ensure that the scenarios include at least the following: | Objectives for joint exercises are developed by NPPD with the states of Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, and Iowa as appropriate. Scenarios are developed to ensure that essential portions of plans and organizations are tested within an eight-year cycle and to ensure that the scenarios include at least the following: | ||
* Statement of basic objectives and evaluation criteria. | * Statement of basic objectives and evaluation criteria. | ||
Line 961: | Line 1,154: | ||
* Narrative summary describing exercise particulars which may include such things as simulated casualties, off-site medical assistance, rescue of personnel, deployment of Radiological Monitoring Teams, and public information activities. | * Narrative summary describing exercise particulars which may include such things as simulated casualties, off-site medical assistance, rescue of personnel, deployment of Radiological Monitoring Teams, and public information activities. | ||
* Provision for proper utilization of observers. | * Provision for proper utilization of observers. | ||
Initial critiques will be held at each facility immediately following termination of the exercise. | Initial critiques will be held at each facility immediately following termination of the exercise. A synopsis of the exercise critique process is as follows: | ||
A synopsis of the exercise critique process is as follows: EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 93OF192 I Players critique their own performance, noting areas requiring improvement. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 93OF192 I | ||
Evaluators then present their initial findings to the players. Players have the opportunity to provide evidence to the Evaluators of actions taken for which they did not receive credit. Evaluators then prepare their critique findings. | |||
This includes categorizing each finding using the following definitions. | Players critique their own performance, noting areas requiring improvement. | ||
Deficiency | Evaluators then present their initial findings to the players. Players have the opportunity to provide evidence to the Evaluators of actions taken for which they did not receive credit. Evaluators then prepare their critique findings. This includes categorizing each finding using the following definitions. | ||
Evaluators should help identify the root cause and, if possible, provide a solution for deficiencies. | Deficiency Demonstrated or observed inadequacies, whether a single isolated case or a collection of observations, that indicate the state of emergency preparedness is not adequate to protect the health and safety of the public. | ||
Evaluators should also help provide insights and/or solutions for weaknesses. | Weakness Demonstrated or observed inadequacies, that require corrective action, but when considered by themselves do not adversely impact the health and safety of the public. | ||
The Emergency Preparedness Department conducts a meeting of the Lead Evaluators where categorized critique items are formatted for presentation to CNS Sr. Management. | Improvement Items Demonstrated or observed problem areas that are not considered to adversely affect the health and safety of the public, but correction would enhance the level of preparedness. | ||
Exercise findings are then presented to the NRC. The Emergency Preparedness Manager will ensure that Exercise findings are tracked and resolved as appropriate. | Evaluators should help identify the root cause and, if possible, provide a solution for deficiencies. Evaluators should also help provide insights and/or solutions for weaknesses. | ||
At the conclusion of joint exercises, FEMA, NRC, and State Observers will also conduct critiques. | The Emergency Preparedness Department conducts a meeting of the Lead Evaluators where categorized critique items are formatted for presentation to CNS Sr. Management. Exercise findings are then presented to the NRC. The Emergency Preparedness Manager will ensure that Exercise findings are tracked and resolved as appropriate. | ||
Formal evaluations of these exercises published by federal or state authorities will be reviewed by NPPD Management. | At the conclusion of joint exercises, FEMA, NRC, and State Observers will also conduct critiques. Formal evaluations of these exercises published by federal or state authorities will be reviewed by NPPD Management. Areas found to be deficient or weak will be identified and corrective actions implemented. | ||
Areas found to be deficient or weak will be identified and corrective actions implemented. | |||
The Safety Review and Audit Board, as well as the NPPD Quality Assurance Department, will perform periodic audits of the Emergency Preparedness Program and may serve as observers during exercises. | The Safety Review and Audit Board, as well as the NPPD Quality Assurance Department, will perform periodic audits of the Emergency Preparedness Program and may serve as observers during exercises. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE940F192 j | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE940F192 j | ||
8.2.2 DRILLS A drill is a supervised instruction period aimed at testing, developing, and maintaining skills in a particular operation. | 8.2.2 DRILLS A drill is a supervised instruction period aimed at testing, developing, and maintaining skills in a particular operation. | ||
Emergency drills are conducted on a scheduled basis with emphasis placed upon the orderly implementation of activities prescribed within the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. Guidelines for administering drills are in place to ensure a quality drill program. Drill performance is critiqued by personnel acting as drill Evaluators who may offer on-the-spot corrections to deficient performance. | Emergency drills are conducted on a scheduled basis with emphasis placed upon the orderly implementation of activities prescribed within the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. Guidelines for administering drills are in place to ensure a quality drill program. | ||
Each Evaluator is assigned to evaluate drill performance in a specific area of emergency response. | Drill performance is critiqued by personnel acting as drill Evaluators who may offer on-the-spot corrections to deficient performance. Each Evaluator is assigned to evaluate drill performance in a specific area of emergency response. A written evaluation of drill performance is provided to CNS Management by the Emergency Preparedness Manager. | ||
A written evaluation of drill performance is provided to CNS Management by the Emergency Preparedness Manager. Based on the results of these critiques, including participants' comments, follow-up action is then recommended by the Emergency Preparedness Manager, with action items assigned by the appropriate level of management. | Based on the results of these critiques, including participants' comments, follow-up action is then recommended by the Emergency Preparedness Manager, with action items assigned by the appropriate level of management. | ||
Drills for the station staff are conducted periodically to: (1) test response timing and familiarity with implementing procedures and methods, (2) test emergency equipment, (3) ensure that emergency response organization personnel are familiar with their duties. Certain drills (i.e., fire, communications and notification, and medical emergency) are coordinated with off-site participating agencies. | Drills for the station staff are conducted periodically to: (1) test response timing and familiarity with implementing procedures and methods, (2) test emergency equipment, (3) ensure that emergency response organization personnel are familiar with their duties. Certain drills (i.e., fire, communications and notification, and medical emergency) are coordinated with off-site participating agencies. The Emergency Preparedness Manager has the overall responsibility for preparing, scheduling, and conducting emergency drills. | ||
The Emergency Preparedness Manager has the overall responsibility for preparing, scheduling, and conducting emergency drills. A brief description of the type of drills conducted at CNS follows: 8.2.2.1 FIRE DRILLS Fire drills are conducted in accordance with plant Technical Specifications. | A brief description of the type of drills conducted at CNS follows: | ||
8.2.2.1 FIRE DRILLS Fire drills are conducted in accordance with plant Technical Specifications. | |||
8.2.2.2 MEDICAL EMERGENCY DRILLS A medical emergency drill or exercise involving the treatment of a simulated contaminated person is conducted once per calendar year with provision for participation by local support service agencies. | 8.2.2.2 MEDICAL EMERGENCY DRILLS A medical emergency drill or exercise involving the treatment of a simulated contaminated person is conducted once per calendar year with provision for participation by local support service agencies. | ||
8.2.2.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING DRILLS | 8.2.2.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING DRILLS These drills are conducted annually for on-site and off-site personnel assigned to radiation survey and Field Monitoring Teams. They shall include operation of instruments, tests of field communications equipment, interpretation of radiation readings, calculation of dose rates, collection of sample media (soil, water, vegetation, and air) and record keeping. | ||
Analyses of in-plant liquid samples including the use of the Post-Accident Sampling System will be conducted on an annual basis. 8.2.2.5 COMMUNICATIONS DRILLS Communications systems are periodically tested during normal use, CNS security checks, and scheduled tests, as well as during emergency drills and exercises. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 95OF192 I | ||
The CNS telephone System, Microwave Communications System, Site Radio System, and Plant Intercom System are used daily during normal plant operation. | |||
The NRC ENS is tested daily by phone check from NRC Headquarters and monthly from CNS to NRC Headquarters from the Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). The NRC Health Physics Network (HPN} direct telephone is tested monthly from the TSC and EOF. The State Notification Telephone System is tested monthly. 8.3 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT To ensure the maintenance and implementation of the Emergency Preparedness Program, several Emergency positions at CNS have been established. | 8.2.2.4 RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION DRILLS Radiological Protection drills are conducted semi-annually, generally in connection with joint exercises or radiological monitoring drills. They involve analyses of simulated elevated radiation levels, both liquid and airborne, as well as direct radiation measurements in the environment. | ||
A CNS Emergency Preparedness Manager reports directly to the Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance. | Analyses of in-plant liquid samples including the use of the Post-Accident Sampling System will be conducted on an annual basis. | ||
Emergency Preparedness Coordinator (EPC) positions have been established with each assigned a primary area of responsibility. | 8.2.2.5 COMMUNICATIONS DRILLS Communications systems are periodically tested during normal use, CNS security checks, and scheduled tests, as well as during emergency drills and exercises. The CNS telephone System, Microwave Communications System, Site Radio System, and Plant Intercom System are used daily during normal plant operation. The NRC ENS is tested daily by phone check from NRC Headquarters and monthly from CNS to NRC Headquarters from the Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). The NRC Health Physics Network (HPN} direct telephone is tested monthly from the TSC and EOF. The State Notification Telephone System is tested monthly. | ||
Each EPC reports directly to the Emergency Preparedness Manager. An Emergency Preparedness Specialist (EPS) position has also been established to assist in the conduct of Emergency Preparedness Department Activities. | 8.3 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT To ensure the maintenance and implementation of the Emergency Preparedness Program, several Emergency Preparedn~ss positions at CNS have been established. | ||
The EPS reports directly to the Emergency Preparedness Manager. A Nuclear Instructor | A CNS Emergency Preparedness Manager reports directly to the Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance. Emergency Preparedness Coordinator (EPC) positions have been established with each assigned a primary area of responsibility. Each EPC reports directly to the Emergency Preparedness Manager. An Emergency Preparedness Specialist (EPS) position has also been established to assist in the conduct of Emergency Preparedness Department Activities. The EPS reports directly to the Emergency Preparedness Manager. | ||
-Emergency Preparedness (Nl-EP) position has been established with responsibilities to implement requirements of the Emergency Preparedness Training Program. The Nl-EP reports to CNS Nuclear Training Department Management. | A Nuclear Instructor - Emergency Preparedness (Nl-EP) position has been established with responsibilities to implement requirements of the Emergency Preparedness Training Program. The Nl-EP reports to CNS Nuclear Training Department Management. The Nl-EP is qualified to implement requirements of the EP Training Program as directed by the EP Manager. | ||
The Nl-EP is qualified to implement requirements of the EP Training Program as directed by the EP Manager. All of the above positions have been established to: | All of the above positions have been established to: | ||
* Maintain continued coordination with State and Local Emergency Planners on the status of Emergency Preparedness including budgetary issues. | * Maintain continued coordination with State and Local Emergency Planners on the status of Emergency Preparedness including budgetary issues. | ||
* Annual review and development of revisions to the CNS Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures. | * Annual review and development of revisions to the CNS Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures. | ||
* Coordinate drills and other aspects of the NPPD Emergency Preparedness Training Programs. | * Coordinate drills and other aspects of the NPPD Emergency Preparedness Training Programs. | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 96OF192 I | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 96OF192 I | ||
* Coordinate the development and implementation of the annual exercise. | * Coordinate the development and implementation of the annual exercise. | ||
* Ensure that adequate District resources are available to support the NPPD Emergency Preparedness program. | * Ensure that adequate District resources are available to support the NPPD Emergency Preparedness program. | ||
Line 1,011: | Line 1,205: | ||
* Emergency Preparedness Drills. | * Emergency Preparedness Drills. | ||
* Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. | * Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. | ||
* NRC and FEMA interface functions relating to the above areas. 8.4 CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT The CNS Emergency Preparedness Program relies on support from the NPPD Corporate Communications Department. | * NRC and FEMA interface functions relating to the above areas. | ||
Personnel within this department are responsible for: | 8.4 CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT The CNS Emergency Preparedness Program relies on support from the NPPD Corporate Communications Department. Personnel within this department are responsible for: | ||
* Interface with the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department. | * Interface with the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department. | ||
* Interface with other agency Public information Officers. | * Interface with other agency Public information Officers. | ||
Line 1,018: | Line 1,212: | ||
* Media interfaces which may include conferences, quarterly newspaper and radio ads for the CNS Alert and Notification System testing program, media monitoring, and JIG activities. | * Media interfaces which may include conferences, quarterly newspaper and radio ads for the CNS Alert and Notification System testing program, media monitoring, and JIG activities. | ||
* Training in the above areas. | * Training in the above areas. | ||
* Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 97OF192 8.5 REVIEW AND UPDATE OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN The CNS Emergency Plan is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary. | * Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. | ||
The annual review and update is documented by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Manager. Special attention is devoted to reviewing station-government agency interfaces, maintaining effective communication channels, and, on a quarterly basis, ensuring the accuracy of the contact and notification lists to verify telephone numbers and the responsible individuals to be contacted. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 97OF192 | ||
Liaison with State and Local Agencies ensures uniform updating and plan improvement. | |||
All revisions to the Emergency Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Station Operations Review Committee prior to implementation. | 8.5 REVIEW AND UPDATE OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN The CNS Emergency Plan is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary. The annual review and update is documented by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Manager. Special attention is devoted to reviewing station-government agency interfaces, maintaining effective communication channels, and, on a quarterly basis, ensuring the accuracy of the contact and notification lists to verify telephone numbers and the responsible individuals to be contacted. Liaison with State and Local Agencies ensures uniform updating and plan improvement. All revisions to the Emergency Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Station Operations Review Committee prior to implementation. | ||
Independent audits of the various aspects of the Emergency Preparedness Program are conducted at least biennially by NPPD Quality Assurance Personnel per | Independent audits of the various aspects of the Emergency Preparedness Program are conducted at least biennially by NPPD Quality Assurance Personnel per 1OCFR50.54t and the results of such audits are reported to the Safety Review and Audit Board (SRAB). The independent audit includes, but is not limited to, the Emergency Plan, Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, training, readiness testing, equipment, and interfaces with State and Local Organizations. The results are considered by NPPD Management in modifying aspects of the plan. Audit documentation is maintained for at least five years. Revised or updated emergency plans and procedures are handled in accordance with document control procedures as delineated in the CNS Operations Manual. Distribution is controlled by the Emergency Preparedness Manager, via the Document Control Department. | ||
The results are considered by NPPD Management in modifying aspects of the plan. Audit documentation is maintained for at least five years. Revised or updated emergency plans and procedures are handled in accordance with document control procedures as delineated in the CNS Operations Manual. Distribution is controlled by the Emergency Preparedness Manager, via the Document Control Department. | 8.6 MAINTENANCE AND INVENTORY OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Quarterly inspections of the operational readiness of items of emergency equipment and supplies are conducted. Deficiencies noted during inspections are corrected in a timely manner. The use of EPIP 5.7.21, Maintaining Emergency Preparedness - Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations, in conjunction with the CNS Preventative Maintenance Tracking System and Emergency Preparedness Departmental Guides ensure equipment is ready for use. Sufficient reserves of instruments and equipment are maintained to replace those undergoing calibration or repair. Calibration of equipment is conducted at intervals set forth in Technical Specifications. In addition, the planned use of communications, first aid, fire fighting and radiation measuring equipment during scheduled drills further ensures the availability and operability of emergency equipment. | ||
8.6 MAINTENANCE AND INVENTORY OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Quarterly inspections of the operational readiness of items of emergency equipment and supplies are conducted. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 98OF192 I | ||
Deficiencies noted during inspections are corrected in a timely manner. The use of EPIP 5.7.21, Maintaining Emergency Preparedness | : 9. RECOVERY This section of the Emergency Plan describes the initiating conditions and transitional steps required to move from Emergency Response Organization operations into Recovery Operations. With the safety of the public and station personnel being of the utmost priority, recovery operations allow for a smooth transition from the Emergency Response Organization operations to normal day-to-day operations. | ||
-Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations, in conjunction with the CNS Preventative Maintenance Tracking System and Emergency Preparedness Departmental Guides ensure equipment is ready for use. Sufficient reserves of instruments and equipment are maintained to replace those undergoing calibration or repair. Calibration of equipment is conducted at intervals set forth in Technical Specifications. | Recovery operations will include measures taken during and immediately following the emergency, as well as the longer term post-emergency efforts. These operations will be performed by station and other NPPD personnel, and if required, by contract technical and labor support. Manpower and equipment resources supporting the individual functional segments of the Recovery Organization will vary according to the severity of damage and specific situational needs. | ||
In addition, the planned use of communications, first aid, fire fighting and radiation measuring equipment during scheduled drills further ensures the availability and operability of emergency equipment. | The Emergency Director will evaluate the effectiveness of corrective actions and determine if the emergency is under control. The following station conditions will serve as general guidelines for decisions whether the emergency is under control: | ||
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 98OF192 I | |||
: 9. RECOVERY This section of the Emergency Plan describes the initiating conditions and transitional steps required to move from Emergency Response Organization operations into Recovery Operations. | |||
With the safety of the public and station personnel being of the utmost priority, recovery operations allow for a smooth transition from the Emergency Response Organization operations to normal day-to-day operations. | |||
Recovery operations will include measures taken during and immediately following the emergency, as well as the longer term post-emergency efforts. These operations will be performed by station and other NPPD personnel, and if required, by contract technical and labor support. Manpower and equipment resources supporting the individual functional segments of the Recovery Organization will vary according to the severity of damage and specific situational needs. The Emergency Director will evaluate the effectiveness of corrective actions and determine if the emergency is under control. The following station conditions will serve as general guidelines for decisions whether the emergency is under control: | |||
* Radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time. | * Radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time. | ||
* Releases of radioactive materials to the environment have ceased or are controlled within permissible license limits. | * Releases of radioactive materials to the environment have ceased or are controlled within permissible license limits. | ||
* Fire, flooding, or similar emergency conditions no longer constitute a hazard to the station or station personnel. | * Fire, flooding, or similar emergency conditions no longer constitute a hazard to the station or station personnel. | ||
* Measures have been successfully instituted to correct or compensate for malfunctioning equipment. | * Measures have been successfully instituted to correct or compensate for malfunctioning equipment. | ||
Based on the consideration of these criteria as well as other pertinent items, the Emergency Director shall determine when to activate the Recovery Panel. 9.1 RECOVERY PANEL If after evaluating the effectiveness of corrective actions, the Emergency Director determines that the emergency is under control, he will activate the Recovery Panel. The panel may consist of the following personnel: | Based on the consideration of these criteria as well as other pertinent items, the Emergency Director shall determine when to activate the Recovery Panel. | ||
9.1 RECOVERY PANEL If after evaluating the effectiveness of corrective actions, the Emergency Director determines that the emergency is under control, he will activate the Recovery Panel. | |||
The panel may consist of the following personnel: | |||
* Emergency Director. | * Emergency Director. | ||
* VP-Nuclear/CNO or his designee. | * VP-Nuclear/CNO or his designee. | ||
Line 1,042: | Line 1,234: | ||
* Technical Support Center (TSC) Director. | * Technical Support Center (TSC) Director. | ||
* JIC Director (JIC). | * JIC Director (JIC). | ||
* Radiological Control Manager (EOF). EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 99OF192 I Personnel acting on this panel can either be physically present or connected by telephone conference from their various Emergency Response Facilities. | * Radiological Control Manager (EOF). | ||
The purpose of the Recovery Panel is to evaluate emergency termination considerations, determine plant status parameters, and the planning and implementation of recovery operations. | EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 99OF192 I | ||
A time frame can then be established for securing emergency response and de-escalation of the emergency classification for recovery, if not already completed. | |||
Based upon this information, the VP-Nuclear/CNO or his designee may initiate the Recovery Organization. | Personnel acting on this panel can either be physically present or connected by telephone conference from their various Emergency Response Facilities. The purpose of the Recovery Panel is to evaluate emergency termination considerations, determine plant status parameters, and the planning and implementation of recovery operations. A time frame can then be established for securing emergency response and de-escalation of the emergency classification for recovery, if not already completed. Based upon this information, the VP-Nuclear/CNO or his designee may initiate the Recovery Organization. | ||
9.2 RECOVERY ORGANIZATION | 9.2 RECOVERY ORGANIZATION | ||
_ Once the decision has been made to activate the Recovery Organization, NPPD Emergency Response Facilities and their personnel shall be informed (via briefings, Public Address systems, telephones, etc.). The JIC Director shall inform personnel at the JIC of the activation of the Recovery Organization. | _ Once the decision has been made to activate the Recovery Organization, NPPD Emergency Response Facilities and their personnel shall be informed (via briefings, Public Address systems, telephones, etc.). | ||
Depending upon the amount of media interest, the JIC may be deactivated at this time. Public Affairs duties and responsibilities would then be assumed by the Corporate Communications | The JIC Director shall inform personnel at the JIC of the activation of the Recovery Organization. Depending upon the amount of media interest, the JIC may be deactivated at this time. Public Affairs duties and responsibilities would then be assumed by the Corporate Communications & Public Relations Manager and Staff. | ||
& Public Relations Manager and Staff. Other personnel at the JIC return to their normal work stations and support the recovery effort through their normal position functions. | Other personnel at the JIC return to their normal work stations and support the recovery effort through their normal position functions. | ||
The Emergency Director or his alternate shall inform personnel in the EOF, TSC, OSC, and Control Room of the activation of the Recovery Organization. | The Emergency Director or his alternate shall inform personnel in the EOF, TSC, OSC, and Control Room of the activation of the Recovery Organization. | ||
* Depending upon current conditions, any of these facilities may be deactivated at this time. Once deactivated, personnel in these facilities would return to their normal work stations and support the recovery effort through their normal position functions. | * Depending upon current conditions, any of these facilities may be deactivated at this time. Once deactivated, personnel in these facilities would return to their normal work stations and support the recovery effort through their normal position functions. The Recovery Organization is the same as the normal Nuclear Power Group Organization described in Section 5, except the Corporate Communications & Public Relations Manager and the Corporate Environmental Manager are included in the organization. | ||
The Recovery Organization is the same as the normal Nuclear Power Group Organization described in Section 5, except the Corporate Communications | |||
& Public Relations Manager and the Corporate Environmental Manager are included in the organization. | |||
9.3 RECOVERY EXPOSURE CONTROL The General Manager of Plant Operations is responsible for ensuring that the Radiation Protection Manager evaluates the advisability of initiating re-entry. | 9.3 RECOVERY EXPOSURE CONTROL The General Manager of Plant Operations is responsible for ensuring that the Radiation Protection Manager evaluates the advisability of initiating re-entry. | ||
Information on existing conditions, interviews with employees involved in the emergency, regulatory dose guidelines, and when necessary, counsel from recognized experts will be utilized in formulating decisions on re-entry. | Information on existing conditions, interviews with employees involved in the emergency, regulatory dose guidelines, and when necessary, counsel from recognized experts will be utilized in formulating decisions on re-entry. The development and evaluation of these operations will be under the direction of the General Manager of Plant Operations. General Office support personnel will aid in the requisition of technical assistance, increased manpower, and special equipment. | ||
The development and evaluation of these operations will be under the direction of the General Manager of Plant Operations. | During recovery and re-entry operations, actions will be pre-planned to minimize the amount of radiation dose to personnel. Access to areas will be controlled and radiation dose will be documented. Estimates of total population dose will be coordinated with state and federal authorities. | ||
General Office support personnel will aid in the requisition of technical assistance, increased manpower, and special equipment. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 100 OF 192 j | ||
During recovery and re-entry operations, actions will be pre-planned to minimize the amount of radiation dose to personnel. | |||
Access to areas will be controlled and radiation dose will be documented. | 9.4 NUCLEAR SAFETY COMMITTEES Normal safety review organizations, Station Operations and Review Committee (SORG), and Safety Review and Audit Board (SRAB) will continue to function throughout all recovery activities. | ||
Estimates of total population dose will be coordinated with state and federal authorities. | 9.4.1 STATION OPERATIONS REVIEW COMMITTEE (SORG) | ||
An on-site nuclear safety committee is provided to review all matters pertaining to nuclear safety in the operation of the nuclear facility. This committee is advisory to the General Manager of Plant Operations and the chairman is designated in writing by the General Manager of Plant Operations. Committee membership, responsibilities, and authorities are detailed in Station Procedures. | |||
9.4.1 STATION OPERATIONS REVIEW COMMITTEE (SORG) An on-site nuclear safety committee is provided to review all matters pertaining to nuclear safety in the operation of the nuclear facility. | 9.4.2 SAFETY REVIEW AND AUDIT BOARD (SRAB) | ||
This committee is advisory to the General Manager of Plant Operations and the chairman is designated in writing by the General Manager of Plant Operations. | An off-site nuclear Safety Committee is provided to perform independent review and audit of station activities. SRAB is advisory in nature. Committee membership, responsibilities, and authorities are detailed in the SRAB Charter. | ||
Committee membership, responsibilities, and authorities are detailed in Station Procedures. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 101OF192 I | ||
9.4.2 SAFETY REVIEW AND AUDIT BOARD (SRAB) An off-site nuclear Safety Committee is provided to perform independent review and audit of station activities. | |||
SRAB is advisory in nature. Committee membership, responsibilities, and authorities are detailed in the SRAB Charter. | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NO. TITLE 5.7.1 Emergency Classification 5.7.2 Emergency Director EPIP Incident Command Post (ICP) Hostile Action Based Event Roles and 5.7.3 Responsibilities 5.7.6 Notification 5.7.7 Activation of TSC 5.7.8 Activation of OSC 5.7.8.1 Activation of Alternate OSC 5.7.8.2 Activation of Alternate Off-Site OSC/TSC 5.7.9 Activation of EOF 5.7.10 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 5.7.11 Early Dismissal/Evacuation of Site Personnel 5.7.12 Emergency Radiation Exposure Control 5.7.13 Personnel Monitoring and Decontamination 5.7.14 Stable Iodine Thyroid Blocking {Kl) 5.7.15 OSC Team Dispatch 5.7.16 Release Rate Determination 5.7.17 Dose Assessment 5.7.17.1 Dose Assessment (Manual) 5.7.18 Off-site and Site Boundary Monitoring 5.7.19 On-site Radiological Monitoring 5.7.20 Protective Action Recommendations Maintaining Emergency Preparedness - Emergency Exercises, Drills, 5.7.21 Tests, and Evaluations 5.7.23 Activation of the JJC 5.7.24 Medical Emergency 5.7.25 Recovery Operations 5.7.26 Long-Term Environmental Monitoring 5.7.27 Alert and Notification System 5.7.27.1 NOAA/EAS Radio Malfunction 5.7.27.2 False Activation of Alert and Notification System 5.7.28 Administration of Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMs) 5.7COMMUN Communications 5.7ENS ENS Communicator IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 102OF192 l | ||
Summaries of each EPIP and a cross-reference to the appropriate section of the CNS Emergency Plan is provided below. 5.7.1 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION This procedure provides a means of classifying an event into one of four emergency classifications as described in Section 4 of the Emergency Plan. An EAL is a pre-determined, site specific, observable threshold for a plant Initiating Condition (IC) that places the plant in a given Emergency Classification Level (ECL). An EAL can be: an instrument reading; an equipment status indicator; a measurable parameter (on-site or off-site); | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMF?LEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NO. TITLE O-EP-01 Emergency Response Organization Responsibilities Configuration Control of the Automated Notification System O-EP-02 (ANS) | ||
a discrete, observable event; results of analyses; entry into specific Emergency Operating Procedures; or another phenomenon which, if it occurs, indicates entry into a particular emergency classification level. EALs are utilized to classify emergency conditions. | O-EN-EP-306 Drills and Exercises O-EN-EP-308 Emergency Planning Critiques TPP 101 Emergency Response Organization TPP 102 Emergency Preparedness Staff Training and Qualification EPDG 2 Attachment H-1 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Scheduling EPDG 2 Attachment H-2 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Scenario Development EPDG 2 Attachment H-4 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Drill and Exercise Preparations EPDG 2 Attachment H-5 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Critique Process IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 103OF1921 | ||
To the extent possible, the EALs are symptom-based. | |||
That is, the action level threshold is defined by values of key plant operating parameters that identify emergency or potential emergency conditions. | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN Controlled copies of the CNS EPIPs are maintained in all Emergency Response Facilities. | ||
This approach is appropriate because it allows the full scope of variations in the types of events to be classified as emergencies. | Summaries of each EPIP and a cross-reference to the appropriate section of the CNS Emergency Plan is provided below. | ||
However, a purely symptom-based approach is not sufficient to address all events for which emergency classification is appropriate. | 5.7.1 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION This procedure provides a means of classifying an event into one of four emergency classifications as described in Section 4 of the Emergency Plan. | ||
Particular events to which no pre-determined symptoms can be ascribed have also been utilized as EALs since they may be indicative of potentially more serious conditions not yet fully realized. | An EAL is a pre-determined, site specific, observable threshold for a plant Initiating Condition (IC) that places the plant in a given Emergency Classification Level (ECL). An EAL can be: an instrument reading; an equipment status indicator; a measurable parameter (on-site or off-site); a discrete, observable event; results of analyses; entry into specific Emergency Operating Procedures; or another phenomenon which, if it occurs, indicates entry into a particular emergency classification level. EALs are utilized to classify emergency conditions. To the extent possible, the EALs are symptom-based. That is, the action level threshold is defined by values of key plant operating parameters that identify emergency or potential emergency conditions. This approach is appropriate because it allows the full scope of variations in the types of events to be classified as emergencies. | ||
However, a purely symptom-based approach is not sufficient to address all events for which emergency classification is appropriate. Particular events to which no pre-determined symptoms can be ascribed have also been utilized as EALs since they may be indicative of potentially more serious conditions not yet fully realized. | |||
The CNS EAL methodology divides the EALs into 3 broad groups: | The CNS EAL methodology divides the EALs into 3 broad groups: | ||
* EALs applicable under all plant operating modes -This group would be reviewed by the EAL-user any time emergency classification is considered. | * EALs applicable under all plant operating modes - This group would be reviewed by the EAL-user any time emergency classification is considered. | ||
* EALs applicable only under Modes 1, 2, or 3 -This group would only be reviewed by the EAL-user when the plant is in Hot Shutdown, Startup, or Power Operation mode. | * EALs applicable only under Modes 1, 2, or 3 - This group would only be reviewed by the EAL-user when the plant is in Hot Shutdown, Startup, or Power Operation mode. | ||
* EALs applicable only under Modes 4, 5, or Defueled -This group would only be reviewed by the EAL-user when the plant is in Cold Shutdown, Refueling, or Defueled mode. The purpose of the groups is to avoid review of EALs that cannot be applicable in the current operating mode of the plant. This approach significantly minimizes the total number of EALs that must be reviewed by the Emergency Director for a given plant condition and thereby speeds identification of the appropriate applicable EAL. | * EALs applicable only under Modes 4, 5, or Defueled - This group would only be reviewed by the EAL-user when the plant is in Cold Shutdown, Refueling, or Defueled mode. | ||
The purpose of the groups is to avoid review of EALs that cannot be applicable in the current operating mode of the plant. This approach significantly minimizes the total number of EALs that must be reviewed by the Emergency Director for a given plant condition and thereby speeds identification of the appropriate applicable EAL. | |||
Subcategories are used as necessary to further divide the EALs of a category into logical sets of possible emergency classification thresholds. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 104 OF 1921 | ||
5.7.2 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EPIP This procedure provides a series of actions to be taken upon declaration of an Emergency Classification. | |||
Personnel shall be directed to use additional procedures to adequately respond to an emergency event. Certain actions may still need to be performed by the Shift Manager, as requested by the Emergency Director, after command and control of the emergency response has been transferred to the EOF. 5. 7 .3 INCIDENT COMMAND POST (ICP) HOSTILE ACTION BASED EVENT | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN Within each of the above three groups, assignment of EALs to categories/subcategories - | ||
These include initial, follow-up, and event termination notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC notifications prior to TSC activation. | Category and subcategory titles are selected to represent conditions that are operationally significant to the EAL-user. Subcategories are used as necessary to further divide the EALs of a category into logical sets of possible emergency classification thresholds. | ||
Upon declaration of an emergency condition, all notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and/or the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. | 5.7.2 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EPIP This procedure provides a series of actions to be taken upon declaration of an Emergency Classification. Personnel shall be directed to use additional procedures to adequately respond to an emergency event. Certain actions may still need to be performed by the Shift Manager, as requested by the Emergency Director, after command and control of the emergency response has been transferred to the EOF. | ||
All telephone numbers needed for notification or follow-up information transmission are in the Emergency Telephone Directory located in the Control Room, Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and other designated areas. ACTIVATION OF TSC ACTIVATION OF OSC ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE OSC ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE OFF-SITE OSC/TSC ACTIVATION OF EOF These procedures describe the sequence of events and the staffing requirements for the activation of the TSC (5.7.7), OSC (5.7.8), Alternate OSC (5.7.8.1), Alternate Off-Site OSC/TSC (5.7.8.2) and the EOF (5.7.9). They provide further information on the functions of the CNS ERFs (see Section 7.2 of the Emergency Plan). | : 5. 7 .3 INCIDENT COMMAND POST (ICP) HOSTILE ACTION BASED EVENT | ||
It also provides a means to ascertain the names of missing individuals within 30 minutes and account for all on-site individuals continuously thereafter. | . ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES This procedure provides guidance on actions to be taken after a Hostile Action Based (HAB) Event has occurred or is occurring, including Incident Command Post (ICP) and Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) interface, communications with off-site agencies, and bringing off-site agencies into the Protected Area. | ||
Since each site employee, Security Officer, visitor, and contractor is assigned a designated assembly area and each area is assigned a Designated Assembly Area Supervisor (DAAS) personnel accountability, in accordance with the discussions in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, is assured. EARLY DISMISSAL/EVACUATION OF SITE PERSONNEL As discussed in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, in the event of an emergency situation it may be desirable to minimize the number of non-ERO personnel on-site. If the emergency involves a radiological release or the potential for a release, then evacuation of non-ERO personnel is desirable, or may be required to minimize exposure to radioactive material. | 5.7.6 NOTIFICATION This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon declaration of an emergency condition. These include initial, follow-up, and event termination notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC notifications prior to TSC activation. | ||
This procedure provides an efficient means for evacuation of personnel from isolated areas or from the plant site in its entirety. | Upon declaration of an emergency condition, all notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and/or the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. All telephone numbers needed for notification or follow-up information transmission are in the Emergency Telephone Directory located in the Control Room, Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and other designated areas. | ||
Furthermore, it p'rovides a definition of the duties and responsibilities of designated supervisory personnel associated with site evacuation. | 5.7.7, ACTIVATION OF TSC 5.7.8 ACTIVATION OF OSC 5.7.8.1 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE OSC 5.7.8.2 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE OFF-SITE OSC/TSC 5.7.9 ACTIVATION OF EOF These procedures describe the sequence of events and the staffing requirements for the activation of the TSC (5.7.7), OSC (5.7.8), Alternate OSC (5.7.8.1), Alternate Off-Site OSC/TSC (5.7.8.2) and the EOF (5.7.9). | ||
EMERGENCY RADIATION EXPOSURE CONTROL As indicated in Section 6.6 of the Emergency Plan, under certain emergency conditions it may become necessary for emergency workers to receive dose in excess of occupational limits established by | They provide further information on the functions of the CNS ERFs (see Section 7.2 of the Emergency Plan). | ||
As indicated in the Emergency Plan and Procedure, the Emergency Director h*as the authority to authorize dose in excess of occupational limits. This dose is only justifiable if it is determined that benefits are being achieved, the dose is commensurate with the significance of the objective, and every reasonable effort is being made to maintain emergency workers dose As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA). The primary purpose of this procedure is to provide policy guidance, address required authorization, and set forth maximum criteria for emergency radiation dose control in the event emergency workers are required to exceed established annual dose limits. PERSONNEL MONITORING AND DECONTAMINATION As discussed in Section 6.6 of the Emergency Plan, the objectives of | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 105OF192 I | ||
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN 5.7.10 PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY This procedure describes the immediate and on-going emergency personnel assembly and accountability actions to be taken by all on-site personnel including ERO members, Security personnel, contractors, and visitors in the event of a station emergency. It also provides a means to ascertain the names of missing individuals within 30 minutes and account for all on-site individuals continuously thereafter. | |||
Since each site employee, Security Officer, visitor, and contractor is assigned a designated assembly area and each area is assigned a Designated Assembly Area Supervisor (DAAS) personnel accountability, in accordance with the discussions in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, is assured. | |||
5.7.11 EARLY DISMISSAL/EVACUATION OF SITE PERSONNEL As discussed in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, in the event of an emergency situation it may be desirable to minimize the number of non-ERO personnel on-site. If the emergency involves a radiological release or the potential for a release, then evacuation of non-ERO personnel is desirable, or may be required to minimize exposure to radioactive material. | |||
This procedure provides an efficient means for evacuation of personnel from isolated areas or from the plant site in its entirety. Furthermore, it p'rovides a definition of the duties and responsibilities of designated supervisory personnel associated with site evacuation. | |||
5.7.12 EMERGENCY RADIATION EXPOSURE CONTROL As indicated in Section 6.6 of the Emergency Plan, under certain emergency conditions it may become necessary for emergency workers to receive dose in excess of occupational limits established by 1OCFR20. Dose limits for workers performing emergency services are contained in this procedure. | |||
As indicated in the Emergency Plan and Procedure, the Emergency Director h*as the authority to authorize dose in excess of occupational limits. This dose is only justifiable if it is determined that benefits are being achieved, the dose is commensurate with the significance of the objective, and every reasonable effort is being made to maintain emergency workers dose As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA). | |||
The primary purpose of this procedure is to provide policy guidance, address required authorization, and set forth maximum criteria for emergency radiation dose control in the event emergency workers are required to exceed established annual dose limits. | |||
5.7.13 PERSONNEL MONITORING AND DECONTAMINATION As discussed in Section 6.6 of the Emergency Plan, the objectives of IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 106OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN personnel decontamination techniques are to promptly reduce radiation dose; to minimize the absorption of radionuclides, particularly radioiodine, into the body; and to prevent the spread of localized contamination. | |||
This procedure provides instructions for decontamination of statior,i personnel during emergency conditions utilizing normal decontamination facilities or alternate areas if necessary. | This procedure provides instructions for decontamination of statior,i personnel during emergency conditions utilizing normal decontamination facilities or alternate areas if necessary. | ||
STABLE IODINE THYROID BLOCKING (Kl) The purpose of this procedure is to define under what emergency conditions Potassium Iodide (Kl) should be administered to station personnel and who has the authority to determine when and at what dosages Kl should be administered. | 5.7.14 STABLE IODINE THYROID BLOCKING (Kl) | ||
The procedure also provides a discussion of the effectiveness of Kl, the recommended dosage, as well as any precautions and potential side effects. As indicated in Section 7. 7 of the Emergency Plan, Kl tablets are stored in the CNS emergency lockers and are available on a voluntary basis to emergency* | The purpose of this procedure is to define under what emergency conditions Potassium Iodide (Kl) should be administered to station personnel and who has the authority to determine when and at what dosages Kl should be administered. The procedure also provides a discussion of the effectiveness of Kl, the recommended dosage, as well as any precautions and potential side effects. | ||
response personnel as conditions dictate. These tablets will be dispensed only with the permission of the Emergency Director {also see Section 6.5.5 of the Emergency Plan). OSC TEAM DISPATCH As defined in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, if station personnel are unaccounted for in the initial or subsequent emergency accountability, the Emergency Director will assign an emergency team to locate, and if necessary, rescue them. This procedure provides guidance and requirements necessary to conduct efficient rescue and re-entry operations. | As indicated in Section 7. 7 of the Emergency Plan, Kl tablets are stored in the CNS emergency lockers and are available on a voluntary basis to emergency* | ||
It presents the organization and operation of Rescue and Re-Entry Teams and identifies the precautions which should be observed by the Rescue and Re-Entry Teams (including equipment carried during search and rescue operations). | response personnel as conditions dictate. These tablets will be dispensed only with the permission of the Emergency Director {also see Section 6.5.5 of the Emergency Plan). | ||
RELEASE RATE DETERMINATION This procedure describes methodology for the manual determination of airborne radioactive release rates from the Elevated Release Point, Reactor Building vent, the Turbine Building vent, and the Augmented Radwaste Building vent utilizing effluent monitor readings. | 5.7.15 OSC TEAM DISPATCH As defined in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, if station personnel are unaccounted for in the initial or subsequent emergency accountability, the Emergency Director will assign an emergency team to locate, and if necessary, rescue them. | ||
Upon determination of re/ease rates, actual or projected plume exposure dose may be calculated in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.17, Dose Assessment or EPIP 5.7.17.1, Dose Assessment (Manual). | This procedure provides guidance and requirements necessary to conduct efficient rescue and re-entry operations. It presents the organization and operation of Rescue and Re-Entry Teams and identifies the precautions which should be observed by the Rescue and Re-Entry Teams (including equipment carried during search and rescue operations). | ||
This dose provides a basis for relating plume exposure dose to the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) in accordance with EPIP 5.7.20, Protective Action Recommendations (see Section 6.3 of the Emergency Plan). | 5.7.16 RELEASE RATE DETERMINATION This procedure describes methodology for the manual determination of airborne radioactive release rates from the Elevated Release Point, Reactor Building vent, the Turbine Building vent, and the Augmented Radwaste Building vent utilizing effluent monitor readings. | ||
DOSE ASSESSMENT (MANUAL) This procedure provides a means for personnel to perform a plume centerline or non-centerline dose assessment including dose projections from multiple source releases using hand calculation methods when the CNS-DOSE computer program is not available. | Upon determination of re/ease rates, actual or projected plume exposure dose may be calculated in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.17, Dose Assessment or EPIP 5.7.17.1, Dose Assessment (Manual). This dose provides a basis for relating plume exposure dose to the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) in accordance with EPIP 5.7.20, Protective Action Recommendations (see Section 6.3 of the Emergency Plan). | ||
OFF-SITE AND SITE BOUNDARY MONITORING In the event of an accidental radiological release, data obtained from off-site survey will be used to assess the magnitude of the release and to determine which off-site areas have been affected by the release. As indicated in Section 4.2 of the Emergency Plan, CNS will deploy Field Monitoring Teams for initial off-site monitoring prior to the arrival of responding state teams. The CNS Teams will remain in the field and assist the State(s) Teams as required. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 107OF1921 | ||
Data obtained through the off-site survey shall be utilized to determine actual release rates, deposition rates, and actual dose.* Dose assessments provide a basis for decision making concerning recommendation of appropriate protective actions in accordance with EPIP 5.7.20, Protective Action . Recommendations. | |||
Off-site survey data will be used in conjunctionwith on-site release rate determination and dose assessment capabilities to accurately determine off-site consequences of an accident condition. | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN | ||
: 5. 7 .17 DOSE ASSESSMENT This procedure provides a means for personnel to quickly predict off-site dose rates and integrated dose based on meteorological data, release rates, and dispersion. | |||
5.7.17.1 DOSE ASSESSMENT (MANUAL) | |||
This procedure provides a means for personnel to perform a plume centerline or non-centerline dose assessment including dose projections from multiple source releases using hand calculation methods when the CNS-DOSE computer program is not available. | |||
5.7.18 OFF-SITE AND SITE BOUNDARY MONITORING In the event of an accidental radiological release, data obtained from off-site survey will be used to assess the magnitude of the release and to determine which off-site areas have been affected by the release. As indicated in Section 4.2 of the Emergency Plan, CNS will deploy Field Monitoring Teams for initial off-site monitoring prior to the arrival of responding state teams. The CNS Teams will remain in the field and assist the State(s) Teams as required. | |||
Data obtained through the off-site survey shall be utilized to determine actual release rates, deposition rates, and actual dose.* Dose assessments provide a basis for decision making concerning recommendation of appropriate protective actions in accordance with EPIP 5.7.20, Protective Action . | |||
Recommendations. Off-site survey data will be used in conjunctionwith on-site release rate determination and dose assessment capabilities to accurately determine off-site consequences of an accident condition. | |||
This procedure describes the emergency off-site and site boundary radiological monitoring and field surveys to be undertaken in the event of an airborne release of radioactive gases from CNS. Instructions for the implementation of the program, locating sampling points, collecting samples, and performing field surveys are provided. | This procedure describes the emergency off-site and site boundary radiological monitoring and field surveys to be undertaken in the event of an airborne release of radioactive gases from CNS. Instructions for the implementation of the program, locating sampling points, collecting samples, and performing field surveys are provided. | ||
ON-SITE RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING In the event of an accidental release involving radionuclides, data obtained from the on-site survey will be used to make initial assessments concerning the magnitude of the accident and decisions concerning evacuation of site personnel. | 5.7.19 ON-SITE RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING In the event of an accidental release involving radionuclides, data obtained from the on-site survey will be used to make initial assessments concerning the magnitude of the accident and decisions concerning evacuation of site personnel. | ||
Principal concerns for accidental radioactive releases, particularly gaseous releases, include limiting internal dose through appropriate respiratory protection equipment, anti-contamination clothing, limiting external dose by identifying areas of high radiation, and containment of the material to prevent the spreading of contamination or release to the environs. | Principal concerns for accidental radioactive releases, particularly gaseous releases, include limiting internal dose through appropriate respiratory protection equipment, anti-contamination clothing, limiting external dose by identifying areas of high radiation, and containment of the material to prevent the spreading of contamination or release to the environs. | ||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 108OF192 I | |||
The on-site survey entails the interior space of all station buildings. | |||
PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Dose estimates (which population groups may potentially receive) are calculated according to the dose assessment methodology described in EPIP 5.7.17, Dose Assessment or EPIP 5.7.17.1, Dose Assessment (Manual). | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN This procedure describes the emergency on-site radiological monitoring necessary to determine dose rates, airborne particulate, noble gas, and radioiodine activity levels due to an accidental release of radionuclides. The on-site survey entails the interior space of all station buildings. | ||
These dose estimates are referred to as projected dose. A protective action is an action taken to avoid or reduce a projected dose when the benefits derived from such action are sufficient to offset any undesirable features of the protective action. This procedure provides a basis for relating actual or projected plume exposure dose to the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) in order to recommend the appropriate protective actions to the county or state governments (see Sections 6.5 and 6.6). MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS | 5.7.20 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Dose estimates (which population groups may potentially receive) are calculated according to the dose assessment methodology described in EPIP 5.7.17, Dose Assessment or EPIP 5.7.17.1, Dose Assessment (Manual). These dose estimates are referred to as projected dose. A protective action is an action taken to avoid or reduce a projected dose when the benefits derived from such action are sufficient to offset any undesirable features of the protective action. | ||
-EMERGENCY EXERCISES, DRILLS, TESTS AND EVALUATIONS This procedure provides a means of ensuring the operational readiness and availability of equipment required for the immediate action steps of all four Emergency Classification action levels. This procedure also provides instructions for documenting the completion of periodic surveillances, tests, drills, and training to ensure availability, operability, and reliability. | This procedure provides a basis for relating actual or projected plume exposure dose to the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) in order to recommend the appropriate protective actions to the county or state governments (see Sections 6.5 and 6.6). | ||
As an emergency situation progresses, conditions may arise which require augmentation of emergency equipment. | 5.7.21 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS - EMERGENCY EXERCISES, DRILLS, TESTS AND EVALUATIONS This procedure provides a means of ensuring the operational readiness and availability of equipment required for the immediate action steps of all four Emergency Classification action levels. This procedure also provides instructions for documenting the completion of periodic surveillances, tests, drills, and training to ensure availability, operability, and reliability. | ||
The necessary equipment will be utilized on an as-needed basis to support the emergency operations (see Section 6.5.2 of the Emergency Plan). ACTIVATION OF THE JIC , This procedure describes the sequence of events and the staffing requirements for the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). It provides further information on the functions of the JIC and its interaction with other CNS ERF's (see Section 7.2 of the Emergency Plan) and provides responsibilities of key emergency response personnel. | As an emergency situation progresses, conditions may arise which require augmentation of emergency equipment. The necessary equipment will be utilized on an as-needed basis to support the emergency operations (see Section 6.5.2 of the Emergency Plan). | ||
MEDICAL EMERGENCY As delineated in Sections 6.6.3 and 6.6.4 of the Emergency Plan, arrangements with local organizations have been made for the transportation and care of injured/contaminated personnel. | 5.7.23 ACTIVATION OF THE JIC , | ||
This procedure describes the sequence of events and the staffing requirements for the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). It provides further information on the functions of the JIC and its interaction with other CNS ERF's (see Section 7.2 of the Emergency Plan) and provides responsibilities of key emergency response personnel. | |||
The topics addressed by the procedure are: (1) aid to contaminated and non-contaminated injured personnel on-site, and (2) transportation and treatment of injured personnel. | 5.7.24 MEDICAL EMERGENCY As delineated in Sections 6.6.3 and 6.6.4 of the Emergency Plan, arrangements with local organizations have been made for the transportation and care of injured/contaminated personnel. | ||
It also provides information on local off-site facilities and the. actions to be taken by off-site personnel. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 109 OF 192 l | ||
RECOVERY OPERATIONS This procedure describes recovery operations necessary to identify the extent of station damage and radiological contamination (if any) and return the station to an operating status in compliance with the Technical Specifications. | |||
Recovery operations will include measures taken during and immediately following the emergency, as well as, the longer term post-emergency efforts. These operations will be performed by station and other NPPD personnel, and if required, by contract technical and labor support. Manpower and equipment resources supporting the individual functional segments of the Recovery Organization will vary according to the severity of damage and specific situational needs. LONG-TERM ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Methods to be used for evaluating long-term environmental consequences and analyses of trends involving key isotopes of radioactive material released from CNS are described in this procedure. | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN This procedure details the treatment of injured personnel during a radiological emergency. The topics addressed by the procedure are: (1) aid to contaminated and non-contaminated injured personnel on-site, and (2) transportation and treatment of injured personnel. It also provides information on local off-site facilities and the. actions to be taken by off-site personnel. | ||
Immediate collection and analysis of samples from impacted areas following a release shal.1 be conducted in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.18, Off-Site And Site Boundary Monitoring. | 5.7.25 RECOVERY OPERATIONS This procedure describes recovery operations necessary to identify the extent of station damage and radiological contamination (if any) and return the station to an operating status in compliance with the Technical Specifications. | ||
Long-term environmental monitoring and trend analyses shall be conducted in accordance with EPIP 5.7.26. Appropriate protective measures are also discussed (also see Section 7.5.4 of the Emergency Plan). ALERT AND NOTIFICATION SYSTEM NOAA/EAS RADIO MALFUNCTION FALSE ACTIVATION OF ALERT AND NOTIFICATION SYSTEM The purpose of these procedures are to describe the CNS Alert And Notification System within the Plume Exposure Pathway ( 10-Mile EPZ) of Cooper Nuclear Station. This system was set up to meet prompt notification requirements for Cooper Nuclear Station. These procedures also include response to inadvertent siren activation or EAS radio malfunctions. | Recovery operations will include measures taken during and immediately following the emergency, as well as, the longer term post-emergency efforts. | ||
As indicated in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, the CNS Early Warning System consists of fixed sirens covering areas of high population density and digitally-activated Emergency Alert System (EAS) radios in the low population density rural areas. The fixed siren system is composed of 21 pole-mounted sirens. | These operations will be performed by station and other NPPD personnel, and if required, by contract technical and labor support. Manpower and equipment resources supporting the individual functional segments of the Recovery Organization will vary according to the severity of damage and specific situational needs. | ||
5.7.26 LONG-TERM ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Methods to be used for evaluating long-term environmental consequences and analyses of trends involving key isotopes of radioactive material released from CNS are described in this procedure. Immediate collection and analysis of samples from impacted areas following a release shal.1 be conducted in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.18, Off-Site And Site Boundary Monitoring. | |||
Long-term environmental monitoring and trend analyses shall be conducted in accordance with EPIP 5.7.26. Appropriate protective measures are also discussed (also see Section 7.5.4 of the Emergency Plan). | |||
5.7.27 ALERT AND NOTIFICATION SYSTEM 5.7.27.1 NOAA/EAS RADIO MALFUNCTION 5.7.27.2 FALSE ACTIVATION OF ALERT AND NOTIFICATION SYSTEM The purpose of these procedures are to describe the CNS Alert And Notification System within the Plume Exposure Pathway ( 10-Mile EPZ) of Cooper Nuclear Station. This system was set up to meet prompt notification requirements for Cooper Nuclear Station. These procedures also include response to inadvertent siren activation or EAS radio malfunctions. | |||
As indicated in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, the CNS Early Warning System consists of fixed sirens covering areas of high population density and digitally-activated Emergency Alert System (EAS) radios in the low population density rural areas. | |||
The fixed siren system is composed of 21 pole-mounted sirens. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 11 0 OF 192 j | |||
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN Digital NOAA/EAS radio receivers are made available to residences located within the rural EPZ areas and outside the effective hearing range of the fixed sirens. These radios are pre-tuned to NOAA/EAS radio transmitter KWN41 (162.5 MHz) located at Shubert, NE. The receivers constantly monitor the broadcast frequency of the digital NOANEAS station, and activate upon receipt of the appropriate digital signals. | |||
5.7.28 ADMINISTRATION OF POSITIONAL INSTRUCTION MANUALS (PIMS) | |||
This procedure provides guidance on the revision and control of the Positional Instructional Manuals (PIMs). This procedure shall ensure proposed changes to the Pl Ms are properly evaluated and approved prior to implementation. | |||
This shall prevent any potential degradation to the CNS Emergency Plan and its associated Implementing Procedures. | This shall prevent any potential degradation to the CNS Emergency Plan and its associated Implementing Procedures. | ||
: 5. ?COMMUN COMMUNICATIONS | : 5. ?COMMUN COMMUNICATIONS As presented in Section 7.3 of the Emergency Plan, the Emergency Response Organization has available to it various types of communications equipment which allow for effective communication to both on-site and off-site groups. This procedure provides a description of these systems and very basic instructions for their use. | ||
CONFIGURATION CONTROL OF THE AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ANS) This procedure provides the guidance needed to maintain the Automated Notification System. O-EN-EP-306 DRILLS AND EXERCISES This procedure provides guidance for the planning, preparation, scheduling, conduct, evaluation, and documentation of ERO drills and exercises. | 5.7ENS ENS COMMUNICATOR The procedure provides guidance to the ENS Communicator in the TSC for communicating with the NRC. | ||
O-EN-EP-308 EMERGENCY PLANNING CRITIQUES This procedure the means for tracking and correcting deficiencies identified in ERO drills and exercises. | O-EP-01 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBILITIES This procedure defines the responsibilities of plant personnel in support of the Emergency Response Organization at CNS and also provides a description of the responsibilities of key emergency response personnel. | ||
O-EP-02 CONFIGURATION CONTROL OF THE AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ANS) | |||
EMERGERNCY PREPAREDNESS STAFF TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION This training program procedure establishes the training and qualification requirements for the staff of the Emergency Preparedness (EP) Department at Cooper Nuclear Station. EPDG 2 Att. H-1 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL -SCHEDULING This desk guide provides guidance for the development and maintenance of the drill and exercise schedule for Cooper Nuclear Station. EPDG 2 Att. H-2 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL -SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT This desk guide provides instruction for the development of scenarios used for integrated ERO drills or exercises. | This procedure provides the guidance needed to maintain the Automated Notification System. | ||
EPDG 2 Att. H-4 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL -DRILL AND EXERCISE PREPARATIONS This desk guide contains the checklists needed to prepare for the drills and exercises on the drill schedule. | O-EN-EP-306 DRILLS AND EXERCISES This procedure provides guidance for the planning, preparation, scheduling, conduct, evaluation, and documentation of ERO drills and exercises. | ||
EPDG 2 Att. H-5 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL -CRITIQUE PROCESS This desk guide describes the process for the conduct and development of a drill or exercise critique. | O-EN-EP-308 EMERGENCY PLANNING CRITIQUES This procedure describe~ the means for tracking and correcting deficiencies identified in ERO drills and exercises. | ||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 111 OF 192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 {FEMA REP 1) APPENDIX B Table of Contents Page Cross Reference NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1) to the Emergency Plan ....................................................................................................... | |||
115 thru 157 Cross Reference | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN TPP 101 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION The Emergency Response Organization Training Program provides for initial qualification, requalification training and evaluation of CNS emergency response personnel: | ||
158 Cross Reference 10CFR50, Appendix E.IV to the Emergency Plan ....................................... | TPP 102 EMERGERNCY PREPAREDNESS STAFF TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION This training program procedure establishes the training and qualification requirements for the staff of the Emergency Preparedness (EP) Department at Cooper Nuclear Station. | ||
159 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Notification of Unusual Event Conditions | EPDG 2 Att. H-1 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - SCHEDULING This desk guide provides guidance for the development and maintenance of the drill and exercise schedule for Cooper Nuclear Station. | ||
......................................................................... , ..................................................... | EPDG 2 Att. H-2 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT This desk guide provides instruction for the development of scenarios used for integrated ERO drills or exercises. | ||
161 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Alert Conditions | EPDG 2 Att. H-4 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - DRILL AND EXERCISE PREPARATIONS This desk guide contains the checklists needed to prepare for the drills and exercises on the drill schedule. | ||
............................... | EPDG 2 Att. H-5 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - CRITIQUE PROCESS This desk guide describes the process for the conduct and development of a drill or exercise critique. | ||
163 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Site Area Emergency Conditions | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 112OF192 I | ||
............................................................................................................ | |||
164 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number General Emergency Conditions | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN EPIP/EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS-REFERENCE EPIP No. Emergency Plan Section 5.7.1 4.1, Tables 4.1-1through4.1-4 5.7.2 5.1.2, 6.2, 7.2 5.7.3 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 5.7.6 6.2, 7.4 5.7.7 5.2, 7.2.1 5.7.8 5.2, 7.2.2 5.7.8.1 5.2, 7.2.2 5.7.8.2 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 5.7.9 5.2, 7.2.3 5.7.10 6.5.3 5.7.11 6.5.4 5.7.12 6.5.5, 6.6.1, 6.6.2 5.7.13 6.5.5, 6.6.1, 6.6.2 5.7.14 6.5.5.1 5.7.15 6.5.1 5.7.16 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.17 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.17.1 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.18 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.19 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.20 6.5, 6.6 5.7.21 6.5.2, 7.7, 7.8, Appendix E 5.7.23 5.3, 6.2.3, 7 .2.4 5.7.24 6.6.2, 6.6.3, 6.6.4, 7.9 5.7.25 9.1, 9.2 5.7.26 7.5 5.7.27 6.5 5.7.27.1 6.5 5.7.27.2 6.5 5.7.28 None IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 113OF192 I | ||
............ | |||
165 Cross Reference NEI 10-05, Rev 0 to Assessment of On-Shift Emergency Response Organization Staffing and Capabilities | APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN 5.7ENS 5.2.2.5 5.7COMMUN 7.3 O-EP-01 5.2 O-EP-02 6.2 O-EN-EP-306 8.2 O-EN-EP-308 8.2 TPP 101 8.1.1 TPP 102 8.1.2 EPDG 2 Att H-1 8.2 EPDG 2 Att H-2 8.2 EPDG 2 Att H-4 8.2 EPDG 2 Att H-5 8.2 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 114 OF 192 / | ||
.................................................................... | |||
.47 | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
5.2-4 e. Each organization shall provide for 24 hour per day Sections 5.1, 5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.6, emergency response, including 24 hour per day 5.2.2.5, 5.2.3.3 manning of communications links. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 {FEMA REP 1) | ||
APPENDIX B Table of Contents Page Cross Reference NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1) to the Emergency Plan .......................................................................................................115 thru 157 Cross Reference 1OCFR50.47.b to NUREG-0654/FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1 .............................. 158 Cross Reference 10CFR50, Appendix E.IV to the Emergency Plan ....................................... 159 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Notification of Unusual Event Conditions ........................................................................., ..................................................... 161 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Alert Conditions ............................... 163 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Site Area Emergency Conditions ............................................................................................................ 164 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number General Emergency Conditions ............ 165 Cross Reference NEI 10-05, Rev 0 to Assessment of On-Shift Emergency Response Organization Staffing and Capabilities .................................................................... .47 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 1150F1921 | |||
Command and Control, Alerting and Notification, Communications, Public Information, Accident Assessment, Public Health and Sanitation, Social Services, Fire and Rescue, Traffic Control, Emergency Medical Services, Law Enforcement, Transportation, Protection Response (including authority to request Federal assistance and to initiate other protective actions), and Radiological Exposure Control. The description of these functions shall include a clear and concise summary such as a table of primary and support responsibilities using the agency as one axis, and the function as the other (see Section B for licensee). | |||
: b. Each plan shall contain (by reference to specific acts, Not Applicable to Licensee codes or statutes) the legal basis for such authorities. | APPENDIX 8 CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
: 3. Each plan shall include written agreements referring to Appendix D the concept of operations developed between Federal, State, and local agencies and other support organizations having an emergency response role within the Emergency Planning Zones. The agreements shall identify the emergency measures to be provided and the mutually acceptable criteria for their implementation, and specify the arrangements for exchange of information. | PLANNING STANDARDS AND EVALUATION CRITERIA A. ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY (ORGANIZATION CONTROL) | ||
These agreements may be provided in an appendix to the plan or the plan itself may contain descriptions of these matters and a signature page in the plan may serve to verify the agreements. | PLANNING STANDARD Primary responsibilities for emergency response by the nuclear facility licensee, and by State and Local Organizations within the Emergency Planning Zones have been assigned, the emergency responsibilities of the various supporting organizations have been specifically established, and each principal response organization has staff to respond and to augment its initial response on a continuous basis. | ||
The signature page format is appropriate for organizations where response functions are covered by laws, regulations or executive orders where separate written agreements are not necessary. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 1. | ||
: a. Each plan shall identify the State, local, Federal Sections 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, and private sector organizations (including utilities), 7.9.1 that are intended to be part of the overall response Appendices D, F organization for Emergency Planning Zones (see Appendix 5). | |||
EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Each licensee shall specify the on-site emergency organization of plant staff personnel for all shifts and its relation to the responsibilities and duties of the normal staff complement. | : b. Each organization and sub-organization having Section 5 an operational role shall specify its concept of operations, and its relationship to the total effort. | ||
: 2. Each licensee shall designate an individual as Emergency Coordinator who shall be on shift at all | : c. Each plan shall illustrate these interrelationships in Figures 5.2-1 through 5.2-4, a block diagram. 5.3-1, 5.4-1, 5.4-2 | ||
: 3. Each licensee shall identify a line of succession for the Emergency Coordinator position and identify the specific conditions for higher level utility officials assuming this function. | : d. Each organization shall identify a specific individual Sections 5.1.2, 5.2 by title who shall be in charge of the emergency Figures: 5.2-1, 5.2-2, 5.2-3, response. 5.2-4 | ||
: 4. Each licensee shall establish the functional responsibilities assigned to the Emergency Coordinator and shall clearly specify which responsibilities may not be delegated to other elements of the emergency organization. | : e. Each organization shall provide for 24 hour per day Sections 5.1, 5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.6, emergency response, including 24 hour per day 5.2.2.5, 5.2.3.3 manning of communications links. | ||
Among the responsibilities which may not be delegated shall be the decision to notify and to recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 116OF1921 | ||
APPENDIXB CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 2. | |||
This | : a. Each organization shall specify the functions anc;f Not Applicable to Licensee responsibilities for major elements and key individuals by title, of emergency response, including the following: Command and Control, Alerting and Notification, Communications, Public Information, Accident Assessment, Public Health and Sanitation, Social Services, Fire and Rescue, Traffic Control, Emergency Medical Services, Law Enforcement, Transportation, Protection Response (including authority to request Federal assistance and to initiate other protective actions), and Radiological Exposure Control. The description of these functions shall include a clear and concise summary such as a table of primary and support responsibilities using the agency as one axis, and the function as the other (see Section B for licensee). | ||
: b. Each plan shall contain (by reference to specific acts, Not Applicable to Licensee codes or statutes) the legal basis for such authorities. | |||
: 3. Each plan shall include written agreements referring to Appendix D the concept of operations developed between Federal, State, and local agencies and other support organizations having an emergency response role within the Emergency Planning Zones. The agreements shall identify the emergency measures to be provided and the mutually acceptable criteria for their implementation, and specify the arrangements for exchange of information. | |||
These agreements may be provided in an appendix to the plan or the plan itself may contain descriptions of these matters and a signature page in the plan may serve to verify the agreements. The signature page format is appropriate for organizations where response functions are covered by laws, regulations or executive orders where separate written agreements are not necessary. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 117OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 4. Each principal organization shall be capable of Section 5.2.3.1 O continuous (24-hour) operations for a protracted period. | |||
The individual in the principal organization who will be responsible for assuring continuity of resources (technical, administrative, and material) shall be specified by title . | |||
.-* | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 118 OF 192 j | |||
: | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
B. ON-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION PLANNING STANDARD On-shift facility licensee responsibilities for emergency response are unambiguously defined, adequate staffing to provide initial facility accident response in key functional areas is maintained at all times, timely augmentation of response capabilities is available, and the interfaces among various on-site response activities and off-site support and response activities are specified. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. Each licensee shall specify the on-site emergency Sections 5, 5.1 organization of plant staff personnel for all shifts and Figure 5.2-1 its relation to the responsibilities and duties of the normal staff complement. | |||
: 2. Each licensee shall designate an individual as Section 5.1 Emergency Coordinator who shall be on shift at all Figure 5.2-1 times and who shall have the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate any emergency actions, including providing protective action recommendations to authorities responsible for implementing off-site emergency measures. | |||
: 3. Each licensee shall identify a line of succession for the Sections 5.1.1.2, 5.1.2.1 Emergency Coordinator position and identify the specific conditions for higher level utility officials assuming this function. | |||
: 4. Each licensee shall establish the functional Sections 5.1.2, 5.2, 5.2.1 responsibilities assigned to the Emergency Coordinator and shall clearly specify which responsibilities may not be delegated to other elements of the emergency organization. Among the responsibilities which may not be delegated shall be the decision to notify and to recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 119OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX 8 CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 5. Each licensee shall specify the positions or title and Section 5.2 major tasks to be performed by the persons to be Figures 5.2-1, 5.2-2, 5.2-3, assigned to the functional areas of emergency activity. 5.2-4, 5.3-1, 5.4-1 For emergency situations, specific assignments shall be made for all shifts and for plant staff members, both on-site and away from the site. These assignments shall cover the emergency functions in Table B-1 entitled, "Minimum Staffing Requirements for Nuclear Power Plant Emergencies". The minimum on-shift staffing levels shall be as indicated in Table B-1. The licensee must be able to augment on-shift capabilities within a short period after declaration of an emergency. This capability shall be as indicated in Table 8-1. The implementation schedule for Licensed Operators, Auxiliary Operators and the Shift Technical Advisor on shift shall be as specified in the July 31, 1980, letter to all power reactor licensees. Any deficiencies in the other staff requirements of Table 8-1 must be capable of augmentation within 30 minutes by September 1, 1981, and such deficiencies must be fully removed by July 1, 1982. . | |||
: 6. Each licensee shall specify the interfaces between and Figures 5.4-1, 5.4-2 among the on-site functional areas of emergency activity, licensee headquarters support, local services support, and State and Loccil Government Response Organization. This shall be illustrated on a block diagram and shall include the on-site Technical Support Center and the Operational Support (assembly) Center and the licensee's near site Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). | |||
: 7. Each licensee shall specify the Corporate Management, Section 5.3 Administrative and Technical Support personnel who will Figure 5.3-1 augment the plant staff as specified in the table entitled "Minimum Staffing Requirements for Nuclear Power Plant Emergencies", (Table 8-1) and in the following areas: | |||
: a. Logistics support for emergency personnel (e.g., Section 5.2.3.1 O | |||
. transportation, communications, temporary quarters, food and water, sanitary facilities in the field, and special equipment and supplies procurement); | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 120OF1921 | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: b. Technical support for planning and re-entry/recovery Section 9 operations; | |||
: c. Management level interface with governmental Sections 5.2, 5.2.3 authorities; and | |||
: d. Release of information to news media during an Sections 5.3.1, 5.3.2 emergency (coordinated with governmental authorities). | |||
: 8. Each licensee shall specify the contractor and private Section 5.3.3 organizations who may be requested to provide Appendix D technical assistance to and augmentation of the emergency organization. | |||
: 9. Each licensee shall identify the services to be provided Sections 5.4, 7.9.1 by local agencies for handling emergencies (e.g., police, Appendix D, F ambulance, medical, hospital, and fire-fighting organizations shall be specified). The licensee shall provide for transportation and treatment of injured personnel who may also be contaminated. Copies of the arrangements and agreements reached with contractor, private, and local support agencies shall be appended to the plan. The agreements shall delineate the authorities, responsibilities, and limits on the actions of the contractor, private organization, and local services support groups. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 121OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
C. EMERGENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT AND RESOURCES PLANNING STANDARD Arrangements for requesting and effectively using assistance resources have been made, arrangements to accommodate State and Local Staff at the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility have been made, and other organizations capable of augmenting the planned response have been identified. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. The Federal government maintains in-depth capability to assist licensees, States and local governments through the Federal Radiological Monitoring and Assessment Plan (formerly Radiological Assistance Plan (RAP) and lnteragency Radiological Assistance Plan (IRAP). Each State and licensee shall make provisions for incorporating the Federal response capability into its operation plan, including the following: | |||
: a. Specific persons by title authorized to request Sections 5.2.3, 7.2.3 Federal assistance; see A.1.d., A.2.a, | |||
: b. Specific Federal resources expected, including Figure 5.4-1 expected times of arrival at specific nuclear facility sites; and | |||
: c. Specific licensee, State and Local resources Section 7 available to support the Federal response (e.g., air fields, command posts, telephone lines, radio frequencies and telecommunications centers). | |||
2. | |||
: a. Each principal off-site organization may dispatch Not Applicable to Licensee representatives to the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility (State technical Analysis representatives at the near-site EOF are preferred). | |||
: b. The licensee shall prepare for the dispatch of a N/A representative to principal Off-Site Governmental Emergency Operations Centers. , | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 122OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 3. Each organization shall identify radiological laboratories Sections 5.3.3.3, 7.5.7 and their general capabilities and expected availability to provide radiological monitoring and analyses services which can be used in an emergency. | |||
: 4. Each organization shall identify nuclear and other Section 5.3.3 facilities, organizations or individuals which can be Appendix D relied upon in an emergency to provide assistance. | |||
Such assistance shall be identified and supported by appropriate letters of agreement. | Such assistance shall be identified and supported by appropriate letters of agreement. | ||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 . PAGE 123OF192 I | |||
EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. An emergency classification and emergency action level scheme as set forth in Appendix 1 must be established by the licensee. | |||
The specific instruments, parameters or equipment status shall be shown for establishing each emergency class, in the in-plant Emergency Procedures. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
The plan shall identify the parameter values and equipment status for each emergency class. 2. The initiating conditions shall include the example | D. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PLANNING STANDARD A standard emergency classification and action level scheme, the bases of which include facility system and effluent parameters, is in use by the nuclear facility licensee., and State and Local Response Plans call for reliance on information provided by facility licensees for determinations of minimum initial off-site response measures. | ||
: 3. Each State and local Organization shall establish an emergency classification and emergency action level scheme consistent with that established by the facility licensee. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
: 4. Each State and Local Organization should have | : 1. An emergency classification and emergency action level Section 4 scheme as set forth in Appendix 1 must be established by the licensee. The specific instruments, parameters or equipment status shall be shown for establishing each emergency class, in the in-plant Emergency Procedures. | ||
The plan shall identify the parameter values and equipment status for each emergency class. | |||
Specific details need not be included in the plan. | : 2. The initiating conditions shall include the example Tables 4.1-1, 4.1-2, 4.1-3, conditions found in Appendix 1 and all postulated 4.1-4 accidents in the Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) for the nuclear facility. | ||
: 3. The licensee in conjunction with State and Local Section 6.2.4 Organizations shall establish the contents of the initial emergency messages to be sent from the plant. These measures shall contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. | : 3. Each State and local Organization shall establish an Not Applicable to Licensee emergency classification and emergency action level scheme consistent with that established by the facility licensee. | ||
: 4. Each licensee shall make provisions for follow-up Section 6.2.4 messages from the facility to off-site authorities which shall contain the following information if it is known and appropriate: | : 4. Each State and Local Organization should have Not Applicable to Licensee procedures in place that provide for emergency actions to be taken which are consistent with the emergency actions recommended by the nuclear facility licensee, taking into account local off-site conditions that exist at the time of the emergency. | ||
: a. Location of incident and name and telephone number Section 6.2.4 (or communications channel identification) of caller; b. Date/time of incident; Section 6.2.4 c. Class of emergency; Section 6.2.4 | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 124OF192 I | ||
: g. Meteorological conditions at appropriate levels (wind Section 6.2.4 speed, direction (to and from), indicator of stability, precipitation, if any); h. Actual or projected dose rates at site boundary; Section 6.2.4 . projected integrated dose at site boundary; | |||
: i. Projected dose rates and integrated dose at the Section 6.2.4 projected peak and at 2, 5, and | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
: j. Estimate of any surface radioactive Section 6.2.4 contamination in-plant, on-site or off-site; | E. NOTIFICATION METHODS AND PROCEDURES PLANNING STANDARDS Procedures have been established for notification, by the licensee of State and Local Response Organizations and for notification of emergency personnel by all response organizations; the content of initial and follow-up messages to response organizations and the public has been established; and means to provide early notification and clear instruction to the populace within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone. | ||
: k. Licensee emergency response actions underway; | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
: m. Request for any needed on-site support by off-site organizations; and n. Prognosis for worsening or termination of event based on plant information. | : 1. Each organization shall establish procedures which Sections 6.2.4, 7.4 describe mutually agreeable bases for notification of Figure 7.4-1 response organizations consistent with the emergency classification and action level scheme set forth in Appendix 1. These procedures shall include means for verification. Specific details need not be included in the plan. | ||
: 2. Each organization shall establish procedures for alerting, Section 6.1, 6.2, 7.4 | |||
It shall be the responsibility of the State and Local Governments to activate such a system. 7. Each organization shall provide written messages intended for the public, consistent with the licensee's classification scheme. In particular, draft messages to the public giving instructions with regard to specific protective actions to be taken by occupants of affected areas shall .be prepared and included as part of the State and Local Plans. Such messages should include the appropriate aspects of sheltering, ad hoc respiratory protection (e.g., handkerchief over mouth, thyroid blocking, or evacuation). | . notifying, and mobilizing.emergency response Figure 7.4-1 personnel. | ||
The role of the licensee is to provide supporting information for the messages. | : 3. The licensee in conjunction with State and Local Section 6.2.4 Organizations shall establish the contents of the initial emergency messages to be sent from the plant. These measures shall contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. | ||
For ad hoc respiratory protection see "Respiratory Protective Devices Manual" American Industrial Hygiene Association, 1963 pp. 123-126. | : 4. Each licensee shall make provisions for follow-up Section 6.2.4 messages from the facility to off-site authorities which shall contain the following information if it is known and appropriate: | ||
Such systems should be selected to be compatible with one another. Each plan shall include: a. Provision for 24-hour per day notification to and activation of the State/local emergency response | : a. Location of incident and name and telephone number Section 6.2.4 (or communications channel identification) of caller; | ||
* State/local governments within the Emergency Planning Zones; c. Provision for communications as needed with | : b. Date/time of incident; Section 6.2.4 | ||
: c. Class of emergency; Section 6.2.4 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 125OF192 l | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: d. Type of actual or projected release (airborne, Section 6.2.4 waterborne, surface spill), and estimated duration/impact times; | |||
: e. Estimate of quantity of radioactive material released Section 6.2.4 or being released and the points and height of releases; | |||
: f. Chemical and physical form of released Section 6.2.4 material, including estimates of the relative quantities and concentration of noble gases, iodines, and particulates; | |||
: g. Meteorological conditions at appropriate levels (wind Section 6.2.4 speed, direction (to and from), indicator of stability, precipitation, if any); | |||
: h. Actual or projected dose rates at site boundary; Section 6.2.4 | |||
. projected integrated dose at site boundary; | |||
: i. Projected dose rates and integrated dose at the Section 6.2.4 projected peak and at 2, 5, and 1O miles, including sector(s) affected; | |||
: j. Estimate of any surface radioactive Section 6.2.4 contamination in-plant, on-site or off-site; | |||
: k. Licensee emergency response actions underway; Section 6.2.4 I. Recommended emergency actions, including Section 6.2.4 protective measures; | |||
: m. Request for any needed on-site support by off-site Section 6.2.4 organizations; and | |||
: n. Prognosis for worsening or termination of event Section 6.2.4 based on plant information. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 126OF1921 | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 5. State and Local Government Organizations shall Not Applicable to Licensee establish a system for disseminating to the public appropriate information contained in initial and follow-up messages received from the licensee including the appropriate notification to appropriate broadcast media (e.g., the Emergency Broadcast System (EBS)). | |||
: 6. Each organization shall establish administrative and Section 6.5 physical means, and the time required for notifying and providing prompt instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone (see Appendix 3.). It shall be the licensee's responsibility to demonstrate that such means exist, regardless of who implements this requirement. It shall be the responsibility of the State and Local Governments to activate such a system. | |||
: 7. Each organization shall provide written messages Section 6.5 intended for the public, consistent with the licensee's classification scheme. In particular, draft messages to the public giving instructions with regard to specific protective actions to be taken by occupants of affected areas shall .be prepared and included as part of the State and Local Plans. Such messages should include the appropriate aspects of sheltering, ad hoc respiratory protection (e.g., handkerchief over mouth, thyroid blocking, or evacuation). The role of the licensee is to provide supporting information for the messages. For ad hoc respiratory protection see "Respiratory Protective Devices Manual" American Industrial Hygiene Association, 1963 pp. 123-126. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 127OF1921 | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
/ | |||
F. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS PLANNING STANDARD Provisions exist for prompt communications among principal response organizations to emergency personnel and to the public. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. The communication plans for emergencies shall include organizational titles and alternates for both ends of the communication links. Each organization shall establish reliable primary and backup means of communication for licensees, local, and State response organizations. | |||
Such systems should be selected to be compatible with one another. Each plan shall include: | |||
: a. Provision for 24-hour per day notification to and Sections 5.1, 5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.6, activation of the State/local emergency response 5.2.2.5, 5.2.3.3, 7.3. | |||
network; and at a minimum, a telephone link and Table 7.1-1 alternate, including 24-hour per day manning of communications links that initiate emergency response actions; | |||
: b. Provision for communications with contiguous Sections 6.2.4, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 | |||
* State/local governments within the Emergency Planning Zones; | |||
: c. Provision for communications as needed with Sections 6.2.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 Federal emergency response organizations; | |||
: d. Provision for communications between the nuclear Table 7.1-1 facility and the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility, State and Local Emergency Operations Centers, and Radiological Monitoring Teams; e .. Provision for alerting or activating emergency Sections 6.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, personnel in each response organization; and 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 128OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: f. Provision for communication by the licensee Sections 6.2.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 with NRC headquarters and NRC Regional Office Table 7.1-1 Emergency Operations Centers and the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility and Radiological Monitoring Team assembly area. | |||
: 2. Each organization shall ensure that a coordinated Sections 6.6.3, 6.6.4 communication link for fixed and mobile medical support facilities exists. | |||
: 3. Each organization shall conduct periodic testing of the Section 8.2.2.5 entire Emergency Communications System (see Evaluation Criteria H.10, 2.a and Appendix 3). | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 129OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
G. PUBLIC EDUCATION AND INFORMATION PLANNING STANDARD Information is made available to the public on a periodic basis on how they will be notified and what their initial actions should be in an emergency (e.g., listening to a local broadcast station and remaining indoors), the principal points of contact with the news media for dissemination of information during an emergency (including the physical location or locations) are established in advance, and procedures for coordinated dissemination of information to the public are established. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. Each organization shall provide a coordinated periodic Section 8.1.4 (at least annually) dissemination of information to the public regarding how they will be notified and what their actions should be in an emergency. This infomiation shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: | |||
: a. Educational information on radiation; | |||
: b. Contact for additional information; | : b. Contact for additional information; | ||
: c. Protective measures (e.g., evacuation routes and relocation centers, sheltering, respiratory protection, radio-protective drugs); and d. Special needs of the handicapped. | : c. Protective measures (e.g., evacuation routes and relocation centers, sheltering, respiratory protection, radio-protective drugs); and | ||
Means for accomplishing this dissemination may include, but are not necessarily limited to: information in the telephone book; periodic information in utility bills; posting in public areas; and publications distributed on an annual basis. | : d. Special needs of the handicapped. | ||
The programs should include provision for written material that is likely to be available in a residence during an emergency. | Means for accomplishing this dissemination may include, but are not necessarily limited to: information in the telephone book; periodic information in utility bills; posting in public areas; and publications distributed on an annual basis. | ||
Updated information shall be disseminated at least annually. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 130OF192 j | ||
Signs or other measures (e.g., decals, posted notices or other means, placed in hotels, motels, gasoline stations and phone booths) shall also be used to disseminate to any transient population within the plume exposure pathway EPZ appropriate information that would be helpful if an emergency or accident occurs. Such notices should refer the transient to the telephone directory or other source of local emergency information and guide the visitor to appropriate radio and television frequencies. | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
: b. Each licensee shall provide space which may be used for a limited number of the news media at the near-site Emergency Operations Facility. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
: 2. The public information program shall provide the Section 8.1.4 permanent and transient adult population within the plume exposure EPZ an adequate opportunity to become aware of the information annually. The programs should include provision for written material that is likely to be available in a residence during an emergency. Updated information shall be disseminated at least annually. Signs or other measures (e.g., decals, posted notices or other means, placed in hotels, motels, gasoline stations and phone booths) shall also be used to disseminate to any transient population within the plume exposure pathway EPZ appropriate information that would be helpful if an emergency or accident occurs. Such notices should refer the transient to the telephone directory or other source of local emergency information and guide the visitor to appropriate radio and television frequencies. | |||
: b. | 3. | ||
organization shall establish arrangements for timely exchange of information among designated spokespersons. | : a. Each principal organization shall designate the points Sections 5.3.1, 7.2.4, 8.1.5 of contact and physical locations for use by news Figure 7.2-4 media during an emergency. | ||
: c. Each organization shall establish coordinated | : b. Each licensee shall provide space which may be Section 7.2.4 used for a limited number of the news media at the Figure 7.2-4 near-site Emergency Operations Facility. | ||
4. | |||
I EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Each licensee shall establish a Technical Support Center and an On-Site Operations Support Center (assembly area) in accordance with NUREG-0696, Revision 1. 2. Each licensee shall establish an Emergency Operations Facility from which evaluation and coordination of all licensee activities related to an emergency is to be carried out and from which the licensee shall provide information to Federal, State, and local authorities responding to radiological emergencies in accordance with NUREG-0696, Revision 1. 3. Each organization shall establish an Emergency Operations Center for use in directing and controlling response functions. | : a. Each principal organization shall designate a Sections 5.3.2, 7.2.4 spokesperson who should have access to all necessary information. | ||
: 4. Each organization shall provide for timely activation and staffing of the facilities and centers described in the plan. 5. Each licensee shall identify and establish on-site monitoring systems that are to be used to initiate emergency measures in accordance with Appendix 1 , as well as those to be used for conducting assessment. | : b. Ea~h organization shall establish arrangements for Sections 5.3.2, 7.2.4 timely exchange of information among designated spokespersons. | ||
The equipment shall include: a. Geophysical phenomena monitors (e.g., meteorological, hydrologic, seismic); | : c. Each organization shall establish coordinated Section 5.3.3.1, 7.2.4 arrangements for dealing with rumors. | ||
: b. Radiological monitors (e.g., process, area, emergency, effluent, wound and portable monitors and sampling equipment); | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 131OF192 I | ||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: d. Each organization shall conduct coordinated Section 8.1.5 programs at least annually to acquaint news media with the emergency plans, information concerning racliation, and points of contact for release of public information in an emergency. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 132 OF 192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
H EMERGENCY FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT PLANNING STANDARD Adequate emergency facilities and equipment to support the emergency response are provided and maintained. | |||
I CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. Each licensee shall establish a Technical Support Sections 7.2.1, 7.2.2 Center and an On-Site Operations Support Center Figures 7.2-1, 7.2-2 (assembly area) in accordance with NUREG-0696, Revision 1. | |||
: 2. Each licensee shall establish an Emergency Operations Section 7.2.3 Facility from which evaluation and coordination of all Figures 7.2-3 licensee activities related to an emergency is to be carried out and from which the licensee shall provide information to Federal, State, and local authorities responding to radiological emergencies in accordance with NUREG-0696, Revision 1. | |||
: 3. Each organization shall establish an Emergency Not Applicable to Licensee Operations Center for use in directing and controlling response functions. | |||
: 4. Each organization shall provide for timely activation and Section 6.2 staffing of the facilities and centers described in the plan. | |||
: 5. Each licensee shall identify and establish on-site Section 7.5 monitoring systems that are to be used to initiate emergency measures in accordance with Appendix 1 , as well as those to be used for conducting assessment. | |||
The equipment shall include: | |||
: a. Geophysical phenomena monitors (e.g., Sections 7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3 meteorological, hydrologic, seismic); | |||
: b. Radiological monitors (e.g., process, area, Section 7.5.4, 7.5.5 emergency, effluent, wound and portable monitors and sampling equipment); | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 133OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: c. Process monitors (e.g., Reactor Coolant System Section 7.5.5.6 pressure and temperature, containment pressure and temperature, liquid levels, flow rates, status or lineup of equipment components); and | |||
: d. Fire and combustion products detectors. Section 7.6 | |||
: 6. Each licensee shall make provision to acquire data from or for emergency access to off-site monitoring and analysis equipment including: | : 6. Each licensee shall make provision to acquire data from or for emergency access to off-site monitoring and analysis equipment including: | ||
: a. Geophysical phenomena monitors (e.g., meteorological, hydrologic, seismic); | : a. Geophysical phenomena monitors (e.g., Sections 7.5, 7.5.1, 7.5.2, meteorological, hydrologic, seismic); 7.5.3 | ||
: b. Radiological monitors including ratemeters and | : b. Radiological monitors including ratemeters and Section 7.5.4 sampling devices. Dosimetry shall be provided and shall meet, as a minimum, the NRC Radiological Assessment Branch Technical Position for the Environmental Radiological Monitoring Program; and | ||
: 8. Each licensee shall provide meteorological instrumentation and procedures which satisfy the criteria in Appendix 2, and provisions to obtain representative current meteorological information from other sources. 9. Each licensee shall provide for an On-Site Operations Support Center (assembly area) which shall have adequate capability, and supplies, including, for example, respiratory protection, protective clothing, portable lighting, portable radiation monitory equipment, cameras, and communications equipment for personnel present in the assembly area. | : c. Laboratory facilities, fixed or mobile. Section 7.5. 7 | ||
: 7. Each organization, where appropriate, shall provide for Section 7.5.6 off-site radiological monitoring equipment in the vicinity of the nuclear facility. | |||
: | : 8. Each licensee shall provide meteorological Section 7.5.2 instrumentation and procedures which satisfy the criteria in Appendix 2, and provisions to obtain representative current meteorological information from other sources. | ||
: 9. Each licensee shall provide for an On-Site Operations Section 7 .2.2 Support Center (assembly area) which shall have adequate capability, and supplies, including, for example, respiratory protection, protective clothing, portable lighting, portable radiation monitory equipment, cameras, and communications equipment for personnel present in the assembly area. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE1340F1921 | |||
: | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 10. Each organization shall make provisions to inspect, Sections 7.7, 8.6 inventory and operationally check emergency Appendix E equipment/instruments at least once each calendar quarter and after each use. There shall be sufficient reserves of instruments/equipment to replace those which .are removed from emergency kits for calibration or repair. Calibration of equipment shall be at intervals recommended by the supplier of the equipment. | |||
: 11. Each plan shall, in an appendix, include identification of Table 7.1-1 emergency kits by general category (protective Appendix E equipment, communications equipment, radiological monitoring equipment, and emergency supplies). | |||
: 12. Each organization shall establish a central point Section 7.2.3 (preferably associated with the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility), for the receipt and analysis of all field monitoring data and coordination of sample media. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 135OF192 / | |||
: | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 {FEMA REP 1) | |||
I. ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT PLANNING STANDARD Adequate methods, systems, and equipment for assessing and monitoring actual or potential off-site consequences of a radiological emergency condition are in use. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. Each licensee shall identify plant system and effluent Tables4.1-1, 4.1-2, 4.1-3, parameter values characteristic of a spectrum of 4.1-4 off-normal conditions and accidents, and shall identify the plant parameter values or other information which correspond to the example initiating conditions of Appendix 1. Such parameter values and the corresponding emergency class shall be included in the appropriate Facility Emergency Procedures. Facility Emergency Procedures shall specify the kinds of instruments being used and their capabilities. | |||
: 2. On-site capability and resources to provide initial values Sections 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 and continuing assessment throughout the course of an accident shall include post-accident sampling capability, radiation and effluent monitors, in-plant iodine instrumentation, and containment radiation monitoring in accordance with NUREG-0578, as elaborated in the NRC letter to all power reactor licensees dated October 30, 1979. | |||
: 3. Each licensee shall establish methods and techniques to be used for determining: | |||
: a. The source term of releases of radioactive material Sections 6.3.3, 7.5 within plant systems. An example is the relationship betWeen the containment radiation monitor(s) reading(s) and radioactive material available for release from containment. | |||
: b. The magnitude of the release of radioactive materials Sections 6.3.3, 7.5 based on plant system parameters and effluent monitors. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 136OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 4. Each licensee shall establish the relationship between Sections 6.3.3, 7.5 effluent monitor readings and on-site and off-site exposures and contamination for various meteorological conditions. | |||
: 5. Each licensee shall have the capability of acquiring and Sections 6.3.2, 7.5 evaluating meteorological information sufficient to meet the criteria of Appendix 2. There shall be provisions for access to meteorological information by at least the near-site Emergency Operations Facility, the Technical Support Center, the Control Room, and an off-site NRG Center. The licensee shall make available to the State suitable meteorological data processing interconnections which will permit independent analysis by the State, of facility-generated data in those States with the resources to effectively use this information. | |||
: 6. Each licensee shall establish the methodology for Sections 4.2, 6.3.3 determining the release rate/projected doses if the instrumentation used for assessment are off-scale or inoperable. | |||
: 7. Each organization shall describe the capability and Sections 4.2, 6.3 resources for field monitoring within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone which are an intrinsic part of the concept of operations for the facility. | |||
: 8. Each organization, where appropriate, shall provide Sections 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 methods, equipment, and expertise to make rapid Table 6.3-1 assessments of the actual or potential magnitude and locations of any radiological hazards through liquid or gaseous release pathways. This shall include activation, notification means, field team composition, transportation, communication, monitoring equipment and estimated deployment times. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 137OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 9. Each organization shall have a capability to detect and Sections 6.3.3, 7.5.5.5 measure radioiodine concentrations in air in the plume exposure EPZ as low as 10-7 µCi/cc (microcuries per cubic centimeter) under field conditions. Interference from the presence of noble gas and background radiation shall not decrease the stated minimum detectable activity. | |||
: 10. Each organization shall establish means for relating the Sections 6.3.3, 6.5 various measured parameters (e.g., contamination Tables 6.3-1, 6.4-1 levels, water and air activity levels) to dose rates for key isotopes (i.e., those given in Table 3, Page 18) and gross radioactivity measurements. Provisions shall be made for estimating integrated dose from the projected and actual dose rates and for comparing these estimates with the protective action guides. The detailed provisions shall be described in separate procedures. | |||
: 11. Arrangements to locate and track the airborne Not Applicable to Licensee radioactive plume shall be made, using either or both Federal and State resources. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 138OF192 I | |||
APPENDIXB CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
J. PROTECTIVE RESPONSE PLANNING STANDARD A range of protective actions have been developed for the plume exposure pathway EPZ for emergency workers and the public. Guidelines for the choice of protective actions during an emergency~ consistent with Federal guidance, are developed and in place, and protective actions for the ingestion exposure pathway EPZ appropriate to the locale have been developed. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. Each licensee shall establish the means and time Sections 6.1, 6.5 required to warn or advise on-site individuals and individuals who may be in areas controlled by the Operator, including: | |||
: a. Employees not having emergency assignments; | |||
: b. Visitors; | : b. Visitors; | ||
: c. Contractor and construction personnel; and d. Other persons who may be in the public access areas on or passing through the site or within the owner-controlled area. j 2. Each licensee shall make provisions for evacuation Section 6.5.4 routes and transportation for on-site individuals to some suitable off-site location, including alternatives for inclement weather, high traffic density and specific radiological conditions. | : c. Contractor and construction personnel; and | ||
: 3. Each licensee shall provide for radiological monitoring of Section 6.6.2 people evacuated from the site_ 4. Each licensee shall provide for the evacuation of Section 6.5.4 non-essential personnel in the event of a Site or General Emergency and shall provide a decontamination capability at or near the monitoring point specified in J.3. | : d. Other persons who may be in the public access areas on or passing through the site or within the owner-controlled area. | ||
: 6. Each licensee shall, for individuals remaining or arriving | j | ||
: b. Use of protective clothing; and ' c. Use of radioprotective drugs (e.g., individual thyroid protection). | : 2. Each licensee shall make provisions for evacuation Section 6.5.4 routes and transportation for on-site individuals to some suitable off-site location, including alternatives for inclement weather, high traffic density and specific radiological conditions. | ||
: 7. Each licensee shall establish a mechanism for recommending protective actions to the appropriate State and Local Authorities. | : 3. Each licensee shall provide for radiological monitoring of Section 6.6.2 people evacuated from the site_ | ||
These shall include Emergency Action Levels corresponding to projected dose to the population-at-risk, in accordance with Appendix 1 and with the recommendations set forth in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of the Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents (EPA400-R-92-001 | : 4. Each licensee shall provide for the evacuation of on~site Section 6.5.4 non-essential personnel in the event of a Site or General Emergency and shall provide a decontamination capability at or near the monitoring point specified in J.3. | ||
). As specified in Appendix 1, prompt notification shall be made directly to the off-site authorities responsible for implementing protective measures within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 139 OF 192 I | ||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 5. Each licensee shall provide for a capability to account for Section 6.5.3 all individuals on-site at the time of the emergency and ascertain the names of missing individuals within 30 minutes of the start of an emergency and account for all on-site individuals continuously thereafter. | |||
: 6. Each licensee shall, for individuals remaining or arriving Sections 6.5.2, 6.5.5.1 on-site during the emergency, make provisions for: | |||
: h. Relocation centers in host areas which are at least 5 miles and preferably 1 O miles, beyond the boundaries of the plume exposure emergency planning zone (see K.8); | : a. Individual respiratory protection; | ||
: j. Control of access to evacuated areas and Not Applicable to Licensee organization responsibilities for such control; k. Identification of and means for dealing with potential Not Applicable to Licensee impediments (e.g., seasonal impassability of roads) to use of evacuation routes and contingency measures; I. Time estimates for evacuation of various sectors Not Applicable to Licensee and distances based on a dynamic analysis (time-motion study under various conditions) for the plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (see Appendix 4); and | : b. Use of protective clothing; and | ||
' | |||
: c. Use of radioprotective drugs (e.g., individual thyroid protection). | |||
'C | : 7. Each licensee shall establish a mechanism for Section 6.5 recommending protective actions to the appropriate Table 6.4-1 State and Local Authorities. These shall include Emergency Action Levels corresponding to projected dose to the population-at-risk, in accordance with Appendix 1 and with the recommendations set forth in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of the Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents (EPA400-R-92-001 ). As specified in Appendix 1, prompt notification shall be made directly to the off-site authorities responsible for implementing protective measures within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone. | ||
< | : 8. Each licensee's plan shall contain time estimates for Appendix C evacuation within the plume exposure EPZ. These shall be in accordance with Appendix 4. | ||
< | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 140OF192 j | ||
This shall include criteria for deciding whether dairy animals should be put on stored feed. The plan shall identify procedures for detecting contamination, for estimating the dose commitment consequences. | |||
of uncontrolled ingestion, and for imposing protection procedures such as impoundment, decontamination, processing, decay, product diversion, and preservation. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
Maps for recording survey and monitoring key land use data (e.g., farming), dairies, food processing plants, water sheds, water supply intake, and treatment plants and reservoirs shall be maintained. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
Provisions for maps showing detailed crop information may be by including reference to their availability and location and a plan for their use. The maps shall start at the facility and include all of the 50-mile ingestion pathway EPZ. Up-to-dateJists of the name and location of all facilities which regularly process milk products and other large amounts of food or agricultural products originating in the ingestion pathway Emergency Planning Zone, but located elsewhere, shall be maintained. | : 9. Each State and Local Organization shall establish a Not Applicable to Licensee capability for implementing protective measures based upon protective action guides and other criteria. This shall be consistent with the recommendations of EPA regarding exposure resulting from passage of radioactive airborne plumes (EPA-400-R-92-001) and with those of DHEW (DHHS)/FDA regarding radioactive contamination of human food and animal feeds as published in the Federal Register of December 15, 1978 (43 FR 58790). | ||
: 10. The organization's plans to implement protective measL1res for the plume exposure pathway shall include: | |||
: f. Providing ambulance service; and g. Providing medical treatment services. | : a. Maps showing evacuation routes, evacuation areas, Appendix C preselected radiological sampling and monitoring points, relocation centers in host areas, and shelter areas (identification of radiological sampling and monitoring points shall include the designators in Table J-1 or an equivalent uniform system described in the plan); | ||
: b. Maps showing population distribution around the Appendix C nuclear facility. This shall be by evacuation areas (licensees shall also present the information in a sedor format); | |||
The plan shall identify individual(s), by position or title, who can authorize emergency workers to receive doses in excess of | : c. Means for notifying all segments of the transient and Section 6.5 resident population; | ||
These procedures shall include expeditious decision making and a reasonable consideration of relative risks. | : d. Means for protecting those persons whose mobility Not Applicable to Licensee may be impaired due to such factors as institutional or other confinement; | ||
: e. Provisions for the use of radio-protective drugs, Not Applicable to Licensee particularly for emergency workers and institutionalized persons within the plume exposure EPZ' whose immediate evacuation may be infeasible or very difficult, including quantities, storage, and means of distribution. | |||
Each organization shall make provisions for distribution of dosimeters, both self-reading and permanent record devices. b. Each organization shall ensure that dosimeters are Section 6.6.1 read at appropriate frequencies and provide for maintaining dose records for emergency workers involved in any nuclear accident. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 141OF192 j | ||
: 4. Each State and Local Organization shall establish the Not Applicable to Licensee | |||
: a. Each organization, as appropriate, shall specify Section 6.5.5.1 -action levels for determining the need for decontamination. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: f. State and Local Organizations' Plans should Not Applicable to Licensee include the method by which decisions by the State Health Department for administering radio-protective drugs to the general population are made during an emergency and the pre-determined conditions under which such drugs may be used by off-site emergency workers* 1 | |||
' | |||
1 See DHEW (new DHHS) Federal Register notice of December 15, 1978 (43 FR 58798) entitled "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in a Radiation Emergency." Other guidance concerning the storage, stockpiling, and conditions for use of this drug by the general public, is now under development by the Bureau of Drugs, DHHS. | |||
: g. Means of relocation; Not Applicable to Licensee | |||
: h. Relocation centers in host areas which are at least Not Applicable to Licensee 5 miles and preferably 1 O miles, beyond the boundaries of the plume exposure emergency planning zone (see K.8); | |||
: i. Projected traffic capacities of evacuation routes Not Applicable to Licensee under emergency conditions; | |||
: j. Control of access to evacuated areas and Not Applicable to Licensee organization responsibilities for such control; | |||
: k. Identification of and means for dealing with potential Not Applicable to Licensee impediments (e.g., seasonal impassability of roads) to use of evacuation routes and contingency measures; I. Time estimates for evacuation of various sectors Not Applicable to Licensee and distances based on a dynamic analysis (time-motion study under various conditions) for the plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (see Appendix 4); and IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 142OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: m. The bases for the choice of recommended protective Section 6.5 actions from the plume exposure pathway during Tables 6.4-1, 6.4-2 emergency conditions. This shall include expected local protection afforded 2 in residential units or other shelter for direct and inhalation exposure, as well as evacuation time estimates. | |||
2 The following reports may be considered in determining protection afforded. | |||
1 | |||
'C > "Public Protection Strategies for Potential Nuclear Reactor Accidents Sheltering Concepts with Existing Public and Private Structures" (SAND 771725), Sandia Laboratory. | |||
2 | |||
<> "Examination of Off-Site Radiological Emergency Measures for Nuclear Reactor Accidents Involving Core Melt" (SAND 780454), Sandia Laboratory. | |||
3 | |||
<> "Protective Action Evaluation Part 11, Evacuation and Sheltering as Protective Actions Against Nuclear Accidents Involving Gaseous Releases" (EPA 520/178001 B U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. | |||
: 11. Each State shall specify the protective measures to be Not Applicable to Licensee used for the ingestion pathway, including the methods for protecting the public from consumption of contaminated foodstuffs. This shall include criteria for deciding whether dairy animals should be put on stored feed. The plan shall identify procedures for detecting contamination, for estimating the dose commitment consequences. of uncontrolled ingestion, and for imposing protection procedures such as impoundment, decontamination, processing, decay, product diversion, and preservation. Maps for recording survey and monitoring key land use data (e.g., farming), dairies, food processing plants, water sheds, water supply intake, and treatment plants and reservoirs shall be maintained. Provisions for maps showing detailed crop information may be by including reference to their availability and location and a plan for their use. The maps shall start at the facility and include all of the 50-mile ingestion pathway EPZ. Up-to-dateJists of the name and location of all facilities which regularly process milk products and other large amounts of food or agricultural products originating in the ingestion pathway Emergency Planning Zone, but located elsewhere, shall be maintained. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 143OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 12. Each organization shall describe the means for Not Applicable to Licensee registering and monitoring of evacuees at relocation centers in host areas. The personnel and equipment available should be capable of monitoring within about a 12-hour period all residents and transients in the plume exposure EPZ arriving at relocation centers. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 144OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
K. RADIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE CONTROL PLANNING STANDARD Means for controlling radiological exposures, in an emergency, are established for emergency workers. The means for controlling radiological exposures shall include exposure guidelines consistent with EPA Emergency Worker and Lifesaving Activity Protective Action Guides. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 1. Each licensee shall establish on-site exposure guidelines Section 6.6.1 consistent with EPA Emergency Worker and lifesaving Table 6.4-1 Activity Protective Actions Guides (EPA 400-R-92-001) for: | |||
: a. Removal of injured persons; | |||
: b. Undertaking corrective actions; | |||
: c. Performing assessment actions; | |||
: d. Providing first aid; | |||
: e. Performing personnel decontamination; | |||
: f. Providing ambulance service; and | |||
: g. Providing medical treatment services. | |||
: 2. Each licensee shall provide an on-site radiation Section 6.6.1 protection program to be implemented during emergencies, including methods to implement exposure guidelines. The plan shall identify individual(s), by position or title, who can authorize emergency workers to receive doses in excess of 1OCFR Part 20 limits. | |||
Procedures shall be worked out in advance for permitting on-site volunteers to receive radiation exposures in the course of carrying out lifesaving and other emergency activities. These procedures shall include expeditious decision making and a reasonable consideration of relative risks. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 145OF192 / | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 3. | |||
: a. Each organization shall make provision for Section 6.6.1 24-hour-per-day capability to determine the doses received by emergency personnel involved in any nuclear accident, including volunteers. Each organization shall make provisions for distribution of dosimeters, both self-reading and permanent record devices. | |||
: b. Each organization shall ensure that dosimeters are Section 6.6.1 read at appropriate frequencies and provide for maintaining dose records for emergency workers involved in any nuclear accident. | |||
: 4. Each State and Local Organization shall establish the Not Applicable to Licensee decision chain for authorizing emergency workers to incur exposures in excess of the EPA General Public Protective Action Guides (i.e., EPA PAGs for emergency workers and lifesaving activities). | |||
5. | |||
: a. Each organization, as appropriate, shall specify Section 6.5.5.1 - | |||
action levels for determining the need for decontamination. | |||
: b. Each organization, as appropriate, shall establish the Sections 6.6.2, 6.6.3, 6.6.4 means for radiological decontamination of emergency personnel wounds, supplies, instruments and equipment, and for waste disposal. | : b. Each organization, as appropriate, shall establish the Sections 6.6.2, 6.6.3, 6.6.4 means for radiological decontamination of emergency personnel wounds, supplies, instruments and equipment, and for waste disposal. | ||
: 6. Each licensee shall provide on-site contamination control Sections 6.5.5.1, 6.5.5.2 measures including: | : 6. Each licensee shall provide on-site contamination control Sections 6.5.5.1, 6.5.5.2 measures including: | ||
: a. Area access control; b. Drinking water and food supplies; | : a. Area access control; | ||
: c. Criteria for permitting return of areas and items to normal use {see Draft ANSI 13.12). | : b. Drinking water and food supplies; | ||
1 The availability of an integrated Emergency Medical Services System and a public health emergency plan serving the area in which the facility is located and, as a minimum, equivalent to the Public Health Service Guide for Developing Health Disaster Plans, | : c. Criteria for permitting return of areas and items to normal use {see Draft ANSI 13.12). | ||
EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Each organization shall arrange for local and backup hospital and medical services having the capability for evaluation of radiation exposure and uptake, including assurance that persons providing these services are adequately prepared to handle contaminated individuals. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 146OF192 I | ||
Section 6.6.2 3. Each State shall develop lists indicating the location of Not Applicable to Licensee public, private, and military hospitals, and other emergency medical services facilities within the State of contiguous States considered capable of providing medical support for any contaminated injured individual. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
The listing shall include the name, location, type of facility, and capacity and any special radiological capabilities. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
These emergency medical services should be able to radiologically monitor contaminated personnel, and have facilities and trained personnel able to care for contaminated injured persons. 4. Each organization shall arrange for transporting victims Section 6.6.3 of radiological accidents to medical support facilities. | : 7. Each licensee shall provide the capability for Sections 6.5.4, 6.6.2 decontaminating relocated on-site personnel, including Appendix E provisions for extra clothing and decontaminants suitable for the type of contamination expected, with particular attention given to radioiodine contamination of the skin. | ||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 147OF192 f | |||
EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Each organization, as appropriate, shall develop general plans and procedures for re-entry and recovery, and describe the means by which decisions to relax protective measures (e.g., allow re-entry into an evacuated area) are reached. This process should consider both existing and potential conditions. | |||
: 2. Each licensee plan shall contain the position/title, authority and responsibilities of individuals who will fill key positions in the facility recovery organization. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
This organization shall include technical personnel with responsibilities to develop, evaluate, and direct recovery and re-entry operations. | L. MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEAL TH SUPPORT PLANNING STANDARD Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated injured individuals. 1 The availability of an integrated Emergency Medical Services System and a public health emergency plan serving the area in which the facility is located and, as a minimum, equivalent to the Public Health Service Guide for Developing Health Disaster Plans, 1974, and to the requirements of an Emergency Medical Services System as outlined in the Emergency Medical Services System Act of 1973 (P.L. 93154 and amendments in 1979 P.L. 96142), should be a part of and consistent with overall State or local disaster control plans and should be compatible with the specific overall emergency response plan for the facility. | ||
The recovery organization recommended by the Atomic Industrial Forum's -"Nuclear Power Plant Emergency Response Plan" dated October 11, 1979, is an acceptable framework. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
: 3. Each licensee and State plan shall specify means for informing members of the response organizations that a recovery operation is to be initiated, and of any changes in the organizational structure that may occur. 4. Each plan shall establish a method for periodically estimating total population exposure. | : 1. Each organization shall arrange for local and backup Section 6.6.4 hospital and medical services having the capability for evaluation of radiation exposure and uptake, including assurance that persons providing these services are adequately prepared to handle contaminated individuals. | ||
: 2. Each licensee shall provide for on-site first aid capability. Section 6.6.2 | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) N. EXERCISES AND DRILLS (*1) PLANNING STANDARD Periodic exercises are (will be) conducted to evaluate major portions of emergency response capabilities, periodic drills are (will be) conducted to develop and maintain key skills, and deficiencies identified as a result of exercises or drills are (will be) corrected. | : 3. Each State shall develop lists indicating the location of Not Applicable to Licensee public, private, and military hospitals, and other emergency medical services facilities within the State of contiguous States considered capable of providing medical support for any contaminated injured individual. | ||
The listing shall include the name, location, type of facility, and capacity and any special radiological capabilities. These emergency medical services should be able to radiologically monitor contaminated personnel, and have facilities and trained personnel able to care for contaminated injured persons. | |||
The emergency preparedness exercise shall simulate an emergency that results in off-site radiological releases which would require response by off-site authorities. | : 4. Each organization shall arrange for transporting victims Section 6.6.3 of radiological accidents to medical support facilities. | ||
Exercises shall be conducted as set forth in NRC and FEMA rules. b. An exercise shall include mobilization of State and Sections 8.2, 8.2.1 Local Personnel and Resources adequate to verify the capability to respond to an accident scenario requiring response. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 148OF192 I | ||
The organization shall provide for a critique of the annual exercise by Federal and State Observers/Evaluators. | |||
The scenario should be varied from year to year such that all major elements of the plans and preparedness organizations are tested within a five year period. Each organization should make provisions to start an exercise between 6:00 p.m. and midnight, and another between midnight and 6:00 a.m. once every six years. Exercises should be conducted under various weather conditions. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
Some exercises should be unannounced. | M. RECOVERY AND RE-ENTRY PLANNING AND POST-ACCIDENT OPERATIONS PLANNING STANDARD General Plans for recovery and re-entry are developed. | ||
Notes: *1 -As supplemented by "Interim Staff Guidance -Emergency Planning for Nuclear Power Plants," NSIR/DPR-ISG-01, Rev. 0, November 2011. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
A drill is often a component of an exercise. | : 1. Each organization, as appropriate, shall develop general Sections 9, 9.1, 9.2 plans and procedures for re-entry and recovery, and describe the means by which decisions to relax protective measures (e.g., allow re-entry into an evacuated area) are reached. This process should consider both existing and potential conditions. | ||
A drill shall be supervised and evaluated by a qualified drill instructor. | : 2. Each licensee plan shall contain the position/title, Sections 9, 9.1, 9.2 authority and responsibilities of individuals who will fill key positions in the facility recovery organization. This organization shall include technical personnel with responsibilities to develop, evaluate, and direct recovery and re-entry operations. The recovery organization recommended by the Atomic Industrial Forum's -"Nuclear Power Plant Emergency Response Plan" dated October 11, 1979, is an acceptable framework. | ||
Each organization shall conduct drills in addition to the annual exercise at the frequencies indicated below: a. COMMUNICATION DRILLS | : 3. Each licensee and State plan shall specify means for Section 9.2 informing members of the response organizations that a recovery operation is to be initiated, and of any changes in the organizational structure that may occur. | ||
Communications between the nuclear facility, State and Local Emergency Operations Centers, and Field Assessment Teams shall be tested annually. | : 4. Each plan shall establish a method for periodically Section 9.3 estimating total population exposure. | ||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 149OF192 / | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
N. EXERCISES AND DRILLS (*1) | |||
PLANNING STANDARD Periodic exercises are (will be) conducted to evaluate major portions of emergency response capabilities, periodic drills are (will be) conducted to develop and maintain key skills, and deficiencies identified as a result of exercises or drills are (will be) corrected. | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 1. | |||
: a. An exercise is an event that tests the integrated Sections 8.2, 8.2.1 capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within emergency preparedness plans and organizations. The emergency preparedness exercise shall simulate an emergency that results in off-site radiological releases which would require response by off-site authorities. Exercises shall be conducted as set forth in NRC and FEMA rules. | |||
: b. An exercise shall include mobilization of State and Sections 8.2, 8.2.1 Local Personnel and Resources adequate to verify the capability to respond to an accident scenario requiring response. The organization shall provide for a critique of the annual exercise by Federal and State Observers/Evaluators. The scenario should be varied from year to year such that all major elements of the plans and preparedness organizations are tested within a five year period. Each organization should make provisions to start an exercise between 6:00 p.m. and midnight, and another between midnight and 6:00 a.m. once every six years. | |||
Exercises should be conducted under various weather conditions. Some exercises should be unannounced. | |||
Notes: | |||
*1 - As supplemented by "Interim Staff Guidance - Emergency Planning for Nuclear Power Plants," NSIR/DPR-ISG-01, Rev. 0, November 2011. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 150OF192 r | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) / | |||
CROSS REFERE;NCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 2. A drill is a supervised instruction period aimed at testing, Sections 8.2, 8.2.2 developing and maintaining skills in a particular operation. A drill is often a component of an exercise. | |||
A drill shall be supervised and evaluated by a qualified drill instructor. Each organization shall conduct drills in addition to the annual exercise at the frequencies indicated below: | |||
: a. COMMUNICATION DRILLS Communications with State and Local Governments Section 8.2.2.5 within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone shall be tested monthly. | |||
Communications with Federal Emergency Response Organizations and States within the ingestion pathway shall be tested quarterly. Communications between the nuclear facility, State and Local Emergency Operations Centers, and Field Assessment Teams shall be tested annually. | |||
Communication drills shall also include the aspect of understanding the content of messages. | Communication drills shall also include the aspect of understanding the content of messages. | ||
: b. FIRE DRILL'.S Fire drills shall be conducted in accordance with the Section 8.2.2.1 plant (nuclear facility) technical specifications. | : b. FIRE DRILL'.S Fire drills shall be conducted in accordance with the Section 8.2.2.1 plant (nuclear facility) technical specifications. | ||
: c. MEDICAL EMERGENCY DRILLS A medical emergency drill involving a simulated Section 8.2.2.2 contaminated individual which contains provisions for participation by the local support services agencies (i.e., ambulance and off-site medical treatment facility) shall be conducted annually. | : c. MEDICAL EMERGENCY DRILLS A medical emergency drill involving a simulated Section 8.2.2.2 contaminated individual which contains provisions for participation by the local support services agencies (i.e., ambulance and off-site medical treatment facility) shall be conducted annually. The off-site portions of the medical drill may be performed as part of the required annual exercise. | ||
The off-site portions of the medical drill may be performed as part of the required annual exercise. | !EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 151OF1921 | ||
! EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 151OF1921 APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) EVALUATION CRITERIA d. RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING DRILLS | |||
These drills shall include collection and analysis of all sample media (e.g., water, vegetation, soil, and air), and provisions for communications and record keeping. The State drills need not be at each site. Where appropriate, local organizations shall participate. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
: e. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
The State drills need not be at each site. | : d. RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING DRILLS Plant environs and radiological monitoring drills Section 8.2.2.3 (on-site and off-site) shall be conducted annually. | ||
These drills shall include collection and analysis of all sample media (e.g., water, vegetation, soil, and air), | |||
and provisions for communications and record keeping. The State drills need not be at each site. | |||
Where appropriate, local organizations shall participate. | |||
: e. HEALTH PHYSICS DRILLS (1) Health Physics drills shall be conducted Section 8.2.2.4 semiannually which involve response to, and analysis of, simulated elevated airborne and liquid samples and direct radiation measurements in the environment. The State drills need not be at each site. | |||
(2) Analysis of in-plant liquid samples with actual elevated radiation levels including use of the Post-Accident Sampling System shall be | |||
* included in Health Physics drills by licensees annually. | * included in Health Physics drills by licensees annually. | ||
: 3. Each organization shall describe how exercises and are to be carried out to allow free play for decision making and to meet the following objectives. | : 3. Each organization shall describe how exercises and | ||
Pending the development of exercise scenarios and exercise evaluation guidance by NRC and FEMA the scenarios for use in exercises and drills shall include, but not be limited to, the following: | ~rills are to be carried out to allow free play for decision making and to meet the following objectives. Pending the development of exercise scenarios and exercise evaluation guidance by NRC and FEMA the scenarios for use in exercises and drills shall include, but not be limited to, the following: | ||
: a. The basic objective(s) of each drill and exercise and Sections 8.2.1, 8.2.2 appropriate evaluation criteria; | : a. The basic objective(s) of each drill and exercise and Sections 8.2.1, 8.2.2 appropriate evaluation criteria; | ||
: b. The date(s), time period, place(s) and participating Section 8.2.1 organizations; | : b. The date(s), time period, place(s) and participating Section 8.2.1 organizations; | ||
: c. The simulated events; Section 8.2.1 | : c. The simulated events; Section 8.2.1 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 152OF1921 | ||
A critique shall be scheduled at the conclusion of the exercise to evaluate the ability of organizations to respond as called for in the plan. The critique* | APPENDIXB CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
shall be conducted as soon as practicable after the exercise, and a formal evaluation should result from the critique. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
: 5. Each organization shall establish means for evaluating Section 8.2.1 observer and participant comments on areas needing improvement, including emergency plan procedural changes, and for assigning responsibility for implementing corrective actions. Each organization shall establish management control used to ensure that corrective actions are implemented. | : d. A time schedule of real and simulated initiating Section 8.2.1 events; | ||
: e. A narrative summary describing the conduct of the Section 8.2.1 exercises or drills to include such things as simulated casualties, off-site fire department assistance, rescue of personnel, use of protective clothing, deployment of Radiological Monitoring Teams, and public information activities; and | |||
EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Each organization shall assure the training of appropriate individuals. | : f. A description of the arrangements for and Section 8.2.1 advance materials to be provided to official observers. | ||
: a. Each facility to which the plant applies shall provide site specific emergency response training for those off-site emergency organizations who may be called upon to provide assistance in the event of an emergency | : 4. Official observers from Federal, State or Local Section 8.2.1 Governments will observe, evaluate and critique the required exercises. A critique shall be scheduled at the conclusion of the exercise to evaluate the ability of organizations to respond as called for in the plan. The critique* shall be conducted as soon as practicable after the exercise, and a formal evaluation should result from the critique. | ||
: 5. Each organization shall establish means for evaluating Section 8.2.1 observer and participant comments on areas needing improvement, including emergency plan procedural changes, and for assigning responsibility for implementing corrective actions. Each organization shall establish management control used to ensure that corrective actions are implemented. | |||
Off-site emergency response support personnel should be provided with appropriate identification cards where required. | IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 153OF192 I | ||
: b. Each off-site response organization shall participate Not Applicable to Licensee in and receive training. | |||
Where mutual aid agreements exist between local agencies such as fire, police, and ambulance/rescue, the training shall also be offered to the other departments who are members of the mutual aid district. | APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | ||
: 2. The training program for members of the on-site Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.2 emergency organization shall, besides classroom training, include practical drills in which each individual demonstrates ability to perform his assigned emergency function. | : 0. RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE TRAINING PLANNING STANDARD Radiological emergency response training is provided to those who may be called on to assist in an emergency. | ||
During the practical drills, on-the-spot correction of erroneous performance shall be made and a demonstration of the proper performance offered by the instructor. | CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | ||
: 3. Training for individuals assigned to licensee First Aid Section 8.1.1 T earns shall include courses equivalent to Red Cross Multi-Media. | : 1. Each organization shall assure the training of Sections 8.1, 8.1.1 appropriate individuals. | ||
: a. Each facility to which the plant applies shall provide Section 8.1.3 site specific emergency response training for those off-site emergency organizations who may be called upon to provide assistance in the event of an emergency. 1 1 | |||
Training for hospital personnel, ambulance/rescue, police, and fire departments shall include the procedures for notification, basic radiation protection, and their expected roles. For those local services support organizations who will enter the site, training shall also include site access procedures and the identity (by position and title) of the individual in the on-site emergency organization who Will control the organizations' support activities. Off-site emergency response support personnel should be provided with appropriate identification cards where required. | |||
: b. Each off-site response organization shall participate Not Applicable to Licensee in and receive training. Where mutual aid agreements exist between local agencies such as fire, police, and ambulance/rescue, the training shall also be offered to the other departments who are members of the mutual aid district. | |||
: 2. The training program for members of the on-site Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.2 emergency organization shall, besides classroom training, include practical drills in which each individual demonstrates ability to perform his assigned emergency function. During the practical drills, on-the-spot correction of erroneous performance shall be made and a demonstration of the proper performance offered by the instructor. | |||
: 3. Training for individuals assigned to licensee First Aid Section 8.1.1 T earns shall include courses equivalent to Red Cross Multi-Media. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 154 OF 192 j | |||
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) | |||
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN | |||
: 4. Each organization shall establish a training program for instructing and qualifying personnel who will implement radiological emergency response plans. 2 The specialized initial training and periodic retraining programs (including the scope, nature and frequency) shall be provided in the following categories: | |||
2 If State and Local Governments lack the capability and resources to accomplish this training, they may look to the licensee and the Federal government (FEMA} for assistance in this training. | 2 If State and Local Governments lack the capability and resources to accomplish this training, they may look to the licensee and the Federal government (FEMA} for assistance in this training. | ||
* NRC and FEMA encourage State and Local Governments which have these capabilities to continue to include them in their training programs. | * NRC and FEMA encourage State and Local Governments which have these capabilities to continue to include them in their training programs. | ||
: a. Directors or coordinators of the response Section 8.1.1 organizations; | |||
: b. Personnel responsible for accident assessment; Section 8.1.1 | |||
: c. Radiological Monitoring Teams and Radiological Section 8.1.1 Analysis personnel; | |||
: d. Police, Security, and Fire-fighting personnel; Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.3 | |||
: e. Repair and damage control/correctional action teams Section 8.1.1 (on-site); | |||
: f. First aid and rescue personnel; Section 8.1.1 | |||
: g. Local support services personnel including Civil Section 8.1 .3 Defense/Emergency Service personnel; | |||
: h. Medical support personnel; Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.3 | |||
: i. Licensee's headquarters support personnel; Section 8.1.1 | |||
: j. Personnel responsible for transmission of Section 8.1.1 emergency information and instructions. | |||
: 5. Each organization shall provide for the initial and annual Section 8 | |||
: 7. Radiation Monitor (Frisker) | : 7. Radiation Monitor (Frisker) | ||
: 8. Step-Off Pad 9. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) 8. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT NOTE -The air breathing equipment is not Within the Emergency Locker. The cases are located near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance. | : 8. Step-Off Pad | ||
: 9. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) | |||
: 8. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not Within the Emergency Locker. The cases are located near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance. | |||
: 1. Air Breathing Masks (Self-Contained with Voice Communicators) | : 1. Air Breathing Masks (Self-Contained with Voice Communicators) | ||
: 2. Full-Face Filter Masks with Filters 3. Full-Face Filter Masks with Filters and Voice Communicators | : 2. Full-Face Filter Masks with Filters | ||
: 3. Full-Face Filter Masks with Filters and Voice Communicators | |||
: 4. Spare Air Cylinders C. MISCELLANEOUS (Supplies) | : 4. Spare Air Cylinders C. MISCELLANEOUS (Supplies) | ||
: 1. Plastic Bag, Large 2. Radiation Warning Signs 3. Radiation Barrier Rope 4. Radiation Warning Tape 5. Hand Lantern, with 6-Volt Battery 6. flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries | : 1. Plastic Bag, Large | ||
: 7. Batteries for Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 8. Batteries for Flashlights | : 2. Radiation Warning Signs | ||
("D" Cell) 9. Batteries for Mask Voice Communicators (9 Volt) 10. First Aid Kit | : 3. Radiation Barrier Rope | ||
: 4. Radiation Warning Tape | |||
: 5. Hand Lantern, with 6-Volt Battery | |||
: 6. flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries | |||
: 7. Batteries for Hand Lantern (6 Volt) | |||
: 8. Batteries for Flashlights ("D" Cell) | |||
: 9. Batteries for Mask Voice Communicators (9 Volt) | |||
: 10. First Aid Kit IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 179OF192 I | |||
APPEN.DIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED -TSC/OSC A. GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT | |||
: 1. Flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries | : 1. Flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries | ||
: 2. Masking Tape 3. Particulate Filter, 2" 4. Charcoal and Silver Zeolite Cartridges | : 2. Masking Tape | ||
: 5. Air Sample Plastic Bags and Labels 6. Smear Books 7. Spare Batteries | : 3. Particulate Filter, 2" | ||
: 8. Personnel Radiation Monitor 9. Step-Off Pads 10. Pmtective Clothing (Full Sets) 11. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus | : 4. Charcoal and Silver Zeolite Cartridges | ||
: 12. Spare Bottle for SCBA 13. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) 14. Survey Instrument Ion Chamber (Range Oto 50 R/hr) 15. IAC/Electrical Tool kits 16. Volt Ohmmeter 17. Radiological Posting Supplies 18. MFlchanical Maintenance Tool Kit 19. Coveralls, Paper 20. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 21. Gloves, Disposable | : 5. Air Sample Plastic Bags and Labels | ||
: 23. Cqntinuous Air Monitor EMERGENCY RESCUE LOCKER EQUIPMENT | : 6. Smear Books | ||
: 1. Wrecking Bar 2. Bolt Cutters 3. Hacksaw and Blades 4. Cqme-Along | : 7. Spare Batteries | ||
: 5. Cable Slings | : 8. Personnel Radiation Monitor | ||
: 6. Hydraulic Jacks 7. Sledge Hammers 8. Porta Power 9. Web Slings 10. Sound Powered Phones 11. Safety Belt and Line 12. Fire Axe 13. Crow Bar 14. 200'-3-Part Block and Tackle 15. Battery Lanterns | : 9. Step-Off Pads | ||
-ALTERNATE OSC {AOSC) A. GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT | : 10. Pmtective Clothing (Full Sets) | ||
: 1. Coveralls, Paper 2. Shoe Covers 3. Gloves, Disposable | : 11. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus | ||
: 4. Step-Off Pad 5. Area Radiation Monitors 6. Continuous Air Monitor 7. Radiation Monitor (Frisker) | : 12. Spare Bottle for SCBA | ||
: 13. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) | |||
: 14. Survey Instrument Ion Chamber (Range Oto 50 R/hr) | |||
: 15. IAC/Electrical Tool kits | |||
: 16. Volt Ohmmeter | |||
: 17. Radiological Posting Supplies | |||
: 18. MFlchanical Maintenance Tool Kit | |||
: 19. Coveralls, Paper | |||
: 20. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" | |||
: 21. Gloves, Disposable | |||
: 23. Cqntinuous Air Monitor B. EMERGENCY RESCUE LOCKER EQUIPMENT | |||
: 1. Wrecking Bar | |||
: 2. Bolt Cutters | |||
: 3. Hacksaw and Blades | |||
: 4. Cqme-Along | |||
: 5. Cable Slings IEMERGENCY PLAN REV1S10N69 PAGE 180OF192 j | |||
APPENDIXE LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED-TSC/OSC | |||
: 6. Hydraulic Jacks | |||
: 7. Sledge Hammers | |||
: 8. Porta Power | |||
: 9. Web Slings | |||
: 10. Sound Powered Phones | |||
: 11. Safety Belt and Line | |||
: 12. Fire Axe | |||
: 13. Crow Bar | |||
: 14. 200'-3-Part Block and Tackle | |||
: 15. Battery Lanterns IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 181OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - ALTERNATE OSC {AOSC) | |||
A. GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT | |||
: 1. Coveralls, Paper | |||
: 2. Shoe Covers | |||
: 3. Gloves, Disposable | |||
: 4. Step-Off Pad | |||
: 5. Area Radiation Monitors | |||
: 6. Continuous Air Monitor | |||
: 7. Radiation Monitor (Frisker) | |||
: 8. Flashlight, with 2 "D" Cell Batteries | : 8. Flashlight, with 2 "D" Cell Batteries | ||
: 9. Spare Batteries | : 9. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell) | ||
("D" Cell) 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) 11. Team Dispatch Forms l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 182OF192 j APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED | : 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) | ||
-EOF A. GENERAL SUPPLIES 1. Coveralls | : 11. Team Dispatch Forms l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 182OF192 j | ||
: 2. Shoe Covers 3. Gloves 4. Extendable Probe Survey Instrument (Range 0-1,000 R/Hr) 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Meter (Range 0-50 R/Hr) 6. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mR/Hr) 7. Sample Holder with Pancake-Type Detector 8. Scaler Electronic Package 9. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic | |||
: 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets 11. Spare Batteries | APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - EOF A. GENERAL SUPPLIES | ||
("AA" Cell) 12. Charcoal Filter for Air Samplers 13. Silver Zeolite Cartridges for Air Samplers 14. Extension Cord, Electric (50') 15. Radiation Monitor (Frisker) | : 1. Coveralls | ||
: 16. Area Radiation Monitor 17. Continuous Air Monitor 18. Step-Off Pads B. MISCELLANEOUS (Supplies) | : 2. Shoe Covers | ||
: 1. Plastic Sheeting 2. Plastic Bag, Small 3. Plastic Bag, Large 4. Radiation Warning Signs 5. Radiation Barrier Rope 6. Smear Books 7. Radiation Warning Tape 8. Hand Lantern with 6-Volt Battery 9. Flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries | : 3. Gloves | ||
("D" Cell) 12. Small Hand Tool Kit with Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips Screwdriver, Small Pliers, and Small Vise Grip C. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT NOTE -Stretcher stored near Emergency Locker. 1 . First Aid Kit 2. Stretcher | : 4. Extendable Probe Survey Instrument (Range 0-1,000 R/Hr) | ||
-WEST WAREHOUSE A EMERGENCY FIELD MONITORING KIT SUPPLIES 1. Full-Face Respirator | : 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Meter (Range 0-50 R/Hr) | ||
: 2. Hand Lantern 3. Spare Batteries | : 6. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mR/Hr) | ||
: 7. Sample Holder with Pancake-Type Detector | |||
: 8. Scaler Electronic Package | |||
: 9. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic | |||
: 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets | |||
: 11. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) | |||
: 12. Charcoal Filter for Air Samplers | |||
: 13. Silver Zeolite Cartridges for Air Samplers | |||
: 14. Extension Cord, Electric (50') | |||
: 15. Radiation Monitor (Frisker) | |||
: 16. Area Radiation Monitor | |||
: 17. Continuous Air Monitor | |||
: 18. Step-Off Pads B. MISCELLANEOUS (Supplies) | |||
: 1. Plastic Sheeting | |||
: 2. Plastic Bag, Small | |||
: 3. Plastic Bag, Large | |||
: 4. Radiation Warning Signs | |||
: 5. Radiation Barrier Rope | |||
: 6. Smear Books | |||
: 7. Radiation Warning Tape | |||
: 8. Hand Lantern with 6-Volt Battery | |||
: 9. Flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 183OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES | |||
: 10. Batteries for Hand Lantern (6 Volt) | |||
: 11. Batteries for Flashlights ("D" Cell) | |||
: 12. Small Hand Tool Kit with Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips Screwdriver, Small Pliers, and Small Vise Grip C. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT NOTE - Stretcher stored near Emergency Locker. | |||
: 1. First Aid Kit | |||
: 2. Stretcher IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 184OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - WEST WAREHOUSE A EMERGENCY FIELD MONITORING KIT SUPPLIES | |||
: 1. Full-Face Respirator | |||
: 2. Hand Lantern | |||
: 3. Spare Batteries | |||
: 4. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic | : 4. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic | ||
: 5. Health Physics Procedure 9.EPIN.1, Emergency Air Samplers 6. Calculator | : 5. Health Physics Procedure 9.EPIN.1, Emergency Air Samplers | ||
: 7. Portable Radios 8. Geiger Mueller SuNey Instrument | : 6. Calculator | ||
: 7. Portable Radios | |||
: 8. Geiger Mueller SuNey Instrument | |||
: 9. Ion Chamber Survey Instrument | : 9. Ion Chamber Survey Instrument | ||
: 10. Paper Coveralls | : 10. Paper Coveralls | ||
: 11. Rubber Shoe Covers 12. Sample Bottles 13. Masslin Cloths 14. One-Piece Plastic Coveralls | : 11. Rubber Shoe Covers | ||
: 15. Complete Set of EPIPs 16. 2" Air Sample Filters 17. Silver Zeolite Cartridges | : 12. Sample Bottles | ||
: 13. Masslin Cloths | |||
: 14. One-Piece Plastic Coveralls | |||
: 15. Complete Set of EPIPs | |||
: 16. 2" Air Sample Filters | |||
: 17. Silver Zeolite Cartridges | |||
: 18. Charcoal Cartridges | : 18. Charcoal Cartridges | ||
: 19. 2" Millipore Air Sample Filters 20. Smear Books 21. Air Sampler with Head 22. Radioactive Material Stickers 23. 10-Mile Radius Map 24. Site Map 25. Plastic Bags 26. Disposable Gloves 27. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) 28. Combination Cartridge for_ Respirator | : 19. 2" Millipore Air Sample Filters | ||
: 29. Shovel | : 20. Smear Books | ||
-WEST WAREHOUSE | : 21. Air Sampler with Head | ||
: 30. Masking Tape 31. Plastic Sheeting 32. Plastic Pipet 33. 2 cc Vial 34. Sample labels 35. Grass Shears 36. Bolt cutters | : 22. Radioactive Material Stickers | ||
: 23. 10-Mile Radius Map | |||
-COMMUNICATIONS BUILDING PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES 1. Soap 2. Septisol (Germicide) | : 24. Site Map | ||
: 3. Lanolin 4. Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s 5. Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s 6. Towels, Paper 7. | : 25. Plastic Bags | ||
Plastic, 100 ml 8. Hand Brush 9. Towels FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT NOTE -Stretcher stored near Emergency Locker. 1. First Aid Kit 2. Stretcher | : 26. Disposable Gloves | ||
: 3. Rope, 1 /2"-50' | : 27. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl) | ||
: 28. Combination Cartridge for_ Respirator | |||
: 29. Shovel IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 185OF192 I | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - WEST WAREHOUSE | |||
: 30. Masking Tape | |||
: 31. Plastic Sheeting | |||
: 32. Plastic Pipet | |||
: 33. 2 cc Vial | |||
: 34. Sample labels | |||
: 35. Grass Shears | |||
: 36. Bolt cutters IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 186OF192 / | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - COMMUNICATIONS BUILDING A. PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES | |||
: 1. Soap | |||
: 2. Septisol (Germicide) | |||
: 3. Lanolin | |||
: 4. Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s | |||
: 5. Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s | |||
: 6. Towels, Paper | |||
: 7. ~eaker, Plastic, 100 ml | |||
: 8. Hand Brush | |||
: 9. Towels B. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT NOTE - Stretcher stored near Emergency Locker. | |||
: 1. First Aid Kit | |||
: 2. Stretcher | |||
: 3. Rope, 1/2"-50' IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 187OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED -AMBULANCE A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AMBULANCE | |||
: 1. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic | : 1. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic | ||
: 2. Spare Batteries | : 2. Spare Batteries | ||
: 3. DLR Badge 4. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument | : 3. DLR Badge | ||
: 6. Radiation Tags 7. Smear Books 8. DLR Badging Record | : 4. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter | ||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED | : 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument | ||
-HOSPITAL A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL 1. | : 6. Radiation Tags | ||
Barrier Rope 2. Masking Tape 3. Absorbent Paper 4. Plastic Sheeting 5. Applicable Radiation Warning Signs 6. Shoe Covers 7. Bags, Plastic (Large} 8. B;;igs, Plastic (Small) 9. Radiation Marking Tape 10. Coveralls | : 7. Smear Books | ||
: 8. DLR Badging Record IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 188OF192 / | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - HOSPITAL A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL | |||
: 1. ~adiation Barrier Rope | |||
: 2. Masking Tape | |||
: 3. Absorbent Paper | |||
: 4. Plastic Sheeting | |||
: 5. Applicable Radiation Warning Signs | |||
: 6. Shoe Covers | |||
: 7. Bags, Plastic (Large} | |||
: 8. B;;igs, Plastic (Small) | |||
: 9. Radiation Marking Tape | |||
: 10. Coveralls | |||
: 11. Gloves, Rubber Disposable | : 11. Gloves, Rubber Disposable | ||
: 12. Cardboard Boxes, 2' x 3' 13. Masolin Cloths 14. Step-Off Pad | : 12. Cardboard Boxes, 2' x 3' | ||
-OFF-SITE ASSEMBLY AREA A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT OFF-SITE ASSEMBLY AREA 1. Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument | : 13. Masolin Cloths | ||
: 14. Step-Off Pad IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 189 OF 192 I | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - OFF-SITE ASSEMBLY AREA A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT OFF-SITE ASSEMBLY AREA | |||
: 1. Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument | |||
: 2. Disposable Coveralls | : 2. Disposable Coveralls | ||
: 3. Disposable Gloves 4. 2" Masking Tape 5. Large Poly Bags 6. Small Poly Bags 7. BarSoap 8. Bath Towel 9. Procedure 9.EN-RP-104, Personnel Contamination | : 3. Disposable Gloves | ||
: 10. Pumice Soap 11. Lanolin. 12. Swabs, Cotton-Tipped | : 4. 2" Masking Tape | ||
: 13. Paper Towels 14. Hand Brush, Soft Bristle 15. High-Top Bootie 16. Shoe Cover(s) Various Sizes 17. Rad Rope 18. Radiological Posting Signs With Inserts | : 5. Large Poly Bags | ||
KANSAS 7. The State of Kansas, Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Facilities | : 6. Small Poly Bags | ||
: 7. BarSoap | |||
IOWA 8. State of Iowa Radiological Emergency Response Plan Iowa Department of Homeland Security, Emergency Management Division. | : 8. Bath Towel | ||
FEDERAL 9. National Response Framework-United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission; Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency. | : 9. Procedure 9.EN-RP-104, Personnel Contamination | ||
: 10. Pumice Soap | |||
: 11. Lanolin. | |||
: 12. Swabs, Cotton-Tipped | |||
: 13. Paper Towels | |||
: 14. Hand Brush, Soft Bristle | |||
: 15. High-Top Bootie | |||
: 16. Shoe Cover(s) Various Sizes | |||
: 17. Rad Rope | |||
: 18. Radiological Posting Signs With Inserts IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 190OF1921 | |||
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY VEHICLES MAINTAINED- CNS A. EMERGENCY VEHICLES MAINTAINED AT CNS | |||
: 1. All Wheel/Four Wheel Drive Vehicle with High and Low Band Radio for Emergency Preparedness/Security Use Only | |||
: 2. All Wheel/Four Wheel Drive Vehicle with High and Low Band Radio for Emergency Preparedness/Security Use Only | |||
: 3. Ambulance (2WD), Chassis with Medical Configuration and Two-Way Radio for Medical Use Only. | |||
I | |||
! | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 191OF192 j | |||
APPENDIX F INTERFACING EMERGENCY PLANS APPENDIX F INTERFACING EMERGENCY PLANS NEBRASKA | |||
: 1. State of Nebraska Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents-Nebraska Emergency Management Agency. | |||
: 2. Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents for Richardson County-Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, Richardson County Emergency Management Agency. | |||
: 3. Radiological | |||
\ | |||
Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents for Nemaha County-Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, Nemaha County Emergency Management Agency. | |||
: 4. Radiqlogical Emergency Reception Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents for Otoe County~Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, Otoe County Emergency Management Agency. | |||
MISSOURI | |||
: 5. State bf Missouri State Emergency Management Agency Nuclear Accident Plan-Missouri State Emergency Management Agency. | |||
: 6. Atchison County Radiological Emergency Response Plan-Atchison County, Missouri. | |||
KANSAS | |||
: 7. The State of Kansas, Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Facilities - | |||
Kansas Division of Emergency Management. | |||
IOWA | |||
: 8. State of Iowa Radiological Emergency Response Plan Iowa Department of Homeland Security, Emergency Management Division. | |||
FEDERAL | |||
: 9. National Response Framework-United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission; Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency. | |||
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 192 OF 1921 | |||
__ I ---}} |
Revision as of 05:32, 30 October 2019
ML17080A385 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Cooper |
Issue date: | 03/14/2017 |
From: | Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) |
To: | Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
Shared Package | |
ML17080A384 | List: |
References | |
NLS2017026 | |
Download: ML17080A385 (195) | |
Text
NLS2017026 Attachment Page 1 of2 Attachment Summary of 50.54(q) Analyses, Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 69 Change 1 Description of Change:
The Alert and Notification System (ANS) sirens in the 10-Mile Plume Exposure Pathway around Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) were upgraded to a newer generation of sirens. Because of the higher degree of sound output, some sirens were removed and some relocated to provide better coverage. This Emergency Plan (E-Plan) change revises the number of ANS sirens on Page 110 based upon the current Federal Emergency Management Agency-approved revision to the CNS Alert and Notification System Design Report.
Change2 Description of Change:
E-Plan, Appendix D, provides the listing of Letters of Agreement (LOA) with off-site support agencies which may be called upon to provide support to the Emergency Response Organization.
The LOA with the Nebraska State Patrol (NSP) on Page 176 is updated to reference the latest letter revision. The only change in the new LOA is the name of the new NSP Captain commanding the NSP Headquarters Troop. There are no changes in titles, responsibilities, contact numbers, etc. The change in the Captain's name is insignificant and does not reduce the effectiveness of the CNS Emergency Plan. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required.
Change 3 Description of Change:
The E-Plan cover page is being revised to include new revision number (and also all subsequent pages) and name of new approval authority. The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required.
Change4 Description of Change:
Updated the CNS power output from 815 megawatt-electrical (Mw(e)) to 830 Mw(e) on Page 7, based on new high pressure turbine efficiencies. The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required.
NLS2017026 Attachment Page 2 of2 Change 5
- Description of Change:
This change revises the title "Station Technical Engineer" on Page 47 to the correct title of "Shift Technical Engineer." The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required.
Change 6 Description of Change:
The words "at least" were added in front of the word "biennially" on Page 98 to better describe the minimum frequency of the conduct of Quality Assurance audits. The proposed change is editorial. The 10 CFR 50.54(q) screen concluded a 10 CFR 50.54(q) evaluation was not required.
NLS2017026 Enclosure Page 1 of 193 Enclosure Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan, Revision 69
NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT EMERGENCY PLAN FOR COOPER NUCLEAR STATION APPROVED BY/DATE Dir. Nuc. Safety Assurance Dan uman
\-~~l\..-- ;;l- ~\cl
/
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 1OF192 I
- 1. DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................,................. 8
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY .........................................................................................10
- 3.
SUMMARY
OF THE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT (NPPD) CNS EMERGENCY PLAN ........................................................................................................ 11
- 4. EMERGENCY CONDITIONS ..................................................................................,........ 13 4.1 CLASSIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 13 4.1.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT .......................................... 14 4.1.2 ALERT .............................................................................................. 14 4.1.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY .............................................................. 15 4.1.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY ............................................................... 15 4.2 OFF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT ........................................................ 16 4.3 SPECTRUM OF POSSIBLE ACCIDENTS AND INITIATING EVENTS ................ 17
- 5. ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL OF EMERGENCIES ...................................................... 32 5.1 NORMAL OPERATING ORGANIZATION ........................................................:... 32 5.1.1 LINES OF AUTHORITY ...................................................................32 5.1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES/FUNCTIONS ..................................................33 5.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION ......................................................34 5.2.1 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR .............................................................. 35 5.2.2 TSC DIRECTOR ..............................................................................36 5.2.3 EOF DIRECTOR..............................................................................38 5.2.4 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) SUPERVISOR ......... .40 5.3 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION .........................................................41 5.3.1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC) ........................................... .41 5.3.2 PUBLIC INFORMATION SUPPORT ...............................................42 5.3.3 CONTRACT SUPPORT .................................. ,.............................. .43 5.4 PARTICIPATING FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIES .......................... .44 5.4.1 THE STATE OF NEBRASKA ......................................................... .44 5.4.2 THE STATE OF MISSOURI ........................................................... .45 5.4.3 THE STATES OF KANSAS/IOWA. ................................................. .45 5.4.4 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION .................................... .46
- 6. EMERGENCY MEASURES .............................................................................................54 6.1 SITE EMERGENCY ALARMS ..............................................................................54 6.2 NOTIFICATION AND ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONS ................................................................................................54 6.2.1 ON-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL. ...................................................... 54 6.2.2 OFF-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL. .................................................... 54 6.2.3 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC) ............................................ 55 6.2.4 OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES AND SUPPORT AGENCIES ................. 55 6.2.5 ,NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION {NRC) .......................... 55 6.3 ASSESSMENT ACTIONS .....................................................................................56 6.3.1 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM ........................................ 56 6.3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA ............................................................ 56 6.3.3 DOSE ASSESSMENT ..................................................................... 56 6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ......................................................................................57 6.5 PROTECTIVE ACTIONS ......................................................................................58 6.5.1 RESCUE OPERATIONS ................................................................. 60 6.5.2 ON-SITE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES ................. 60 6.5.3 PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY ...................... 60 6.5.4 DISMISSAL AND EVACUATION ..................................................... 60 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 2OF192
6.5.5 CONTAMINATION AND DOSE CONTROL MEASURES ............... 61 6.5.6 SECURITY AND ACCESS CONTROL. ........................................... 62 6.6 AID TO AFFECTED PERSONNEL .......................................................................62 6.6.1 EMERGENCY PERSONNEL DOSE CRITERIA. ............................. 62 6.6.2 DECONTAMINATION AND FIRST AID ........................................... 63 6.6.3 MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION ........................................................ 63 6.6.4 MEDICAL TREATMENT FACILITIES .............................................. 64
- 7. EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT ........................................... 68 7.1 CONTROL ROOM ................................................................................................68 7.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES .............................................................. 68 7.2.1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER .................................................. 68 7.2.2 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER ............................................. 69 7.2.3 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY ........................................ 69 7.2.4 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER. .................................................... 71 7.3 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NOTIFICATION ........................................ 72 7.3.1 PLANT COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT .................................... 72 7.3.2 TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS ................................................. 72 7.3.3 SATELLITE TELEPHONES ............................................................. 73 7.3.4 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................... 73 7.4 NOTIFICATION BY EMERGENCY CLASS .......................................................... 74 7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CAPABILITIES ............................................. 75 7.5.1 SEISMIC MONITOR ........................................................................ 75 7.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING ............................................... 75 7.5.3 MISSOURI RIVER MONITORING ................................................... 76 7.5.4 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORS ......................................................... 77 7.5.5 MAIN STEAM LINE MONITORS ..................................................... 78 7.5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION SURVEILLANCE ......................... 80 7.5.7 RADIOANALYSIS LABORATORIES ............................................... 81 7.6 FIRE PROTECTION .............................................................................................81 7.7 EMERGENCY LOCKERS .....................................................................................81 7.8 HABITABILITY EQUIPMENT ................................................................................ 82 7.9 MEDICAL FACILITIES AND FIRST AID ............................................................... 83 7.9.1 MEDICAL FACILITIES .....................................................................83 7.9.2 FIRST AID .......................................................................................83
- 8. MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS ............................................................ 90 8.1 TRAINING .............................................................................................................90 8.1.1 TRAINING FOR CNS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) .................................................................. 90 8.1.2 TRAINING FOR EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ......................................................... 91 8.1.3 TRAINING FOR PARTICIPATING AGENCIES ............................... 91 8.1.4 PUBLIC EDUCATION ...................................................................... 92 8.1.5 MEDIA FAMILIARIZATION .............................................................. 92 8.2 DRILLS AND EXERCISES ................................................................................... 93 8.2.1 EXERCISES ....................................................................................93 8.2.2 DRILLS ............................................................................................ 95 8.3 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT ............................................. ,.96 8.4 ' CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT ........................................... 97 8.5 REVIEW AND UPDATE OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN ....................................... 98
- 9. RECOVERY .....................................................................................................................99 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 3OF192
9.1 RECOVERY PANEL ............................................................................................. 99 9.2 RECOVERY ORGANIZATION ............................................................................ 100 9.3 RECOVERY EXPOSURE CONTROL. ................................................................ 100 9.4 NUCLEAR SAFETY COMMITTEES ................................................................... 101 9.4.1 STATION OPERATIONS REVIEW COMMITTEE (SORC) ........... 101 9.4.2 SAFETY REVIEW AND AUDIT BOARD (SRAB) ........................... 101 APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN ....... 102 APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) ........... 115 APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS .................................................... 166 APPENDIX D LETTERS OF AGREEMENT ......................................................... 175 APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES ................................ 178 APPENDIX F INTERFACING EMERGENCY PLANS .......................................... 192 EMERGENCY PL.AN REVISION69 PAGE 4OF192
LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE 4.1-1 Notification of Unusual Event* 18 4.1-2 Alert* 21 4.1-3 Site Area Emergency* 24 4.1-4 General Emergency* 26 4.1-5 Notification of Unusual Event - Expected Actions 28 4.1-6 Alert - Expected Actions 29 4.1-7 Site Area Emergency - Expected Actions 30 4.1-8 General Emergency - Expected Actions 31 6.3-1 Assessment Actions 65 EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) for the Early Phase of a 6.4-1 66 Nuclear Incident 6.4-2 Initiation Times for Protective Actions for the General Public 67 7.1-1 ERF Communications Systems 89
- CNS EAL Referenced Tables A-1, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, H-1, S-1, S-2, S-3, and F-1 along with the Notes Table can be found in the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 5OF192
LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE 5.2-1 CNS Normal Operating Organization - Control Room 47 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Technical Support 5.2-2 48 Center (TSC)
CNS Emergency Response Organization - Emergency Operations 5.2-3 49 Facility {EOF)
CNS Emergency Response Organization - Operations Support 5.2-4 50 Center (OSC)
CNS Emergency Response Organization - Joint Information 5.3-1 51 Center (JJC) 5.4-1 Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations 52 Federal Response Management Diagram - Cooper Nuclear 5.4-2 53 Station 7.2-1 TSC Floor Plan 84 7.2-2 OSC Floor Plan 85 7.2-3 EOF Floor Plan 86 7.2-4 JIC Floor Plan 87 7.4-1 Notification Chart for Emergency Classification 88 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 6OF192
THE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT EMERGENCY PLAN FOR COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INTRODUCTION The Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) is a one-unit Boiling Water Reactor power station rated at approximately 830 Mw( e) operated by the Nebraska Public Power District. The station is located on the west bank of the Missouri River between the towns of Brownville and Nemaha, Nebraska. Cooper Nuclear Station has been in commercial operation since July 1974. An independent spent fuel storage installation is located within the Protected Area of CNS.
This Emergency Plan: (1) describes the organization formed to manage emergency situations; (2) provides the mechanism to classify emergencies according to severity of consequences; (3) defines and assigns functional responsibilities for emergency response actions; (4) outlines courses-of-action and protective measures to mitigate the consequences of an accident and to safeguard station personnel and the public; and {5) presents a general post-emergency plan and District organization for restoring the plant to normal operating status. Detailed implementing procedures for specific emergency actions during an incident are contained in the Cooper Nuclear Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures.
This Emergency Plan establishes the policies and practices involving the Nebraska Public Power District in the unlikely event of an emergency at the Cooper Nuclear Station. Additions, deletions, or modifications to this Emergency Plan must be reviewed by the Station Operations Review Committee and approved by the Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance before such changes can be incorporated. The Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance has overall authority and responsibility for radiological emergency response planning at CNS.
The Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures for the Nebraska Public Power District emergency response activities are the documents which implement the requirements of this plan. Additions, deletions, or modifications to the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures are made in accordance with the CNS Administrative Procedures.
Copies of this Plan and the implementing documents shall be issued via a system of controlled distribution which will assure that all copies remain current.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 7OF192
- 1. DEFINITIONS The following are definitions of terms commonly used in the Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) Emergency Plan.
1.1 Annual - Once during every calendar year.
1.2 Assessment Actions - Actions taken during or after an emergency to obtain and process information necessary to determine the character and magnitude of the emergency and specific corrective emergency measures.
1.3 Class "A" Dose Assessment Model - A dose assessment computer code which utilizes actual 15 minute average meteorological data from the meteorological instrumentation maintained by the licensee or from alternate meteorological sources. This model provides calculations of relative concentrations and transit times within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The output from a Class A model typically includes the plume dimensions and position, and the location, magnitude, and arrival time of ( 1) the peak relative concentration, and (2) the relative concentrations at appropriate locations.
1.4 Control Room - The Control Room, operating under the direction of the Shift Manager, is the primary point from which station conditions are monitored and controlled. It is the point where many corrective actions are taken to mitigate an emergency and where the initial assessment and classification of an emergency are made.
1.5 Corrective Actions - Measures taken to reduce the severity of, or terminate an emergency at or near the source of the problem; to prevent an uncontrolled release bf radioactive material; or to reduce the magnitude of the radioactive release.
1.6 Dosimeter of Legal Record (DLR) - A radiation dose monitoring device. A device used to determine an individual's accumulated external occupational radiation exposure including Deep Dose Equivalent (DOE), Lens Dose Equivalent (LOE), and Shallow Dose Equivalent (SOE). The term DLR is inclusive of Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeters (OSLDs) and Thermoluminescent Dosimeters (TLDs).
- 1. 7 Emergency Action Levels - Parameter thresholds or sets of conditions used to classify an emergency. These parameters or conditions are indicators of the severity or potential severity of the emergency.
1.8 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) - The Emergency Response Facility which is the focal point for overall NPPD Management of an emergency at CNS, and coordination of off-site radiological emergency operations. When activated, the EOF is under the direction of the EOF Director, who is responsible for maintaining continued coordination with governmental authorities regarding radiological consequences of an incident.
1.9 Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) - Defined area established around CNS for which emergency planning is set forth in detail. These are the areas in which the potential need for protective action(s) is recognized and addressed. The two EPZs are defined as the plume exposure pathway and ingestion exposure pathway.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 8OF192
1.1 O Hostile Action - An act toward a nuclear power plant or its personnel that includes the use of violent force to destroy equipment, take hostages, and/or intimidate the licensee to achieve an end. This includes attack by air, land, or water using guns, explosives, projectiles, vehicles, or other devices used to deliver destructive force.
Other acts that satisfy the overall intent may be included.
1 .11 Information Authentication Center - That portion of the EOF where information concerning the emergency is gathered, coordinated, and disseminated.
1.12 Ingestion Exposure Pathway - The pathway through which principal exposure would be from the ingestion of contaminated water, milk, or food. The ingestion exposure pathway is referred to as the 50-mile EPZ since it includes the area within a 50-mile radius of CNS.
1.13 Joint Information Center (JIC) - The Off-Site Emergency Response Facility which is the prime location for coordinating news releases of information concerning the emergency between Utility, State, and Federal representatives. Employee information and rumor control activities are also coordinated from this location.
1.14 Legal Record - A document that satisfies State and Federal Regulations concerning radiation exposure to individuals.
1 .15 Local Emergency Response Plans - Plans for local governmental response to radiological emergencies at CNS by Nemaha, Otoe, and Richardson counties in Nebraska and Atchison County in Missouri.
1.16 Operational Support Center (OSC) - The On-Site Emergency Response Facility from which Emergency Repair Teams, Monitoring Teams, Damage Control Teams, in-plant assignments, or other emergency response activities are coordinated and dispatched.
The OSC is under the direction of the OSC Supervisor.
1.17 Plume Exposure Pathway - The pathway through which principal exposure is by whole body exposure to gamma radiation (from the plume and deposited materials) and inhalation exposure (from the passing radioactive plume). The time of potential exposure could range in length from minutes to days. The dimensions of the plume exposure planning zone are depicted in Appendix C and is also referred to as the 10-mile EPZ.
1.18 Process Radiation Monitoring System - Instrumentation designed to detect abnormal radiation levels and to. activate appropriate alarms and controls for process and effluent plant system pathways.
1.19 Protective Actions - Actions taken to prevent or minimize radiological exposure.
These may include in-house shelter, evacuation, respiratory protection, and thyroid blocking.
1.20 Protective Action Guides - The projected radiological dose which warrants protective action to minimize exposure to radioactive material. (
Reference:
"Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents" as revised May 1992, EPA 400-R-92-001.)
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 9OF192
1.21 Recovery Actions - Post-emergency assessment, planning, resource allocation and corrective actions taken to restore the station as nearly as possible to its pre-emergency condition.
1.22 State Emergency Response Plans - Plans for the States of Nebraska, Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas responding to radiological emergencies at CNS. Each plan sets forth specific responsibilities and procedures for emergency agencies responsible for off-site emergency operations and the protection of the affected population.
1.23 Technical Support Center (TSC) - The On-Site Emergency Response Facility which provides space and equipment for e*mergency response personnel to monitor station conditions, analyze problems, and provide technical guidance and assistance to the Control Room, OSC, and EOF. It also contains technical documents and drawings, and is the focal point for on-site corrective action implementation during an emergency. This facility is under the direction of the TSC Director.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY 2.1 The Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) 'Emergency Plan for CNS provides the mechanism to classify various types of emergencies and provides prior planning of emergency preparedness implementation actions. It delineates organized functions and responsibilities for the control and mitigation of an emergency to assure maximum protection of the public, station personnel, and plant equipment. This plan delineates responsibilities and actions to be taken by station, general office personnel, and other agencies during emergencies.
2.2 The Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs) designate responsibilities and define actions to be taken by assigned personnel in order to reduce or confine the consequences of an emergency. Appendix A provides the titles and summaries of the EPIPs.
2.3 The NPPD Emergency Plan interfaces with several State and Local Emergency Response Plans for areas that comprise the CNS Emergency Planning Zones (EPZs).
Within the Nebraska portion of the 10-mile EPZ this Plan interfaces with the Nemaha County, Richardson County, and State of Nebraska Radiological Response Plans, as well as the Reception Area Plans for Otoe and Richardson Counties. Within the Missouri portion of the 10-mile EPZ, this plan interfaces with the Atchison County Nuclear Emergency Response Plan and the State of Missouri Nuclear Accident Plan.
For the 50-miie ingestion Pathway EPZ, the NPPD plan interfaces with the Radiological Response Plans of the states of Iowa and Kansas, as well as those of Nebraska and Missouri. In the event of a radiological emergency, th.e State and Local Agencies are responsible for coordinating their efforts in dealing with radiological concerns beyond the CNS site boundaries.
2.4 In addition to State and Local support, Federal agencies may also provide assistance in accordance with the National Response Framework (NRF) (i.e., Department of Homeland Security (OHS), Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department of Energy (DOE), Coast Guard, and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)). The NRC, acting as the coordinating agency, has technical leadership for the Federal government's response to an event.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 10OF192 I
2.5 The protection of the health and safety of the general public is the prime concern; accordingly, the appropriate Local, State, and Federal Agencies will be supported by NPPD to the fullest extent practical.
- 3.
SUMMARY
OFTHE NEBRASKA PUBLIC POWER DISTRICT (NPPD) CNS EMERGENCY PLAN 3.1 Nuclear power plant emergency plans are required to fulfill the requirements of 10CFR50.47 and Appendix E. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to determine the adequacy of the licensee Emergency Plan. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is required to determine the adequacy of State and Local Plans. Together, the two agencies determine the adequacy of overall emergency preparedness.
3.2 The CNS Emergency Plan has been structured with NRC and FEMA guidance contained in NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA-REP-1 ), "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants", Revision 1, November 1980. Appendix B of this plan provides a cross-index of the CNS Emergency Plan to NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1).
3.3 The plan delineates the organization for emergencies, provides the methodology for classifying emergencies according to severity, defines and assigns responsibilities and authorities, and outlines measures to mitigate the consequences of an accident and minimize effects on the health and safety of the public and station personnel. In addition, the plan presents a general approach and organization for station recovery.
3.4 Radiological emergency planning for CNS has been coordinated with State and Local Emergency Response Agencies. The States of Nebraska, Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas, as well as the appropriate local government agencies which would be involved in emergency response operations, are aware of the emergency response measures described in the CNS Emergency Plan and will be advised of changes or modifications to these measures resulting from plan reviews and audits.
3.5 The CNS Emergency Response Organization (ERO) is responsible for on-site emergency operations and for maintaining a continuous flow of accurate radiological and station status information to off-site emergency authorities.
3.6 Sections of the Emergency Plan in the balance of this document detail the emergency preparedness program. The contents of those sections are summarized below:
- Section* 4 - Emergency Conditions - Describes emergency classifications, initiating events, emergency actions levels, and corresponding NPPD and State and Local actions in response to ea~h emergency classification. Emergency action levels and corresponding actions noted are based upon design and operating characteristics specific to CNS and described in NRC Endorsed Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) Document 99-01, Revision 5, MethodologyFor Development of Emergency Action Levels.
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 11 OF 192 I
- Section 5 - Organizational Control of Emergencies - Describes the function and responsibilities of the CNS emergency response organization. Interfaces with off-site emergency agencies are defined and specified. This section also defines the specific assignments of personnel and identifies local and contract support service arrangements.
- Section 6 - Emergency Measures - Describes the activation of the emergency response organization, assessment of plant conditions, initiation of protective and corrective actions on-site, recommendation of protective actions off-site, and measures to aid injured or contaminated personnel.
- Section 7 - Emergency Response Facilities and Equipment - Describes facilities, emergency response equipment, and communications systems (on-site and off-site) available to assess emergency conditions, support emergency operations, notify off-site support agencies, provide aid to injured or contaminated personnel, and to control and mitigate incident-related damage.
- Section 8 - Maintaining Emergency Preparedness - Describes the Emergency Preparedness Department and Emergency Preparedness Training Program, emergency drills and exercises, methods to review and update the Emergency Plan, and the process to maintain an adequate inventory of emergency equipment and supplies. This section also outlines methods used to provide emergency preparedness information to the general public.
- Section 9 - Recovery - Defines, in general terms, post-emergency re-entry and recovery plans and org*anization. Recovery operations are divided into short-term activities, which are conducted during and immediately after an emergency, and long-term recovery activities, which comprise the more involved post-emergency efforts to return the station to a normal operating status.
- Appendix A contains summaries of each EPIP and a cross-reference to the appropriate section of the CNS Emergency Plan.
- Appendix B contains the cross:-reference of the CNS Emergency Plan to NUREG-0654, Rev 1, (FEMA REP 1).
- Appendix C contains maps and other references which depict evacuation routes, environmental sampling points, population distribution, etc., as defined in NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 Section J.10.(a) and (b)
- Appendix D contains a listing of the Letters of Agreement maintained with off-site support agencies. The Emergency Plan signature page verifies that current Letters of Agreement are maintained in the Emergency Preparedness files as specified in Appendix D.
- Appendix E contains a list of supplies and emergency equipment typical of the inventory kept in the emergency response equipment lockers and storage areas.
- Appendix F contains a listing of the interfacing emergency response plans of the various Local, State, and Federal Support Agencies.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVIS!ON69 PAGE 12OF192
- 4. EMERGENCY CONDITIONS CNS maintains the capability to assess, classify, and declare an emergency condition within 15 minutes after the availability of indications to plant Operators that an emergency action level has been exceeded and shall promptly declare the emergency condition as soon as possible following identification of the appropriate emergency classification level.
The types of emergencies considered in the CNS Emergency Plan are classified into four categories as recommended in Emergency Action Level Guidelines for Nuclear Power Plants, Appendix 1, NUREG-0654, Rev. 1. The initiating conditions of NRC endorsed document NEI 99-01, Revision 5, "Methodology For Development of Emergency Action Levels", as well as the postulated accidents described in Chapter XIV of the C~oper Nuclear Station (CNS) Updated Safety Analysis Report, have been considered in developing the criteria presented in Section 4.1. Tables 4.1-1through4.1-4 provide specific Emergency Action Levels. Emergency Action Levels and corresponding classifications are included in EPIP 5. 7 .1, Emergency Classification.
Each successive classification is more severe. This classification system results in responses that are both timely and appropriate for a wide range of emergency conditions.
There are three principal advantages of the graded classification system:
- To assure timely notification of particular events which could lead to significant consequences should events continue to deteriorate, which might be indicative of more serious conditions not fully appreciated at the time of discovery.
- To provide an assessment of the actual or likely implications of the event which can be clearly communicated to various affected parties during the early stages of the event.
- To provide a means for setting in motion appropriate, prearranged, near-term emergency actions by affected parties.
4.1 CLASSIFICATIONS The four classifications of emergencies are:
- NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT
- ALERT
- SiTE AREA EMERGENCY
- GENERAL EMERGENCY The fundamental logic connecting the four classifications of emergencies is to provide an escalating gradation of events related to the severity of their consequences.
Section 5 of the CNS Emergency Plan provides a description of the portions of the Emergency Response Organization which will be activated in the event of a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or GENERAL EMERGENCY.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 13OF192 I
4.1.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT 4.1.1.1 Events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant or indicate a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. No releases of radioactive material requiring off-site response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. These types of events may progress to a more severe emergency classification if they are not mitigated. Therefore, appropriate off-site agencies will be notified of such events in order to be better prepared for response if the event should progress to a more severe classification.
4.1.1.2 The purpose of this classification and its associated off-site notifications is to assure that the first step in any response later found to be necessary has been initiated. This brings the operating staff into a state of readiness, and provides a systematic handling of information and decision-making. These conditions may not be particularly significant from an emergency or safety standpoint, but have the potential to increase in significance from a safety standpoint if proper action is not taken or if circumstances beyond the control of the operating staff render the situation more serious. Upon declaration of a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, key on-site personnel, as well as specified management within NPPD will be notified (see Section 7.4). The NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT is maintained until the event is terminated or an escalation to a more severe emergency class is required.
4.1.1.3 Table 4.1-1 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-5 lists expected actions for the NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT classification.
4.1.2 ALERT 4.1.2.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant or a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of HOSTILE ACTION.
Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels. At this classification, minor releases of radioactivity may occur or may have occurred. Operator modification of station operating status is a probable corrective action if such modification has not already been accomplished by automatic protection systems.
4.1.2.2 Upon declaration of an ALERT, notifications will be made (see Section 7.4). Notifying off-site agencies at an ALERT classification assures emergency personnel are readily available to respond if the situation becomes more serious, or to perform confirmatory radiation monitoring, if required. The TSC, EOF, and OSC are manned and activated at the declaration of an ALERT.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 140F 192 1
4.1.2.3 The ALERT status is maintained until the event is downgraded, terminated, or escalated to a more severe emergency class.
4; 1.2.4 Table 4.1-2 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-6 lists expected actions for the ALERT classification.
4.1.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY 4.1.3.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public or HOSTILE ACTION that results in intentional damage or malicious acts; (1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to the likely failure of or; (2) that prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public. Any releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary. The SITE AREA EMERGENCY reflects conditions where there is a clear potential for significant releases of radioactive material, or such releases are in progress, but a core meltdown is not indicated based on current information.
4.1.3.2 Upon declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY, non-ERO personnel are evacuated, monitoring teams are dispatched, off-site authorities are apprised of the emergency, the JIG is manned and activated, and periodic updates to the public are provided.
4.1.3.3 The SITE AREA EMERGENCY status is maintained until the event is downgraded, terminated, or escalated to a GENERAL EMERGENCY.
4.1.3.4 Table 4.1-3 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-7 lists expected
- actions for the SITE AREA EMERGENCY classification.
4.1.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.1.4.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity or HOSTILE ACTION that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility. Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels off-site for more than the immediate site area. The GENERAL EMERGENCY reflects conditions that may affect the general public. The GENERAL EMERGENCY declaration initiates pre-determined protective actions for the public, provides information to the appropriate state, local, and federal authorities, initiates additional measures as indicated by actual or potential releases, provides for coordination with off-site authorities, and provides periodic updates for the public.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 15 OF 1 92 I
4.1.4.2 Upon declaration of a GENERAL EMERGENCY, an automatic minimum protective action recommendation of evacuation for a 2-mile radius and 5 miles downwind, unless conditions make evacuation dangerous, and advise remainder of plume EPZ to go indoors to monitor EAS broadcasts will be made to state or local authorities. If conditions make evacuation dangerous, sheltering may be recommended as alternative protective action. Consider recommending evacuation of extended distances if conditions dictate.
4.1.4.3 The GENERAL EMERGENCY status is maintained until the event is downgraded or terminated.
4.1.4.4 Table 4.1-4 lists Emergency Action Levels and Table 4.1-8 lists expected actions for the GENERAL EMERGENCY classification.
4.2 OFF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 4.2.1 The station will perform a preliminary assessment of the off-site consequences of an emergency. This preliminary assessment includes estimation by analytical methods of radiation dose rate, projected integrated dose for sectors and downwind distances, and a determination of the appropriate emergency classification.
4.2.2 The primary method for determining the radioactive release rate uses monitored release points. Effluent radiation monitor readings are available for the Elevated Release Point, Turbine Building Vent, Reactor Building Vent, and Radwaste/Augmented Radwaste Building Vents.
4.2.3 The elevated release point release rate can be determined by correlating the exposure rates on high range radiation monitors in the drywell to those which have been calculated assuming a Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA). The LOCA calculations are based on the NUREG-0737 assumptions that of the maximum full power equilibrium isotopic inventories, 100% of the noble gases, 25% of the halogens, and 1% of the remaining particulates are instantaneously released to the atmosphere of the primary containment. The entire release is assumed to be through the Standby Gas Treatment System and out the elevated release point. Other methods may be used as described in EPIP 5.7.16.
4.2.4 The dose rate and integrated dose are based on duration of release, release rates, meteorological data, and atmospheric dispersion factors.
4.2.5 The radioiodine concentration is obtained by multiplying the radioiodine release rate by the dispersion factor. The Committed Dose Equivalent (COE) is determined by multiplying the air concentration by the exposure time and then by the dose conversion factor.
4.2.6 The noble gas concentration is obtained by multiplying the noble gas release rate by the dispersion factor. The Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is determined by multiplying the air concentration by the exposure time and then by the appropriate dose conversion factor.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 16OF192 I
4.2. 7 Upon activation of the EOF and the State Emergency Operations Centers, the affected state assumes primary responsibility for confirmatory and continuing off-site radiological assessment. This is accomplished by dispatching state Field Monitoring Teams and by analyzing data provided by the CNS Field Monitoring Teams. CNS will deploy Field Monitoring Teams for initial off-site monitoring prior to the arrival of responding State Field Monitoring Teams.
These CNS teams may remain in the field to assist the state field monitoring teams.
4.3 SPECTRUM OF POSSIBLE ACCIDENTS AND INITIATING EVENTS 4.3.1 A number of accident scenarios which might occur at CNS have been analyzed in Chapter XIV of the CNS Updated Safety Analysis Report and within the Transnuclear NUHOMS Updated Final Safety Analysis Report for both severity of consequence and probability of occurrence. These types of accidents reflect the design characteristics of a Boiling Water Reactor and spent fuel storage installation and are addressed in Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4 and in EPIP 5.7.1 from the standpoint of initiating conditions, Emergency Action Levels, and subsequent emergency classification.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 170F 192 I
TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AU1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "UE" for ALL
~ 60 min. (Note 2).
AU1 .2 Any valid liquid effluent monitor reading >Table A-1 column ALL "UE" for;::: 60 min. (Note 2).
AU1 .3 Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases ALL indicate concentrations or release rates> 2 x ODAM limits for
- 60 min. (Note 2).
AU2.1 Unplanned water level drop in the reactor cavity or spent fuel ALL pool as indicated by any of the following:
- Ll-86 (calibrated to 1001' elev.)
- Spent fuel pool low level alarm
- Visual observation AND
- Valid area radiation monitor reading rise on RMA-RA-1 or RMA-RA-2.
AU2.2 Unplanned valid area radiation monitor reading or survey results ALL rise by a factor of 1,000 over normal levels*.
- Norm.al levels can be considered as the highest reading in the past 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> excluding the current peak values.
CU1 .1 AC power capability to critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G reduced MODES 4 or S to a single power source (Table C-4) for~ 15 min. such that any additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to critical buses (Note 3).
CU2.1 RPV level cannot be restored and maintained > +3 in. for MODE 4
~ 15 min. (Note 3) due to RCS leakage.
CU2.2 Unplanned RPV level drop for>- 15 min. (Note 3) below, EITHER: MODE 5 RPV flange (Ll-86: 206 in. normal calibration, 113. 75 in. elevated calibration) OR RPV level band when the RPV level band is established below the RPV flange.
CU2.3 RPV level cannot be monitored with any unexplairied RPV MODES leakage indication, Table C-1.
CU3.1 Any unplanned event results in RCS temperature> 212°F due MODES 4 ors to loss of decay heat removal capability.
CU3.2 Loss of all RCS temperature and RPV level indication for MODES 4 orS
~ 15 min. (Note 3).
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 18 OF 192 I
TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE CU4.1 Loss of all Table C-2 on-site (internal) communication methods MODES 4, 5, affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR Loss of all orDEFUELED Table C-2 off-site (external) communication methods affecting the ability to perform off-site notifications.
CUS.1 An unplanned sustained positive period observed on nuclear MODES 4or5 instrumentation.
CU6.1 < 105 VDC bus voltage indications on all Technical Specification MODES 4 or5 required 125 VDC buses for~ 15 min. (Note 3).
FU1 .1 Any loss or any potential loss of Primary Containment. MODES 1, 2,
{Table F-1) or3 HU1 .1 Seismic event identified by any two of the following: ALL
- The Seismic Monitor System free field sensor actuated or Alarm 8-3/8-1 seismic event.
- Earthquake felt in plant.
- National Earthquake Information Center.
HU1 .2 Tornado striking within Protected Area boundary OR sustained ALL high winds ~ 100 mph.
HU1 .3 Main turbine failure resulting in casing penetration or damage to ALL turbine or generator seals.
HU1 .4 Flooding in any Table H-1 area that has the potential to affect ALL safety-related equipment required by Technical Specifications tor the current operating mode.
HU1 .5 High river/forebay water level> 899' MSL OR low river ALL level/forebay < 870' MSL.
HU2.1 Fire in any Table H-1 area not extinguished within 15 min. of ALL Contra! Room notification or receipt of a valid Control Room alarm due to fire (Note 3).
HU2.2 Explosion within the Protected Area. ALL HU3.1 Toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant, or flammable gases in amounts that ALL have or could affect normal plant operations.
HU3.2 Recommendation by local, county, or state officials to evacuate ALL or shelter site personnel based on an off-site event. r HU4.1 A security condition that does not involve a hostile action as ALL reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR a credible site-specific security threat notification OR a validated notification from NRC providing information of an aircraft threat.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 19OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HU6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that EITHER:
Events are in progress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant OR a security threat to facility protection has been initiated. No releases of radioactive material requiring off-site response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs.
SU1.1 Loss of all off-site AC power (Table S-3) to critical 4160V MODES 1, 2, Buses 1F and 1G for~ 15 min. (Note 3). or3 SU2.1 An unplanned sustained positive period observed on nuclear MODE3 instrumentation.
SU3.1 Plant is not brought to required operating mode within MODES 1, 2, Technical Specifications LCO action statement time. or3 SU4.1 Unplanned loss of> approximately 75% of annunciators or MODES 1, 2, indicators associated with safety systems on Control Room or 3 Panels 9-3, 9-4, 9-5, and C for~ 15 min. (Note 3).
SU5.1 MODES 1, 2, SJAE monitor> 1.58E+3 mR/hr.
or 3 SU5.2 MODES 1, 2, Coolant activity~ 4.0 µCi/gm dose equivalent 1-131.
or3 SU6.1 Unidentified or pressure boundary leakage > 10 gpm OR MODES 1, 2, Identified leakage > 30 gpm (Note 6). or3 SU8.1 Loss of all Table S-2 on-site (internal) communications MODES 1, 2, capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations or3 OR ioss of aii Table S-2 off-site (exiemal) communications methods affecting the ability to perform off-site notifications.
EU1.1 Damage to a loaded cask confinement boundary. N/A EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 20OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-2 ALERT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AA1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading> Table A-1 column "Alert" ALL for~ 15 min. (Note 2).
AA1 .2 Any valid liquid effluent monitor reading> Table A-1 column ALL "Alert" for~ 15 min. (Note 2).
AA 1.3 Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases ALL indicate concentrations or release rates > 200 x ODAM limits for
~ 15 min. (Note 2).
AA2.1 Damage to irradiated fuel OR loss of water level (uncovering ALL irradiated fuel outside the RPV) that causes EITHER of the following:
Valid RMA-RA-1 Fuel Pool Area Rad reading> 50 Rfhr OR valid RMP-RM-452 A-D Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Plenum Hi-Hi alarm.
AA2.2 A water level drop in the reactor refueling cavity or spent fuel pool ALL that will result in irradiated fuel becoming uncovered.
AA3. 1 Dose rates > 15 mRem/hr in EITHER of the following areas ALL requiring continuous occupancy to maintain plant safety functions:
Main Control Room (RM-RA-20) OR CAS.
CA1.1 Loss of all off-site and all on-site AC power (Table C-4) to MODES4, 5, critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G for> 15 min. (Note 3). orDEFUELED CA2. 1 RPV level < -42 in. OR RPV level cannot be monitored for MODES 4 or5
~ 15 min. (Note 3) with any unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1.
CA3.1 Any unplanned event results in EITHER: MODES 4 or5 RCS temperature> 212°F for> Table C-3 duration (Note 4) OR RPV pressure increase> 10 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling.
FA1.1 Any loss or any potential loss of either Fuel Clad or RCS MODES 1, 2, (Table F-1 ). or3 HA1.1 Seismic event > 0. 1g as indicated by the Seismic Monitor System ALL free field sensor or Alarm 8-3/A-1, EMERGENCY SEISMIC HIGH LEVEL, AND earthquake confirmed by any of the following:
- Earthquake felt in plant.
- National Earthquake Information Center.
- Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the safe shutdown of the plant.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 21OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-2 ALERT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HA1.2 Tornado striking or high winds 2:'.: 100 mph resulting in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to any Table H-1 area structure containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems.
HA1.3 Main turbine failure-generated projectiles result in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to or penetration of any Table H-1 area structure containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems.
HA1.4 Flooding in any Table H-1 area resulting in EITHER: ALL An electrical shock hazard that precludes access to operate or monitor safety equipment OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems.
HA1.5 High river/forebay water level > 902' MSL OR low river/forebay ALL level < 865' MSL.
HA1.6 Vehicle crash resulting in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to any Table H-1 area structure containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems.
HA2.1 Fire or explosion resulting in EITHER: ALL Visible damage to any Table H-1 area containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems.
HA3.1 Access to any Table H-1 area is prohibited due to toxic, ALL corrosive, asphyxiant, or flammable gases which jeopardize operation of systems required to maintain safe operations or safely shutdown the reactor (Note 7).
HA4.1 A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the Owner ALL Controlled Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR a validated notification from NRG of an airliner attack threat within 30 min. of the site.
HA5.1 Procedure 5.1 AS D, Alternate Shutdown, or ALL Procedure 5.4FIRE-S/D, Fire Induced Shutdown From Outside the Control Room, requires Control Room evacuation.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 22OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-2 ALERT EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HA6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER:
An actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant OR a security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of hostile action.
Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary.
- SA 1.1 AC power capability to critical 4160V Buses 1F and 1G reduced MODES 1, 2, to a single power source (Table S-3) for> 15 min. such that any or3 additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to critical buses (Note 3).
SA2.1 An automatic scram failed to shut down the reactor AND manual MODES 1 or2 actions taken at th~ reactor control console (Note 5) successfully shut down the reactor as indicated by reactor power < 3%.
SA4.1 Unplanned loss of > approximately 75% of annunciators or MODES 1, 2, indicators associated with safety systems on Control Room or3 Panels 9-3, 9-4, 9-5, and C for:?: 15 min. (Note 3) AND EITHER:
Any significant transient is in progress, Table S-1 OR Compensatory indications are unavailable.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 23OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AS 1.1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "SAE" for ALL
~ 1S min. (Note 1 ).
AS1 .2 Dose assessment using actual meteorology indicates doses ALL
> 0.1 Rem TEDE or > O.S Rem thyroid COE at or beyond the site boundary.
AS 1.3 Field survey indicates closed window dose rates > 0.1 Rem/hr ALL that is expected to continue for~ 60 min. at or beyond the site boundary (Note 1) OR field survey sample analysis indicates thyroid COE > O.S Rem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary.
- CS2.1 With Containment Closure not established, RPV level< -48 in. MODES 4 or 5 (Note 4).
CS2.2 With Containment closure established (Note 4), RPV level MODES 4 ors
< -158 in. (Note 4 ).
CS2.3 RPV 1.evel cannot be monitored for~ 30 min. (Note 3) with a MODES 4 orS loss of inventory as indicated by EITHER:
Unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1, OR Erratic Source Range Monitor indication.
FS1 .1 Loss or potential loss of any two barriers (Table F-1). MODES 1, 2, or3 HS4.1 A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the ALL Protected Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor.
HSS.1 Control Room evacuation has been initiated AND control of the ALL plant cannot be established within 1S min.
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 24OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE HS6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER:
An actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public OR Hostile action that results in intentional damage or malicious acts; 1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to the likely failure of or; 2) that prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public.
Any releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary.
SS1 .1 Loss of all off-site and all on-site AC power (Table s:.3) to MODES 1, 2, critical 4160V buses 1F and 1G for~ 15 min. (Note 3). or 3 SS2.1 An automatic scram failed to shut down the reactor AND MODES 1 or 2 manual actions taken at the reactor control console (Note 5) do not shut down the reactor as indicated by reactor power;;:: 3°/o.
SS4.1 Loss of> approximately 75% of the annunciators or indicators MODES 1, 2, associated with safety systems on Control Room Panels 9-3, 9-4, or 3 9-5, and C for~ 15 min. (Note 3) AND any significant transient is in-progress, Table S-1 AND compensatory indications are unavailable.
SS7.1 < 105 VDC bus voltage indications on all vital 125 VDC buses MODES 1, 2, (1A and 1B) for~ 15 min. (Note 3). or 3 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 25OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-4 GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE AG1 .1 Any valid gaseous monitor reading >Table A-1 column "GE" for ALL 2 15 min. (Note 1).
AG1 .2 Dose assessment using actual meteorology indicates doses ALL
> 1 Rem TEOE or > 5 Rem thyroid COE at or beyond the site boundary.
AG1 .3 Field survey results indicate closed window dose rates ALL
> 1 Rem/hr expected to continue for~ 60 min. at or beyond the site boundary (Note 1) OR analyses of field survey samples indicate thyroid COE > 5 Rem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary.
CG2.1 RPV level < -158 in. for 2 30 min. (Note 3) AND any MODES 4 or 5 Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5.
CG2.2 RPV level cannot be monitored for 2 30 min. (Note 3) with core MODES 4 or5 uncovery indicated by EITHER:
Unexplained RPV leakage indication, Table C-1 OR Erratic Source Range Monitor indication AND any Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5.
FG 1.1 Loss of any two barriers AND loss or potential loss of third MODES 1, 2, or barrier (Table F-1 ). 3 HG4.1 A hostile action has occurred such that plant personnel are ALL unable to operate equipment required to maintain safety functions OR a hostile action has caused failure of Spent Fuel Cooling Systems and imminent fuel damage is likely for a freshly off-loaded reactor core in pool.
HG6.1 Other conditions exist which in the judgment of the Emergency ALL Director indicate that events are in progress or have oc-Curred which involve EITHER:
Actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity OR hostile action that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility.
Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary.
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 26OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-4 GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs)
OPERATING EAL (Alarm, Instrument Reading, etc.) MODE SG1 .1 Loss of all off-site and all on-site AC power (Table S-3) to critical MODES 1, 2, or 4160V buses 1F and 1G AND EITHER: 3 Restoration of at least one emergency bus in < 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is not likely OR RPV level cannot be restored and maintained > -158 in.
or cannot be determined.
SG2.1 Automatic and all manual scrams were not successful AND Modes 1or2 Reactor power:?: 3% AND EITHER of the following exist or have occurred due to continued power generation:
RPV level cannot be restored and maintained> -183 in. or cannot be determined OR Average torus water temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained within the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (EOP/SAG Graph 7).
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 27OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-5 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS
- 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance if requested (fire, Governmental Agencies of emergency security, medical, etc.).
conditions within 15 minutes of declaration. 2. Continue notification as necessitated by situation.
- 2. Notify the ERO if determined to be necessary by the Emergency Director. 3. Standby until verbal termination.
- 3. Augment on-shift resources as needed.
- 4. Escalate to a more severe class.
- 4. Assess and respond.
- 5. Terminate with verbal summary to off-site authorities, followed by written report within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
- 6. Escalate to a more severe class.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 28OF192 I
TABLE 4.1-6 ALERT - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS
- 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance if requested (fire, Governmental Agencies of emergency security, medical, etc.).
conditions within 15 minutes of declaration. 2. Augment resources and bring primary response centers to stand-by status.
- 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources and activate TSC, OSC, and EOF. The JIG 3. Place key emergency personnel may be placed on standby status. (including monitoring teams and associated communications) on
- 3. Assess and respond. stand-by status.
- 4. Dispatch on-site monitoring teams with 4. If necessary, Governor proclaims associated communications. Disaster Emergency Condition.
Dispatch State Field Command Post
- 5. Provide periodic plant status updates to and key emergency response personnel off-site authorities. including Radiological Monitoring Teams with associated equipment and
- 6. Provide periodic meteorological communications. Alert all state assessments to off-site authorities and, if agencies and local government to releases are occurring, dose estimates standby or assume an increased for actual releases. readiness posture.
- 7. Close out or recommend reduction in 5. Provide confirmatory off-site radiation Emergency Class by verbal summary to monitoring and ingestion pathway dose off-site authorities followed by written projections if actual releases summary within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> of closeout or substantially exceed Off-Site Dose class reduction. Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits.
- 6. Maintain ALERT status until verbal
- 8. Escalate to a more severe class. termination.
- 7. Escalate to a more severe class.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 29OF192
TABLE 4.1-7 SITE AREA EMERGENCY - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS
- 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide assistance as requested in Governmental Agencies of emergency accordance with established disaster conditions within 15 minutes of support procedures.
declaration.
- 2. If In-House Shelter is desirable,
- 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources by activate public notification systems activating TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC. within at least two miles of the plant.
- 3. Assess and respond. 3. Provide the public within the plume exposure EPZ with periodic updates
- 4. Dispatch on-site and off-site monitoring on emergency status.
teams with communications equipment.
- 4. Augment resources by activating
- 5. Provide a dedicated individual for plant state/local EOCs.
status updates to off-site authorities and periodic press briefings. 5. Dispatch key on-site emergency personnel, including monitoring teams
- 6. Make Senior Technical and and communications equipment.
Management staff on-site available for consultation with NRC and state 6. Alert other personnel to standby status representatives on a periodic basis. {e.g., those needed for traffic control or evacuation) and dispatch personnel to
- 7. Provide meteorological data and dose near-site duty station.
estimates (for actual releases) to off-site authorities via a designated 7. Pro:vide off-site monitoring results to individual. CNS and jointly assess them.
- 8. Provide release and dose projections 8. Continuously assess information from based on available plant condition CNS and off-site monitoring teams information or contingencies. with regard to initiating/modifying public protective *actions.
- 9. Closeout or recommend reduction in emergency class by briefing off-site 9. Recommend placing milk animals authorities at EOF followed by written within two miles on stored feed and summary within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> of closeout or assess need to extend distance.
class reduction.
- 10. Escalate to GENERAL EMERGENCY.
- 11. Maintain SITE AREA EMERGENCY status until termination or reduction of emergency class.
- 12. Escalate to GENERAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 30 OF 192
TABLE 4.1-8 GENERAL EMERGENCY - EXPECTED ACTIONS CNS ACTIONS STATE/LOCAL ACTIONS
- 1. Notify responsible State and Local 1. Provide any assistance requested in Governmental Agencies of emergency accordance with established disaster conditions within 15 minutes of support procedures.
declaration.
- 2. Initiate immediate public notification of
- 2. Notify the ERO, augment resources by GENERAL EMERGENCY status and activating TSC, OSC, EOF, and JIG. provide periodic public updates.
- 3. Recommend protective action of 3. Recommend evacuation for a 2-r:nile evacuation for a 2-mile radius and radius and a 5-mile direct downwind 5 miles downwind, unless conditions segment and assess the need to make evacuation dangerous, and extend distances if conditions advise remainder of plume EPZ to go degrade.
indoors to monitor EAS broadcasts to
- 4. Augment resources by activating State and Local Authorities. Consider state/local primary response centers.
recommending evacuation of extended distances if degrading conditions 5. Dispatch other emergency personnel warrant. to duty stations within 5-mile radius and alert others to standby status.
- 4. Assess and respond.
- 6. Provide off-site monitoring results to
- 5. Dispatch on-site and off-site monitoring CNS, DOE, EPA, and others and teams and associated communications jointly assess them.
equipment.
- 7. Continuously assess information from
- 6. Provide a dedicated individual for plant CNS and off-site monitoring teams status updates to off-site authorities and with regard to modifying public periodic press briefings. Coordinate protective actions and mobilizing joint information releases with off-site evacuation resources.
authorities.
- 8. Recommend placing milk animals
- 7. Make Senior Technical and within 10-mile radius on stored feed Management Staff available for periodic and assess need to extend distance.
consuitation with NRG and state representatives. 9. Provide press briefings, perhaps jointly with CNS.
- 8. Provide meteorological data and dose estimates (for actual releases) to 10. Maintain GENERAL E~/!ERGENCY off-site authorities via a dedicated status until termination or reduction of individual. emergency class.
- 9. Provide release and dose projections based upon available plant condition information and foreseeable contingencies.
- 10. Terminate (or recommend reduction of) emergency class by briefing off-site authorities at the EOF, followed by written summary within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 31OF192 I
- 5. ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL OF EMERGENCIES In the event of an emergency, NPPD has both the normal operating organization (on-shift Control Room staff) and an organization specifically designed to augment them. The Emergency Response Organization may, depending upon the classification of the accident, range from the normal operating staff to a comprehensive emergency force composed of on-site, general office, state, and local support, and contract personnel.
This section of the Emergency Plan describes the normal on-shift Operating organization, the Emergency Response Organization, other support available, and the governmental agencies responsible for dealing with off-site emergency conditions. Post-emergency station recovery plans are presented in Section 9. A general overview of the Nuclear Power Group Organization is described in the USAR.
5.1 NORMAL OPERATING ORGANIZATION Direct operation and control of the Nuclear Power Plant is the responsibility of the on-duty Operations Crew operating out of the Control Room. The normal operating crew is staffed and qualified to perform all actions necessary to institute immediate protective measures and to implement the Emergency Plan. The composition and relationship of the Control Room crew (Normal Operating Organization) is depicted in Figure 5.2-1.
5.1.1 LINES OF AUTHORITY 5.1.1.1 The Shift Manager is the senior licensed individual on the operating crew. The Shift Manager must hold a Senior Reactor Operator's license.
5.1.1.2 If the Shift Manager is incapacitated the Control Room Supervisor assumes the Shift Manager role. The Control Room Supervisor must*
also hold a Senior Reactor Operator's license.
5.1.1.3 Reactor Operators (Control Room Operators) report to the Control Room Supervisor. Reactor Operators must hold a Reactor Operator's license 5.1.1.4 Station Operators and Utility/Fire Brigade personnel function under the direction of Reactor Operators or the Control Room Supervisor. Station Operators and Utility/Fire Brigade do not require a license.
5.1.1.5 The Chem/RP Technician reports to the Shift Manager.
5.1.1.6 The Shift Technical Engineer reports to the Shift Manager.
5.1.1. 7 The Dose Assessor reports to the Shift Manager.
5.1.1.8 The Shift Communicator reports to the Shift Manager.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 32OF192
5.1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES/FUNCTIONS 5.1.2.1 The Shift Manager is the individual, on-shift at all times, vested with the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate any emergency actions, inCluding protective action recommendations to authorities responsible for implementing off-site emergency measures.
Upon declaration of an emergency, the Shift Manager becomes the $ite Emergency Director. The Emergency Director is responsible for, and may not delegate, classifying emergencies, ensuring notifications are made to off-site authorities, and recommending protective actions to off-site authorities.
The Shift Manager is responsible for providing guidance and support to the operating crew. He will ensure that there is an adequate staff to perform the required operational functions and be responsible for ensuring proper communications from the Control Room to the TSC, OSC, and EOF. In conjunction with key technical personnel, he will also assess station operations and ensure recommended corrective actions are given adequate consideration. He will also control and monitor station conditions, take corrective actions to mitigate or terminate the incident, stabilize the plant, and minimize accident consequences. Upon entry into Severe Accident Guidelines, the Shift Manager shall take direction for accident mitigation from the Operations Coordinator in the TSC.
Upon activation of the EOF, the on-call Emergency Director will relieve the Shift Manager of Emergency Director duties.
5.1.2.2 The Control Room Supervisor {CRS) directs the activities of the Control Room Operators and Station Operators in response to normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures. The CRS functions as the primary command and control interface between the Shift Manager and other Operations Shift personnel.
5.1.2.3 Reactor Operators (Control Room Operators) are responsible for the safe operation of the reactor and balance of plant.
5.1.2.4 Station Operators are responsible to the Control Room Supervisor.
Station Operators perform functions in the piant such as equipment monitoring, log keeping, equipment operation, and tag-outs.
5.1.2.5 The Chem/RP Technician is responsible for providing advice and assistance to the crew regarding radiological issues.
5.1.2.6 The Shift Communicator is responsible for all off-site communication duties.
5.1.2. 7 The Dose Assessor has the primary responsibility for performing Dose Assessment on-shift.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 33OF192 I
5.1.2.8 The Shift Technical Engineer serves in an advisory capacity to the Shift Manager in the diagnosis of off-normal events, transients, and accident situations. The Shift Technical Engineer functions to provide an independent assessment of the operation and response of the plant.
The STE may perform other functions as assigned, so long as they do not interfere with this oversight role.
Upon declaration of an emergency (Alert or higher), two additional positions become available to the Control Room. They are part of the ERO (described below) but function from the Control Room, therefore are described here.
5.1.2.9 The Technical Communicator provides a flow of technical data to the OPS/EOP Advisors in the TSC and EOF, and the Technical Communicator in the OSC.
5.1.2.10 The Control Room Logkeeper maintains an accurate log of important Control Room activities.
5.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION Key elements of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) at CNS are depicted in Figures 5.2-2, 5.2-3, and 5.2-4.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) positions in the TSC, OSC, and EOF, along with functions for these facilities are summarized in the following paragraphs.
Sufficient personnel have been designated to assure that functional responsibilities are maintained for continuous 24-hour operation. The Emergency Response Organization roster is maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department.
The Emergency Response Organization operates from the Control Room and the following On-Site Emergency Response Facilities. These CNS emergency Response Facilities will be activated within approximately orie (1) hour following the declaration of an Alert or higher.
- Operational Support Center or alternate.
- Emergency Operations Facility.-
The Emergency Response Organization is supported by the following off-site Emergency Response Facility as necessary:
- Joint Information Center.
The TSC, EOF, and OSC will be manned and activated at the declaration of an ALERT or higher level emergency. The JIC may be placed on standby during an ALERT, and will be manned and activated upon the declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 34OF192 I
In all emergency classifications, the Emergency Director is in charge of the Emergency Response Organization. The Emergency Director is assigned the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate emergency response actions. The Emergency Director may not delegate the following:
- Event Declaration.
- The decision to notify authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures.
- Recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures.
Under a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, all emergency response functions will usually be conducted from the Control Room by the on-shift Operating organization described in Section 5.1. At an ALERT, the TSC, EOF, and OSC will be activated and will provide further management, technical, and craft support. At a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY, the JIC is activated and will have the additional support of the JIC Director. The authorities and responsibilities of each position are as follows:
5.2.1 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR The Emergency Director is in command of the NPPD Emergency Response Organization. His/her responsibilities are as follows:
- Verify that the NPPD on-site and off-site emergency response functions are being performed in a timely manner.
- Ensure that adequate technical and logistical support is available to the station organization.
- Ensure continuity of emergency response resources.
All emergency actions which may involve exposures exceeding occupational exposure limits must be approved by the Emergency Director.
The Emergency Director provides management expertise to the emergency organization and may initially report to the Control Room instead of the EOF.
As the situation warrants, he may relocate to any on-site facility to confer with members of the various emergency response organizations. The Emergency Director will be supported by the following positions:
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 35OF192 I
5.2.2 TSC DIRECTOR The TSC Director is in charge of TSC functions and activities. His/her primary responsibility is to maintain command and control in the TSC to provide technical assistance and recommendations to the Control Room.
The primary function of the TSC staff is to augment Control Room efforts to manage the plant emergency by:
- Diagnosing station conditions.
- Recommending and prioritizing corrective or mitigative actions.
- Providing technical support to Control Room personnel.
The TSC Director is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions below and depicted in Figure 5.2-2.
5.2.2.1 The Operations Coordinator provides a liaison between the Control Room and the TSC/OSC Staffs, on personnel, technical, and administrative issues related to plant operations. Upon entry into Severe Accident Guidelines, the Operations Coordinator shall assume decision-making authority from the Shift Manager related to accident mitigation actions and provide direction to the Control Room operating staff.
5.2.2.2 The Engineering Coordinator provides engineering expertise to the TSC Director. He/she shall also coordinate the activities of the Engineering Group through the Engineering Team Leader. The Engineering Coordinator will maintain liaison with General Electric, POWER Engineers (formerly Burns & Roe, Inc.), Institute of Nuclear Power Operations, and other contract support as referenced in Section 5.3.3.
5.2.2.3 The Maintenance Coordinator provides expertise to the TSC Director in the areas of equipment analysis/status, repair options, and equipment repair priorities. The Maintenance Coordinator also supervises the activities of the OSC as directed by TSC Director through the OSC Supervisor.
- 5.2.2.4 The Chemistrv/Radiological Protection Coordinator provides chemistry and radiological protection expertise to the TSC Director and is also responsible for the following:
- Assess radiological dose, recommend radiation protection measures, direct radiological surveys and decontamination actions, and assist in assessment of off-site consequences.
- Provide chemical analyses for the evaluation of station systems and provide data to aid in the determination of reactor core conditions and release potentials.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 36OF192 I
- This individual is assisted by other radiological personnel. These emergency response personnel will provide technical expertise on radiological release rates and dose projections, in plant radiological surveys, and will input data into the dose assessment model, when required.
NOTE - The additional Key Functional staff, and other positions listed below, enhance the operation of the TSC.
5.2.2.5 The ENS Communicator will provide continuous communication with the NRC when requested to do so.
5.2.2.6 The Operations/EOP Advisor provides technical assistance and operational information to the Operations Coordinator. He/she maintains a proactive assessment of EOP and SAG implementation as well as performs plant condition assessments.
5.2.2.7 The Engineering Team Leader directs the efforts of the Engineering group based on the direction and priorities established by the TSC Director and Engineering Coordinator.
5.2.2.8 The Electrical Engineer provides information on station electrical system capabilities, status, alternate power arrangements, and evaluates the necessity of repair, installation, and modification of electrical equipment.
The Electrical Engineer will also provide information on l&C issues.
5.2.2.9 The Mechanical Engineer performs analyses on mechanical components and provides information on various mechanical systems capabilities, status, and evaluates the necessity of repair, installation, or modification of mechanical equipment.
5.2.2.10 The Civil Engineer provides information and analysis on station component structural status and integrity.
5.2.2.11 The Reactor Engineer provides information and analysis on the conditions of the reactor core.
5.2.2.12 The Function Status Assessment Engineer evaluates the availability of plant systems ~.-vh,ich may be used to perform functions specified in the Plant Specific Technical Guidelines/Severe Accident Technical Guidelines.
5.2.2.13 The Control Parameter Assessment Engineer evaluates the availability of instrumentation used to determine values of the Emergency Operation Procedures/Severe Accident Guideline control parameters.
5.2.2.14 The Security Coordinator provides security plan knowledge and expertise. Coordinates all security related response activities including initial and continuous accountability of personnel when required per EPIP 5. 7.10. The Security Coordinator may be assisted by other members of the CNS Security force.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVfSION69 PAGE 37OF192 I
5.2.2.15 The Facility Logkeeper maintains an accurate Jog of important TSC functions and also maintains/updates the display of priority work items.
5.2.2.16 The Administrative Assistant provides administrative support such as faxing, copying, and material needs.
5.2.3 EOF DIRECTOR The EOF Director is in charge of the EOF functions and responsibilities, including ensuring the EOF is capable of supporting the Emergency Director's management of the overall licensee emergency response.
The primary functions of the EOF staff are to provide assistance to the Emergency Director, coordination of emergency off-site response activities, and to provide support to the responding off-site support agencies by:
- Coordinating radiological and environmental assessment.
- Determining and recommending protective actions for the public.
- Coordinating emergency response activities with Federal, State, and Local agencies.
- Event classification and continual assessment of plant conditions related to classification.
- Notification to off-site authorities.
The EOF Director is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions below and depicted in Figure 5.2-3:
5.2.3.1 The Radiological Control Manager provides radiological information and recommendations to the Emergency Director and/or EOF Director with regard to dose assessment, protective actions, and the use of Potassium Iodide. The Radiological Control Manager is assisted by and directs the activities of the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. Additional duties include interfacing with appropriate State and Local Dose Assessment Groups.
5.2.3.2 The Radiological Assessment Supervisor assists the Radiological Control Manager in determining potential or actual impacts of radiological releases, developing protective action recommendations, and coordinating the activities of the Field Monitoring Teams. This is accomplished by supervising the activities of the Field Team Coordinator and Dose Assessment Coordinator located in the EOF Dose Assessment Room.
5.2.3.3 The Off-Site Communicator is responsible for gathering and disseminating information to appropriate Off-Site Agencies in accordance with EPIP 5.7.6.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 38OF192
NOTE - The additional Key Functional staff and other positions listed below enhance the operation of the EOF.
5.2.3.4 The Operations/EOP Advisor provides technical assistance and operational information to the Emergency Director and/or EOF Director.
5.2.3.5 The Field Team Coordinator coordinates the movement and sampling activities of the CNS Field Monitoring Teams as directed by the Radiological Assessment Supervisor.
5.2.3.6 The Dose Assessment Coordinator coordinates dose assessment activities as directed by the Radiological Assessment Supervisor. This individual has to be familiar with source term data, release data, meteorological information, and other dose assessment parameters.
5.2.3. 7 The Dose Assessment Clerk performs dose assessment as instructed by the Dose Assessment Coordinator using assessment methods as described in Section 6.3.3.
5.2.3.8 The Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Driver drives the field monitoring team vehicle.
5.2.3.9 The Field Monitoring Teams are composed of at least one individual selected from a pool of personnel knowledgeable and experienced in radiation protection as defined by ANSI Standard 18.1, and trained in sampling techniques and analysis in accordance with the Emergency Preparedness Training Program. They are familiar with the equipment and methods to be used to perform plume-tracking and media sampling due to previous experience in radiological protection. Other CNS personnel may act as vehicle drivers or assistants.
5.2.3.10 The Logistics Coordinator is responsible for providing on-going EOF security and accountability, food/lodging/transportation support, and coordinating the capability of 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> continuous operations staffing.
5.2.3.11 The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator assists with activation of the Emergency Response Facilities and ensures that ERO personnel are performing their duties as defined by the Emergency Plan, EPIPs, and Positional lnstiuctional f\1anuals.
5.2.3.12 The Clerical Coordinator ensures that sufficient clerical support exists in the EOF to adequately support EOF personnel.
5.2.3.13 The Facility Logkeeper maintains an accurate log of all important EOF activities, and also maintains and updates the display of EOF priority work items.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 39OF192 I
5.2.4 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) SUPERVISOR The OSC Supervisor is in charge of OSC functions and activities. His/her primary responsibility is to assure work items assigned to the OSC, based on the direction and priorities established by the TSC and assigned by the Maintenance Coordinator, are carried out.
The OSC is located adjacent to the TSC. Functional assignments at the OSC, coordinated from the TSC are:
- Operating staff support.
- Radiation surveys and decontamination.
- Maintenance, repair, and damage control.
- Chemistry.
- Re-entry, search, and rescue.
The OSC Supervisor is assisted in these functions by individuals assuming the minimum staff ERO positions described below and depicted in Figure 5.2-4.
- Electricians (2).
- l&C Technicians (2).
- Mechanics (2).
- Radiation Protection Technicians (6).
The additional Key Functional staff and other positions listed below enhance the operation of the OSC.
OSC Leads listed below work together to assign emergency mitigation work activities to available OSC personnel best suited in performance of the assigned task. The OSC Leads work as a multi-disciplinary team to assemble, brief, and dispatch teams. They are also responsible for monitoring the progress of the respective teams, overseeing their safety, and debriefing them upon completion of their assigned tasks.
- Chemistry/Radiological Protection Lead.
- l&C Lead.
- Electrical Lead.
- Mechanical Lead.
- Utility Lead.
- An OSC Clerk provides clerical support such as logkeeping, faxing, copying, and material requisition, to the OSC ,staff.
- The Technical Communicator provides a flow of technical data from the Technical Communicator in the Control Room to the OSC.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 40OF192 I
The OSC also contains a pool of trained personnel with expertise from their normal day-to-day activities. The following are examples of these additional personnel from which teams may be assembled:
- Welders/Pipefitters/Machinists.
- Chemistry Technicians.
- Utility/Tool Crib.
- Warehouse Personnel.
- Operators.
- Engineers.
5.3 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION The Emergency Plan is designed to be implemented in a step-by-step fashion as site needs dictate. The off-site capabilities activated by this plan will have pre-assigned duties meant to relieve site personnel of off-site related responsibilities as soon as practical. This shifting of responsibilities will take place rapidly and formally as the emergency evolves and will relieve site personnel needed for in-plant activities.
NPPD employees located at the General Office or other NPPD facilities may be used to form a technical manpower pool from which technical support may be drawn.
These employees may be utilized by virtue of their normal job position, availability, or personal qualifications.
5.3.1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC)
The JIC is a media briefing area and is located adjacent to the EOF at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, NE.
The principal functions of the JIC include:
- Coordinating the development and dissemination of information to the news media.
- Conducting media monitoring.
- Maintaining rumor control.
- Providing NPPD empioyees with information concerning the emergency.
The staffing of the JIC will be dependent upon the type of emergency situation at CNS. A minimum staffing level, described below and depicted in Figure 5.3-1, will ensure principal functions of the JIC can be accomplished:
5.3.1.1 The JIC Director directs personnel in preparation of position statements, interviews, and dissemination of information to employees, participants, industry organizations, legislative representatives, and members of the Board of Directors. He/she is also responsible for generating news releases and is responsible for ensuring that the information authentication function is being performed.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 41OF192
5.3.1.2 The Technical Briefer will assist the JIG Director by receiving and relaying technical information. He/she is also responsible for advising the JIG Director in matters regarding Tech Specs, USAR, EOPs and EPIPs.
5.3.1.3 The Public Information Officer prepares releases for the news media and provides support to the Designated Spokesperson. He/she also coordinates with Public Information Officers from other agencies, responds to inquiries from the public, and assists with other JIG activities as necessary.
To enhance the effectiveness of the JIG, the JIG Management Staff is also supported by the following Key Functional and other positions:
- Facility Manager.
- Media Monitor.
- Designated Spokesperson.
- Rumor Control Coordinator.
- Employee Information Coordinator.
- JIG Clerical Coordinator.
- JIG Logkeeper.
- Rumor Control Staff (NPPD Centralized Customer Care Center).
5.3.2 PUBLIC INFORMATION SUPPORT Emergency public information will be coordinated and released through the Joint Information Center (JIG).
Public information releases to the news media will be channeled through the JIG. Accurate and timely information on emergency conditions will be transmitted to JIG personnel. Coordinated news conferences will be conducted by Public Information Officers representing NPPD, as well as Federal, State, and Local Agencies. Provisions are made for a question and answer exchange.
The NPPD Designated Spokesperson iocated at the JlC is responsibie for ensuring that information pertaining to events at CNS is properly transmitted to the news media. The Designated Spokesperson or JIC Staff will be in contact with personnel in the EOF and will organize and distribute the technical information for use in media briefings and news releases.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 42OF192 I
5.3.3 CONTRACT SUPPORT In addition to General Office support, the CNS Emergency Response Organization may draw on outside support. Letters of Agreement with organizations which may provide assistance to NPPD are listed in Appendix D.
A brief description of this contract support is provided below.
5.3.3.1 MANPOWER AND EQUIPMENT AUGMENTATION The Institute of Nuclear Power Operations, as an organization serving the nuclear industry, has organized a response plan for nuclear power plant emergencies. Manpower and equipment may be requested from institute members to augment on-site capabilities.
5.3.3.2 TECHNICAL SUPPORT The General Electric Company has organized a Boiling Water Reactor Emergency Support Program. This program provides for an Emergency Response Team composed of personnel with appropriate technical disciplines, which will report to NPPD upon request A Technical Support Team is also established at General Electric Nuclear Headquarters in Wilmington, North Carolina. Communications between the CNS Emergency Response Organization and General Electric will enhance technical assistance to the station.
In the event CNS needs additional technical support, NPPD has made arrangements with the following organizations:
- POWER Engineers (formerly Burns & Roe).
- CB&I - Stone & Webster.
5.3.3.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYSIS SUPPORT Arrangements have been made with Omaha Public Power District's Fort Calhoun Nuclear Station to provide monitoring equipment and personnel trained to use this equipment. The Radiochemistry Laboratory at the Fort Calhoun Station is able to perform backup radioisotopic analyses of monitoring samples. !f the emergency is such that more monitoring equipment and personnel are needed, resources such as the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations may be requested.
Emergency service is available from the current dosimetry vendor which includes extra dosimetry, instrumentation, and technical assistance.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 43OF192 I
5.4 PARTICIPATING FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIES Figure 5.4-1 depicts the interrelationships among some of the various State and Federal organizations which may respond to an emergency at CNS.
Off-site monitoring and assessment activities will be coordinated at the EOF. The General Office support groups, as well as State, Local, and Federal Agencies will coordinate their efforts through the EOF (Figures 5.4-1 and 5.4-2). The NRC on-site effort may be coordinated through the TSC or EOF, whichever is appropriate. The affected states may send liaison representatives to the EOF to aid in the coordination effort.
5.4.1 THE STATE OF NEBRASKA In the State of Nebraska, the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, under the Nebraska Adjutant General,1is the lead planning agency for developing radiological emergency plans for fixed nuclear facilities. On receipt of information indicating the need for State and Local Government response, a disaster emergency condition will be declared by the Governor and the State Emergency Operations Center will be activated. State agencies having responsibilities under the Nebraska State Radiological Emergency Response Plan for nuclear power plant incidents will be notified and kept informed of the progress of the emergency as discussed in that Plan.
A Governor's Authorized Representative (GAR) will be designated by the Governor. The GAR will .coordinate activities of state agencies responding to the emergency. The GAR will also be a point of contact for decisions involving implementation of protective actions as recommended by the Emergency Director.
The Nebraska State Emergency Operations Center will be the principal point of contact with the Emergency Operations Centers of adjacent states. As conditions warrant; the state EOC command and control functions may be carried out from other designated facilities.
A Nebraska Health & Human Services Regulation and Licensure (HHSRL) representative will be at the Field Command Post or the EOF. Acting in coordination with NPPD Management and other agencies, he/she is responsibie to perform initial state assessment of the health hazard to include development of recommendations for initiation of protective actions. This individual or representative will also coordinate the activities of the state Radiological Field Monitoring Teams and advise the Governor's Authorized Representative and local governments as to health hazards of the incident.
Radiological monitoring will be conducted by both CNS Field Monitoring Teams and the HHSRL Radiological Field Monitoring Teams.
The lead agencies for the countywide emergency planning in Nemaha, Richardson, and Otoe Counties are the respective County Emergency Management Agencies/Directors. The responsibilities of various county groups are described in the appropriate annexes of the individual County Radiological Emergency Response Plans.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 44OF192 I
5.4.2 THE STATE OF MISSOURI The principal state agency for the coordination of emergency response in the State of Missouri is the Missouri State Emergency Management Agency (SEMA). SEMA coordinates actions, operations, and resources involving response required to support decisions affecting the emergency. The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services, through the Bureau of Environmental Epidemiology, is responsible for all decisions affecting protective responses, dose, dose commitment during the emergency, and recovery in the emergency area.
In the event of an emergency, communications between CNS and the Division of Health is maintained in order to confirm measurements and estimates of possible off-site consequences and to keep the State EOC informed of the status of the emergency.
Emergency response and support operations will be initiated through decisions made jointly by the Director, SEMA, and the Director, Division of Health or their duly appointed representatives, or on request of affected governmental officials.
In the event of an emergency, which may present an off-site hazard to the public, the State Emergency Operations Center at Jefferson City will be activated in accordance with the State Emergency Operations Plan.
A representative of the state may be dispatched to the EOF. He will have direct communications with the Forward Command Post to provide accurate and timely information to State and Local Response Forces. Atchison County authorities are notified through the Atchison County 911 Center. The 911 Center is notified by NPPD or by SEMA. The response from these authorities is more fully detailed in the Atchison County Nuclear Emergency Response Plan.
5.4.3 THE STATES OF KANSAS/IOWA The States of Kansas and Iowa may also play an active role in responding to an emergency at CNS. While neither state is within the 10 mile EPZ, they are located within the 50 mile Ingestion Exposure Pathway. As such, NPPD will maintain liaison with the appropriate officials of these states and provide information and recommendations as the situation dictates.
More detailed information can be found in the Emergency Response Plan of each respective state.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 45OF192
5.4.4 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION The NRC regulates nuclear activities to protect the health and safety of the
- public and to preserve environmental quality and has developed an Incident Response Plan to ensure that its statutory responsibilities are fulfilled.
The responsibilities assigned by the NRC plan are exercised through a set of implementing procedures that delineate the manner in which each function will be performed, the criteria to be used in making each decision, and the information needed for both.
When NPPD notifies the NRC of an emergency, the initial NRC response is to ascertain the status of the station and monitor emergency response activities to assure that the public and the environment are fully protected. The NRC will measure off-site radiological effects and develop projections of on-site and off-site effects for the use of other federal, state, and local agencies. The NRC may offer specific advice to NPPD to help solve or limit the consequences of the problem. The NRC is prepared to amend or change CNS Technical Specifications or to issue formal orders if NPPD should fail to take whatever actions the NRC deems necessary to protect the public.
The Chairman of the Commission is the senior NRC authority for all aspects of emergency response and will become the "Director" of all NRC activities and personnel.
Normally, the Chairman will delegate responsibilities to a "Deputy Director" upon activation of the Operations Center. The Deputy Director will carry out the delegated responsibilities unless the Chairman specifically directs otherwise.
Together, the Director and Deputy Director assure that preplanned actions commence and identify other necessary actions unique to the particular incident. Headquarters and region teams will carry out these actions.
The Director may appoint an NRC "Director of Site Operations" as soon as a qualified official arrives at the site, assesses the situation, and reports back to the Director. The Director may also delegate one or more of the following authorities to the Director of Site Operations:
- Authority to recommend actions to the licensee.
- Authority to direct the iicensee to take specific actions.
- Authority to recommend actions off site, including protective measures for the public.
Other officials and organizations will be immediately informed of the appointment and delegated authority. The Director of Site Operations will assume supervision of all NRC personnel at the site, will represent the NRC in interactions with other agencies, and will decide what response actions must be taken, consistent with the delegated authority.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 46OF192
Figure 5.2-1 CNS Normal Operating Organization - Control Room POSITION: Number Shift Manager (1)
Control Room Supervisor ('.I)
Reactor Operator (3)
Station Operator (3)
Chem/RP Technician (1)
Shift Communicator (1)
Dose Assessor (1)
Utility/Fire Brigade (2)
Shift Technical Engineer (1 )+
Control Room Logkeeper (1 )*
Technical Communicator (1 )*
I Emergency Director i 1
Shift Manager I
Shift .
Dose Ii Contro] Control Communicator , Assessor i Room I I
Room I
I Logkeeper Supervisor Reactor
.. Operators
~Station Utility/Fire
/ Operators I ~'_B_n_*g_a_de-~
+ The Shift Technical Engineer is not required to be on-shift during cold shutdown conditions.
- These personnel are not on-shift.
Note - Figure 5.2-1 is based on the staffing analysis required by 1OCFR50 Appendix E, IV.A.9, by December 24, 2012. NRC NSIR/DPR-ISG-01, "Interim Staff Guidance" and NEI 10-05, "Assessment of On-Shift Emergency Response Organization Staffing and Capabilities", was used to conduct and document this analysis. Figure 5.2-1 new staffing numbers become effective on January 19, 2013.
l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 47OF192 I
Figure 5.2-2 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Tech_nical Support Center (TSC)
POSITION:
- TSC Director1 Operations Coordinator1 Chemistry/Radiological Protection Coordinator1 Maintenance Coordinator1 Engineering Coordinator1 Operations/EOP Advisor Security Coordinator Engineering Team Leader Control Parameter Assessment Engineer Function Status Assessment Engineer Engineering Staff3 ENS Communicator Administrative Assistant TSC Logkeeper TSC Dircctoc TSC Logkeeper I I I I I Operations Chem/RP ENS Maintenance Securi~ En~neering Administrative Coordinatcr Coordinator Communicator Coordi nalor Coordinatoc Coordinatoc Assistant I l I Ops/EOP Ad~sor c:J I
.Engineering Team Leader I
I I Engineering Function Status Control Parameter Staff Assessment En~neer Assessment En~eer 1
Key Functional Staff 3
Engineering disciplines will be Reactor, Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 48OF192 I
Figure 5.2-3 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)
POSITION:
Emergency Director1 EOF Director1 Radiological Control Manager1 1
Radiological Assessment Supervisor Off-Site Communicator1 Operations/EDP Advisor2 Emergency Preparedness Coordinator2 Dose Assessment Coordinator Field Team Coordinator Dose Assessment Clerk Logistics Coordinator EOF RP Pool EOF Logkeeper Clerical Coordinator Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Driver Emergency Director EOF Director Emergency Preparedness EOF Logkeeper 1--~'l'----1 Coordinator Ops/EOP Off-Site Radiological Logistics Clerical Advisor Communicator Control Coordinator Coordinator Manager Radiological Assessment Supervisor Dose Assessment Field Team Coordinator Coordinator Dose Assessment OSC RP Pool Clerk Field Monitoring Teams 1 & 2 Field Monitoring Team Vehicle Drivers 1
Key Functional Staff EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 49OF192
Figure 5.2-4 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Operations Support Center (OSC)
POSITIONS:
OSC Supervisor2 Technical Communicator Chem/RP Lead2 RP Technicians 1 (6 minimum)
Electrical Lead Electricians 1 (2 minimum)
Mechanical Lead Mechanics 1 (2 minimum) l&C Lead l&C Technicians 1 (2 minimum)
Utility Lead Utility personnel OSC Clerk Warehouse person Maintenance Coordinator IOSC Supervisor j OSC Clerk Technical
-- Communicator I I I I I I Chem/RP I&C Electrical Utility Mechanical Warehouse Lead Lead Lead - Lead Lead I I I I I RP Technicians I&C Electricians Utility Mechanical Technicians 1
Key Functional Staff EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 50 OF 192 I
Figure 5.3-1 CNS Emergency Response Organization - Joint Information Center (JIC)
POSITION:
JIC Director1 Technical Briefer1 1
Public Information Officer Facility Manager2 Designated Spokesperson2 Rumor Control Coordinator2 Employee Information Coordinator2 JIC Logkeeper JIC Clerical Coordinator Media Monitor Rumor Control Staff (NPPD CCCC)
JIC Director JIC JIC Clerical Logkeeper ~--"'"------1 Coordinator I I Facility Manager Media Monitor Designated Spokesperson I Public Information Officer I I Technical Rumor Co~trol Employee Information Briefer Coordinator Coordinator I
Rumor Control Staff NPPD CCCC 1
Key Functional Staff EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 51 OF 192 I
Figure 5.4-1 Interrelationships of Emergency Response Organizations NRG (3)
Control Room NRG (2) Operations Technical Support
.IJ'--------i Center 1------1 Support Center ON-SITE OFF-SITE Federal Support (1)
Support NPPD Agency Support -
Notes:
(1} See Figure 5.4-2 for detailed information on Federal Support.
(2) NRC Support in TSC and EOF.
(3) NRC Resident Inspector located in the Control Room.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 52OF192 I
Figure 5.4-2 Federal Response Management Diagram Cooper Nuclear Station IGovernor or Designated I
'
Representative I
I NRC/FEMA Joint I Coordination I
I I NRC Coordinates FEMA Coordinates Technical Aspects of Non-Technical Aspects Federal Response of Federal Response I
I I NRC DOE Coordinates NCS Federal Offsite -
Radiological Monitoring I DOD l Utility I HNRG/Utility I -
~ EPA I DOC f--
~ DHHS l
~ USDA I -
USDA H DOC I DHHS y DOE I -
DOD I FEMA f--
-
-
Source: Federal Register 45FR84911 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 53OF192
- 6. EMERGENCY MEASURES Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD) emergency measures will be conducted in accordance ,with the particular emergency classification at Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS).
This section of the plan ( 1) discusses emergency alarms and evacuation, (2) identifies segments of the station emergency organization that will be activated at each class of emergency, (3) details methods and procedures for assessment actions, (4) specifies actions to correct or minimize the emergency situation, (5) describes protective actions to prevent or minimize radiological exposure, and (6) discusses aid to affected personnel.
6.1 SITE EMERGENCY ALARMS When an emergency condition exists that could affect the safety of station personnel, the appropriate alarm will be manually activated and an announcement made from Control Room. If the condition involves a fire, the fire alarm will be activated and designated personnel will respond. If the condition results in an emergency declaration, the emergency alarm will be activated and an announcement made.
The condition of the emergency will dictate what directions will be given during the announcement. Site Security personnel may assist in notification of personnel on NPPD property.
6.2 NOTIFICATION AND ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONS The four classes of emergencies defined in Section 4 require a varying degree and scope of emergency response. The appropriate parts of the emergency response organization activated in each emergency classification are presented in Section 5.
The transition from the normal operating organization to the emergency response organization involves the following steps:
- Notify the emergency response organization members who are off-site, or are on-site but may not be aware of the emergency, that their assistance is required.
- Fill emergency response positions on an interim basis with personnel who are immediately available at the time of the emergency.
- . Fill positions in the emergency organization with ERO members as they arrive at the various Emergency Response Facilities.
6.2.1 ON-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL Plant personnel on-site are notified by an emergency alarm and announcement as described in Section 6.1 and EPIP 5.7.2.
6.2.2 OFF-SITE PLANT PERSONNEL Plant personnel (ERO) off-site are notified in accordance with EPIP 5.7.2. This is normally accomplished via the CNS Automated Notification System. A listing of telephone numbers for notification of ERO members is maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 54OF192
6.2.3 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIG)
EPIPs 5.7.2, Emergency Director EPIP, and 5.7.6, Notification, define how General Office personnel are notified. Depending upon the situation, the JIG may be activated. Personnel notification schemes and procedures for activating this facility are contained in EPIP 5.7.23.
6.2.4 OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES AND SUPPORT AGENCIES When an emergency classification is declared, CNS will initiate pre-determined notifications as defined in EPIP 5. 7 .6. Initial notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies will be completed within 15 minutes of the declaration of an emergency. The contents of initial and follow-up notifications are set forth in EPIP 5.7.6, and contain information about the class of emergency, release information, potentially affected population areas, and protective action recommendations. Follow-up communications with off-site authorities will consist of periodic messages containing additional information as described in EPIP 5.7.6.
Notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Authorities are normally accomplished via the CNS State Notification Telephone System.
Off-site authorities, as well as technical support groups likely to be consulted in an emergency, are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
6.2.5 NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION (NRG)
Notification of the NRG Operations Center for all emergency classification levels is normally accomplished via the Federal Telecommunication System Emergency Notification System (FTS-ENS) in accordance with EPIPs 5.7.6 and 5.7ENS.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 55OF192 I
6.3 ASSESSMENT ACTIONS The assessment of station conditions, radiation levels, and off-site consequences is initially conducted by the Control Room. Radiological dose assessment can also be performed in the Control Room, as necessary. The Shift Manager, in the role of Emergency Director, activates the emergency response organization described in Section 5 per EPIP 5.7.2. Assessment actions described in Table 6.3-1 will continue throughout the emergency. These assessments may result in reclassification, which could alter emergency response actions.
CNS has systems for monitoring radioactive materials released to the environment, and is equipped with process and system monitors capable of assessing radiological conditions and initiating appropriate alarms or actuating control equipment for containment of radioactive materials if pre-established limits are reached. These systems will monitor radioactive releases during accident conditions.
6.3.1 POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM Samples of both reactor water coolant and drywell atmosphere can be drawn using Post-Accident Sampling System. This system allows personnel to safely take samples and conduct analyses, while keeping radiation dose to personnel within specified limits. Samples collected and analyzed will provide information, which may indicate reactor conditions such as cladding failure, effects from high fuel temperature, or fuel melting.
6.3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA The site has meteorological instrumentation, which indicates and records wind speed, wind direction, and temperature differentials on a continuous basis.
Detailed information on this system can be found in Section 7.5.2. A continuous readout of this information is available on the Plant Management Information System (PMIS). In the event that meteorological information from this primary source is unavailable, meteorological information is available from the National Weather Service.
6.3.3 DOSE ASSESSMENT CNS has the capability of performing dose projections during a radiological emergency using two separate techniques:
- CNS-DOSE: CNS-DOSE, a computerized class 'A' model, is the primary method of performing rapid dose projections (predictions) in order to develop protective action recommendations during the early accident phase within the plume exposure EPZ. The program is operated on plant computers and can make use of current meteorological and radiological effluent monitor readings as well as manually entered data.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 56OF192 I
- HAND CALCULATION: A manual calculation, derived from the methodology utilized by CNS-DOSE, is the backup method for performing dose projections in order to develop protective action recommendations during the early accident phase within the plume exposure EPZ. Input data is taken from the same resources as the computerized method. Both centerline and off-centerline calculations can be performed.
Once the EOF is operational, dose projection and assessment responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room to this facility. The TSC also has the capability to perform dose assessments.
Off-site concentrations of radionuclides and radiation dose rates are determined by NPPD and State Field Monitoring Teams. Once the EOF is operational, Field Monitoring Teams are deployed with portable radiological instrumentation (air samplers and radiation survey meters) and communications equipment in vehicles designated for this purpose.- The field instrumentation used for airborne activity monitoring has the capability to detect radioiodine concentrations as low as 1.0x10-7 µCi/cc (microcuries per cubic centimeter). Field information is used to validate dose projections and to assist in determining the adequacy of protective actions.
6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Instrumentation and Control Systems monitor, provide indications and alarms, record, and automatically control systems necessary for the safe operation of the station.
Control and display of information from these systems is centralized in the Control Room. Displays are also available in the TSC and EOF. This instrumentation is a source of information used to determine emergency classification as shown in Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4, and EPIP 5. 7 .1 (Emergency Classification), and may provide entry conditions for Abnormal Operating Procedures (AOPs), Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) or Severe Accident Guideli~es (SAGs). AOPs, EOPs, and SAGs contain steps for preventive and/or corrective actions to avoid or mitigate consequences of an emergency.
During a declared emergency, corrective actions are performed by the ERO under the direction of the Emergency Director. These corrective actions are designed to (1) terminate the accident, (2) mitigate or eliminate potential hazards to the public and station personnel, (3) restore the plant to a safe and stable condition, and (4) de-escalate the emergency classification. The potential nature of some emergencies may warrant the utilization of off-site individuals, organizations, and agencies. As a result, local support service arrangements have been made with off-site groups to provide on-site aid in the event of an emergency situation, including those resulting from hostile actions. Corrective actions may also involve response by the following:
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 57OF192
- FIRE BRIGADE The CNS Fire Brigade will respond to station fire* calls. The Fire Brigade is composed of the Fire Brigade Leader, two Station Operators, and two other individuals qualified as Fire Brigade members, in accordance with station procedures. If off-site firefighting assistance is required, including that caused by hostile action, fire response including fire apparatus and firefighters will normally be requested by the CNS Control Room to the Nemaha County 911 Dispatch Center and implemented using the National Incident Management System (NIMS).
Mutual aid may also be requested via the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency. Off-Site Fire Department(s) will be escorted to the fire scene by Security personnel upon arrival.
- REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM For minor emergencies, station personnel will handle cleanup, repair, and damage control. For more severe emergencies, the support of additional NPPD personnel or specialized outside contractors may be required to assist in damage control, cleanup, and repair operations.
6.5 PROTECTIVE ACTIONS On-site actions to protect station personnel and visitors during a declared emergency are the responsibility of the Emergency Director. Measures for the protection of the general public are detailed in the State Emergency Response Plans.
Protective actions for on-site personnel will be taken whenever a radiological emergency has occurred, or may occur, which might result in concentrations of airborne activity or radiation levels in excess of pre-determined limits. Protective actions will also be taken for on-site personnel in other emergency situations such as fires, floods, tornadoes, or security related events where personnel safety is threatened. A range of protective actions to protect on-site personnel during hostile action is provided to ensure the continued ability to safely shut down the reactor and perform the functions of the emergency plan. An alternative facility, with communication capabilities for contacting the Control Room, plant security, and the EOF is available to serve as a staging area for Augmented Emergency Response Staff if the site is not accessible or the site is under threat of or experiencing hostile action. Activation of Emergency Response Facilities, assembly and accountability activities, and evacuation of site personnel may be delayed if it is determined by the Emergency Director that personnel safety would be threatened. In this situation, on-site personnel will be notified of these events by the station alarms, telephone calls, or public address system announcements, as applicable. Personnel will be notified of appropriate protective actions to be taken as soon as assessment actions permit a proper evaluation of conditions.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 58OF192 I
Following the instructions and using the procedures referenced in EPIP 5.7.20, the Radiological Control Manager will determine if the projected downwind doses indicate a need to implement any type of protective actions. If the results of the analysis indicate a need to implement protective actions, he will inform the Emergency Director of his findings and together they will decide if protective action recommendations are warranted.
The Emergency Director will provide protective action recommendations to off-site authorities. Protective actions for off-site areas are implemented by State and Local Government Emergency Response Organizations. These actions may include evacuation or in-house shelter. Factors such as release duration, mobilization time, or adverse we.ather will be important considerations affecting protective actions. The action which affords the lower radiation dose is preferred. Approximate initiation times for protective actions are shown in Table 6.4-2.
Within the Plume Exposure Pathway, an Alert and Notification System has been installed. Residents of this EPZ have been instructed to tune to their local Emergency Alert System radio station for further instructions when the Alert and Notification System is activated. This system was established to meet the prompt notification requirements established by the NRC and was designed for response to any disaster where prompt notification of the public is desirable. The design basis and rationales for the Alert and Notification System is in the Alert and Notification Design Report.
Details pertaining to physical and administrative controls of this system are also found in this document.
The Alert and Notification System includes fixed sirens and digitally-activated National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration/Emergency Alert System (NOAA/EAS)
Radio Receivers. These radio receivers are made available to residences located within the Plume Exposure Pathway, but outside the hearing range of the fixed sirens.
The radios are pre-tuned to an EAS station and are automatically activated when the EAS is activated. Special use or remote area notification is discussed in the CNS Alert and Notification Design Report. State and Local Plans have provisions for notifying the transient population within the Plume Exposure Pathway.
EPIP 5.7.27 describes how the system will be activated in the event of an emergency.
Local and/or state governments are responsible for implementation of notification/warning actions. Normally, public warning information will be disseminated as directed by the Governor or his Authorized Representative. However, the Notification System provides for local government decision and initiation of notification/warning actions, especially in the event of a major nuclear power plant incident. Local governments may make decisions based on the recommendations of NPPD Management or state representatives.
As indicated in EPIP 5.7.27, pre-arranged messages are used when instructing the general public on what actions should be taken. Approximately 15 minutes will be required to notify the public from the time the decision has been made to activate the system to the time required to broadcast a message.
EPIP 5.7.27.1 describes how a malfunctioning NOAA/EAS radio will berepaired or replaced.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 59OF192
6.5.1 RESCUE OPERATIONS The search and rescue function is handled by trained emergency response personnel. If station personnel are unaccounted for in the initial or subsequent personnel accountability, an emergency team will be assigned to locate and, if necessary, rescue them, observing the guidelines set forth in EPIP 5.7.15.
6.5.2 ON-SITE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Protective equipment is available on-site to minimize radiological dose and contamination, as well as firefighting hazards. The types of equipment include full-face particulate respirators, self-contained breathing apparatus, protective clothing, and air-fed respirators.
- This equipment is located in the normal station storage areas, and in or near the Control Room and the Emergency Response Facilities. An inventory of this equipment is contained in EPIP 5.7.21.
6.5.3 PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY When the emergency alarm is sounded, site visitors, contractors, and non-ERO on-site personnel will proceed to their Designated Assembly Area. Emergency response personnel will report to their Emergency Response Facility or designated assembly area. The results of personnel accountability will be compiled and reported to the Emergency Director. In the event an individual cannot be located, search teams will be dispatched. Initial accountability will be completed within 30 minutes and continuous accountability will be maintained throughout the course of the emergency per EPI P 5.7.10.
6.5.4 DISMISSAL AND EVACUATION When the emergency alarm is sounded, all personnel will proceed to their designated assembly area by the most direct route unless otherwise instructed to avoid specified areas. The classification and magnitude of the emergency will dictate which Emergency Response Facilities shall be activated, the areas of the site to be avoided, and the off-site support required.
Upon assembly and accountability of all personnel, it may be appropriate to dismiss specific personnel to go home, or necessary', to direct personnel to the alternate assembly point located in the Nemaha County Maintenance Facility.
All SITE AREA and GENERAL EMERGENCIES require evacuation of all non-ERO personnel. EPIP 5.7.11 provides the specific procedures to be followed in the event site dismiss-al or evacuation is required. Once the decision has been made to evacuate, non-ERO employees, contractors, and visitors can be evacuated and relocated to a remote assembly area within approximately one hour.
Personnel will not return to the station or deactivate Emergency Response Facilities until directed by the Emergency Director or until the "ALL CLEAR" signal is sounded by the Control Room.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 60OF192
6.5.5 CONTAMINATION AND DOSE CONTROL MEASURES 6.5.5.1 ON-SITE Measures will be taken to prevent ingestion of radioactive materials deposited within the Site Boundary. Affected areas will be isolated.
Details of contamination control measures for on-site areas are contained in Station Operation procedures.
The monitoring of the work environment within radiological control areas, including specific instructions, precautions, and limitations to personnel working within these areas is supervised by Radiological Protection personnel.
Food for emergency response personnel will be provided from off-site sources or from on-site supplies stored in a contamination resistant location.
Exposure to airborne radioactivity will be controlled in accordance with appropriate ALARA principles. Periodic air samples will be taken to assure that radioiodine and airborne contamination levels are known.
Radioprotective tablets (Potassium Iodide) are available for voluntary use by NPPD personnel. NPPD may also provide radioprotective tablets to non-NPPD emergency response organizations for distribution to their emergency workers (i.e., the requesting organization has inadequate supplies). Administration of these tablets to non-NPPD personnel will be the responsibility of these non-NPPD organizations. Any NPPD distribution of radioprotective tablets will be made at the direction of the Emergency Director.
EPIP 5.7.14 provides further information on the use and distribution of radioprotective (Potassium Iodide) tablets.
During an emergency, equipment and tools will be unconditionally released for use outside the area only if their radiation levels are less than 1 mrem/hr above background (fixed contamination) and 220 dpm/100cm2 alpha activity or 2200 dpm/100cm2 beta-gamma activity above background (removable contamination).
6.5.5.2 OFF-SITE For areas beyond the site boundary, Nebraska and Missouri Radiological Monitoring T earns, in coordination with CNS Monitoring T earns, will identify contamination and radiation levels. For areas where public access normally occurs, criteria for off-site areas will be applied.
Criteria and measures for contamination control in off-site areas are detailed in the Nebraska and Missouri Emergency Plans.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 61 OF 192 I
6.5.6 SECURITY AND ACCESS CONTROL The CNS Security Plan is approved by the NRC and restricts access to the site.
Security personnel control access to the Protected Area and during declared emergencies, control access to areas of the Owner Controlled Area.
A roadblock will be established on the Plant Access road. Personnel attempting to access the site will be informed of the situation and, if cleared, will be directed to the proper location.
For Security related emergencies, Local Law Enforcement Agency assistance may be requested.
6.6 AID TO AFFECTED PERSONNEL 6.6.1 EMERGENCY PERSONNEL DOSE CRITERIA Dose records for station personnel are maintained by the Radiological Protection Group and are accessible at the TSC. This information will be utilized in determining emergency team assignments. Criteria used for limiting dose to emergency workers are based on recommendations of the U.S. EPA and are shown in Table 6.4-1.
Emergency workers will wear dosimetry as required by Radiological Protection personnel. Emergency worker dosimetry will be provided on a 24-hour basis by Radiological Protection personnel. Every effort will be made to minimize emergency worker dose through the use of protective equipment and supplies, and by minimizing exposure time. The Chemistry/Radiological Protection C.oordinator and the Maintenance Coordinator, with assistance of the OSC Supervisor, are responsible for making emergency team assignments. Only the Emergency Director may authorize emergency workers to receive dose in excess of 1OCFR20 occupational limits. Personnel conducting corrective or protective actions or life-saving actions who may receive dose in excess of occupational limits should be selected from those who volunteer. Radiological Protection personnel are also responsible for providing self-reading and permanent dosimetry devices to emergency personnel assembled at the OSC and for assuring accountability of each worker's dose. Emergency radiation exposure is controlled in accordance with EPIP 5.7.12.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 62OF192 I
6.6.2 DECONTAMINATION AND FIRST AID Provisions have been made to assist personnel who are injured, contaminated, or who may have received high radiation doses. Station personnel are trained in first aid and portable first aid kits are available at strategic locations throughout the station. In addition, first aid lockers and decontamination facilities are provided within the station. In the event the above are not available during an emergency, the CNS Communications Building will be used as a first aid station and personnel decontamination center. Detailed information on personnel monitoring and decontamination, including radiological criteria is contained in Station Radiological Protection Procedures.
Personnel found to be contaminated will undergo decontamination under the direction of Radiological Protection personnel.
6.6.3 MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION A station ambulance is available for the transportation of injured personnel when station EMT's are available. This vehicle is reserved for emergency use to assure ready availability in time of need. During times when the station ambulance is unavailable due to the performance of preventative maintenance, malfunction, or other circumstances, backup medical transportation services shall be contacted and services requested when necessary.
The CNS ambulance is equipped with all required equipment and supplies required by the State of Nebraska for a licensed ambulance. The ambulance also has communications equipment for communicating with the Plant and Nemaha County Hospital. Ambulance attendants (Nebraska-certified EMTs or Paramedics) are trained to handle contamination cases. In addition, NPPD Radiological Protection personnel will accompany contaminated patients to the hospital. If off-site emergency medical response is required, including that caused by hostile action, emergency medical services including ambulances, and emergency medical technicians as requested by the CNS Control Room or TSC to the Nemaha County 911 Dispatch Center and implemented using the National Incident Management System (NIMS) has been arranged. Mutual aid may also be requested via the Nebraska Emergency Management Agency.
Off-site medical transport services will be escorted to the scene by Security personnel upon arrival.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 63OF192 I
6.6.4 MEDICAL TREATMENT FACILITIES The Shift Manager or his designee in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.24 will notify the appropriate hospitals if injured personnel are to be transported from the site.
Arrangements have been made with the hospitals listed below for care of injured personnel, including cases involving radiological contamination and radiation over-exposure. Selection of the hospital and medical assistance will be based on:
- Obtaining the most rapid access to the necessary medical ser-Vices and facilities.
- Capabilities of the specific hospital to provide the required services.
- Accessibility due to weather and road conditions.
- Number of injured personnel to be transported.
- Preference of the injured personnel, if the type and severity of the injury permit.
Except as otherwise dictated by the above conditions, hospitals and medical assistance will be utilized in the following order of priority, based on proximity to Cooper Nuclear Station:
- Nemaha County Hospital, 2022 13th Street, Auburn, Nebraska.
- University Nebraska Medical Center, Center for Clinical Excellence, East Side, 44th and Dewey, Omaha, Nebraska.
In accordance with Nebraska Statutes (85-805, 806, 807), Nebraska Public Power District supports the University of Nebraska Radiation Health Center and maintains the right to all services of the Radiation Health Center for, but not limited to:
- Specialized medical and related services for evaluation, treatment, and management of radiation casualties.
- Routine medical, radiation protection, consultation, and associated services.
- Educational programs for nuclear safety, with emphasis on preventive medicine and radiological protection.
Patients with radiological injuries beyond the scope of the local medical facilities will be transferred to the Radiation Health Center at the discretion of the local medical staff.
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 64OF192
TABLE 6.3'-1 ASSESSMENT ACTIONS ACTION DESCRIPTION The radiation level, pressure, temperature, flow, and meteorological data are monitored.
- 1. Surveillance of Emergency Control Room Operators can assess plant status by observing sensor readout. Most sensors Assessment Instrumentation have visual and audible alarms. Data will be provided to the Emergency Director, as necessary, for his assessment. Control Room Operators will take corrective actions as necessary.
Personnel Assembly and Accountability is the responsibility of the Security Coordinator and is
- 2. Personnel Accountability carried out utilizing the security computer. Personnel accountability is maintained by communications with lead personnel at the various Emergency Response Facilities.
Radiological Protection Teams perform these surveys. The radiation levels on the station's fixed area and Ventilation Monitoring Systems will be used to assist in these evaluations.
- 3. In-Plant Radiological Surveys Contamination surveys of equipment and personnel are conducted with portable equipment from the emergency kits or routine station equipment storage areas.
- 4. Site Boundary Surveys The surveys are handled by Radiological Protection Teams in same fashion as in-plant surveys.
Radiological Assessment personnel will use the computer model, effluent monitors,
- 5. Off-Site Consequence meteorological output, or data supplied by deployed Radiological Protection Teams. Manual Assessment Dose assessment techniques are available in the event computer programs are unavailable.
Samples of various environmental media are collected and analyzed by station Chemistry and Radiological Protection personnel. Results will be evaluated by station personnel with
- 6. Environmental Monitoring assistance from a contract laboratory if required. State and Federal response personnel may also analyze collected media.
In the case of actual or potential off-site consequences, the State and Local Authorities are immediately notified in accordance with the appropriate CNS EPIPs. Local Authorities use
- 7. Assessment Reporting pre-determined criteria to initiate various protective actions for the public, as illustrated in Table 6.4-2.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 65 OF 192
TABLE 6.4-1 EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) for the Early Phase of a Nuclear Incident l
PROTECTIVE ACTION PAG (PROJECTED DOSE) COMMENTS Evacuation (or, for some Evacuation 1-5 remb situations, sheltering 8 ) should (or sheltering 8 )
normally be initiated at 1 rem.
Administration of stable Requires approval of State 25 remc iodine Medical Officials.
a Sheltering may be the preferred protective action when it will provide protection equal to or greater than evacuation, based on consideration of factors such as source term characteristics, and temporal or other site-specific conditions.
b The sum of the effective dose equivalent resulting from exposure to external sources and the committed effective dose equivalent incurred from all significant inhalation pathways during the early phase. Committed dose equivalents to the thyroid and to the skin may be 5 to 50 times larger, respectively.
c Committed dose equivalent to the thyroid from radioiodine.
NOTE - From EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Accidents (Table-2-1 ).
GUIDANCE ON DOSE LIMITS FOR WORKERS PERFORMING EMERGENCY SERVICES DOSE LIMIT8 (rem) ACTIVITY CONDITION 5 All N/A 10 Protecting valuable property Lower Dose Not Practicable Life Saving or Protection of 25 Lower Dose Not Practicable Large Populations Life Saving or Protection of Only on a Voluntary Basis to
>25 Large Populations from Persons Fully Aware of the Extensive Exposure Risks Involved a Sum of external effective dose equivalent and committed effective dose equivalent to non-pregnant adults from exposure and intake during an emergency situation. Workers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye to 3 times the listed value and doses to any other organ (including skin and body extremities) to 10 times the listed value. These limits apply to all doses from an incident, except those received in unrestricted areas as members of the public during the intermediate phase of the incident.
NOTE - From EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Accidents {Table 2-2).
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 66OF192 I
TABLE 6.4-2 INITIATION TIMES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTIONS FOR THE GENERAL PUBLIC APPROXIMATE INITIATION TIME EXPOSURE PATHWAY ACTION TO BE INITIATED Evacuation, in-house shelter, (if evacuation is not practical), access O - 4 Hours Inhalation of gases or particulates control, respiratory protection, prophylaxis (thyroid protection).
Direct radiation Evacuation, in-house shelter, access control.
Take cows off pasture, prevent cows from drinking surface water, 4 - 48 Hours Milk quarantine contaminated milk, utilize stored feeds.
Harvested fruits and vegetables Wash all produce or impound produce.
Drinking water Cut off contaminated supplies, substitute from other sources.
Unharvested produce Delay harvest until approved.
2 - 14 Days Harvested produce Substitute uncontaminated produce.
Milk Discard or divert to stored products, such as cheese.
Drinking water Filter, demineralize, test.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 67 OF 192
- 7. EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT This section of the CNS Emergency Plan describes the Control Room and the Emergency Response Facilities, including on-site and off-site communications systems, assessment equipment and facilities, protective facilities and equipment, first aid and medical facilities, and damage control equipment and supplies.
7.1 CONTROL ROOM Emergency assessment and control is initially directed from the Control Room by the Shift Manager prior to activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). The Control Room is located in the Control Building and is equipped with an Emergency Bypass Ventilation System allowing habitability during Design Basis Accidents as defined in the Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) Updated Safety Analysis Report. The Control Room contains plant instrumentation, required technical drawings, CNS records, and communications equipment.
Communication equipm~nt available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1.
7.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES When activated, the following Emergency Response Facilities supplement the Control Room in assessing and controlling emergencies:
7.2.1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER The TSC (Figure 7.2-1) is the focal point for on-site emergency coordination and for directing and assisting the Control Room during station emergency conditions. The following functions are performed in the TSC:
- Provide management and technical support to station Operations personnel during an emergency.
- Relieve Operations personnel of duties not directly related to Reactor System manipulations (e.g., NRC notifications).
The TSC is located on the first floor of the Administration Building. Figure 7.2-1 provides a layout of the TSC.
If the TSC should become uninhabitable, select TSC personnel would relocate to the Control Room. Remaining TSC personnel would report to the AOSC.
To protect personnel under most conditions, the TSC is provided with dedicated radiological protection and monitoring equipment capable of continuous indication of dose rates and airborne radioactivity concentrations. Local alarms provide early warning to TSC personnel.
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 68OF192 I
The TSC Ventilation System is comparable to the Control Room Ventilation System. Although not seismically qualified, redundant, or automatically activated, it does include high efficiency particulate air filters and charcoal filters. System capacity is based on design basis accident airborne radioactivity levels, independent of thyroid blocking provisions (potassium iodide).
Emergency equipment listed in EPIP 5.7.21 and Appendix Eis provided to protect personnel who must exit the TSC or continue TSC operation during the presence of low-level airborne radioactivity or radioactive surface contamination.
To facilitate the TSC function, a set of As-Built drawings of the station, schematics and diagrams, Technical Specifications, Station Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, Severe Accident Guidelines and associated Technical Support Guidelines, station operating records, records needed to perform the functions of the EOF when it is not operational, and a copy of the Updated Safety Analysis Report are available to personnel in the TSC.
Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1.
7.2.2 OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER The OSC (Figure 7.2-2) is the assembly and staging area for CNS personnel for emergency response assignments. The OSC provides a location where plant logistic support can be coordinated during an emergency.
Chemistry/Radiological Protection personnel, Mechanical Maintenance personnel, Electrical and Instrument & Control personnel, and administrative personnel report to the OSC. The OSC is located adjacent to the TSC. In the event the OSC would need to be relocated due to habitability concerns, the Instrument & Control Shop (932' Level) has been identified as an alternate OSC.
Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1.
7.2.3 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY The EOF (Figure 7.2-3) is located at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, Nebraska approximately 11 miles west of the plant site. The EOF performs the following functions:
- Management of the off-site emergency response.
- Coordination of radiological and environmental assessment.
- Determination of recommended protective actions for the public.
- Coordination of emergency response activities with federal, state, and local agencies.
- Event Classification.
- Notification to off-site authorities.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 69OF192 I
The EOF has sufficient space to accommodate CNS emergency response personnel and representatives from local, state, and federal response agencies.
Field Monitoring Teams will be dispatched from the OSC and controlled from the EOF. Emergency equipment in the Communications Building, West Warehouse, and/or Field Monitoring Team vehicles consist of material and equipment needed for off-site monitoring and re-entry activities. This equipment includes procedures, protective clothing, radiation detection instrumentation, dosimetry, air sampling equipment, respiratory protection equipment, personnel decontamination supplies, and counting instruments. A list of this equipment is included in the Emergency Plan, Appendix E, as well as in Implementing Procedure (EPIP) 5.7.21. Results of off-site surveys and
~ample analyses will be reported to the EOF for evaluation and assessment, and to aid in the development of protective action recommendations to off-site authorities.
Personnel in the EOF and TSC have the capability to assess meteorological data, current plant conditions and release rate data from the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) or the Control Room to determine projected downwind doses. All of this data is prominently displayed in the EOF and is readily available to local, state, and federal authorities for use in making an independent determination of protective actions.
Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1.
Communication by facsimile equipment between the EOF, TSC, and the JIG is also provided.
Information available in the EOF includes: CNS Technical Specifications, Operating Procedures, Emergency Operating Procedures, Updated Safety Analysis Report, environs radiological monitoring records, and selected As-Built drawings. In addition, copies of State and Local Emergency Response Plans and information pertinent to evacuation is also maintained.
The Nebraska Emergency Management Agency's Mobile Operations Center (MOC) or Mobile Operations Trailer (MOT) and the Nebraska State Patrol Mobile Command Post may be stationed adjacent to the EOF. These vehicles are self-sustaining with their own eiectrical power and communications systems.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 70OF192 I
7.2.4 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER The JIC is the media briefing area and is the focal point for contact with the media. The JIC (Figure 7.2-4) is located adjacent to the EOF at 902 Central Avenue in Auburn, NE. The JIC is jointly staffed by utility, State, and Federal personnel. The JIC carries out the following functions:
- Coordinate the dissemination of information to the news media.
- Conduct media monitoring.
- Maintain rumor control.
- Provide NPPD employees with information concerning the emergency.
To assure accurate and timely information is available to the public, personnel manning the JIC have current information on plant status available. A direct continuous line for communication is available between the JIC and the other ERFs. NPPD personnel are available to respond to any questions regarding plant status, radiological releases, protective actions, etc.
The JIC contains up-to-date copies of station, state, and county emergency plans, maps of the CNS site area and its environs, regional maps, and station layout drawings. Other equipment, facilities, and services that will be located within, or near the JIC include communication links with the EOF and state Emergency Operations Centers, reproduction equipment, and word processing
. capability.
Communication equipment available for this facility is shown on Table 7.1-1.
Since public information activities occur at the JIC, CNS has not dedicated an area within the EOF for media representatives.
The EOF has an area dedicated for state Public Information Officers to inform counterparts located in the JIC of the events which are occurring at CNS.
The NPPD Designated Spokesperson located in the JIC is responsible for all interfaces with the media. The Designated Spokesperson and the JIC Support Staff will receive information on plant status from designated personnel located in the EOF and will interact with state Public Information Officers as required.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 71OF192 I
7.3 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NOTIFICATION 7.3.1 PLANT COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT On-site communications are provided by:
- Site PBX.
- EOF "normal use telephones" are provided by a Nortel "Remote Shelf' which is connected to the CNS PBX via NPPD owned fiber cable backed up by leased circuits.
- CNS On-Site Cell Phone System.
- Station lntercom/Gaitronics.
- Alternate Intercom System.
- FM Radio Systems with remote control consoles located in the Control Room and the Central Alarm Station, Secondary Alarm Station, TSC, OSC, and EOF (further described in Sections 7.3.4.1 and 7.3.4.2).
- Sound power.
7.3.2 TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS Telephone communications to off-site organizations are provided by the following:
- Trunks in buried cable connecting PBX to the central office at Brownville, Nebraska.
- Federal Telecommunications System (FTS) Telephone System including Emergency Notification System (ENS) and Health Physics Network (HPN) circuits. The ENS circuit of this system is manned 24-hours a day at the Control Room and NRG Headquarters.
- Trunks connecting the PBX to the N.P.P.D. microwave telephone network.
- Several local numbers connecting telephones located in several places throughout the plant to the local service provider's Central Office in Brownville, Nebraska.
- The State Notification Telephone System's dedicated lines will ring the Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County 911 Center, Nemaha County Sheriffs Department, and the Richardson County Sheriffs Office. The use of law enforcement agencies and emergency services dispatch centers as the initial points of contact provides 24-hour coverage.
The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines in the following facilities:
Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency EOG, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOG, Atchison County EOG, Nemaha County EOC and the Richardson County EOG. dnce the EOCs are operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with the concurrence between the respective EOG and the law enforcement and emergency services dispatch agencies.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 72OF192 I
Should the PBX lose AC power, the system will automatically switch to back-up battery power. These batteries will power the PBX for approximately 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.
All stations will continue to function in their normal fashion. If the PBX System should fail, there are several trunks that will be directly connected to pre-selected extensions.
EOF telephone function is very similar to the phones on-site at CNS through the Nortel "Remote Shelf' which is connected to the CNS PBX via NPPD owned fiber cable backed up by leased circuits. If the connectivity were interrupted between the "PBX Remote Shelf' located at the EOF and the CNS PBX, the "Remote Shelf' would go into a survivable mode in which select telephones would have direct access to the local telephone service provider's central te!ephone office lines. National Warning System (NAWAS) is installed, monitored, and operated from the Control Room. NAWAS, which is manned 24-hours a day, is a Nationwide Telephone System primarily for attack warnings.
7.3.3 SATELLITE TELEPHONES Should all installed means of off-site communications fail, CNS has remote satellite telephone extensions located in the Control Room, TSC, EOF, and JIC.
Handhefd satellite phones are also available for Fire Brigade and Field Monitoring T earns.
7.3.4 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS For use both on-site and off-site are provided by:
7.3.4.1 TWO-WAY FM RADIO SYSTEM (BASE 1 AND BASE 2)
- A system used primarily by in-plant Operations/Emergency Response personnel.
- It is possible to operate this system either base-to-portable or portable-to-portable. The range of the Base 1 System at maximum would be approximately 20 miles.
7.3.4.2 TWO-WAY FM RADIO SYSTEM (LOW BAND)
- This Low Band System is primarily used by off-site field monitoring personnel.
- At CNS ERFs three remote control heads are accessible, one each in the Control Room, OSC, and the EOF. Low band radio consoles are also located in CAS, SAS, and the 345 kV Substation.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 73OF192 I
7.3.4.3 COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT
- The CNS Two-Way Radio System can be used for communicating between the Control Room, Security Alarm Stations, OSC, and the EOF to the Nemaha County Sheriffs Department located in Auburn, Nebraska, on the Sheriffs Department frequency or State-wide radio frequencies.
7.3.4.4 CNS SECURITY DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATIONS
- The CNS Security Department uses its own Two-Way Radio Systems operating in the 460 and 800 Mhz.
7.4 NOTIFICATION BY EMERGENCY CLASS Notification schemes detailed by specific emergency classification including notification of the general public are contained in EPIP 5.7.2, 5.7.6, 5.7.27, and 5.7.23.
The four classes of emergency defined in Section 4 require varying degree and scope of emergency response. The emergency organization for a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT classification consists of the normal shift personnel. Normally, no further site emergency staff augmentation is required, although several members of Station Management, including Senior Management personnel are notified.
Notification of responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies, and well as the NRC, will also be performed.
In an ALERT classification, the TSC, EOF, and OSC will be activated. Notification of state, local, and NRC authorities, as well as Station Management and Staff will be initiated.
SITE AREA EMERGENCY and GENERAL EMERGENCY classifications require complete activation of all Emergency Response Facilities, including State and Local Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs). The complete emergency response notification scheme, depicted in Figure 7.4-1, shall be initiated.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 74OF192
- - - - - - - - -
7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CAPABILITIES This section outlines the equipment available at CNS for the evaluation and assessment of emergency conditions. Some of this equipment is used in the initial evaluation and classification of the emergency as described in Section 4. Other equipment and capabilities described in this section are used in the assessment, mitigation, and subsequent analysis and monitoring of areas, equipment, and the environment. In some cases equipment may serve for both initial and continual assessment.
7.5.1 SEISMIC MONITOR A seismic event monitor and recorder is located in the Control Room. This instrument, in conjunction with assessment of equipment damage within the station, will be a primary factor in determining the emergency condition and classification as a result of a seismic occurrence. Detailed seismic information can be obtained from the Conservation and Survey Division of the University of Nebraska. Additional seismic information can be obtained from the U.S.
Geological Survey office of Earthquake Studies in Golden, Colorado.
7.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING One meteorological monitoring site is located at a grade elevation of 889 feet above mean sea level. A 100-meter tower located approximately 2,655 feet from the northwest corner of the Reactor Building is used to gather the meteorological data. The 100-meter tower has two independent Meteorological Monitoring Systems (A and 8) and gathers data at three levels, 100 meters, 60 meters, and 1O meters. The redundant signal cables from the tower to the plant are located in either protected duct banks or directly buried in separated routings so that only one path can be interrupted at a time due to construction or other activities. Digital data is available through PMIS. The Meteorological Monitoring System is powered locally from the 12.5 kV ring bus and from MCC "L" in the event of a loss of off-site power condition. The system monitors and continuously records the following:
- Wind speed and wind direction are measured continuously at all tower levels. Wind system components include sonic anemometers and heaters.
The range for wind direction is 0-360° +/- 3°. The range for wind speed is 0-112 mph +/- 0.336 mph accuracy up to 11 mph with accuracy increase to
+/- 2% above 11 mph.
- The A and B Systems on the tower calculate 15-minute averages of Sigma Theta. Sigma Theta is calculated and updated every minute for the 15-minute time constant. The sigma theta values are then accessed by the Data Acquisition System.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 75OF192 I
- Air temperatures are monitored at all six locations on the tower. Each temperature system on the tower is comprised of a platinum RTD temperature probe and motorized aspirated radiation shield to monitor the temperature at the various levels. The estimation of atmospheric stability for the A and B Systems is then calculated based on the vertical temperature difference between the 1OD-meter, 60-meter, and 10-meter tower elevations. The range and accuracy are -58 to +122°F +/- 0.18°F not to exceed 0.18°F between tower vertical calibration points.
- Dewpoint is calculated using output from an aspirated humidity sensor and ambient temperature measurement at the ten-meter level on the tower.
- Precipitation is measured using an electrically heated rain and snow gauge located near the base of the tower. This gauge uses the tipping bucket method to measure all forms of precipitation. The instrument has an accuracy of+/- 1% from 1 to 3 inches/hour and 3% overall from 0 to 6 inches/hour.
Backup meteorological data may be obtained from the National Weather Service Office located in Valley, Nebraska, which offers projected windspeed, wind direction, and temperature up to the 10,000-foot level. Information can be obtained by telephone or NAWAS.
7.5.3 MISSOURI RIVER MONITORING CNS. is located on the Missouri River, river mile 532.5. This river is the only water source in the area that has the potential for causing major flood damage.
Operations personnel record the river level once per shift. Backup information concerning river level and flow is available from the U.S. Geological Survey Station in Nebraska City, Nebraska, via the U.S. Geological Survey in Council Bluffs, Iowa.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 76OF192 I
7.5.4 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORS CNS maintains a Radiological Protection Program and related radiological equipment in accordance with NRC Regulations, guidelines, and recommended practices. This program, including personnel, procedures, and equipment is periodically inspected by the NRC. The program provides manpower and equipment to evaluate, assess, and perform follow-up action for radiological emergencies. In addition to the equipment used in normal radiological controls, a special inventory of emergency equipment is maintained both on-site and off-site for emergency radiological response. State Radiological Health Departments, nearby nuclear plants, Federal Radiological Assistance Plan Teams, and private organizations such as the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations and General Electric may be requested to provide manpower and radiological monitoring equipment during an emergency situation. Equipment vendors may also be contacted to provide equipment needed in an emergency situation.
The instrumentation listed below at the described locations is used to evaluate radiological conditions and assess the radiological risks. Tables 4.1-1 through 4.1-4 may require the use of indications from these sources in classifying emergencies.
7.5.4.1 EFFLUENT RELEASE POINT MONITORS
. Each effluent release point is continuously monitored for particulates, radioiodines, and noble gases. The fixed filters and radioiodine absorbing charcoal cartridges may be changed and taken to the radiochemistry laboratory for analysis and release level determination.
Noble gas samples may also be taken and analyzed, or release rate versus monitor readings may be used to determine release rates for each effluent point. The CNS effluent monitors are capable of monitoring releases during normal and accident conditions.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 77OF192 I
7.5.5 MAIN STEAM LINE MONITORS The four main steam lines are continuously monitored for radiation level. This instrument system consists of four channels, which contain the following:
- An ionization chamber, used to measure the steam radiation level as it leaves primary containment.
- A logarithmic monitor with local readout located in the Control Room.
- An annunciator for low/inop, high, and high/high radiation readout located in the Control Room.
- A recorder is located in the Control Room and is provided to continuously monitor four channels. If radiation levels increase above the alarm setpoint, visual and audible alarms are actuated in the Control Room.
7.5.5.1 STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR MONITORS Off-gas radiation levels are continuously monitored by the Steam Jet Air Ejector Monitors. Each monitor system consists of an ionization detector with readouts and recorder in the Control Room. Calibration curves relate count rate and flow versus release rate at the Steam Jet Air Ejectors. This flow path is independently monitored at the Elevated Release Point by monitors described in Section 7.5.4.1.
Measurement is made upstream of the 30-minute holdup line. If the alarm setpoint is exceeded and the alarm does not clear within 15 minutes, the off-gas holdup line isolates and the reactor will be shutdown.
7.5.5.2 AREA RADIATION MONITORS Areas within CNS are monitored with permanently mounted Area Radiation Monitors. Many of these monitors have local level indications and local audible and visual alarms, including level indications and audible and visual alarm annunciation in the Control Room. Area Radiation Monitors are in locations that may be occupied by station personnel or where higher than normal radiation levels may indicate system malfunction. The alarm setpoints are based on the normal operational radiation background surrounding each individual monitor.
Any abnormal increase in radiation levels will produce an annunciator alarm in the Control Room. A continuous record of this monitor system is provided on a Control Room multipoint recorder. Area Radiation Monitors located inside the primary containment will alert personnel to abnormal radiation increases.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 78 OF 192
7.5.5.3 LIQUID RADIOACTIVITY MONITORS Changes in the levels of radioactive material within a liquid system with its subsequent radiation level change is normally monitored by the Area Radiation Monitor System. The Reactor Equipment Cooling System, the Radioactive Liquid Effluent Line, and the Service Water Cooling System each have detectors, which continuously monitor radioactivity level. A readout, visual and audible alarms, and recorder are provided in the Control Room.
7.5.5.4 CONSTANT AIR MONITORS In addition to the Gaseous Effluent Release Points described in Section 7.5.4.1. Constant Air Monitor units analyze surrounding building air. These units filter the air onto fixed particulate filters or iodine filters and monitors them for radioactivity level. Two of these monifors are normally stationed on the refueling floor, one monitoring for particulate radioactivity and the other monitoring for Iodine activity. These Constant Air Monitors are mobile and may be stationed at strategic locations within the station. Each has a local activity readout and visual alarm functions.
7.5.5.5 PORTABLE AIR SAMPLING EQUIPMENT In addition to the constant air monitors described above, portable air sampling equipment is also available. Three basic types of portable air samplers are provided at the station. Particulate and iodine samplers, both high volume and low volume, may be used. These types of air samplers circulate air through a particulate filter and then through a radioiodine absorbing charcoal cartridge. The filters and charcoal cartridges are then analyzed for airborne radioactivity. Radioanalysis of these air samples are normally performed in the CNS Radiological Protection Counting Room or the Radiochemistry Laboratory.
Both silver zeolite charcoal and conventional charcoal cartridges are available for use with portable air samplers. The use of conventional cartridges requires the extra step of purging noble gases prior to analysis for radioiodines. Facilities to purge these gases are available in the Radiochemistry Lab. Air samplers are aiso available in the emergency lockers described in EPIP 5. 7.21. The Nebraska and Missouri State Radiological Health Departments also have air-sampling equipment available for off-site surveys. In addition, nearby nuclear plants, as well as the Department of Energy (DOE) via the NRC, may be requested to provide air-sampling backup.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 79OF192 I
7.5.5.6 PROCESS MONITORS System readouts, scaled to provide normal and abnormal primary system parameter indications, are displayed in the Control Room. Such parameters include, but are not limited to, pressure, temperature, level indication, and flow rates. Each parameter will normally have alarm setpoints with audible and visual alarm capabilities when setpoints are exceeded. Particular instruments also have recorder capabilities, which serve as a record of system performance. Process monitors, their alarms, annunciators, and recorders, give indication of system performance. Process monitors serve as indicators to alert station personnel of emergency situations. Monitor indications, in conjunction with the Emergency Action Levels discussed in EPIP 5.7.1, are used to initiate emergency measures and aid in the evaluation and assessment of such emergency situations.
7.5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION SURVEILLANCE The CNS Environmental Radiation Surveillance Program was initiated in 1970.
The initial phase determined background levels of radioactivity in the environment around CNS. The Environmental Radiological Program has continued throughout plant startup, pre-operational testing phases, and operation of the station.
This program basically consists of the aspects described below:
- Radiation monitoring within a ten-mile radius, which is accomplished by the use of Dosimeters of Legal Record (DLRs). In addition, the NRC and State Health Departments have placed thermoluminescent dosimeters in areas surrounding the station.
- Continuous air sampling is performed within a ten-mile radius of the station.
Air sampling stations collect airborne particulates on stationary filters, then pass this filtered air through charcoal cartridges to collect gaseous rad ioiod ines.
- Samples which are periodically taken for environmental radiological assessments include:
- Missouri River water samples.
- Ground water samples.
- Vegetation samples.
- Milk samples.
- Fish samples from Missouri River.
- Sediment from Missouri River shoreline.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 80OF192 I
The environmental program analyzes a wide variety of samples from the environment for radiological concerns. In case of an emergency affecting off-site radiological parameters, any phase of this program may be used to assess the situation. In addition, portable air sampling equipment for particulates and radioiodines is available for gaseous release emergencies; dose rate instruments and analytical capabilities are available for environmental assessment. The State(s) Department of Health, other nuclear plants, and the DOE via the NRG are also available to aid in environmental assessments.
7.5.7 RADIOANALYSIS LABORATORIES The radiochemistry laboratory and Radiological Protection Counting Room, located in separate buildings from the reactor, are used to analyze on-site and off-site emergency monitoring samples. These facilities are equipped with analytical instruments capable of measuring radionuclides and their associated emergency concentrations in environmental samples. Gross radiation level instrumentation is also available in the EOF. The State(s) Health Department and Omaha Public Power District's Fort Calhoun Nuclear Station may also be requested to assist in the analysis of environmental monitoring samples.
7.6 FIRE PROTECTION Although the Fire Protection System is not detailed in the CNS Emergency Plan, the type, location, and severity of a fire may prompt this Emergency Plan to be implemented. CNS maintains a Fire Protection System in accordance with NRG regulations, which is periodically inspected by the NRG to verify* fire protection capabilities. CNS has its own fire pumps with backup capabilities and distribution systems, including numerous hose and hydrant stations, automatic sprinkler system, and fire barriers. Materials used meet fire code requirements. An on-site emergency fire house containing portable fire fighting equipment is maintained and periodically.inventoried. Smoke detectors, heat detectors, visual means, and Control Room annunciation of the fire system serve as indicators of fire location and severity.
7.7 EMERGENCY LOCKERS Emergency lockers containing respiratory protection equipment, air sampling equipment, survey equipment, and other emergency type equipment are located in the Control Room and the CNS Emergency Response Faciiities. An emergency rescue locker is located in Administration Building, level 903' near the entrance to the RCA. EPIP 5.7.21 lists the locations and minimum inventory requirements for the emergency lockers, the station ambulance, and the Field Monitoring Team vehicles.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 81OF192
Respiratory protection equipment, protective clothing, survey equipment, sampling equipment, and other equipment for re-entry, rescue, or emergency operations will be provided from these emergency lockers if normal station supplies are not available. Radioprotective tablets (Potassium Iodide) are stocked in emergency lockers and are available on a voluntary basis to emergency response personnel as conditions dictate. These tablets will be distributed only with the permission of the Emergency Director.
These lockers will remain unloc.ked with a seal across the door, which will break when the doors are opened.
The contents of the lockers will be inventoried at least each calendar quarter and also after each use using EPI P 5. 7 .21. Any missing or expended items shall be replaced. A new seal will then be attached to the doors. Any time a locker seal is found broken, the contents of the locker will be promptly verified by inventory of the contents.
The procedures and associated attachments available in the emergency lockers will be updated as required.
7.8 HABITABILITY EQUIPMENT Control Room shielding and ventilation are designed to allow personnel habitability during Design Basis Accident Conditions. The TSC/OSC has shielding and ventilation similar to the Control Room for habitability during the course of an emergency. The TSC/OSC Ventilation System is riot seismic qualified, redundant, instrumented in the Control Room, or automatically activated. In the unlikely event the OSC is not habitable, an Alternate OSC location is provided which has ventilation similar to the TSC/OSC. The EOF meets the habitability requirements of NUREG-0696 (Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities). Portable radiation monitoring instrumentation, communications equipment, respiratory equipment, and protective clothing are available in or near the Control Room, TSC, OSC, and AOSC. Portable radiation monitoring instrumentation, communications equipment, and protective clothing are available in or near the EOF.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 82OF192 I
7.9 MEDICAL FACILITIES AND FIRST AID 7.9.1 MEDICAL FACILITIES Arrangements have been made with the hospitals listed below for care of injured personnel, including cases involving radiological contamination and radiation over-exposure. Selection of the hospital and medical assistance will normally be based on obtaining the most rapid accessJo the necessary medical services, the capability of the specific hospital to provide the required services, and the preference of the injured personnel, if the type and severity of the injury permit.
- Nemaha County Hospital, 2022 13th Street, Auburn, Nebraska.
- University Nebraska Medical Center, Hixson-Lied Center for Clinical Excellence, East Side, 44th and Dewey, Omaha, Nebraska.
7.9.2 FIRST AID First aid kits are available at strategic locations throughout the station. These kits are fully equipped with supplies and materials appropriate for use in radiological emergencies.
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 83OF192 I
Figure 7.2-1 TSC Floor Plan f'*.
L~-:._.1 D
I
'
I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 84OF192 I
Figure 7.2-2 OSC Floor Plan rn I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 85OF192 I
Figure 7.2-3 EOF Floor Plan T
£'M£:RG.f:NCY GCN(RAiOR ROO~
'27 NRC CONFERENCE ROOM T£LECOIJ ROOM ROOM HT
"'
VICCO
,,.
CONF"EACl'IC~
ROOM
£OF
.,.
ROOM DOSE" ASSESSME'NT
,,,
ROOM ROOM
'"
LCtlEIY Scale: 1 /8'" = 1' CAOD f'ILE C005.35.39 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 86 OF 192
Figure 7.2-4 JIG Floor Plan (lltRC(NC'I' GtNtRATOR ROOM 1'.?7 VIDCO CONro<tNC<
"°""
116 ROOW
'"
ROOW
"' r __-1.._ _
ROOM
""'
AUCllTORIW
.
"'°"
,
ROO>! '"""'
Scale: 1/8"' ""
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 87OF192
Figure 7.4-1 Notification Chart for Emergency Classification Shift Manager or Emergency Director I
Shift Communicator ebraska State Patro Missouri State Patrol L Nebraska Emergency Management Agency L
- Missouri State Emergency Management Agency Nemaha County Atcfiison County 911 Sheriff Center L Nemaha County Emergency Management L Atchison County Emergency Management Richardson County NRC Resident Sheriff Inspector L Richardson County Emergency
- Management Public Affairs Duty ERO (By Procedure)
Officer
~*7--NR0-ENS-- -*
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 88OF192
Table 7.1-1 ERF Communications Systems COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM osc EOF TSC CR JIC AOSC
- 1. Telephone PBX x x x x x x
- 2. Station Intercom System "Gaitronics" x x x x
- 3. Sound Power System x x
- 4. Alternate Intercom System x x x x x x
- 5. FTS 2001 SYSTEM
- ENS Telephones to NRC x x x
- HPN Telephones to NRC x x
- RSCL Telephones to NRC x x x
- MCL Telephones to NRC x
- PMCL Telephones to NRC x x
- 6. NPPD Microwave Network x x x x x x
- 7. Telephone extensions to Local Exchange x x x x
- 8. NAWAS x
- 9. CNS State Notification Telephone System x x x
- 10. Radio Base Station Console (Base 1/Base 2) x x x x
- 11. Nemaha County Sheriff's Dept.
Radio x x x
- 12. NPPD State-Wide Radio System (Low Band) x x x
- 13. CNS On-Site Cell Phone System x x x x
- 14. Satellite Telephones x x x x I EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 89OF192 I
- 8. MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS Maintenance of the CNS Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Program consists of: (1) training for NPPD emergency response personnel, (2) drills and exercises, (3) regular emergency plan review and evaluation, and {4) periodic inventory, maintenance, and testing of emergency facilities and equipment.
8.1 TRAINING Emergency Preparedness training ensures that Emergency Response Organization
{ERO) members will be familiar with applicable portions of the following Emergency Preparedness documents:
- NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
- NPPD Emergency Preparedness Implementing Procedures {EPIPs) for CNS.
8.1.1 TRAINING FOR CNS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO)
ERO members may be stationed at CNS, Columbus General Office, or other NPPD offices. These employees may become members of the ERO by virtue of their normal job position, or may be selected to fill a position in the ERO based on their availability and/or personal qualifications.
Emergency Response Organization members will receive initial training which will be followed by requalification training. This training includes both knowledge-based and performance-based elements. Requalification training on knowledge based elements generally will be offered on a 12-month cycle not to exceed 15 months. Requalification training on performance-based elements will be offered on a calendar year basis. Exceptions to the requalification training periods are as noted in ERO Training Qualification Descriptions.
Details are as noted in the ERO Training Qualification Descriptions. No employee will become an active member of the ERO until training has been completed and the individual has been qualified.
Training will be conducted in accordance with the ERO Training Program Procedure. Initial training will consist of formal sessions utilizing materials indicated by the ERO Training Program Procedure. This training will be followed by an evaluation of the student's comprehension of the subject material. Requalification training may consist of formal training, drills, exercises, or other alternate methods of completion as described by the ERO Training Program Procedure. Training records and documentation will be maintained by the Nuclear Training Department. The Emergency Preparedness Department is responsible for assuring that all appropriate emergency response personnel are adequately trained.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 90OF192 I
Training will be developed and utilized for areas, as required, per 10CF.R50 Appendix E.IV.F, Training:
- Directors and/or coordinators of the plant emergency organization.
- Personnel responsible for accident assessment, including Control Room shift personnel.
- Radiological Monitoring Teams.
- Fire Control Teams (fire brigades).
- Repair and Damage Control T earns.
- First Aid and Rescue Teams.
- Medical support personnel.
- licensee's headquarters support personnel.
- Security personnel.
Emergency Preparedness training material is identified in the ERO Training Program Procedure. A listing of training requirements and a synopsis of the course content is contained in this document. Fire Brigade, Security, and First Aid training"have been established to fulfill requirements of other programs.
Lesson plans addressing these areas have been developed and are taught under their respective training programs. Training materials will be revised to correspond with changes made to the Emergency Plan, Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, or other supporting documents. Changes may be identified through drill and exercise performance.
8.1.2 TRAINING FOR EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL Training for the Emergency Preparedness Manager and staff will be provided through participation in industry sponsored emergency planning symposia and workshops, as well as observation of drills and exercises of other utilities. This training will also be conducted on a 12-month cycle not to exceed 15 months.
Documentation for such participation will be recorded and maintained by the CNS Training Department.
8.1.3 TRAINING FOR PARTICIPATING AGENCIES Training for participating agencies is programmed by the individual agencies with aid from the State Governments in Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, and Iowa.
NPPD personnel are available to describe the special conditions and constraints involved in dealing with the station emergencies and any radiological release situations.
NPPD offers training annually for employees of the Nemaha County Hospital, Members of the Volunteer Fire Departments of Brownville, Nemaha, Peru, and Auburn, Local Ambulance Services, Local Emergency Management Personnel, and Local Law Enforcement Agencies.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 91OF192 I*
This training includes notification procedures, basic radiation protection theory, and the identity, by position and title, of the individual in the on-site emergency organization who will control CNS emergency response activities.
8.1.4 PUBLIC EDUCATION NPPD prepares educational material for annual distribution to the public within the 10-mile plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The material is mailed to residents and is available for review at NPPD headquarters, CNS, the Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency, the Nebraska Department of Health - Division of Regulation and Licensure, and the Missouri State Emergency Management Agency. The material outlines the station's operational concept, defines the various classifications of emergencies, summarizes the emergency plan and procedures developed to safeguard the general public, reviews appropriate protective actions (i.e., in-house shelter, evacuation, etc.), and describes public warning signals and their meaning.
Facts about radiation and contacts for additional information are included. The material is reviewed annually by NPPD and State and Local Emergency Management Agencies and updated as required.
To provide for the notification and education of the transient population within the 10-mile EPZ, NPPD has provided numerous copies of the information to the following:
- Missouri Tourist Information Center.
- Rock Port Rivers Edge Campground.
- All motels within the 10-mile EPZ.
- Indian Cave State Park.
- Brownville Historical Society.
In the event of an emergency at CNS, the owner, operator, etc., of each of these establishments has been instructed to distribute the material to any individuals occupying their facilities.
For special use areas within the EPZ, NPPD has made arrangements for the establishment of other means of notification of the transient population.
Informational bulletin boards and/or signs have been established at Brownville recreation area, Brick Yard Hill Wildlife Area, Steamboat Trace Trail and river access boat ramps. At Indian Cave State Park an informational brochure includes information on what actions should be taken in the event of an accident at CNS.
8.1.5 MEDIA FAMILIARIZATION Annual programs are conducted to acquaint media personnel with the CNS Emergency Plan, information concerning basic nuclear plant operation and radiation, and the locations and means employed to disseminate emergency information to the public. This activity may be performed in cooperation with the NPPD Corporate Communications Department.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 92OF192 I
8.2 DRILLS AND EXERCISES Regular participation by station personnel in drills and exercises is designed to maintain emergency preparedness and test specific aspects of emergency plans, procedures, and equipment. Evaluation of these drills and exercises is conducted and revisions to the Emergency Preparedness Program are implemented to improve performance.
8.2.1 EXERCISES An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within the Emergency Plan.
Emergency exercises (required biennially) are conducted annually and simulate events that may result in off-site radiological releases to the extent requiring response by off-site authorities. In accordance with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) rules, these exercises are conducted jointly with participating federal, state, and local government agencies to assure effective response to major emergency situations. These combined exercises are coordinated by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department with State and Local Emergency Planning Personnel.
During any eight year cycle, two exercises will commence off-shift - between 6:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m. Exercises will be conducted during different seasons of the year. At least one exercise shall be unannounced.
Objectives for joint exercises are developed by NPPD with the states of Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, and Iowa as appropriate. Scenarios are developed to ensure that essential portions of plans and organizations are tested within an eight-year cycle and to ensure that the scenarios include at least the following:
- Statement of basic objectives and evaluation criteria.
- Date, time, place, and participating organizations.
- Simulated events.
- Time schedule of initiating events.
- Narrative summary describing exercise particulars which may include such things as simulated casualties, off-site medical assistance, rescue of personnel, deployment of Radiological Monitoring Teams, and public information activities.
- Provision for proper utilization of observers.
Initial critiques will be held at each facility immediately following termination of the exercise. A synopsis of the exercise critique process is as follows:
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 93OF192 I
Players critique their own performance, noting areas requiring improvement.
Evaluators then present their initial findings to the players. Players have the opportunity to provide evidence to the Evaluators of actions taken for which they did not receive credit. Evaluators then prepare their critique findings. This includes categorizing each finding using the following definitions.
Deficiency Demonstrated or observed inadequacies, whether a single isolated case or a collection of observations, that indicate the state of emergency preparedness is not adequate to protect the health and safety of the public.
Weakness Demonstrated or observed inadequacies, that require corrective action, but when considered by themselves do not adversely impact the health and safety of the public.
Improvement Items Demonstrated or observed problem areas that are not considered to adversely affect the health and safety of the public, but correction would enhance the level of preparedness.
Evaluators should help identify the root cause and, if possible, provide a solution for deficiencies. Evaluators should also help provide insights and/or solutions for weaknesses.
The Emergency Preparedness Department conducts a meeting of the Lead Evaluators where categorized critique items are formatted for presentation to CNS Sr. Management. Exercise findings are then presented to the NRC. The Emergency Preparedness Manager will ensure that Exercise findings are tracked and resolved as appropriate.
At the conclusion of joint exercises, FEMA, NRC, and State Observers will also conduct critiques. Formal evaluations of these exercises published by federal or state authorities will be reviewed by NPPD Management. Areas found to be deficient or weak will be identified and corrective actions implemented.
The Safety Review and Audit Board, as well as the NPPD Quality Assurance Department, will perform periodic audits of the Emergency Preparedness Program and may serve as observers during exercises.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE940F192 j
8.2.2 DRILLS A drill is a supervised instruction period aimed at testing, developing, and maintaining skills in a particular operation.
Emergency drills are conducted on a scheduled basis with emphasis placed upon the orderly implementation of activities prescribed within the Emergency Plan and EPIPs. Guidelines for administering drills are in place to ensure a quality drill program.
Drill performance is critiqued by personnel acting as drill Evaluators who may offer on-the-spot corrections to deficient performance. Each Evaluator is assigned to evaluate drill performance in a specific area of emergency response. A written evaluation of drill performance is provided to CNS Management by the Emergency Preparedness Manager.
Based on the results of these critiques, including participants' comments, follow-up action is then recommended by the Emergency Preparedness Manager, with action items assigned by the appropriate level of management.
Drills for the station staff are conducted periodically to: (1) test response timing and familiarity with implementing procedures and methods, (2) test emergency equipment, (3) ensure that emergency response organization personnel are familiar with their duties. Certain drills (i.e., fire, communications and notification, and medical emergency) are coordinated with off-site participating agencies. The Emergency Preparedness Manager has the overall responsibility for preparing, scheduling, and conducting emergency drills.
A brief description of the type of drills conducted at CNS follows:
8.2.2.1 FIRE DRILLS Fire drills are conducted in accordance with plant Technical Specifications.
8.2.2.2 MEDICAL EMERGENCY DRILLS A medical emergency drill or exercise involving the treatment of a simulated contaminated person is conducted once per calendar year with provision for participation by local support service agencies.
8.2.2.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING DRILLS These drills are conducted annually for on-site and off-site personnel assigned to radiation survey and Field Monitoring Teams. They shall include operation of instruments, tests of field communications equipment, interpretation of radiation readings, calculation of dose rates, collection of sample media (soil, water, vegetation, and air) and record keeping.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 95OF192 I
8.2.2.4 RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION DRILLS Radiological Protection drills are conducted semi-annually, generally in connection with joint exercises or radiological monitoring drills. They involve analyses of simulated elevated radiation levels, both liquid and airborne, as well as direct radiation measurements in the environment.
Analyses of in-plant liquid samples including the use of the Post-Accident Sampling System will be conducted on an annual basis.
8.2.2.5 COMMUNICATIONS DRILLS Communications systems are periodically tested during normal use, CNS security checks, and scheduled tests, as well as during emergency drills and exercises. The CNS telephone System, Microwave Communications System, Site Radio System, and Plant Intercom System are used daily during normal plant operation. The NRC ENS is tested daily by phone check from NRC Headquarters and monthly from CNS to NRC Headquarters from the Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). The NRC Health Physics Network (HPN} direct telephone is tested monthly from the TSC and EOF. The State Notification Telephone System is tested monthly.
8.3 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT To ensure the maintenance and implementation of the Emergency Preparedness Program, several Emergency Preparedn~ss positions at CNS have been established.
A CNS Emergency Preparedness Manager reports directly to the Director of Nuclear Safety Assurance. Emergency Preparedness Coordinator (EPC) positions have been established with each assigned a primary area of responsibility. Each EPC reports directly to the Emergency Preparedness Manager. An Emergency Preparedness Specialist (EPS) position has also been established to assist in the conduct of Emergency Preparedness Department Activities. The EPS reports directly to the Emergency Preparedness Manager.
A Nuclear Instructor - Emergency Preparedness (Nl-EP) position has been established with responsibilities to implement requirements of the Emergency Preparedness Training Program. The Nl-EP reports to CNS Nuclear Training Department Management. The Nl-EP is qualified to implement requirements of the EP Training Program as directed by the EP Manager.
All of the above positions have been established to:
- Maintain continued coordination with State and Local Emergency Planners on the status of Emergency Preparedness including budgetary issues.
- Annual review and development of revisions to the CNS Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures.
- Coordinate drills and other aspects of the NPPD Emergency Preparedness Training Programs.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 96OF192 I
- Coordinate the development and implementation of the annual exercise.
- Ensure that adequate District resources are available to support the NPPD Emergency Preparedness program.
- Assist the EP Manager with the following:
- All emergency preparedness activities at the CNS site.
- Emergency preparedness and public relations with the local communities; includes medical facilities.
- Alert and Notification System including fixed siren maintenance and testing and Emergency Alert System radio distribution and maintenance.
- Emergency Response Facility readiness.
- Implement requirements of the EP Training Program including development and revision of CNS EP Training Lesson Plans, and maintenance of EP training records.
- Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs.
- NRC and FEMA interface.
- Audits; includes Quality.Assurance audits per 10CFR50.54(t) and NRC Inspection Report response submittal.
- Meteorological and dose assessment.
- Annual exercise; includes scenario preparation.
- Emergency Preparedness Drills.
- Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs.
- NRC and FEMA interface functions relating to the above areas.
8.4 CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT The CNS Emergency Preparedness Program relies on support from the NPPD Corporate Communications Department. Personnel within this department are responsible for:
- Interface with the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department.
- Interface with other agency Public information Officers.
- Emergency planning public information material to include mailing list control revision, reprint, and mailout of the material..
- Media interfaces which may include conferences, quarterly newspaper and radio ads for the CNS Alert and Notification System testing program, media monitoring, and JIG activities.
- Training in the above areas.
- Responsibilities as defined in the Emergency Plan and EPIPs.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 97OF192
8.5 REVIEW AND UPDATE OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN The CNS Emergency Plan is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary. The annual review and update is documented by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Manager. Special attention is devoted to reviewing station-government agency interfaces, maintaining effective communication channels, and, on a quarterly basis, ensuring the accuracy of the contact and notification lists to verify telephone numbers and the responsible individuals to be contacted. Liaison with State and Local Agencies ensures uniform updating and plan improvement. All revisions to the Emergency Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Station Operations Review Committee prior to implementation.
Independent audits of the various aspects of the Emergency Preparedness Program are conducted at least biennially by NPPD Quality Assurance Personnel per 1OCFR50.54t and the results of such audits are reported to the Safety Review and Audit Board (SRAB). The independent audit includes, but is not limited to, the Emergency Plan, Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, training, readiness testing, equipment, and interfaces with State and Local Organizations. The results are considered by NPPD Management in modifying aspects of the plan. Audit documentation is maintained for at least five years. Revised or updated emergency plans and procedures are handled in accordance with document control procedures as delineated in the CNS Operations Manual. Distribution is controlled by the Emergency Preparedness Manager, via the Document Control Department.
8.6 MAINTENANCE AND INVENTORY OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Quarterly inspections of the operational readiness of items of emergency equipment and supplies are conducted. Deficiencies noted during inspections are corrected in a timely manner. The use of EPIP 5.7.21, Maintaining Emergency Preparedness - Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations, in conjunction with the CNS Preventative Maintenance Tracking System and Emergency Preparedness Departmental Guides ensure equipment is ready for use. Sufficient reserves of instruments and equipment are maintained to replace those undergoing calibration or repair. Calibration of equipment is conducted at intervals set forth in Technical Specifications. In addition, the planned use of communications, first aid, fire fighting and radiation measuring equipment during scheduled drills further ensures the availability and operability of emergency equipment.
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 98OF192 I
- 9. RECOVERY This section of the Emergency Plan describes the initiating conditions and transitional steps required to move from Emergency Response Organization operations into Recovery Operations. With the safety of the public and station personnel being of the utmost priority, recovery operations allow for a smooth transition from the Emergency Response Organization operations to normal day-to-day operations.
Recovery operations will include measures taken during and immediately following the emergency, as well as the longer term post-emergency efforts. These operations will be performed by station and other NPPD personnel, and if required, by contract technical and labor support. Manpower and equipment resources supporting the individual functional segments of the Recovery Organization will vary according to the severity of damage and specific situational needs.
The Emergency Director will evaluate the effectiveness of corrective actions and determine if the emergency is under control. The following station conditions will serve as general guidelines for decisions whether the emergency is under control:
- Radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time.
- Releases of radioactive materials to the environment have ceased or are controlled within permissible license limits.
- Fire, flooding, or similar emergency conditions no longer constitute a hazard to the station or station personnel.
- Measures have been successfully instituted to correct or compensate for malfunctioning equipment.
Based on the consideration of these criteria as well as other pertinent items, the Emergency Director shall determine when to activate the Recovery Panel.
9.1 RECOVERY PANEL If after evaluating the effectiveness of corrective actions, the Emergency Director determines that the emergency is under control, he will activate the Recovery Panel.
The panel may consist of the following personnel:
- Emergency Director.
- VP-Nuclear/CNO or his designee.
- Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Director.
- Technical Support Center (TSC) Director.
- Radiological Control Manager (EOF).
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 99OF192 I
Personnel acting on this panel can either be physically present or connected by telephone conference from their various Emergency Response Facilities. The purpose of the Recovery Panel is to evaluate emergency termination considerations, determine plant status parameters, and the planning and implementation of recovery operations. A time frame can then be established for securing emergency response and de-escalation of the emergency classification for recovery, if not already completed. Based upon this information, the VP-Nuclear/CNO or his designee may initiate the Recovery Organization.
9.2 RECOVERY ORGANIZATION
_ Once the decision has been made to activate the Recovery Organization, NPPD Emergency Response Facilities and their personnel shall be informed (via briefings, Public Address systems, telephones, etc.).
The JIC Director shall inform personnel at the JIC of the activation of the Recovery Organization. Depending upon the amount of media interest, the JIC may be deactivated at this time. Public Affairs duties and responsibilities would then be assumed by the Corporate Communications & Public Relations Manager and Staff.
Other personnel at the JIC return to their normal work stations and support the recovery effort through their normal position functions.
The Emergency Director or his alternate shall inform personnel in the EOF, TSC, OSC, and Control Room of the activation of the Recovery Organization.
- Depending upon current conditions, any of these facilities may be deactivated at this time. Once deactivated, personnel in these facilities would return to their normal work stations and support the recovery effort through their normal position functions. The Recovery Organization is the same as the normal Nuclear Power Group Organization described in Section 5, except the Corporate Communications & Public Relations Manager and the Corporate Environmental Manager are included in the organization.
9.3 RECOVERY EXPOSURE CONTROL The General Manager of Plant Operations is responsible for ensuring that the Radiation Protection Manager evaluates the advisability of initiating re-entry.
Information on existing conditions, interviews with employees involved in the emergency, regulatory dose guidelines, and when necessary, counsel from recognized experts will be utilized in formulating decisions on re-entry. The development and evaluation of these operations will be under the direction of the General Manager of Plant Operations. General Office support personnel will aid in the requisition of technical assistance, increased manpower, and special equipment.
During recovery and re-entry operations, actions will be pre-planned to minimize the amount of radiation dose to personnel. Access to areas will be controlled and radiation dose will be documented. Estimates of total population dose will be coordinated with state and federal authorities.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 100 OF 192 j
9.4 NUCLEAR SAFETY COMMITTEES Normal safety review organizations, Station Operations and Review Committee (SORG), and Safety Review and Audit Board (SRAB) will continue to function throughout all recovery activities.
9.4.1 STATION OPERATIONS REVIEW COMMITTEE (SORG)
An on-site nuclear safety committee is provided to review all matters pertaining to nuclear safety in the operation of the nuclear facility. This committee is advisory to the General Manager of Plant Operations and the chairman is designated in writing by the General Manager of Plant Operations. Committee membership, responsibilities, and authorities are detailed in Station Procedures.
9.4.2 SAFETY REVIEW AND AUDIT BOARD (SRAB)
An off-site nuclear Safety Committee is provided to perform independent review and audit of station activities. SRAB is advisory in nature. Committee membership, responsibilities, and authorities are detailed in the SRAB Charter.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 101OF192 I
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NO. TITLE 5.7.1 Emergency Classification 5.7.2 Emergency Director EPIP Incident Command Post (ICP) Hostile Action Based Event Roles and 5.7.3 Responsibilities 5.7.6 Notification 5.7.7 Activation of TSC 5.7.8 Activation of OSC 5.7.8.1 Activation of Alternate OSC 5.7.8.2 Activation of Alternate Off-Site OSC/TSC 5.7.9 Activation of EOF 5.7.10 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 5.7.11 Early Dismissal/Evacuation of Site Personnel 5.7.12 Emergency Radiation Exposure Control 5.7.13 Personnel Monitoring and Decontamination 5.7.14 Stable Iodine Thyroid Blocking {Kl) 5.7.15 OSC Team Dispatch 5.7.16 Release Rate Determination 5.7.17 Dose Assessment 5.7.17.1 Dose Assessment (Manual) 5.7.18 Off-site and Site Boundary Monitoring 5.7.19 On-site Radiological Monitoring 5.7.20 Protective Action Recommendations Maintaining Emergency Preparedness - Emergency Exercises, Drills, 5.7.21 Tests, and Evaluations 5.7.23 Activation of the JJC 5.7.24 Medical Emergency 5.7.25 Recovery Operations 5.7.26 Long-Term Environmental Monitoring 5.7.27 Alert and Notification System 5.7.27.1 NOAA/EAS Radio Malfunction 5.7.27.2 False Activation of Alert and Notification System 5.7.28 Administration of Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMs) 5.7COMMUN Communications 5.7ENS ENS Communicator IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 102OF192 l
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMF?LEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NO. TITLE O-EP-01 Emergency Response Organization Responsibilities Configuration Control of the Automated Notification System O-EP-02 (ANS)
O-EN-EP-306 Drills and Exercises O-EN-EP-308 Emergency Planning Critiques TPP 101 Emergency Response Organization TPP 102 Emergency Preparedness Staff Training and Qualification EPDG 2 Attachment H-1 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Scheduling EPDG 2 Attachment H-2 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Scenario Development EPDG 2 Attachment H-4 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Drill and Exercise Preparations EPDG 2 Attachment H-5 CNS Drill and Exercise Manual - Critique Process IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 103OF1921
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN Controlled copies of the CNS EPIPs are maintained in all Emergency Response Facilities.
Summaries of each EPIP and a cross-reference to the appropriate section of the CNS Emergency Plan is provided below.
5.7.1 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION This procedure provides a means of classifying an event into one of four emergency classifications as described in Section 4 of the Emergency Plan.
An EAL is a pre-determined, site specific, observable threshold for a plant Initiating Condition (IC) that places the plant in a given Emergency Classification Level (ECL). An EAL can be: an instrument reading; an equipment status indicator; a measurable parameter (on-site or off-site); a discrete, observable event; results of analyses; entry into specific Emergency Operating Procedures; or another phenomenon which, if it occurs, indicates entry into a particular emergency classification level. EALs are utilized to classify emergency conditions. To the extent possible, the EALs are symptom-based. That is, the action level threshold is defined by values of key plant operating parameters that identify emergency or potential emergency conditions. This approach is appropriate because it allows the full scope of variations in the types of events to be classified as emergencies.
However, a purely symptom-based approach is not sufficient to address all events for which emergency classification is appropriate. Particular events to which no pre-determined symptoms can be ascribed have also been utilized as EALs since they may be indicative of potentially more serious conditions not yet fully realized.
The CNS EAL methodology divides the EALs into 3 broad groups:
- EALs applicable under all plant operating modes - This group would be reviewed by the EAL-user any time emergency classification is considered.
- EALs applicable only under Modes 1, 2, or 3 - This group would only be reviewed by the EAL-user when the plant is in Hot Shutdown, Startup, or Power Operation mode.
- EALs applicable only under Modes 4, 5, or Defueled - This group would only be reviewed by the EAL-user when the plant is in Cold Shutdown, Refueling, or Defueled mode.
The purpose of the groups is to avoid review of EALs that cannot be applicable in the current operating mode of the plant. This approach significantly minimizes the total number of EALs that must be reviewed by the Emergency Director for a given plant condition and thereby speeds identification of the appropriate applicable EAL.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 104 OF 1921
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN Within each of the above three groups, assignment of EALs to categories/subcategories -
Category and subcategory titles are selected to represent conditions that are operationally significant to the EAL-user. Subcategories are used as necessary to further divide the EALs of a category into logical sets of possible emergency classification thresholds.
5.7.2 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EPIP This procedure provides a series of actions to be taken upon declaration of an Emergency Classification. Personnel shall be directed to use additional procedures to adequately respond to an emergency event. Certain actions may still need to be performed by the Shift Manager, as requested by the Emergency Director, after command and control of the emergency response has been transferred to the EOF.
- 5. 7 .3 INCIDENT COMMAND POST (ICP) HOSTILE ACTION BASED EVENT
. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES This procedure provides guidance on actions to be taken after a Hostile Action Based (HAB) Event has occurred or is occurring, including Incident Command Post (ICP) and Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) interface, communications with off-site agencies, and bringing off-site agencies into the Protected Area.
5.7.6 NOTIFICATION This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon declaration of an emergency condition. These include initial, follow-up, and event termination notifications to responsible State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC notifications prior to TSC activation.
Upon declaration of an emergency condition, all notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and/or the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. All telephone numbers needed for notification or follow-up information transmission are in the Emergency Telephone Directory located in the Control Room, Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and other designated areas.
5.7.7, ACTIVATION OF TSC 5.7.8 ACTIVATION OF OSC 5.7.8.1 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE OSC 5.7.8.2 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE OFF-SITE OSC/TSC 5.7.9 ACTIVATION OF EOF These procedures describe the sequence of events and the staffing requirements for the activation of the TSC (5.7.7), OSC (5.7.8), Alternate OSC (5.7.8.1), Alternate Off-Site OSC/TSC (5.7.8.2) and the EOF (5.7.9).
They provide further information on the functions of the CNS ERFs (see Section 7.2 of the Emergency Plan).
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 105OF192 I
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN 5.7.10 PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY This procedure describes the immediate and on-going emergency personnel assembly and accountability actions to be taken by all on-site personnel including ERO members, Security personnel, contractors, and visitors in the event of a station emergency. It also provides a means to ascertain the names of missing individuals within 30 minutes and account for all on-site individuals continuously thereafter.
Since each site employee, Security Officer, visitor, and contractor is assigned a designated assembly area and each area is assigned a Designated Assembly Area Supervisor (DAAS) personnel accountability, in accordance with the discussions in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, is assured.
5.7.11 EARLY DISMISSAL/EVACUATION OF SITE PERSONNEL As discussed in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, in the event of an emergency situation it may be desirable to minimize the number of non-ERO personnel on-site. If the emergency involves a radiological release or the potential for a release, then evacuation of non-ERO personnel is desirable, or may be required to minimize exposure to radioactive material.
This procedure provides an efficient means for evacuation of personnel from isolated areas or from the plant site in its entirety. Furthermore, it p'rovides a definition of the duties and responsibilities of designated supervisory personnel associated with site evacuation.
5.7.12 EMERGENCY RADIATION EXPOSURE CONTROL As indicated in Section 6.6 of the Emergency Plan, under certain emergency conditions it may become necessary for emergency workers to receive dose in excess of occupational limits established by 1OCFR20. Dose limits for workers performing emergency services are contained in this procedure.
As indicated in the Emergency Plan and Procedure, the Emergency Director h*as the authority to authorize dose in excess of occupational limits. This dose is only justifiable if it is determined that benefits are being achieved, the dose is commensurate with the significance of the objective, and every reasonable effort is being made to maintain emergency workers dose As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA).
The primary purpose of this procedure is to provide policy guidance, address required authorization, and set forth maximum criteria for emergency radiation dose control in the event emergency workers are required to exceed established annual dose limits.
5.7.13 PERSONNEL MONITORING AND DECONTAMINATION As discussed in Section 6.6 of the Emergency Plan, the objectives of IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 106OF192 I
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN personnel decontamination techniques are to promptly reduce radiation dose; to minimize the absorption of radionuclides, particularly radioiodine, into the body; and to prevent the spread of localized contamination.
This procedure provides instructions for decontamination of statior,i personnel during emergency conditions utilizing normal decontamination facilities or alternate areas if necessary.
5.7.14 STABLE IODINE THYROID BLOCKING (Kl)
The purpose of this procedure is to define under what emergency conditions Potassium Iodide (Kl) should be administered to station personnel and who has the authority to determine when and at what dosages Kl should be administered. The procedure also provides a discussion of the effectiveness of Kl, the recommended dosage, as well as any precautions and potential side effects.
As indicated in Section 7. 7 of the Emergency Plan, Kl tablets are stored in the CNS emergency lockers and are available on a voluntary basis to emergency*
response personnel as conditions dictate. These tablets will be dispensed only with the permission of the Emergency Director {also see Section 6.5.5 of the Emergency Plan).
5.7.15 OSC TEAM DISPATCH As defined in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, if station personnel are unaccounted for in the initial or subsequent emergency accountability, the Emergency Director will assign an emergency team to locate, and if necessary, rescue them.
This procedure provides guidance and requirements necessary to conduct efficient rescue and re-entry operations. It presents the organization and operation of Rescue and Re-Entry Teams and identifies the precautions which should be observed by the Rescue and Re-Entry Teams (including equipment carried during search and rescue operations).
5.7.16 RELEASE RATE DETERMINATION This procedure describes methodology for the manual determination of airborne radioactive release rates from the Elevated Release Point, Reactor Building vent, the Turbine Building vent, and the Augmented Radwaste Building vent utilizing effluent monitor readings.
Upon determination of re/ease rates, actual or projected plume exposure dose may be calculated in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.17, Dose Assessment or EPIP 5.7.17.1, Dose Assessment (Manual). This dose provides a basis for relating plume exposure dose to the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) in accordance with EPIP 5.7.20, Protective Action Recommendations (see Section 6.3 of the Emergency Plan).
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 107OF1921
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN
- 5. 7 .17 DOSE ASSESSMENT This procedure provides a means for personnel to quickly predict off-site dose rates and integrated dose based on meteorological data, release rates, and dispersion.
5.7.17.1 DOSE ASSESSMENT (MANUAL)
This procedure provides a means for personnel to perform a plume centerline or non-centerline dose assessment including dose projections from multiple source releases using hand calculation methods when the CNS-DOSE computer program is not available.
5.7.18 OFF-SITE AND SITE BOUNDARY MONITORING In the event of an accidental radiological release, data obtained from off-site survey will be used to assess the magnitude of the release and to determine which off-site areas have been affected by the release. As indicated in Section 4.2 of the Emergency Plan, CNS will deploy Field Monitoring Teams for initial off-site monitoring prior to the arrival of responding state teams. The CNS Teams will remain in the field and assist the State(s) Teams as required.
Data obtained through the off-site survey shall be utilized to determine actual release rates, deposition rates, and actual dose.* Dose assessments provide a basis for decision making concerning recommendation of appropriate protective actions in accordance with EPIP 5.7.20, Protective Action .
Recommendations. Off-site survey data will be used in conjunctionwith on-site release rate determination and dose assessment capabilities to accurately determine off-site consequences of an accident condition.
This procedure describes the emergency off-site and site boundary radiological monitoring and field surveys to be undertaken in the event of an airborne release of radioactive gases from CNS. Instructions for the implementation of the program, locating sampling points, collecting samples, and performing field surveys are provided.
5.7.19 ON-SITE RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING In the event of an accidental release involving radionuclides, data obtained from the on-site survey will be used to make initial assessments concerning the magnitude of the accident and decisions concerning evacuation of site personnel.
Principal concerns for accidental radioactive releases, particularly gaseous releases, include limiting internal dose through appropriate respiratory protection equipment, anti-contamination clothing, limiting external dose by identifying areas of high radiation, and containment of the material to prevent the spreading of contamination or release to the environs.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 108OF192 I
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN This procedure describes the emergency on-site radiological monitoring necessary to determine dose rates, airborne particulate, noble gas, and radioiodine activity levels due to an accidental release of radionuclides. The on-site survey entails the interior space of all station buildings.
5.7.20 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Dose estimates (which population groups may potentially receive) are calculated according to the dose assessment methodology described in EPIP 5.7.17, Dose Assessment or EPIP 5.7.17.1, Dose Assessment (Manual). These dose estimates are referred to as projected dose. A protective action is an action taken to avoid or reduce a projected dose when the benefits derived from such action are sufficient to offset any undesirable features of the protective action.
This procedure provides a basis for relating actual or projected plume exposure dose to the EPA Protective Action Guides (PAGs) in order to recommend the appropriate protective actions to the county or state governments (see Sections 6.5 and 6.6).
5.7.21 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS - EMERGENCY EXERCISES, DRILLS, TESTS AND EVALUATIONS This procedure provides a means of ensuring the operational readiness and availability of equipment required for the immediate action steps of all four Emergency Classification action levels. This procedure also provides instructions for documenting the completion of periodic surveillances, tests, drills, and training to ensure availability, operability, and reliability.
As an emergency situation progresses, conditions may arise which require augmentation of emergency equipment. The necessary equipment will be utilized on an as-needed basis to support the emergency operations (see Section 6.5.2 of the Emergency Plan).
5.7.23 ACTIVATION OF THE JIC ,
This procedure describes the sequence of events and the staffing requirements for the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). It provides further information on the functions of the JIC and its interaction with other CNS ERF's (see Section 7.2 of the Emergency Plan) and provides responsibilities of key emergency response personnel.
5.7.24 MEDICAL EMERGENCY As delineated in Sections 6.6.3 and 6.6.4 of the Emergency Plan, arrangements with local organizations have been made for the transportation and care of injured/contaminated personnel.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 109 OF 192 l
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN This procedure details the treatment of injured personnel during a radiological emergency. The topics addressed by the procedure are: (1) aid to contaminated and non-contaminated injured personnel on-site, and (2) transportation and treatment of injured personnel. It also provides information on local off-site facilities and the. actions to be taken by off-site personnel.
5.7.25 RECOVERY OPERATIONS This procedure describes recovery operations necessary to identify the extent of station damage and radiological contamination (if any) and return the station to an operating status in compliance with the Technical Specifications.
Recovery operations will include measures taken during and immediately following the emergency, as well as, the longer term post-emergency efforts.
These operations will be performed by station and other NPPD personnel, and if required, by contract technical and labor support. Manpower and equipment resources supporting the individual functional segments of the Recovery Organization will vary according to the severity of damage and specific situational needs.
5.7.26 LONG-TERM ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Methods to be used for evaluating long-term environmental consequences and analyses of trends involving key isotopes of radioactive material released from CNS are described in this procedure. Immediate collection and analysis of samples from impacted areas following a release shal.1 be conducted in accordance with EPIP 5. 7.18, Off-Site And Site Boundary Monitoring.
Long-term environmental monitoring and trend analyses shall be conducted in accordance with EPIP 5.7.26. Appropriate protective measures are also discussed (also see Section 7.5.4 of the Emergency Plan).
5.7.27 ALERT AND NOTIFICATION SYSTEM 5.7.27.1 NOAA/EAS RADIO MALFUNCTION 5.7.27.2 FALSE ACTIVATION OF ALERT AND NOTIFICATION SYSTEM The purpose of these procedures are to describe the CNS Alert And Notification System within the Plume Exposure Pathway ( 10-Mile EPZ) of Cooper Nuclear Station. This system was set up to meet prompt notification requirements for Cooper Nuclear Station. These procedures also include response to inadvertent siren activation or EAS radio malfunctions.
As indicated in Section 6.5 of the Emergency Plan, the CNS Early Warning System consists of fixed sirens covering areas of high population density and digitally-activated Emergency Alert System (EAS) radios in the low population density rural areas.
The fixed siren system is composed of 21 pole-mounted sirens.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 11 0 OF 192 j
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN Digital NOAA/EAS radio receivers are made available to residences located within the rural EPZ areas and outside the effective hearing range of the fixed sirens. These radios are pre-tuned to NOAA/EAS radio transmitter KWN41 (162.5 MHz) located at Shubert, NE. The receivers constantly monitor the broadcast frequency of the digital NOANEAS station, and activate upon receipt of the appropriate digital signals.
5.7.28 ADMINISTRATION OF POSITIONAL INSTRUCTION MANUALS (PIMS)
This procedure provides guidance on the revision and control of the Positional Instructional Manuals (PIMs). This procedure shall ensure proposed changes to the Pl Ms are properly evaluated and approved prior to implementation.
This shall prevent any potential degradation to the CNS Emergency Plan and its associated Implementing Procedures.
- 5. ?COMMUN COMMUNICATIONS As presented in Section 7.3 of the Emergency Plan, the Emergency Response Organization has available to it various types of communications equipment which allow for effective communication to both on-site and off-site groups. This procedure provides a description of these systems and very basic instructions for their use.
5.7ENS ENS COMMUNICATOR The procedure provides guidance to the ENS Communicator in the TSC for communicating with the NRC.
O-EP-01 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBILITIES This procedure defines the responsibilities of plant personnel in support of the Emergency Response Organization at CNS and also provides a description of the responsibilities of key emergency response personnel.
O-EP-02 CONFIGURATION CONTROL OF THE AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ANS)
This procedure provides the guidance needed to maintain the Automated Notification System.
O-EN-EP-306 DRILLS AND EXERCISES This procedure provides guidance for the planning, preparation, scheduling, conduct, evaluation, and documentation of ERO drills and exercises.
O-EN-EP-308 EMERGENCY PLANNING CRITIQUES This procedure describe~ the means for tracking and correcting deficiencies identified in ERO drills and exercises.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 111 OF 192 j
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN TPP 101 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION The Emergency Response Organization Training Program provides for initial qualification, requalification training and evaluation of CNS emergency response personnel:
TPP 102 EMERGERNCY PREPAREDNESS STAFF TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION This training program procedure establishes the training and qualification requirements for the staff of the Emergency Preparedness (EP) Department at Cooper Nuclear Station.
EPDG 2 Att. H-1 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - SCHEDULING This desk guide provides guidance for the development and maintenance of the drill and exercise schedule for Cooper Nuclear Station.
EPDG 2 Att. H-2 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT This desk guide provides instruction for the development of scenarios used for integrated ERO drills or exercises.
EPDG 2 Att. H-4 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - DRILL AND EXERCISE PREPARATIONS This desk guide contains the checklists needed to prepare for the drills and exercises on the drill schedule.
EPDG 2 Att. H-5 CNS DRILL AND EXERCISE MANUAL - CRITIQUE PROCESS This desk guide describes the process for the conduct and development of a drill or exercise critique.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 112OF192 I
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN EPIP/EMERGENCY PLAN CROSS-REFERENCE EPIP No. Emergency Plan Section 5.7.1 4.1, Tables 4.1-1through4.1-4 5.7.2 5.1.2, 6.2, 7.2 5.7.3 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 5.7.6 6.2, 7.4 5.7.7 5.2, 7.2.1 5.7.8 5.2, 7.2.2 5.7.8.1 5.2, 7.2.2 5.7.8.2 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 5.7.9 5.2, 7.2.3 5.7.10 6.5.3 5.7.11 6.5.4 5.7.12 6.5.5, 6.6.1, 6.6.2 5.7.13 6.5.5, 6.6.1, 6.6.2 5.7.14 6.5.5.1 5.7.15 6.5.1 5.7.16 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.17 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.17.1 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.18 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.19 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 5.7.20 6.5, 6.6 5.7.21 6.5.2, 7.7, 7.8, Appendix E 5.7.23 5.3, 6.2.3, 7 .2.4 5.7.24 6.6.2, 6.6.3, 6.6.4, 7.9 5.7.25 9.1, 9.2 5.7.26 7.5 5.7.27 6.5 5.7.27.1 6.5 5.7.27.2 6.5 5.7.28 None IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 113OF192 I
APPENDIX A PROCEDURES IMPLEMENTING THE EMERGENCY PLAN 5.7ENS 5.2.2.5 5.7COMMUN 7.3 O-EP-01 5.2 O-EP-02 6.2 O-EN-EP-306 8.2 O-EN-EP-308 8.2 TPP 101 8.1.1 TPP 102 8.1.2 EPDG 2 Att H-1 8.2 EPDG 2 Att H-2 8.2 EPDG 2 Att H-4 8.2 EPDG 2 Att H-5 8.2 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 114 OF 192 /
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 {FEMA REP 1)
APPENDIX B Table of Contents Page Cross Reference NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1) to the Emergency Plan .......................................................................................................115 thru 157 Cross Reference 1OCFR50.47.b to NUREG-0654/FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1 .............................. 158 Cross Reference 10CFR50, Appendix E.IV to the Emergency Plan ....................................... 159 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Notification of Unusual Event Conditions ........................................................................., ..................................................... 161 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Alert Conditions ............................... 163 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number for Site Area Emergency Conditions ............................................................................................................ 164 Cross Reference NEI 99-01, Rev 5 to EAL Number General Emergency Conditions ............ 165 Cross Reference NEI 10-05, Rev 0 to Assessment of On-Shift Emergency Response Organization Staffing and Capabilities .................................................................... .47 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 1150F1921
APPENDIX 8 CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
PLANNING STANDARDS AND EVALUATION CRITERIA A. ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY (ORGANIZATION CONTROL)
PLANNING STANDARD Primary responsibilities for emergency response by the nuclear facility licensee, and by State and Local Organizations within the Emergency Planning Zones have been assigned, the emergency responsibilities of the various supporting organizations have been specifically established, and each principal response organization has staff to respond and to augment its initial response on a continuous basis.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 1.
- a. Each plan shall identify the State, local, Federal Sections 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, and private sector organizations (including utilities), 7.9.1 that are intended to be part of the overall response Appendices D, F organization for Emergency Planning Zones (see Appendix 5).
- b. Each organization and sub-organization having Section 5 an operational role shall specify its concept of operations, and its relationship to the total effort.
- c. Each plan shall illustrate these interrelationships in Figures 5.2-1 through 5.2-4, a block diagram. 5.3-1, 5.4-1, 5.4-2
- d. Each organization shall identify a specific individual Sections 5.1.2, 5.2 by title who shall be in charge of the emergency Figures: 5.2-1, 5.2-2, 5.2-3, response. 5.2-4
- e. Each organization shall provide for 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day Sections 5.1, 5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.6, emergency response, including 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> per day 5.2.2.5, 5.2.3.3 manning of communications links.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 116OF1921
APPENDIXB CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 2.
- a. Each organization shall specify the functions anc;f Not Applicable to Licensee responsibilities for major elements and key individuals by title, of emergency response, including the following: Command and Control, Alerting and Notification, Communications, Public Information, Accident Assessment, Public Health and Sanitation, Social Services, Fire and Rescue, Traffic Control, Emergency Medical Services, Law Enforcement, Transportation, Protection Response (including authority to request Federal assistance and to initiate other protective actions), and Radiological Exposure Control. The description of these functions shall include a clear and concise summary such as a table of primary and support responsibilities using the agency as one axis, and the function as the other (see Section B for licensee).
- b. Each plan shall contain (by reference to specific acts, Not Applicable to Licensee codes or statutes) the legal basis for such authorities.
- 3. Each plan shall include written agreements referring to Appendix D the concept of operations developed between Federal, State, and local agencies and other support organizations having an emergency response role within the Emergency Planning Zones. The agreements shall identify the emergency measures to be provided and the mutually acceptable criteria for their implementation, and specify the arrangements for exchange of information.
These agreements may be provided in an appendix to the plan or the plan itself may contain descriptions of these matters and a signature page in the plan may serve to verify the agreements. The signature page format is appropriate for organizations where response functions are covered by laws, regulations or executive orders where separate written agreements are not necessary.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 117OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 4. Each principal organization shall be capable of Section 5.2.3.1 O continuous (24-hour) operations for a protracted period.
The individual in the principal organization who will be responsible for assuring continuity of resources (technical, administrative, and material) shall be specified by title .
.-*
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 118 OF 192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
B. ON-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION PLANNING STANDARD On-shift facility licensee responsibilities for emergency response are unambiguously defined, adequate staffing to provide initial facility accident response in key functional areas is maintained at all times, timely augmentation of response capabilities is available, and the interfaces among various on-site response activities and off-site support and response activities are specified.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each licensee shall specify the on-site emergency Sections 5, 5.1 organization of plant staff personnel for all shifts and Figure 5.2-1 its relation to the responsibilities and duties of the normal staff complement.
- 2. Each licensee shall designate an individual as Section 5.1 Emergency Coordinator who shall be on shift at all Figure 5.2-1 times and who shall have the authority and responsibility to immediately and unilaterally initiate any emergency actions, including providing protective action recommendations to authorities responsible for implementing off-site emergency measures.
- 3. Each licensee shall identify a line of succession for the Sections 5.1.1.2, 5.1.2.1 Emergency Coordinator position and identify the specific conditions for higher level utility officials assuming this function.
- 4. Each licensee shall establish the functional Sections 5.1.2, 5.2, 5.2.1 responsibilities assigned to the Emergency Coordinator and shall clearly specify which responsibilities may not be delegated to other elements of the emergency organization. Among the responsibilities which may not be delegated shall be the decision to notify and to recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for off-site emergency measures.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 119OF192 j
APPENDIX 8 CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 5. Each licensee shall specify the positions or title and Section 5.2 major tasks to be performed by the persons to be Figures 5.2-1, 5.2-2, 5.2-3, assigned to the functional areas of emergency activity. 5.2-4, 5.3-1, 5.4-1 For emergency situations, specific assignments shall be made for all shifts and for plant staff members, both on-site and away from the site. These assignments shall cover the emergency functions in Table B-1 entitled, "Minimum Staffing Requirements for Nuclear Power Plant Emergencies". The minimum on-shift staffing levels shall be as indicated in Table B-1. The licensee must be able to augment on-shift capabilities within a short period after declaration of an emergency. This capability shall be as indicated in Table 8-1. The implementation schedule for Licensed Operators, Auxiliary Operators and the Shift Technical Advisor on shift shall be as specified in the July 31, 1980, letter to all power reactor licensees. Any deficiencies in the other staff requirements of Table 8-1 must be capable of augmentation within 30 minutes by September 1, 1981, and such deficiencies must be fully removed by July 1, 1982. .
- 6. Each licensee shall specify the interfaces between and Figures 5.4-1, 5.4-2 among the on-site functional areas of emergency activity, licensee headquarters support, local services support, and State and Loccil Government Response Organization. This shall be illustrated on a block diagram and shall include the on-site Technical Support Center and the Operational Support (assembly) Center and the licensee's near site Emergency Operations Facility (EOF).
- 7. Each licensee shall specify the Corporate Management, Section 5.3 Administrative and Technical Support personnel who will Figure 5.3-1 augment the plant staff as specified in the table entitled "Minimum Staffing Requirements for Nuclear Power Plant Emergencies", (Table 8-1) and in the following areas:
- a. Logistics support for emergency personnel (e.g., Section 5.2.3.1 O
. transportation, communications, temporary quarters, food and water, sanitary facilities in the field, and special equipment and supplies procurement);
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 120OF1921
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- b. Technical support for planning and re-entry/recovery Section 9 operations;
- c. Management level interface with governmental Sections 5.2, 5.2.3 authorities; and
- d. Release of information to news media during an Sections 5.3.1, 5.3.2 emergency (coordinated with governmental authorities).
- 8. Each licensee shall specify the contractor and private Section 5.3.3 organizations who may be requested to provide Appendix D technical assistance to and augmentation of the emergency organization.
- 9. Each licensee shall identify the services to be provided Sections 5.4, 7.9.1 by local agencies for handling emergencies (e.g., police, Appendix D, F ambulance, medical, hospital, and fire-fighting organizations shall be specified). The licensee shall provide for transportation and treatment of injured personnel who may also be contaminated. Copies of the arrangements and agreements reached with contractor, private, and local support agencies shall be appended to the plan. The agreements shall delineate the authorities, responsibilities, and limits on the actions of the contractor, private organization, and local services support groups.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 121OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
C. EMERGENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT AND RESOURCES PLANNING STANDARD Arrangements for requesting and effectively using assistance resources have been made, arrangements to accommodate State and Local Staff at the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility have been made, and other organizations capable of augmenting the planned response have been identified.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. The Federal government maintains in-depth capability to assist licensees, States and local governments through the Federal Radiological Monitoring and Assessment Plan (formerly Radiological Assistance Plan (RAP) and lnteragency Radiological Assistance Plan (IRAP). Each State and licensee shall make provisions for incorporating the Federal response capability into its operation plan, including the following:
- a. Specific persons by title authorized to request Sections 5.2.3, 7.2.3 Federal assistance; see A.1.d., A.2.a,
- b. Specific Federal resources expected, including Figure 5.4-1 expected times of arrival at specific nuclear facility sites; and
- c. Specific licensee, State and Local resources Section 7 available to support the Federal response (e.g., air fields, command posts, telephone lines, radio frequencies and telecommunications centers).
2.
- a. Each principal off-site organization may dispatch Not Applicable to Licensee representatives to the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility (State technical Analysis representatives at the near-site EOF are preferred).
- b. The licensee shall prepare for the dispatch of a N/A representative to principal Off-Site Governmental Emergency Operations Centers. ,
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 122OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 3. Each organization shall identify radiological laboratories Sections 5.3.3.3, 7.5.7 and their general capabilities and expected availability to provide radiological monitoring and analyses services which can be used in an emergency.
- 4. Each organization shall identify nuclear and other Section 5.3.3 facilities, organizations or individuals which can be Appendix D relied upon in an emergency to provide assistance.
Such assistance shall be identified and supported by appropriate letters of agreement.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 . PAGE 123OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
D. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PLANNING STANDARD A standard emergency classification and action level scheme, the bases of which include facility system and effluent parameters, is in use by the nuclear facility licensee., and State and Local Response Plans call for reliance on information provided by facility licensees for determinations of minimum initial off-site response measures.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. An emergency classification and emergency action level Section 4 scheme as set forth in Appendix 1 must be established by the licensee. The specific instruments, parameters or equipment status shall be shown for establishing each emergency class, in the in-plant Emergency Procedures.
The plan shall identify the parameter values and equipment status for each emergency class.
- 2. The initiating conditions shall include the example Tables 4.1-1, 4.1-2, 4.1-3, conditions found in Appendix 1 and all postulated 4.1-4 accidents in the Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) for the nuclear facility.
- 3. Each State and local Organization shall establish an Not Applicable to Licensee emergency classification and emergency action level scheme consistent with that established by the facility licensee.
- 4. Each State and Local Organization should have Not Applicable to Licensee procedures in place that provide for emergency actions to be taken which are consistent with the emergency actions recommended by the nuclear facility licensee, taking into account local off-site conditions that exist at the time of the emergency.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 124OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
E. NOTIFICATION METHODS AND PROCEDURES PLANNING STANDARDS Procedures have been established for notification, by the licensee of State and Local Response Organizations and for notification of emergency personnel by all response organizations; the content of initial and follow-up messages to response organizations and the public has been established; and means to provide early notification and clear instruction to the populace within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each organization shall establish procedures which Sections 6.2.4, 7.4 describe mutually agreeable bases for notification of Figure 7.4-1 response organizations consistent with the emergency classification and action level scheme set forth in Appendix 1. These procedures shall include means for verification. Specific details need not be included in the plan.
- 2. Each organization shall establish procedures for alerting, Section 6.1, 6.2, 7.4
. notifying, and mobilizing.emergency response Figure 7.4-1 personnel.
- 3. The licensee in conjunction with State and Local Section 6.2.4 Organizations shall establish the contents of the initial emergency messages to be sent from the plant. These measures shall contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
- 4. Each licensee shall make provisions for follow-up Section 6.2.4 messages from the facility to off-site authorities which shall contain the following information if it is known and appropriate:
- a. Location of incident and name and telephone number Section 6.2.4 (or communications channel identification) of caller;
- b. Date/time of incident; Section 6.2.4
- c. Class of emergency; Section 6.2.4 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 125OF192 l
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- d. Type of actual or projected release (airborne, Section 6.2.4 waterborne, surface spill), and estimated duration/impact times;
- e. Estimate of quantity of radioactive material released Section 6.2.4 or being released and the points and height of releases;
- f. Chemical and physical form of released Section 6.2.4 material, including estimates of the relative quantities and concentration of noble gases, iodines, and particulates;
- g. Meteorological conditions at appropriate levels (wind Section 6.2.4 speed, direction (to and from), indicator of stability, precipitation, if any);
- h. Actual or projected dose rates at site boundary; Section 6.2.4
. projected integrated dose at site boundary;
- i. Projected dose rates and integrated dose at the Section 6.2.4 projected peak and at 2, 5, and 1O miles, including sector(s) affected;
- j. Estimate of any surface radioactive Section 6.2.4 contamination in-plant, on-site or off-site;
- k. Licensee emergency response actions underway; Section 6.2.4 I. Recommended emergency actions, including Section 6.2.4 protective measures;
- m. Request for any needed on-site support by off-site Section 6.2.4 organizations; and
- n. Prognosis for worsening or termination of event Section 6.2.4 based on plant information.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 126OF1921
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 5. State and Local Government Organizations shall Not Applicable to Licensee establish a system for disseminating to the public appropriate information contained in initial and follow-up messages received from the licensee including the appropriate notification to appropriate broadcast media (e.g., the Emergency Broadcast System (EBS)).
- 6. Each organization shall establish administrative and Section 6.5 physical means, and the time required for notifying and providing prompt instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone (see Appendix 3.). It shall be the licensee's responsibility to demonstrate that such means exist, regardless of who implements this requirement. It shall be the responsibility of the State and Local Governments to activate such a system.
- 7. Each organization shall provide written messages Section 6.5 intended for the public, consistent with the licensee's classification scheme. In particular, draft messages to the public giving instructions with regard to specific protective actions to be taken by occupants of affected areas shall .be prepared and included as part of the State and Local Plans. Such messages should include the appropriate aspects of sheltering, ad hoc respiratory protection (e.g., handkerchief over mouth, thyroid blocking, or evacuation). The role of the licensee is to provide supporting information for the messages. For ad hoc respiratory protection see "Respiratory Protective Devices Manual" American Industrial Hygiene Association, 1963 pp. 123-126.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 127OF1921
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
/
F. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS PLANNING STANDARD Provisions exist for prompt communications among principal response organizations to emergency personnel and to the public.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. The communication plans for emergencies shall include organizational titles and alternates for both ends of the communication links. Each organization shall establish reliable primary and backup means of communication for licensees, local, and State response organizations.
Such systems should be selected to be compatible with one another. Each plan shall include:
- a. Provision for 24-hour per day notification to and Sections 5.1, 5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.6, activation of the State/local emergency response 5.2.2.5, 5.2.3.3, 7.3.
network; and at a minimum, a telephone link and Table 7.1-1 alternate, including 24-hour per day manning of communications links that initiate emergency response actions;
- b. Provision for communications with contiguous Sections 6.2.4, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3
- State/local governments within the Emergency Planning Zones;
- c. Provision for communications as needed with Sections 6.2.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 Federal emergency response organizations;
- d. Provision for communications between the nuclear Table 7.1-1 facility and the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility, State and Local Emergency Operations Centers, and Radiological Monitoring Teams; e .. Provision for alerting or activating emergency Sections 6.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, personnel in each response organization; and 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 128OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- f. Provision for communication by the licensee Sections 6.2.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 with NRC headquarters and NRC Regional Office Table 7.1-1 Emergency Operations Centers and the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility and Radiological Monitoring Team assembly area.
- 2. Each organization shall ensure that a coordinated Sections 6.6.3, 6.6.4 communication link for fixed and mobile medical support facilities exists.
- 3. Each organization shall conduct periodic testing of the Section 8.2.2.5 entire Emergency Communications System (see Evaluation Criteria H.10, 2.a and Appendix 3).
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 129OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
G. PUBLIC EDUCATION AND INFORMATION PLANNING STANDARD Information is made available to the public on a periodic basis on how they will be notified and what their initial actions should be in an emergency (e.g., listening to a local broadcast station and remaining indoors), the principal points of contact with the news media for dissemination of information during an emergency (including the physical location or locations) are established in advance, and procedures for coordinated dissemination of information to the public are established.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each organization shall provide a coordinated periodic Section 8.1.4 (at least annually) dissemination of information to the public regarding how they will be notified and what their actions should be in an emergency. This infomiation shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:
- a. Educational information on radiation;
- b. Contact for additional information;
- c. Protective measures (e.g., evacuation routes and relocation centers, sheltering, respiratory protection, radio-protective drugs); and
- d. Special needs of the handicapped.
Means for accomplishing this dissemination may include, but are not necessarily limited to: information in the telephone book; periodic information in utility bills; posting in public areas; and publications distributed on an annual basis.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 130OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 2. The public information program shall provide the Section 8.1.4 permanent and transient adult population within the plume exposure EPZ an adequate opportunity to become aware of the information annually. The programs should include provision for written material that is likely to be available in a residence during an emergency. Updated information shall be disseminated at least annually. Signs or other measures (e.g., decals, posted notices or other means, placed in hotels, motels, gasoline stations and phone booths) shall also be used to disseminate to any transient population within the plume exposure pathway EPZ appropriate information that would be helpful if an emergency or accident occurs. Such notices should refer the transient to the telephone directory or other source of local emergency information and guide the visitor to appropriate radio and television frequencies.
3.
- a. Each principal organization shall designate the points Sections 5.3.1, 7.2.4, 8.1.5 of contact and physical locations for use by news Figure 7.2-4 media during an emergency.
- b. Each licensee shall provide space which may be Section 7.2.4 used for a limited number of the news media at the Figure 7.2-4 near-site Emergency Operations Facility.
4.
- a. Each principal organization shall designate a Sections 5.3.2, 7.2.4 spokesperson who should have access to all necessary information.
- b. Ea~h organization shall establish arrangements for Sections 5.3.2, 7.2.4 timely exchange of information among designated spokespersons.
- c. Each organization shall establish coordinated Section 5.3.3.1, 7.2.4 arrangements for dealing with rumors.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 131OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- d. Each organization shall conduct coordinated Section 8.1.5 programs at least annually to acquaint news media with the emergency plans, information concerning racliation, and points of contact for release of public information in an emergency.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 132 OF 192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
H EMERGENCY FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT PLANNING STANDARD Adequate emergency facilities and equipment to support the emergency response are provided and maintained.
I CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each licensee shall establish a Technical Support Sections 7.2.1, 7.2.2 Center and an On-Site Operations Support Center Figures 7.2-1, 7.2-2 (assembly area) in accordance with NUREG-0696, Revision 1.
- 2. Each licensee shall establish an Emergency Operations Section 7.2.3 Facility from which evaluation and coordination of all Figures 7.2-3 licensee activities related to an emergency is to be carried out and from which the licensee shall provide information to Federal, State, and local authorities responding to radiological emergencies in accordance with NUREG-0696, Revision 1.
- 3. Each organization shall establish an Emergency Not Applicable to Licensee Operations Center for use in directing and controlling response functions.
- 4. Each organization shall provide for timely activation and Section 6.2 staffing of the facilities and centers described in the plan.
- 5. Each licensee shall identify and establish on-site Section 7.5 monitoring systems that are to be used to initiate emergency measures in accordance with Appendix 1 , as well as those to be used for conducting assessment.
The equipment shall include:
- a. Geophysical phenomena monitors (e.g., Sections 7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3 meteorological, hydrologic, seismic);
- b. Radiological monitors (e.g., process, area, Section 7.5.4, 7.5.5 emergency, effluent, wound and portable monitors and sampling equipment);
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 133OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- c. Process monitors (e.g., Reactor Coolant System Section 7.5.5.6 pressure and temperature, containment pressure and temperature, liquid levels, flow rates, status or lineup of equipment components); and
- d. Fire and combustion products detectors. Section 7.6
- 6. Each licensee shall make provision to acquire data from or for emergency access to off-site monitoring and analysis equipment including:
- a. Geophysical phenomena monitors (e.g., Sections 7.5, 7.5.1, 7.5.2, meteorological, hydrologic, seismic); 7.5.3
- b. Radiological monitors including ratemeters and Section 7.5.4 sampling devices. Dosimetry shall be provided and shall meet, as a minimum, the NRC Radiological Assessment Branch Technical Position for the Environmental Radiological Monitoring Program; and
- c. Laboratory facilities, fixed or mobile. Section 7.5. 7
- 7. Each organization, where appropriate, shall provide for Section 7.5.6 off-site radiological monitoring equipment in the vicinity of the nuclear facility.
- 8. Each licensee shall provide meteorological Section 7.5.2 instrumentation and procedures which satisfy the criteria in Appendix 2, and provisions to obtain representative current meteorological information from other sources.
- 9. Each licensee shall provide for an On-Site Operations Section 7 .2.2 Support Center (assembly area) which shall have adequate capability, and supplies, including, for example, respiratory protection, protective clothing, portable lighting, portable radiation monitory equipment, cameras, and communications equipment for personnel present in the assembly area.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE1340F1921
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 10. Each organization shall make provisions to inspect, Sections 7.7, 8.6 inventory and operationally check emergency Appendix E equipment/instruments at least once each calendar quarter and after each use. There shall be sufficient reserves of instruments/equipment to replace those which .are removed from emergency kits for calibration or repair. Calibration of equipment shall be at intervals recommended by the supplier of the equipment.
- 11. Each plan shall, in an appendix, include identification of Table 7.1-1 emergency kits by general category (protective Appendix E equipment, communications equipment, radiological monitoring equipment, and emergency supplies).
- 12. Each organization shall establish a central point Section 7.2.3 (preferably associated with the licensee's near-site Emergency Operations Facility), for the receipt and analysis of all field monitoring data and coordination of sample media.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 135OF192 /
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 {FEMA REP 1)
I. ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT PLANNING STANDARD Adequate methods, systems, and equipment for assessing and monitoring actual or potential off-site consequences of a radiological emergency condition are in use.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each licensee shall identify plant system and effluent Tables4.1-1, 4.1-2, 4.1-3, parameter values characteristic of a spectrum of 4.1-4 off-normal conditions and accidents, and shall identify the plant parameter values or other information which correspond to the example initiating conditions of Appendix 1. Such parameter values and the corresponding emergency class shall be included in the appropriate Facility Emergency Procedures. Facility Emergency Procedures shall specify the kinds of instruments being used and their capabilities.
- 2. On-site capability and resources to provide initial values Sections 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 and continuing assessment throughout the course of an accident shall include post-accident sampling capability, radiation and effluent monitors, in-plant iodine instrumentation, and containment radiation monitoring in accordance with NUREG-0578, as elaborated in the NRC letter to all power reactor licensees dated October 30, 1979.
- 3. Each licensee shall establish methods and techniques to be used for determining:
- a. The source term of releases of radioactive material Sections 6.3.3, 7.5 within plant systems. An example is the relationship betWeen the containment radiation monitor(s) reading(s) and radioactive material available for release from containment.
- b. The magnitude of the release of radioactive materials Sections 6.3.3, 7.5 based on plant system parameters and effluent monitors.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 136OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 4. Each licensee shall establish the relationship between Sections 6.3.3, 7.5 effluent monitor readings and on-site and off-site exposures and contamination for various meteorological conditions.
- 5. Each licensee shall have the capability of acquiring and Sections 6.3.2, 7.5 evaluating meteorological information sufficient to meet the criteria of Appendix 2. There shall be provisions for access to meteorological information by at least the near-site Emergency Operations Facility, the Technical Support Center, the Control Room, and an off-site NRG Center. The licensee shall make available to the State suitable meteorological data processing interconnections which will permit independent analysis by the State, of facility-generated data in those States with the resources to effectively use this information.
- 6. Each licensee shall establish the methodology for Sections 4.2, 6.3.3 determining the release rate/projected doses if the instrumentation used for assessment are off-scale or inoperable.
- 7. Each organization shall describe the capability and Sections 4.2, 6.3 resources for field monitoring within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone which are an intrinsic part of the concept of operations for the facility.
- 8. Each organization, where appropriate, shall provide Sections 4.2, 6.3, 7.5 methods, equipment, and expertise to make rapid Table 6.3-1 assessments of the actual or potential magnitude and locations of any radiological hazards through liquid or gaseous release pathways. This shall include activation, notification means, field team composition, transportation, communication, monitoring equipment and estimated deployment times.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 137OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 9. Each organization shall have a capability to detect and Sections 6.3.3, 7.5.5.5 measure radioiodine concentrations in air in the plume exposure EPZ as low as 10-7 µCi/cc (microcuries per cubic centimeter) under field conditions. Interference from the presence of noble gas and background radiation shall not decrease the stated minimum detectable activity.
- 10. Each organization shall establish means for relating the Sections 6.3.3, 6.5 various measured parameters (e.g., contamination Tables 6.3-1, 6.4-1 levels, water and air activity levels) to dose rates for key isotopes (i.e., those given in Table 3, Page 18) and gross radioactivity measurements. Provisions shall be made for estimating integrated dose from the projected and actual dose rates and for comparing these estimates with the protective action guides. The detailed provisions shall be described in separate procedures.
- 11. Arrangements to locate and track the airborne Not Applicable to Licensee radioactive plume shall be made, using either or both Federal and State resources.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 138OF192 I
APPENDIXB CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
J. PROTECTIVE RESPONSE PLANNING STANDARD A range of protective actions have been developed for the plume exposure pathway EPZ for emergency workers and the public. Guidelines for the choice of protective actions during an emergency~ consistent with Federal guidance, are developed and in place, and protective actions for the ingestion exposure pathway EPZ appropriate to the locale have been developed.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each licensee shall establish the means and time Sections 6.1, 6.5 required to warn or advise on-site individuals and individuals who may be in areas controlled by the Operator, including:
- a. Employees not having emergency assignments;
- b. Visitors;
- c. Contractor and construction personnel; and
- d. Other persons who may be in the public access areas on or passing through the site or within the owner-controlled area.
j
- 2. Each licensee shall make provisions for evacuation Section 6.5.4 routes and transportation for on-site individuals to some suitable off-site location, including alternatives for inclement weather, high traffic density and specific radiological conditions.
- 3. Each licensee shall provide for radiological monitoring of Section 6.6.2 people evacuated from the site_
- 4. Each licensee shall provide for the evacuation of on~site Section 6.5.4 non-essential personnel in the event of a Site or General Emergency and shall provide a decontamination capability at or near the monitoring point specified in J.3.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 139 OF 192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 5. Each licensee shall provide for a capability to account for Section 6.5.3 all individuals on-site at the time of the emergency and ascertain the names of missing individuals within 30 minutes of the start of an emergency and account for all on-site individuals continuously thereafter.
- 6. Each licensee shall, for individuals remaining or arriving Sections 6.5.2, 6.5.5.1 on-site during the emergency, make provisions for:
- a. Individual respiratory protection;
- b. Use of protective clothing; and
'
- c. Use of radioprotective drugs (e.g., individual thyroid protection).
- 7. Each licensee shall establish a mechanism for Section 6.5 recommending protective actions to the appropriate Table 6.4-1 State and Local Authorities. These shall include Emergency Action Levels corresponding to projected dose to the population-at-risk, in accordance with Appendix 1 and with the recommendations set forth in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of the Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents (EPA400-R-92-001 ). As specified in Appendix 1, prompt notification shall be made directly to the off-site authorities responsible for implementing protective measures within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone.
- 8. Each licensee's plan shall contain time estimates for Appendix C evacuation within the plume exposure EPZ. These shall be in accordance with Appendix 4.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 140OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 9. Each State and Local Organization shall establish a Not Applicable to Licensee capability for implementing protective measures based upon protective action guides and other criteria. This shall be consistent with the recommendations of EPA regarding exposure resulting from passage of radioactive airborne plumes (EPA-400-R-92-001) and with those of DHEW (DHHS)/FDA regarding radioactive contamination of human food and animal feeds as published in the Federal Register of December 15, 1978 (43 FR 58790).
- 10. The organization's plans to implement protective measL1res for the plume exposure pathway shall include:
- a. Maps showing evacuation routes, evacuation areas, Appendix C preselected radiological sampling and monitoring points, relocation centers in host areas, and shelter areas (identification of radiological sampling and monitoring points shall include the designators in Table J-1 or an equivalent uniform system described in the plan);
- b. Maps showing population distribution around the Appendix C nuclear facility. This shall be by evacuation areas (licensees shall also present the information in a sedor format);
- c. Means for notifying all segments of the transient and Section 6.5 resident population;
- d. Means for protecting those persons whose mobility Not Applicable to Licensee may be impaired due to such factors as institutional or other confinement;
- e. Provisions for the use of radio-protective drugs, Not Applicable to Licensee particularly for emergency workers and institutionalized persons within the plume exposure EPZ' whose immediate evacuation may be infeasible or very difficult, including quantities, storage, and means of distribution.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 141OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- f. State and Local Organizations' Plans should Not Applicable to Licensee include the method by which decisions by the State Health Department for administering radio-protective drugs to the general population are made during an emergency and the pre-determined conditions under which such drugs may be used by off-site emergency workers* 1
'
1 See DHEW (new DHHS) Federal Register notice of December 15, 1978 (43 FR 58798) entitled "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in a Radiation Emergency." Other guidance concerning the storage, stockpiling, and conditions for use of this drug by the general public, is now under development by the Bureau of Drugs, DHHS.
- g. Means of relocation; Not Applicable to Licensee
- h. Relocation centers in host areas which are at least Not Applicable to Licensee 5 miles and preferably 1 O miles, beyond the boundaries of the plume exposure emergency planning zone (see K.8);
- i. Projected traffic capacities of evacuation routes Not Applicable to Licensee under emergency conditions;
- j. Control of access to evacuated areas and Not Applicable to Licensee organization responsibilities for such control;
- k. Identification of and means for dealing with potential Not Applicable to Licensee impediments (e.g., seasonal impassability of roads) to use of evacuation routes and contingency measures; I. Time estimates for evacuation of various sectors Not Applicable to Licensee and distances based on a dynamic analysis (time-motion study under various conditions) for the plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (see Appendix 4); and IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 142OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- m. The bases for the choice of recommended protective Section 6.5 actions from the plume exposure pathway during Tables 6.4-1, 6.4-2 emergency conditions. This shall include expected local protection afforded 2 in residential units or other shelter for direct and inhalation exposure, as well as evacuation time estimates.
2 The following reports may be considered in determining protection afforded.
1
'C > "Public Protection Strategies for Potential Nuclear Reactor Accidents Sheltering Concepts with Existing Public and Private Structures" (SAND 771725), Sandia Laboratory.
2
<> "Examination of Off-Site Radiological Emergency Measures for Nuclear Reactor Accidents Involving Core Melt" (SAND 780454), Sandia Laboratory.
3
<> "Protective Action Evaluation Part 11, Evacuation and Sheltering as Protective Actions Against Nuclear Accidents Involving Gaseous Releases" (EPA 520/178001 B U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
- 11. Each State shall specify the protective measures to be Not Applicable to Licensee used for the ingestion pathway, including the methods for protecting the public from consumption of contaminated foodstuffs. This shall include criteria for deciding whether dairy animals should be put on stored feed. The plan shall identify procedures for detecting contamination, for estimating the dose commitment consequences. of uncontrolled ingestion, and for imposing protection procedures such as impoundment, decontamination, processing, decay, product diversion, and preservation. Maps for recording survey and monitoring key land use data (e.g., farming), dairies, food processing plants, water sheds, water supply intake, and treatment plants and reservoirs shall be maintained. Provisions for maps showing detailed crop information may be by including reference to their availability and location and a plan for their use. The maps shall start at the facility and include all of the 50-mile ingestion pathway EPZ. Up-to-dateJists of the name and location of all facilities which regularly process milk products and other large amounts of food or agricultural products originating in the ingestion pathway Emergency Planning Zone, but located elsewhere, shall be maintained.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 143OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 12. Each organization shall describe the means for Not Applicable to Licensee registering and monitoring of evacuees at relocation centers in host areas. The personnel and equipment available should be capable of monitoring within about a 12-hour period all residents and transients in the plume exposure EPZ arriving at relocation centers.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 144OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
K. RADIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE CONTROL PLANNING STANDARD Means for controlling radiological exposures, in an emergency, are established for emergency workers. The means for controlling radiological exposures shall include exposure guidelines consistent with EPA Emergency Worker and Lifesaving Activity Protective Action Guides.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each licensee shall establish on-site exposure guidelines Section 6.6.1 consistent with EPA Emergency Worker and lifesaving Table 6.4-1 Activity Protective Actions Guides (EPA 400-R-92-001) for:
- a. Removal of injured persons;
- b. Undertaking corrective actions;
- c. Performing assessment actions;
- d. Providing first aid;
- e. Performing personnel decontamination;
- f. Providing ambulance service; and
- g. Providing medical treatment services.
- 2. Each licensee shall provide an on-site radiation Section 6.6.1 protection program to be implemented during emergencies, including methods to implement exposure guidelines. The plan shall identify individual(s), by position or title, who can authorize emergency workers to receive doses in excess of 1OCFR Part 20 limits.
Procedures shall be worked out in advance for permitting on-site volunteers to receive radiation exposures in the course of carrying out lifesaving and other emergency activities. These procedures shall include expeditious decision making and a reasonable consideration of relative risks.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 145OF192 /
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 3.
- a. Each organization shall make provision for Section 6.6.1 24-hour-per-day capability to determine the doses received by emergency personnel involved in any nuclear accident, including volunteers. Each organization shall make provisions for distribution of dosimeters, both self-reading and permanent record devices.
- b. Each organization shall ensure that dosimeters are Section 6.6.1 read at appropriate frequencies and provide for maintaining dose records for emergency workers involved in any nuclear accident.
- 4. Each State and Local Organization shall establish the Not Applicable to Licensee decision chain for authorizing emergency workers to incur exposures in excess of the EPA General Public Protective Action Guides (i.e., EPA PAGs for emergency workers and lifesaving activities).
5.
- a. Each organization, as appropriate, shall specify Section 6.5.5.1 -
action levels for determining the need for decontamination.
- b. Each organization, as appropriate, shall establish the Sections 6.6.2, 6.6.3, 6.6.4 means for radiological decontamination of emergency personnel wounds, supplies, instruments and equipment, and for waste disposal.
- 6. Each licensee shall provide on-site contamination control Sections 6.5.5.1, 6.5.5.2 measures including:
- a. Area access control;
- b. Drinking water and food supplies;
- c. Criteria for permitting return of areas and items to normal use {see Draft ANSI 13.12).
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 146OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 7. Each licensee shall provide the capability for Sections 6.5.4, 6.6.2 decontaminating relocated on-site personnel, including Appendix E provisions for extra clothing and decontaminants suitable for the type of contamination expected, with particular attention given to radioiodine contamination of the skin.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 147OF192 f
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
L. MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEAL TH SUPPORT PLANNING STANDARD Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated injured individuals. 1 The availability of an integrated Emergency Medical Services System and a public health emergency plan serving the area in which the facility is located and, as a minimum, equivalent to the Public Health Service Guide for Developing Health Disaster Plans, 1974, and to the requirements of an Emergency Medical Services System as outlined in the Emergency Medical Services System Act of 1973 (P.L. 93154 and amendments in 1979 P.L. 96142), should be a part of and consistent with overall State or local disaster control plans and should be compatible with the specific overall emergency response plan for the facility.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each organization shall arrange for local and backup Section 6.6.4 hospital and medical services having the capability for evaluation of radiation exposure and uptake, including assurance that persons providing these services are adequately prepared to handle contaminated individuals.
- 2. Each licensee shall provide for on-site first aid capability. Section 6.6.2
- 3. Each State shall develop lists indicating the location of Not Applicable to Licensee public, private, and military hospitals, and other emergency medical services facilities within the State of contiguous States considered capable of providing medical support for any contaminated injured individual.
The listing shall include the name, location, type of facility, and capacity and any special radiological capabilities. These emergency medical services should be able to radiologically monitor contaminated personnel, and have facilities and trained personnel able to care for contaminated injured persons.
- 4. Each organization shall arrange for transporting victims Section 6.6.3 of radiological accidents to medical support facilities.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 148OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
M. RECOVERY AND RE-ENTRY PLANNING AND POST-ACCIDENT OPERATIONS PLANNING STANDARD General Plans for recovery and re-entry are developed.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each organization, as appropriate, shall develop general Sections 9, 9.1, 9.2 plans and procedures for re-entry and recovery, and describe the means by which decisions to relax protective measures (e.g., allow re-entry into an evacuated area) are reached. This process should consider both existing and potential conditions.
- 2. Each licensee plan shall contain the position/title, Sections 9, 9.1, 9.2 authority and responsibilities of individuals who will fill key positions in the facility recovery organization. This organization shall include technical personnel with responsibilities to develop, evaluate, and direct recovery and re-entry operations. The recovery organization recommended by the Atomic Industrial Forum's -"Nuclear Power Plant Emergency Response Plan" dated October 11, 1979, is an acceptable framework.
- 3. Each licensee and State plan shall specify means for Section 9.2 informing members of the response organizations that a recovery operation is to be initiated, and of any changes in the organizational structure that may occur.
- 4. Each plan shall establish a method for periodically Section 9.3 estimating total population exposure.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 149OF192 /
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
N. EXERCISES AND DRILLS (*1)
PLANNING STANDARD Periodic exercises are (will be) conducted to evaluate major portions of emergency response capabilities, periodic drills are (will be) conducted to develop and maintain key skills, and deficiencies identified as a result of exercises or drills are (will be) corrected.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN 1.
- a. An exercise is an event that tests the integrated Sections 8.2, 8.2.1 capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within emergency preparedness plans and organizations. The emergency preparedness exercise shall simulate an emergency that results in off-site radiological releases which would require response by off-site authorities. Exercises shall be conducted as set forth in NRC and FEMA rules.
- b. An exercise shall include mobilization of State and Sections 8.2, 8.2.1 Local Personnel and Resources adequate to verify the capability to respond to an accident scenario requiring response. The organization shall provide for a critique of the annual exercise by Federal and State Observers/Evaluators. The scenario should be varied from year to year such that all major elements of the plans and preparedness organizations are tested within a five year period. Each organization should make provisions to start an exercise between 6:00 p.m. and midnight, and another between midnight and 6:00 a.m. once every six years.
Exercises should be conducted under various weather conditions. Some exercises should be unannounced.
Notes:
- 1 - As supplemented by "Interim Staff Guidance - Emergency Planning for Nuclear Power Plants," NSIR/DPR-ISG-01, Rev. 0, November 2011.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 150OF192 r
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1) /
CROSS REFERE;NCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 2. A drill is a supervised instruction period aimed at testing, Sections 8.2, 8.2.2 developing and maintaining skills in a particular operation. A drill is often a component of an exercise.
A drill shall be supervised and evaluated by a qualified drill instructor. Each organization shall conduct drills in addition to the annual exercise at the frequencies indicated below:
- a. COMMUNICATION DRILLS Communications with State and Local Governments Section 8.2.2.5 within the plume exposure pathway Emergency Planning Zone shall be tested monthly.
Communications with Federal Emergency Response Organizations and States within the ingestion pathway shall be tested quarterly. Communications between the nuclear facility, State and Local Emergency Operations Centers, and Field Assessment Teams shall be tested annually.
Communication drills shall also include the aspect of understanding the content of messages.
- b. FIRE DRILL'.S Fire drills shall be conducted in accordance with the Section 8.2.2.1 plant (nuclear facility) technical specifications.
- c. MEDICAL EMERGENCY DRILLS A medical emergency drill involving a simulated Section 8.2.2.2 contaminated individual which contains provisions for participation by the local support services agencies (i.e., ambulance and off-site medical treatment facility) shall be conducted annually. The off-site portions of the medical drill may be performed as part of the required annual exercise.
!EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 151OF1921
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- d. RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING DRILLS Plant environs and radiological monitoring drills Section 8.2.2.3 (on-site and off-site) shall be conducted annually.
These drills shall include collection and analysis of all sample media (e.g., water, vegetation, soil, and air),
and provisions for communications and record keeping. The State drills need not be at each site.
Where appropriate, local organizations shall participate.
- e. HEALTH PHYSICS DRILLS (1) Health Physics drills shall be conducted Section 8.2.2.4 semiannually which involve response to, and analysis of, simulated elevated airborne and liquid samples and direct radiation measurements in the environment. The State drills need not be at each site.
(2) Analysis of in-plant liquid samples with actual elevated radiation levels including use of the Post-Accident Sampling System shall be
- included in Health Physics drills by licensees annually.
- 3. Each organization shall describe how exercises and
~rills are to be carried out to allow free play for decision making and to meet the following objectives. Pending the development of exercise scenarios and exercise evaluation guidance by NRC and FEMA the scenarios for use in exercises and drills shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
- a. The basic objective(s) of each drill and exercise and Sections 8.2.1, 8.2.2 appropriate evaluation criteria;
- b. The date(s), time period, place(s) and participating Section 8.2.1 organizations;
- c. The simulated events; Section 8.2.1 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 152OF1921
APPENDIXB CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- d. A time schedule of real and simulated initiating Section 8.2.1 events;
- e. A narrative summary describing the conduct of the Section 8.2.1 exercises or drills to include such things as simulated casualties, off-site fire department assistance, rescue of personnel, use of protective clothing, deployment of Radiological Monitoring Teams, and public information activities; and
- f. A description of the arrangements for and Section 8.2.1 advance materials to be provided to official observers.
- 4. Official observers from Federal, State or Local Section 8.2.1 Governments will observe, evaluate and critique the required exercises. A critique shall be scheduled at the conclusion of the exercise to evaluate the ability of organizations to respond as called for in the plan. The critique* shall be conducted as soon as practicable after the exercise, and a formal evaluation should result from the critique.
- 5. Each organization shall establish means for evaluating Section 8.2.1 observer and participant comments on areas needing improvement, including emergency plan procedural changes, and for assigning responsibility for implementing corrective actions. Each organization shall establish management control used to ensure that corrective actions are implemented.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 153OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
- 0. RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE TRAINING PLANNING STANDARD Radiological emergency response training is provided to those who may be called on to assist in an emergency.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each organization shall assure the training of Sections 8.1, 8.1.1 appropriate individuals.
- a. Each facility to which the plant applies shall provide Section 8.1.3 site specific emergency response training for those off-site emergency organizations who may be called upon to provide assistance in the event of an emergency. 1 1
Training for hospital personnel, ambulance/rescue, police, and fire departments shall include the procedures for notification, basic radiation protection, and their expected roles. For those local services support organizations who will enter the site, training shall also include site access procedures and the identity (by position and title) of the individual in the on-site emergency organization who Will control the organizations' support activities. Off-site emergency response support personnel should be provided with appropriate identification cards where required.
- b. Each off-site response organization shall participate Not Applicable to Licensee in and receive training. Where mutual aid agreements exist between local agencies such as fire, police, and ambulance/rescue, the training shall also be offered to the other departments who are members of the mutual aid district.
- 2. The training program for members of the on-site Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.2 emergency organization shall, besides classroom training, include practical drills in which each individual demonstrates ability to perform his assigned emergency function. During the practical drills, on-the-spot correction of erroneous performance shall be made and a demonstration of the proper performance offered by the instructor.
- 3. Training for individuals assigned to licensee First Aid Section 8.1.1 T earns shall include courses equivalent to Red Cross Multi-Media.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 154 OF 192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 4. Each organization shall establish a training program for instructing and qualifying personnel who will implement radiological emergency response plans. 2 The specialized initial training and periodic retraining programs (including the scope, nature and frequency) shall be provided in the following categories:
2 If State and Local Governments lack the capability and resources to accomplish this training, they may look to the licensee and the Federal government (FEMA} for assistance in this training.
- NRC and FEMA encourage State and Local Governments which have these capabilities to continue to include them in their training programs.
- a. Directors or coordinators of the response Section 8.1.1 organizations;
- b. Personnel responsible for accident assessment; Section 8.1.1
- c. Radiological Monitoring Teams and Radiological Section 8.1.1 Analysis personnel;
- d. Police, Security, and Fire-fighting personnel; Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.3
- e. Repair and damage control/correctional action teams Section 8.1.1 (on-site);
- f. First aid and rescue personnel; Section 8.1.1
- g. Local support services personnel including Civil Section 8.1 .3 Defense/Emergency Service personnel;
- h. Medical support personnel; Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.3
- i. Licensee's headquarters support personnel; Section 8.1.1
- j. Personnel responsible for transmission of Section 8.1.1 emergency information and instructions.
- 5. Each organization shall provide for the initial and annual Section 8.1.1 retraining of personnel with emergency response responsibilities.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 155OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
P. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PLANNING EFFORT: DEVELOPMENT, PERIODIC REVIEW AND DISTRIBUTION OF EMERGENCY PLANS PLANNING STANDARD Responsibilities for plan development and review and for distribution of emergency plans are established, and planners are properly trained.
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 1. Each organization shall provide for the training of Section 8.1.2 individuals responsible for the planning effort.
- 2. Each organization shall identify by title the individual with Section Introduction, 8.3 the overall authority and responsibility for radiological emergency response planning.
- 3. Each organization shall designate an Emergency Section 8.3 Planning Coordinator with responsibility for the development and updating of emergency plans and coordination of these plans with other response organizations.
- 4. Each organization shall update its plan and agreements, Section 8.5 as needed, review and certify it to be current on an annual basis. The update shall take into account changes identified by drills and exercises.
- 5. The emergency response plans and approved changes Section 8.5 to the plans shall be forwarded to all organizations and appropriate individuals with responsibility for implementation of the plans. Revised pages shall be dated and marked to show where changes have been made.
- 6. Each plan shall contain a detailed listing of supporting Section 2 plans and their source. Appendix F
- 7. Each plan shall contain as an appendix listing, by title, Appendix A procedures required to implement this plan. The listing shall include the section(s) of the plan to be implemented by each procedure.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 156 OF 192 l
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE EVALUATION CRITERIA TO PLAN
- 8. Each plan shall contain a specific table of contents. Table of Contents Plans submitted for review should be cross referenced Appendix B to these criteria.
- 9. Each licensee shall arrange for and conduct Section 8.5 independent reviews of the emergency preparedness program at least every 12 months. (An independent review is one conducted by any competent organization either internal or external to the licensee's organization, but who are not immediately responsible for the emergency preparedness program.) The review shall include the emergency plan, its implementing procedures and practices, training, readiness testing, equipment, and interfaces with State and Local Governments. Management controls shall be implemented for evaluation and correction of review findings. The results of the review, along with recommendations for improvements, shall be documented, reported to appropriate licensee corporate and plant management, and involved Federal, State, and Local organizations, and retained for a period of five years.
- 10. Each organization shall provide for updating telephone Section 8.5 numbers in Emergency Procedures at least quarterly.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 15 7 OF 1 92 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS-REFERENCE 10CFR50.47 NUREG-0654. Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1) - Planning Standards b.1 A Assignment of Responsibility (Organization Control) b.2 B On-Site Emergency Organization b.3 C Emergency Response Support and Resources b.4 D Emergency Classification System b.5 E Notification Methods and Procedures b.6 F Emergency Communications b.7 G Public Education and Information b.8 H Emergency Facility and Equipment b.9 I Accident Assessment b.10 J Protective Response b.11 K Radiological Exposure Control b.12 L Medical and Public Health Support b.13 M Recovery and Re-Entry Planning and Post-Accident Operations b.14 N Exercises and Drills *
'b.15 0 Radiological Emergency Response Training P Responsibility for the Planning Effort:
b.16 Development, Periodic Review and Distribution of Emergency Plans 10CFR50.47.b contains sixteen standards to be met by a licensee's Emergency Plan.
NUREG-0654/FEMA-REP-1 Rev. 1, contains sixteen planning standards which must be addressed in the licensee's Emergency Plan. The NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
Planning Standards are word for word duplications of the standards found in 1OCFR50.47.b.
The cross-reference between NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 (FEMA REP 1), and the NPPD Emergency Plan found in Appendix 8 of the NPPD Emergency Plan adequately provides a cross-reference to the standards in 10CFR50.47.b.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 158OF192 j
APPENDIX 8 CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE 1OCFR50 APPENDIX E TO CNS EMERGENCY PLAN NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 1OCFR50, Appendix E.IV (FEMA REP 1) NPPD Emergency Plan Section A.1 A.1.b, c 5, 5.1 A.2a A.1.d, 8.2, 3 5.1, 5.2 A.2b 8.5 5.2 A.2c B.2, 3 5.2 A.3 8.7 5.3 8.5 5.2 A.4 I 4.2, 6.3, 6.5 A.5 B.8 5.3, Appendix D 5.4 A.6 8.9 6.5, 6.6, Appendices 0, F 5.4.1, 5.4.2, 5.4.3, 5.4.4, A.7 c 6.5, 6.6, Appendices D, F A.8 J.9 6.2.4, 6.5, 6.6, Appendix D A.9 NIA 5.1, Figure 5.2-1 B D, I, J 4, 6.3, 7.5 c D 4,6 D.1 5.4, 6, 6.2.4, 6.2.5, 6.5 E
Appendix D D.2 G.1, 2 8.1.4 D.3 6.2.4, 6.5, Table 4.1-5, Table 4.1-6, E
Table 4.1-7, Table 4.1-8 E.1 K.3a, b 6.5.5.1, 6.6.1, 7.2, Appendix E E.2 H.6, 7, 8, I 4, 7.5, 7.7 E.3 K.5, 6,*7 6.5, 6.6 E.4 L 6.6 E.5 L 6.6, Appendix D E.6 L 6.6.3, 6.6.4, Appendix D E.7 L 6.6.3, 6.6.4, Appendix D E.8 H.1, 2 6.5, 7.2.1, 7.2.2, 7.2.3 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 159 OF 192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE 1OCFR50 APPENDIX E TO CNS EMERGENCY PLAN NUREG-0654, Rev. 1 10CFR50, Appendix E.IV (FEMA REP 1) NPPD Emergency Plan Section E.9 F 7, 7.3, 8.2 F N,O 8.1, 8.2, 8.4 G P.2; 3 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6 H M 9 NIA 6.5 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISJON69 PAGE 160OF192 j
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE NEI 99-01, Revision 5 TO EAL NUMBER FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT CONDITIONS NEI 99-01, Rev 5 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL NUMBER AU1, Example 1 AU1.1 AU1,Example 2 AU1.2 AU1, Example 3 AU1.3 AU1, Example 4 Not Applicable AU1, Example 5 Not Applicable AU2, Example 1 AU2.1 AU2, Example 2 AU2.2 CU1, Example 1 CU2.1 CU2, Example 1 CU2.2 CU2, Example 2 CU2.3 CU3, Example 1 CU1.1 CU4, Example 1 CU3.1 CU4, Example 2 CU3.2 CU6, Examples 1, 2 CU4.1 CU7, Example 1 CU6.1 CUB, Example 1 CU5.1 CUB, Example 2 Not Applicable FU 1, Example 1 FU1.1 HU1, Example 1 HU1.1 HU1, Example 2 HU1.2 HU1, Example 3 HU1.4 HU1, Example 4 HU1.3 HU1, Example 5 HU1.5 HU2, Example 1 HU2 ..1 HU2, Example 2 HU2.2 HU3, Example 1 HU3.1 HU3, Example 2 HU3.2 HU4, Examples 1, 2, 3 HU4.1 HU5, Example 1 HU6.1 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 161OF1921
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE NEI 99-01, Revision 5 TO EAL NUMBER FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT CONDITIONS NEI 99-01, Rev 5 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL NUMBER SU1, Example 1 SU1 .1 SU2, Example 1 SU3.1 SU3, Example 1 SU4.1 SU4, Example 1 SU5.1 SU4, Example 2 SU5.2 SU5, Examples 1, 2 SU6.1 SU6, Examples 1, 2 SUB.1 SUB, Example 1 SU2.1 SUB, Example 2 Not Applicable E-HU1, Example 1 EU1.1 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 162OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE NEI 99-01, Revision 5 TO EAL NUMBER FOR ALERT CONDITIONS NEI 99-01, Rev 5 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL NUMBER AA 1, Example 1 AA1.1 AA 1, Example 2 AA1.2 AA1, 'Example 3 AA1.3 AA 1, Example 4 Not Applicable AA1, Example 5 Not Applicable AA2, Example 2 AA2.1 AA2, Example 1 AA2.2 AA3, Example 1 AA3.1 CA3, Example 1 CA1.1 CA 1, Examples 1, 2 CA2.1 CA4, Example 1, 2 CA3.1 FA1, Example 1 FA1.1 HA1, Example 1 HA1.1 HA 1, Example 2 HA1.2 HA1, Example 4 HA1.3 A 1, Example 3 HA1.4 HA 1, Example 6 HA1.S HA1, Example 5 HA1.6 HA2, Example 1 HA2.1 HA3, Example 1 HA3.1 HA4, Examples 1, 2 HA4.1 HAS, Example 1 HA5.1 HA6, Example 1 HA6.1 SAS, Example 1 SA1.1 SA2, Example 1 SA2.1 SA4, Example 1 SA4.1 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 163OF192 I
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 (FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE NEI 99-01, Revision 5 TO EAL NUMBER FOR SITE AREA EMERGENCY CONDITIONS NEI 99-01, Rev 5 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL NUMBER AS 1, Example 1 AS1.1 AS 1,: Example 2 AS1.2 AS1, Example 3 Not Applicable AS1,* Example 4 AS1.3 CS 1*. Example 1 CS2.1 CS 1, Example 2 CS2.2 CS1,'Examp/e 3 CS2.3 FS1, Example 1 FS1.1 HS4, Example 1 HS4.1 HS2, Example 1 HS5.1 HS3, Example 1 1
HS6.1 SS1, Example 1 SS1.1 SS2, Example 1 SS2.1 SS6, Example 1 SS4.1 SS3, Example 1 SS7.1 IEMERGENCY'PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 164OF192 l
APPENDIX B CROSS INDEX TO NUREG-0654, REV. 1 {FEMA REP 1)
CROSS REFERENCE NEI 99-01, Revision 5 TO EAL NUMBER FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY CONDITIONS NEI 99-01, Rev 5 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL NUMBER AG1, Example 1 AG1.1 AG1, Example 2 AG1.2 AG 1, Example 3 Not Applicable AG1, Example 4 AG1.3 CG1, Example 1 CG2.1 CG1, Example 2 CG2.2 FG1, Example 1 FG1.1 HG1, Examples 1, 2 HG4.1 HG2, Example 1 HG6.1 SG 1, Example 1 SG1.1 SG2, Example 1 SG2.1 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 165OF1921
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS To S4dDoy 9 To T40U4nMh EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 166OF192
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS NEBRASKA 10 FAL.LSCITY:
Fallo Cilr ~ Sdiool 141hzind-
~
Nort..., Roulls Ula U.S. Raum 136
.,.,._Em! t11 RDlja Ela SbtoH0-111tm111urthari~ t111a \J.li
- Ru.m 136-. Norfi en Raula D to
-A.--mo-AtoR<xa 11.,.__..,~BIDUS.~
!B,ba ....... ClftU.S.~liG"la -
US.~138-
-BloUS..RlUo611onlhn
- ID U.S. Roullt 1311....t. U.S.
HV>-J27!i ...... bUS.lb*t 1:lS 2 =..~~~!!'i:!.~~
-W. ._nadh..,-JtollS.
RoW!136--
EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 167OF192
APPENDIXC EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS 10 Mile EPZ IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 168OF192 I
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS
- -¢-'
- ~ -*.-* ..
..
I
/
I I 15 I
I I
I Fmr.1n
\
I
\ -*r
\
14 \
Legend.
!:iJ CNS Area Ott.:i!/~i;'IDl2 10
\,,-: .2, 5, 10 Mlle Rings t(lf:rr1lu.(£AI k:H'mapD*l~ Mlln l(l.Dl111lnnri1<JNPl'D Figure 6*1. Cooper EPZ Areas EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 169 OF 192
- APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS COOPER NUCEAR STATION-POPULATION ESTIMATES N
NNW [}EJ NNE Qli] [][]
- - - -,- - - - - - - l - - -
I NE mu WNW ENE Dill ll,334 l
.-
I w
oo:* ** [KJ
,_
'
-..,
WSW
- I ESE Q[] OD
- _,
I - '
[ill]
-- -
I s
- - j **
- 0:0 SSE N
10 Ml~ lo EPZ lloundary
[ill]
2015 Extrapolated Resldemt Populatlon Mlle* Subtol.S by Rh>1 Cumutatl'Ve TatAI 0*1 0 0 l* 2 JO lO
..
l- 3 JO] 3)3 3.4 128 461 w E
~ 87 !>Ill S- 6 97 64S
~- 7 *~! 1103 7-S 12&9 '372
~-9 507 2,479 9-10 9116 l.7115 10-EPl 144 ).92'J TcC.. , 3,929 Flgurl! 4. Permanent EPZ Resident Pcpula1lon by Sl!CtOI' Cooper Nuclear Station 13 KLD Engineering. P.C.
Population Update Analysrs - 2015 Rev. O IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 170OF192 I
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS PRE-SELECTED SAMPLING POINTS I I IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 171OF192 j
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS Table S. EPZ Popula!lon 2010 2015 Extrapolated Area Population Populvtion 1 294 282 11 135 135 2-Mlle Region Total: 429 417 12 30 30 14 382 382 15 992 1,038 5-Mlle Re11on Total: 1,833 1.867 2 1,921 1,802 13E 65 65 13W 196 195 11-,*~-f.".~~~ -~- -~-~~--1~.,oc~ -,~Tif"'-"m' 1.f't!....d*~1, liit:i ;{J!.!l.h~ *:Jz~ .£f,~rl !l',!~,-';-~1 Table 6. Shadow Pop\llatlon by Sector 2015 Ewtr.ipol,lted St.?ctor 2010 Population Population N 73 70 NNE 48 47 NE 59 58 ENE 1,534 1,433 E 727 677 ESE 92 88 SE 40 40 SSE 107 107 s 136 136 SSW 92 92 SW 229 229 WSW 129 129 w 3,668 3,616 WNW 201 201 NW 63 63 NNW 18 18
, ,,
,*,
' * '"
- Cooper Nuclear Station 12 KW Engineering. P.C.
topulation Update AnalySis- 2015 Rev. O IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 172OF192 I
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS Table 7-1. Time to Clear the Indicated Area of 90 Percent of the Affected Population Summer Summer Summer Winter Winter Winter Summer Summer Midweek Miaweek Midweek Weekend Midweek Weekend Weekend Midweek Weekend Weekend
'"1ro1* I Midday Midday Evening Midday Midday Evening Midday Midday Region Good Good Good Good Good Good Special Roadway Rain Rain Rain Snow Rain Snow Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Weather Event Impact Entire 2-Mile Region, 5-Mlle Region, and EPZ
.~,;*: '!0*1~';'.) ~*/'.it'?:P~r.~~' *:.;i:iQ.? ;:'.,;Jrf:.~9M~ ;;\l,";2o;i ~-S~i;~o~;>t'! :\f~1r~9iili,J;j ~i'£~9.~ ~\1r2*?'l1 \;::J\l~;~p1~:..; '.i~Jiiq:.. 7~;.is.~ *. * *21;~Q.:,;;.: , .'.*J:i_5;. _,., ~.-.);w-:~
R02 1:35 1:35 1:30 1:30 2:15 1:40 1:45 1:50 1:30 1:30 2:05 2:15 1:25 1:35
~~,,~R~3; t*,~ j; *,2:1or:#;: >2:ior.* ;~':;i!ictr1:~ ii't:os~*~ :~ f:'.2:25':;,} .:};i::t:oo5~J! ::1.-:i;c>(1*;: it'fao:'.; .,.,Jt:os'rt-0 ~r2:os,,~ .~::- 2:35,1~. ';,;:,;2;t5;;,:;; ** ** .*2:1s i <_ .;: :.-2:10 **
- 2-Mlle Region and Keyhole to s Miles R04 1:20 1:25 1:20 1:25 1:35 1:20 1:25 1:35 1:20 1:25 1:30 1:35 1:20 1:20
.;~_-..;:R.!lsY\i f~ij;.2o}-~ :it:~~-~ *;::.:~,1;to:Jo:: ~iJ.'.i2'5 t ;)~j.1;~.s*.,;;:. :';£'4f~2~N ~-~~*:ts.1j; ~~i:~q~L ;,*~n~Q.'i\ti ~tif?jJ: ~:.:'i~o~t ,.:,_*.;;:*:~~;: -.::
- t:2q~~ ** :~:7(r . * .:<
R06 1:35 1:35 1:30 1:30 2:10 1:40 1:40 1:50 1:30 1:30 2:05 2:10 1:25 1:35 t:~.;*!\O.~-~;:.' \11~1:~Q~d .*'*'.i\~:9;:!: ii.~}i':2~:;;k; '.:,~:3p;: ~:j'::t:os*;.~:; i?tf;*{tn:);~ -.;i:*~ql~ ~;t114.$Y !;)):'.!;~.?~~ ~i;J:3p} ;;;~~'(so:;~ -~<"~:os*<*l; i. . r;is':*;;:..; -~~;;--1:30. *.*
ROB 1:20 1:20 1:20 1:20 1:25 1:20 1:20 1:25 1:20 1:20 1:25 1:25 1:15 1:20 5-Mlle Region and Keyhole to EPZ Boundary t
~-: :*;~9*9,;::~:~ :* ~,,4;~!- ;;;;t~bif: +~iW'-'.-.;, ;~ 1:ij35' . :-;i~i:15,,: ;c: i,j:\:1';.4_5.'~~!- 4;4~~i 1;'\'1!ss.:;; ~~)~~~? ~~:~~1f* f,;,~iCl~f,~ : ".:'*l:j~ :~£ :'.>.~:i(): _~L ;;\:ff:t,':40;:*.::*~
RlO 1:35 1:35 1:30 1:30 2:10 1:40 1:45 1:50 1:30 1:30 2:00 2:10 1:25 1:35
- "~":~1:p:\ '~~.ii:J!k i 02-:~oJl' ::;.;.)i~q--~;~,; ~,~;p~<; .>,'1.~;i~F :: :;iJ2£!)Q>.~ :: ; i~:QCf >;_i~2.$i~I '"l\;2:i0 -~ ~~=9?'~~ ~1.:i:as i ., '* '!:~~2~; -> .... 1:.~S\;~i t>~.2:ip:.
R12 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:05 2:25 2:00 2:00 2:30 2:05 2:05 2:30 2:25 2:00 2:10 2-Mlle Region and Keyhole to EPZ Boundary
<:*: ~t.9 , _.-, ~'.~)!-;~o,;,~ :* .::1:3.0:i .A;-1;2~),\~r ::~:is * ';F 1:~Qt/~ ~-}'1:;~01:.,:~ "A'i3o~ ~ .r~o'.fili i.'1~:2s*1:~~ (~l~s*. '*: ,;1\4.?~:'~ ;:,.< ,,t:sR~'.:. ,.. ;*; 1:4s:~,;:_~. <:\~_:35:
- 1 R14 1:20 1:25 1:20 1:20 1:30 1:20 1:25 1:30 1:20 1:20 1:30 1:30 1:20 1:20
- -.;; ,'~~ , ' :. -~~:3~~*:: *: ~':?..?.:r :S:~!io.,~~;: :*1;'30:~ . ~~,2:;Qi*. :::1":4()* :: 0:1':45'.:: 1\-ti~P:r.l -~.(1:30' ;~ >iil_Ql(, *,iri.ZiOll): *\ *:~ilQ: ,, 1:2S'(. '<'-1:35 R16 2:10 2:10 2:10 2:05 2:25 2:00 2:00 2:25 2:10 2:05 2:35 2:25 1:45 2:10
- ,~*~112 ; ; ,{;~ 12:q:;'( ~~; f~7:P.s;'.\ r*:;~~:"qp*~::<' , z:QQ.. *-: ~t:2175.: ; i: ;_.;~,!:~*$,~~:: . 'J.:~s~: :;*<2::i$:"J * ~ . 2:_00~*1i ~;:2:00~1 :i:li::i9, .: *!. ,~~=is'. *.1;:4;0. ; *. ;..: ;2:05"
- R18 1:50 1:50 1:40 1:40 2:20 1:50 1:50 2:20 1:40 1:40 2:15 2:20 1:30 1:50 i>' ~~~;-. *; >:,;_:1;s.~x.n ~;i1:S.5,~!1 ;:!:,;;~:~9:::~s *--1:.w,;~ :;:*::~'i?ii~s,~< n;,:_i~~>>s¥.tl~~ **f:spj~ :~,@~$';,~~ ::J;.fi4~)::~;' ~,1;40\ . -~2::1.~ :\ ;/:,:~:i~: ' . '.:;_'1::4~>".** * *1:s?* '*
R20 1:55 1:55 1:45 1:45 2:20 1:55 1:55 2:25 1:45 1:45 2:20 2:20 1:50 1:55 Staged Evacuation Mlle Region and Keyhole to S Miles
- :fq){:~*. **\!:~~s ;~: l'l!~~:: i;::;~J.3_~;*:~*1; 4!?~;~* :.<~~-Jl?Q:~'*'.."; .t~:_i';~-~~'f; '.J;~~H :;1:1:~.0ri; > *1:~s*~*:*:' ~.J;~_s * .~'.'1::4s::. -_._<~:SQ~* - : . 'f:2s ;.];;~s\;:
R22 1:35 1:35 1:35 1:35 1:50 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:35 1:35 1:40 1:50 1:25 1:35
.-R23." * *. J:-50 .c:1*;~0:.:-.~::1;~6 3 .tsQ..... :7:;i~:;~:;::~:1;t:4~'.~:. .;~ *.:~~4.~:-': ;.:;i,;_?5-~:- :;;:i.:?Q:.:
- l:~Q<"~: ;2:ps.:1 .--,,i,~'". : : 1:4s*.-.: * *~:$b -:"
R24 1:45 1:45 1:45 1:50 2:05 1:45 1:45 1:50 1:45 1:50 1:55 2:05 1:45 1:45 Rz.$;....... , . ::i:-;~o.;_ :. ~ ;i.:~lH ;:~:::~Ii.ii :::;\: M;:Z9j:. :. .:;:J:$!ti11M ~{~~;iQt~ ~1;~;~9-~ ,z~~::!.if> '-~:.112§ :.~ **:i,:2q ** * :.;~:~*~:::: *.~ J:~9
- i;_1~,, :*: : :; ;t;i9: _'
R26 1:50 1:50 1:50 1:50 2:15 1:45 1:45 1:55 1:50 1:50 2:05 2:15 1:45 1:50 EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 173OF192
APPENDIX C EVACUATION ROUTES/MAPS Table 7-5. Description of Evacuation Regions ROS 59 to 76 R06 77 to 170 R07 171to215 N/A 215to279 ROS 280to 346 R10 36 to 80 N/A 81to144 R11 145to 279 R12 280to 324 N/A 325 to 328 R14 36to54 N/A 55 to 58 RlS 59to 80 N/A 81to144 R16 145 to 170 R17 171to215 R18 215 to 279 R19 280 to 324 R20 325 to 328 R22 59 to 76 R23 77to170 R24 171to215 216 to 279 280to 346 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 174OF192 j
APPENDIX D LETTERS OF AGREEMENT APPENDIX D LETIERS OF AGREEMENT Letters of Agreement (LOAs) supporting the CNS Emergency Plan are listed on the following page, with their effective dates, and are incorporated in the Emergency Plan by reference.
The Emergency Plan signature page verifies a signed copy of a current Letter of Agreement is on file per this Appendix. This Appendix is updated at each revision of the Emergency Plan.
Copies of the current Letters of Agreement are maintained in the Emergency Preparedness office.
Letters of Agreement are reviewed annually by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department. Each organization is then contacted. The type of support defined in the letters is discussed to determine if any significant changes have occurred. If significant changes have occurred, a .Letter of Agreement is requested from the agency. If there are no significant changes, the Letters of Agreement are certified current by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department and documented with a record of telephone conversation or other appropriate documentation. A change in original signatory(ies) to a given Letter of Agreement does not in itself require revision of that Letter.
The documentation associated with this review process is maintained by the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 175OF1921
APPENDIX D LETTERS OF AGREEMENT LETTERS OF AGREEMENT Letters of Agreement supporting the CNS Emergency Plan are certified annually. This list is revised at each revision of the Emergency Plan. Copies of the current Letters of Agreement are maintained in the Emergency Preparedness office.
Agreement
- 1. Nemaha County Hospital 5/17/11
- 2. Auburn Rescue Squad 6/1/14
- 3. Nebraska State Patrol 12/28/16
- 4. Nebraska State Patrol/Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency 5/12/14
- 5. Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency/NPPD/OPPD 11/19/15
- 6. Nebraska Department of Health and Human Services 12/13/04
- 7. Missouri State Emergency Management Agency 7/3/11
- 8. Kansas Division.of Emergency Preparedness 8/31/09
- 9. Iowa Emergency Management Division 7125107
- 10. Atchison County Commission 1/01/04
- 11. Nemaha County Commission 1/1/96
- 12. Richardson County Commission 1/1/96
- 13. Institute of Nuclear Power Operations 10/30/12
- 14. General Electric (SIL 324, Rev 7) 8/15/12
- 15. Omaha Public Power District/Fort Calhoun Station 4/28/98
- 16. *Nebraska State Emergency Management Agency/
Nebraska Game and Parks Commission 4/18/11
- 17. Peru State College 3/11/93
- 18. Brownville Fire Department 6/1 /14
- 19. Auburn Fire Department 6/1/14
- 20. Nemaha Fire Department 6/1/14
- 21. Peru Fire Department 6/1 /14 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 176OF192 j
APPENDIX D LETTERS OF AGREEMENT
- 22. Nebraska City Volunteer Fire Department (NRG Commitment NLS2005104-04} 6/1/14
- 23. University of Nebraska Medical Center 7/1/15
- 24. Mirian 12/21 /15
- 25. Midwest Medical Transport 6/1/14
- 26. Nemaha County Hospital (Use of helicopter pad)
(NRG Commitment NLS2012048-03) 10/15/12
- 27. Nebraska Emergency Management Agency (NEMA), Nebraska Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Public Health, NPPD, and OPPD (NRC Commitment NLS2012048-03) 08/30/12 IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 177OF192 I
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES This appendix contains a list of supplies that is typical of the inventory kept in the Emergency Response Lockers. For a precise inventory of the equipment and supplies, and who is responsible for it, refer to the most current revision of EPIP 5.7.21, Maintaining Emergency Preparedness-Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 178OF1921
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - CONTROL ROOM A. GENERAL SUPPLIES
- 1. Coveralls
- 2. Shoe Covers
- 3. Gloves
- 4. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mR/Hr)
- 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 R/Hr)
- 6. Dosimeter, Direct Reading, Electronic
- 7. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)
- 8. Step-Off Pad
- 9. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl)
- 8. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not Within the Emergency Locker. The cases are located near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.
- 1. Air Breathing Masks (Self-Contained with Voice Communicators)
- 2. Full-Face Filter Masks with Filters
- 3. Full-Face Filter Masks with Filters and Voice Communicators
- 4. Spare Air Cylinders C. MISCELLANEOUS (Supplies)
- 1. Plastic Bag, Large
- 2. Radiation Warning Signs
- 3. Radiation Barrier Rope
- 4. Radiation Warning Tape
- 5. Hand Lantern, with 6-Volt Battery
- 6. flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries
- 7. Batteries for Hand Lantern (6 Volt)
- 8. Batteries for Flashlights ("D" Cell)
- 9. Batteries for Mask Voice Communicators (9 Volt)
- 10. First Aid Kit IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 179OF192 I
APPEN.DIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED -TSC/OSC A. GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
- 1. Flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries
- 2. Masking Tape
- 3. Particulate Filter, 2"
- 4. Charcoal and Silver Zeolite Cartridges
- 5. Air Sample Plastic Bags and Labels
- 6. Smear Books
- 7. Spare Batteries
- 8. Personnel Radiation Monitor
- 9. Step-Off Pads
- 10. Pmtective Clothing (Full Sets)
- 11. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
- 12. Spare Bottle for SCBA
- 13. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl)
- 14. Survey Instrument Ion Chamber (Range Oto 50 R/hr)
- 15. IAC/Electrical Tool kits
- 16. Volt Ohmmeter
- 17. Radiological Posting Supplies
- 18. MFlchanical Maintenance Tool Kit
- 19. Coveralls, Paper
- 20. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14"
- 21. Gloves, Disposable
- 23. Cqntinuous Air Monitor B. EMERGENCY RESCUE LOCKER EQUIPMENT
- 1. Wrecking Bar
- 2. Bolt Cutters
- 3. Hacksaw and Blades
- 4. Cqme-Along
- 5. Cable Slings IEMERGENCY PLAN REV1S10N69 PAGE 180OF192 j
APPENDIXE LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED-TSC/OSC
- 6. Hydraulic Jacks
- 7. Sledge Hammers
- 8. Porta Power
- 9. Web Slings
- 10. Sound Powered Phones
- 11. Safety Belt and Line
- 12. Fire Axe
- 13. Crow Bar
- 14. 200'-3-Part Block and Tackle
- 15. Battery Lanterns IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 181OF192 I
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - ALTERNATE OSC {AOSC)
A. GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
- 1. Coveralls, Paper
- 2. Shoe Covers
- 3. Gloves, Disposable
- 4. Step-Off Pad
- 5. Area Radiation Monitors
- 6. Continuous Air Monitor
- 7. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)
- 8. Flashlight, with 2 "D" Cell Batteries
- 9. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell)
- 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl)
- 11. Team Dispatch Forms l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 182OF192 j
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - EOF A. GENERAL SUPPLIES
- 1. Coveralls
- 2. Shoe Covers
- 3. Gloves
- 4. Extendable Probe Survey Instrument (Range 0-1,000 R/Hr)
- 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Meter (Range 0-50 R/Hr)
- 6. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mR/Hr)
- 7. Sample Holder with Pancake-Type Detector
- 8. Scaler Electronic Package
- 9. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic
- 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets
- 11. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell)
- 12. Charcoal Filter for Air Samplers
- 13. Silver Zeolite Cartridges for Air Samplers
- 14. Extension Cord, Electric (50')
- 15. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)
- 16. Area Radiation Monitor
- 17. Continuous Air Monitor
- 18. Step-Off Pads B. MISCELLANEOUS (Supplies)
- 1. Plastic Sheeting
- 2. Plastic Bag, Small
- 3. Plastic Bag, Large
- 4. Radiation Warning Signs
- 5. Radiation Barrier Rope
- 6. Smear Books
- 7. Radiation Warning Tape
- 8. Hand Lantern with 6-Volt Battery
- 9. Flashlight, with Two "D" Cell Batteries IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 183OF192 I
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES
- 10. Batteries for Hand Lantern (6 Volt)
- 11. Batteries for Flashlights ("D" Cell)
- 12. Small Hand Tool Kit with Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips Screwdriver, Small Pliers, and Small Vise Grip C. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT NOTE - Stretcher stored near Emergency Locker.
- 1. First Aid Kit
- 2. Stretcher IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 184OF192 I
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - WEST WAREHOUSE A EMERGENCY FIELD MONITORING KIT SUPPLIES
- 1. Full-Face Respirator
- 2. Hand Lantern
- 3. Spare Batteries
- 4. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic
- 5. Health Physics Procedure 9.EPIN.1, Emergency Air Samplers
- 6. Calculator
- 7. Portable Radios
- 8. Geiger Mueller SuNey Instrument
- 9. Ion Chamber Survey Instrument
- 10. Paper Coveralls
- 11. Rubber Shoe Covers
- 12. Sample Bottles
- 13. Masslin Cloths
- 14. One-Piece Plastic Coveralls
- 15. Complete Set of EPIPs
- 16. 2" Air Sample Filters
- 17. Silver Zeolite Cartridges
- 18. Charcoal Cartridges
- 19. 2" Millipore Air Sample Filters
- 20. Smear Books
- 21. Air Sampler with Head
- 22. Radioactive Material Stickers
- 23. 10-Mile Radius Map
- 24. Site Map
- 25. Plastic Bags
- 26. Disposable Gloves
- 27. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (Kl)
- 28. Combination Cartridge for_ Respirator
- 29. Shovel IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 185OF192 I
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - WEST WAREHOUSE
- 30. Masking Tape
- 31. Plastic Sheeting
- 32. Plastic Pipet
- 33. 2 cc Vial
- 34. Sample labels
- 35. Grass Shears
- 36. Bolt cutters IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 186OF192 /
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - COMMUNICATIONS BUILDING A. PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES
- 1. Soap
- 2. Septisol (Germicide)
- 3. Lanolin
- 4. Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s
- 5. Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s
- 6. Towels, Paper
- 7. ~eaker, Plastic, 100 ml
- 8. Hand Brush
- 9. Towels B. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT NOTE - Stretcher stored near Emergency Locker.
- 1. First Aid Kit
- 2. Stretcher
- 3. Rope, 1/2"-50' IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 187OF192 j
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED -AMBULANCE A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AMBULANCE
- 1. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic
- 2. Spare Batteries
- 3. DLR Badge
- 4. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter
- 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument
- 6. Radiation Tags
- 7. Smear Books
- 8. DLR Badging Record IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION69 PAGE 188OF192 /
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - HOSPITAL A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL
- 1. ~adiation Barrier Rope
- 2. Masking Tape
- 3. Absorbent Paper
- 4. Plastic Sheeting
- 5. Applicable Radiation Warning Signs
- 6. Shoe Covers
- 7. Bags, Plastic (Large}
- 8. B;;igs, Plastic (Small)
- 9. Radiation Marking Tape
- 10. Coveralls
- 11. Gloves, Rubber Disposable
- 12. Cardboard Boxes, 2' x 3'
- 13. Masolin Cloths
- 14. Step-Off Pad IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 189 OF 192 I
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED - OFF-SITE ASSEMBLY AREA A. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT OFF-SITE ASSEMBLY AREA
- 1. Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument
- 2. Disposable Coveralls
- 3. Disposable Gloves
- 4. 2" Masking Tape
- 5. Large Poly Bags
- 6. Small Poly Bags
- 7. BarSoap
- 8. Bath Towel
- 9. Procedure 9.EN-RP-104, Personnel Contamination
- 10. Pumice Soap
- 11. Lanolin.
- 12. Swabs, Cotton-Tipped
- 13. Paper Towels
- 14. Hand Brush, Soft Bristle
- 15. High-Top Bootie
- 16. Shoe Cover(s) Various Sizes
- 17. Rad Rope
- 18. Radiological Posting Signs With Inserts IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 190OF1921
APPENDIX E LISTING OF EMERGENCY KITS AND GENERAL CATEGORIES OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR EMERGENCY PURPOSES EMERGENCY VEHICLES MAINTAINED- CNS A. EMERGENCY VEHICLES MAINTAINED AT CNS
- 1. All Wheel/Four Wheel Drive Vehicle with High and Low Band Radio for Emergency Preparedness/Security Use Only
- 2. All Wheel/Four Wheel Drive Vehicle with High and Low Band Radio for Emergency Preparedness/Security Use Only
- 3. Ambulance (2WD), Chassis with Medical Configuration and Two-Way Radio for Medical Use Only.
I
!
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 191OF192 j
APPENDIX F INTERFACING EMERGENCY PLANS APPENDIX F INTERFACING EMERGENCY PLANS NEBRASKA
- 1. State of Nebraska Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents-Nebraska Emergency Management Agency.
- 2. Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents for Richardson County-Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, Richardson County Emergency Management Agency.
- 3. Radiological
\
Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents for Nemaha County-Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, Nemaha County Emergency Management Agency.
- 4. Radiqlogical Emergency Reception Plan for Nuclear Power Plant incidents for Otoe County~Nebraska Emergency Management Agency, Otoe County Emergency Management Agency.
- 5. State bf Missouri State Emergency Management Agency Nuclear Accident Plan-Missouri State Emergency Management Agency.
- 6. Atchison County Radiological Emergency Response Plan-Atchison County, Missouri.
- 7. The State of Kansas, Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Facilities -
Kansas Division of Emergency Management.
- 8. State of Iowa Radiological Emergency Response Plan Iowa Department of Homeland Security, Emergency Management Division.
FEDERAL
- 9. National Response Framework-United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission; Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency.
IEMERGENCY PLAN REVISION 69 PAGE 192 OF 1921
__ I ---